Quarterlytics / Real Estate / Real Estate - Services / Optibase Ltd.

Optibase Ltd.

obas · NASDAQ Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker obas
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Real Estate
Industry Real Estate - Services
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Optibase Ltd.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2010  

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 20-F 

 o

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

  x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

OR 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 

OR 

  o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from ____________ to 

  o

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number 000-29992 

OPTIBASE LTD. 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

N/A 
(Translation of Registrant’s 
 name into English) 

Israel 
(Jurisdiction of incorporation 
 or organization) 

2 Gav Yam Center 
7 Shenkar Street 
Herzliya 46120, Israel 
+972-9-970-9288 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

Mr. Amir Philips, Chief Financial Officer 
Telephone Number: 972-9-9709200, Fax Number: 972-9-9586099, Email: amirp@optibase.com 
2 Gav Yam Center 
7 Shenkar Street 
Herzliya, 46120 Israel 
(Name, Telephone, E-Mail and/or Facsimile and Address of Company Contact Person) 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Ordinary Shares, 
par-value NIS 0.13 each 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
The Nasdaq Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: 
Not Applicable 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 16,914,281 
Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.13 per share, including 347,573 Ordinary Shares held by the Registrant and 30,000 Ordinary Shares held by a trustee for the benefit of the 
Registrant’s employees under the Registrant's incentive plan, both awarding their holders no voting or equity rights. 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes o                                No ý 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 

Act of 1934. 

Yes o                                No ý 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 

months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 

Yes ý                                No o 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and 
post such files). 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated 

filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large Accelerated filer o 

Accelerated filer o 

Non-accelerated filer ý 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: 

Yes o                                No o 

U.S. GAAP ý 

International Financing Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board oooo 

Other o 

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow: 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 

Item 17 o                                Item 18 o 

Yes o                                No ý 

- ii -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 
PART I 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS; SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION 
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 
ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND THE LISTING 
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 

PART II 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 
ITEM 15T. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
ITEM 16. [RESERVED] 
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS 
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

PART III 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
ITEM 19. EXHIBITS 

- iii -

iv 
iv 
1 
1 
1 
1 
20 
35 
35 
54 
65 
68 
70 
71 
88 
89 
90 
90 
90 
90 
91 
91 
91 
91 
92 
 92
92 
92 
93 
93 
93 
93 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS 

In this annual report, unless otherwise provided, references to the "Company," "Optibase", "we", "us" or "our" are to Optibase Ltd., a company organized under the laws of 
Israel, and its wholly owned subsidiary, Optibase, Inc., a Californian corporation. In addition, references to our financial statements are to our consolidated financial statements, except 
as the context otherwise requires. References to "U.S." or "United States" are to the United States of America, its territories and its possessions. 

We have registered "Optibase" and "VideoPlex", as registered trademarks. In addition, the names "Creator", "MGWFlashStreamer", "MGW Decoder", "MGW Micro", EZTV, 
"MPEG  MovieMaker  200",  "MPEG MovieMaker  230",  "Media  Gateway",  "MGW5100",  "MGW1100",  "MGW2000",  "MGW2000e",  "MGW1000",  "MGW  HD",  "Creator",  "MGW 
Flash",  "VideoPlex  Xpress",  "VideoPlex  Pro",  "MPEG  MovieMaker",  "Videoplex",  "MPEG  ComMotion",  "MPEG  Composer",  "VideoPump",  "MGW200",  "MGW230",  "MGW  400", 
"MovieMaker HD", "MovieMaker HD264", "Ocaster" and "MediaPump", are our trademarks. 

In this annual report, references to "$" or "dollars" or "U.S. dollars" or "USD" are to the legal currency of the United States, references to "CHF" are to Swiss Francs and 
references to "NIS" are to New Israeli Shekels, the legal currency of Israel. The Company’s financial statements are presented in accordance with United States generally accepted 
accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. Except as otherwise specified, financial information is presented in U.S. dollars. References to a particular "fiscal" year are to the Company’s fiscal 
year ended December 31 of such year. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

IN  ADDITION  TO  HISTORICAL  INFORMATION,  THIS  ANNUAL  REPORT  CONTAINS  CERTAIN  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS  WITHIN  THE  MEANING  OF 
SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. THE FORWARD-LOOKING 
STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM 
THOSE  REFLECTED  IN  THE  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS.  FACTORS  THAT  MIGHT  CAUSE  SUCH  A  DIFFERENCE  INCLUDE,  BUT  ARE  NOT  LIMITED  TO,  THOSE 
DISCUSSED IN THE SECTIONS ENTITLED "RISK FACTORS", "INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY" AND "OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS" AND 
ELSEWHERE  IN  THIS  REPORT.  READERS  ARE  CAUTIONED  NOT  TO  PLACE  UNDUE  RELIANCE  ON  THESE  FORWARD -LOOKING  STATEMENTS,  WHICH  REFLECT 
MANAGEMENT’S BELIEFS, ASSUMPTIONS AND EXPECTATIONS OF OUR FUTURE OPERATIONS AND ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT CURRENTLY 
AVAILABLE INFORMATION. IN ADDITION, READERS SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT AND IN THE COMPANY’S 
PERIODIC  REPORTS  AND  OTHER  DOCUMENTS  FILED  WITH  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  FROM  TIME  TO  TIME.  WE  DO  NOT  UNDERTAKE  ANY 
OBLIGATION  TO  UPDATE  ANY  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS,  WHETHER  AS  A  RESULT  OF  NEW  INFORMATION,  FUTURE  EVENTS  OR  OTHERWISE,  EXCEPT  AS 
MAY BE REQUIRED UNDER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND REGULATIONS. 

- iv -

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 

PART I 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION 

Introduction 

During  2009,  we  resolved,  to  expand  and  diversify  our  field  of  operations  and  enter  into  the  fixed-income  real  estate  sector.  For  further  details,  see  Item  4.A  'History  and 

Development of The Company'. 

On March 16, 2010, we and our subsidiary, Optibase Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Optibase Technologies Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of S.A. Vitec 
(also known as Vitec Multimedia) (S.A. Vitec and Optibase Technologies Ltd., collectively "Vitec"), according to which Optibase Technologies Ltd. will purchase all of the assets and 
liabilities related to our Video Solutions Business (the "APA" and the "Vitec Transaction"). Closing of the transaction is expected to occur on June 30, 2010, after the release of this 
annual report. For Further details see Item 4.B "Business Overview". 

The Company, directly and indirectly, engages mainly in the following areas: 

·  Digital Video and Streaming Based Products and Services or Video Technologies Business (collectively, "Video Solutions Business") – development, marketing and sale 
of high quality equipment for a wide range of professional video applications in the broadband IPTV, broadcast, government, enterprise and post-production markets. 

· 

Fixed Income Real-Estate – investments in fixed-income real estate assets. 

3.A. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 
and 2009 from the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S generally 
accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"). We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance 
sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this annual report, which statements have also been prepared 
in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Item 5 Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" below and the 
financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this annual report. 

- 1 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
Net (loss) income after income tax 

(2,195)

(3,135)

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: 

2005 

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 
2008 
2007 
(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

2009 

 $

 $

19,343 
- 
19,343 

 $

 $

17,977 
- 
17,977 

 $

 $

22,977 
- 
22,977 

 $

 $

19,901 
- 
19,901 

 $

 $

Revenues: 
Video solutions 
Fixed income real estate 
Total revenues 

Costs and expenses: 
Cost of video solutions operations 
Research and development, net 
Selling and marketing, net 
General and administrative 
Cost of real estate operation
Total costs and expenses 
Operating loss 

Other income (expenses), net 
Financial income (loss), net 
Net (loss) income before tax 
Provision for income tax 

Equity in losses of affiliated companies and gain from sale of investment 
in affiliated company 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations 
Income (loss) related to discontinued operations (1) 
Net income (loss) 

Net (loss) income per share from continuing operations: 
Basic 
Diluted 
Basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) per share 
Basic and diluted 

Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share 
(in thousands): 
Basic 

Diluted 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 

Cash, cash equivalents and short term investment in marketable 
securities net 
Working capital 
Long term investment in marketable securities 
Total assets 
Long term loans and capital lease obligations, including current 
maturities 
Capital Stock 
Total shareholders’ equity 

 $

 $

 $
 $
 $

 $

 $

 $

13,149 
272 
13,421 

6,537 
3,725 
5,763 
2,601 
125 
18,751 
(5,330)

- 
617 
(4,713)
- 

(4,713)

4,773 

60 
- 
60 

0.00 
0.00 
0.00 

0.00 

16,534 

16,540 

7,808 
4,001 
8,798 
1,892 

22,499 
(3,156)

(622)
1,583 
(2,195)

7,716 
4,208 
8,288 
2,134 

22,346 
(4,369)

(171)
1,405 
(3,135)

- 

(2,195)
(1,250)
(3,445)

(0.17)
(0.17)
(0.09)

 $

 $

 $
 $

- 

(3,135)
15 
(3,120)

(0.23)
(0.23)
0.00 

 $

 $

 $
 $

11,387 
5,362 
7,895 
2,276 

26,920 
(3,943)

(327)
(31)
(4,301)

(73)  

(4,374)

(2,769)

(7,143)
(30)
(7,173)

9,754 
6,375 
8,964 
2,931 

28,024 
(8,123)

218 
270 
(7,635)

(7,635)

(1,930)

(9,565)
20 
(9,545)

 $
 $

(0.53)
(0.53)
0.00 

 $
 $

(0.63)
(0.63)
0.00 

(0.26)

 $

(0.23)

 $

(0.53)

 $

(0.63)

 $

13,188 

13,188 

13,431 

13,431 

13,602 

13,602 

15,159 

15,159 

2005 

2006 

December 31, 
2007 
(U.S. dollars in thousands) 

2008 

2009 

40,695 
40,342 
2,207 
60,974 

- 
119,720 
44,494 

 $

 $

18,387 
20,098 
- 
51,932 

- 
120,706 
39,164 

 $

 $

11,386 
9,610 
- 
47,306 

- 
126,142 
35,011 

 $

 $

28,651 
29,254 
- 
63,350 

18,262 
126,299 
35,238 

18,199 
16,383 
26,742 
58,346 

- 
118,508 
44,836 

 $

 $

- 2 -

  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
3.B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS 

Not applicable. 

3.C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS 

Not applicable. 

3.D. RISK FACTORS 

Our  business  operations  are  subject  to  various  risks  resulting  from  changing  economic,  political,  industry,  business  and  financial  conditions.  In  addition,  this  annual 
report contains various forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial results. Below we attempt to identify and describe the 
principal  uncertainties  and  risk  factors  that  in  our  view  at  the  present  time  may  affect  our  financial  condition,  cash  flows  and  results  of  operations  and  our  forward-looking 
statements. Readers are reminded that the uncertainties and risks identified below in this annual report do not purport to constitute a comprehensive list of all the uncertainties and 
risks, which may affect our business and the forward-looking statements in this annual report. In addition, we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking 
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

Risks Relating to the Economy, Our Financial Condition and Shareholdings 

We have a history of losses and we might not be able to reach profitability. 

Since 2000 and until the quarter ended March 31, 2003, we operated at a loss. We returned to profitability in the quarter ended June 30, 2003 and remained profitable until the 
quarter ended March 31, 2004. Since the quarter ended June 30, 2004 and until the quarter ended December 31, 2008 we returned to operating at a loss. We returned to profitability in the 
quarter ended March 31, 2009. Since the quarter ended June 30, 2009 and until the quarter ended December 31, 2009 we returned to operate at a loss. As of December 31, 2009, we have 
accumulated losses of $89.8 million. Given the current market conditions and recent economic downturn, the uncertainty in the technology sector, the uncertainty regarding the demand 
for our products and our research and development and other expenses as well as the uncertainty regarding the fixed income real-estate sector, we may continue to operate at a loss and 
may not be able to reach profitability in the future, and our operating results for future periods will continue to be subject to numerous uncertainties and risks. In order to maintain 
profitability, we will need, among other matters, to aggressively expand markets for our new products while continuing to expand market share for our existing products and to engage in 
new profitable fixed-income real-estate ventures. We cannot assure you that we will be able to increase the sales of our products and revenues and achieve profitability. 

The economic outlook may adversely affect the demand for our products and the results of our operations. 

Weak economic conditions have caused, and may continue to cause, reductions in spending in technology markets in general, including spending in the Video Solutions 
Business. Consequently, there has been, and may continue to be, an adverse impact on the demand for our products and services, which has adversely affected, and may continue to 
adversely affect our sales and results of operations. In addition, predictions regarding economic conditions have a low degree of certainty, and further predicting the effect of the 
changing economy is even more difficult. We may not be able to accurately gauge the effect of the general economy on our business. As a result, we may not react to such changing 
conditions in a timely manner, which may result in an adverse impact on our results of operations. Any such adverse impact on the results of our operations from a changing economy 
may cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline. 

Our future fixed-income real estate revenues are highly dependent on the over all economic outlook. Our ability to renew tenancy agreements with current tenants as well as 
seek new tenants in desirable conditions could be impacted by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the global economic and financial market crisis. A decrease in demand 
for our real-estate properties may materially adversely affect our financial results. 

- 3 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We manage our available cash through investments in interest bearing bank deposits and money market funds with leading banks. We are exposed to the credit risk of such banks. 

 During 2009, our available cash was invested in interest bearing bank deposits and money market funds with various banks. Our available cash is subject to the credit risk of 

the banks with which the funds are deposited and as such we may suffer losses if those banks fail to repay those deposits. 

Our officers, directors and affiliated entities own a large percentage of our ordinary shares and could significantly influence the outcome of actions. 

Our executive officers, directors and the entities affiliated with them, beneficially own, in the aggregate, as of June 21, 2010, approximately 43.71% of our outstanding ordinary 
shares, of which Shlomo (Tom) Wyler, our President and Chief Executive Officer holds approximately 42.62% (calculated taking into consideration shares underlying options that are 
currently  exercisable  or  exercisable  within  60  days  of  June  21,  2010 which are deemed to be outstanding), see "Item 7.A. Major Shareholders" below. These shareholders, if acting 
together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business 
combination transactions. 

We have experienced significant fluctuations in our results of operations at times in the past and expect these fluctuations to continue. These fluctuations may result in volatility 
in our share price. 

We have experienced at times in the past, and may in the future experience, significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results. Factors that may contribute to the 

fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations include: 

v  The timing of purchases of our products by system integrators and other large customers; 

v  The rate of acceptance of new products we introduce; 

v  The loss of major customers; 

v  Product introductions and other actions taken by our competitors; 

v  Market acceptance of IPTV video services; 

v  Changing networking standards in the video solutions industry and our ability to anticipate and react to such changes in a timely manner; 

v  Changes in sales and distribution environments and costs; 

v  Fluctuations in manufacturing yields and delays in product shipments; 

v  The purchase or failure to purchase fixed-income real-estate assets; 

v  Changes in the availability, cost and terms of financing; 

v  The ongoing need for capital improvements; 

v  Personnel changes; 

v  Changes in foreign exchange rates; 

v  General economic conditions, particularly in those countries or regions where we sell our products; and 

v  Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates between the USD and other currencies relevant to the location of our real estate properties 

Historically, the prices of video encoders and decoders and content authoring tools have decreased over the life of individual products, while the complexity of new product 
introductions has increased. As a result, we have reduced prices for our products and we may have to reduce prices in the future. In addition, we may have to increase our research, 
development and marketing expenditures in response to competitive conditions in order to develop new technologies and products. Accordingly, investors should not rely on the 
results of any past periods as an indication of our future performance. It is likely that in some future periods, our operating results may be below expectations of public market analysts 
or investors. If this occurs, the market price of our ordinary shares may drop. 

- 4 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The trading price of our ordinary shares has been highly volatile, and may continue to fluctuate significantly due to factors beyond our control. 

The trading price of our ordinary shares is and will continue to be subject to significant fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including: 

v  The entering into new businesses; 

v  The announcement of new products, services or service enhancements by us or our competitors; 

v  Quarterly variations in our results of operations or in our competitors’ results of operations; 

v  Changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; 

v  Perceptions of the video solutions and networking industry’s relative strength or weakness; 

v  Developments in our industry and change in demand for our products; 

v  General market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors; 

v  Seizure of a substantial business opportunity by our competitors or us; 

v  Availability of funding resources for the acquisition of new real estate assets; 

v  Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates between the USD and other currencies relevant to the location of our real estate properties; and 

v  Changes in interest rates. 

We expect this volatility to continue in the future. In addition, any shortfall or changes in our revenues, operating income, earnings or other financial results could cause the 
market price of our ordinary shares to fluctuate significantly. In recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price and trading volume fluctuations, which have particularly 
affected the market price of many technology companies and which may not be related to the operating performance of those companies. Volatility in the price of stock of companies in 
the video solutions industry has been particularly high. These broad market fluctuations have affected and may continue to affect adversely the market price of our ordinary shares. In 
recent years, the trading price of our ordinary shares has been highly volatile. From January 2009 through June 2010, the closing price of our ordinary shares fluctuated reaching a high 
of $1.55 and decreasing to a low of $0.93. The fluctuations and factors listed above, as well as general economic, political and market conditions may further materially adversely affect 
the market price of our ordinary shares. 

Holders of our ordinary shares who are United States residents face income tax risks. 

There is a substantial risk that we are a passive foreign investment company, commonly referred to as PFIC. Our treatment as a PFIC could result in a reduction in the after-tax 
return to the holders of our ordinary shares and would likely cause a reduction in the value of such ordinary shares. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be classified as a PFIC 
for any taxable year in which either (i) 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of all of our assets for the taxable year produce or are 
held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is considered to be an asset, which produces passive income. As a result of our substantial cash position and the 
decline in the value of our stock, we believe that there is a substantial risk that we became a PFIC during the taxable year ended December 31, 2009, under a literal application of the asset 
test described above, which looks solely to the market value. If we are classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, highly complex rules would apply to U.S. holders owning 
ordinary shares. Accordingly, you are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of such rules. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as 
a PFIC in the future, because the determination of whether we are a PFIC is based upon the composition of our income and assets from time to time, and such determination cannot be 
made  with  certainty  until  the  end  of  a  calendar  year.  United  States  residents  should  carefully  read  "Item  10.E.  Taxation"  under  the  heading  "United  States  Federal  Income  Tax 
Consequences" below for a more complete discussion of the U.S. federal income tax risks related to owning and disposing of our ordinary shares. 

- 5 -

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We  may  not  be  able  to  raise  additional  financing  for  our  future  capital  needs  on  favorable  terms,  or  at  all,  which  could  limit  our  growth  and  increase  our  costs  and  could 
adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares. 

We received net proceeds in the amount of approximately $67 million from our secondary public offering in March 2000, and we spent approximately $37 million in cash as a 
component of the consideration paid to acquire Viewgraphics Inc. and certain other assets, see also "Item 4.A. History and Development of the Company" below. In June 2008, we also 
issued 2,816,901 ordinary shares in a private placement to our Chief Executive Officer and President and then Executive Chairman of our board of directors in consideration for $5 million. 
It is probable that we will need to raise additional capital in the future to continue our longer-term strategic plans. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain additional financing 
on commercially reasonable terms or at all. This could inhibit our growth and increase our operating costs. 

We may in the future be the target of securities class action or other litigation, which could be costly and time consuming to defend. 

In the past, following a period of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action lawsuits have often been instituted against such companies. We 
may in the future be the target of similar litigation. If such a lawsuit were brought against us, regardless of its outcome, we would incur substantial costs and our management resources 
would be diverted to defending such litigation. 

We do not intend to pay dividends. 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance operations and expand our business 

and, therefore, do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. 

We may continue to seek to expand our business through acquisitions that could result in a diversion of resources and our incurring additional expenses, which could disrupt our 
business and harm our financial condition. 

As we have done in the past, we may in the future continue to pursue acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, or the establishment of joint ventures, that could 
expand our business. The negotiation of potential acquisitions or joint ventures as well as the integration of an acquired or jointly developed business, technology, service or product 
could cause diversion of management’s time as well as our resources. Future acquisitions could result in: 

v  Additional operating expenses without additional revenues; 
v  Potential dilutive issuances of equity securities; 
v  The incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities; 
v  Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles; 
v  Research and development write-offs; 
v 
v  Other acquisition-related expenses. 

Impairment charges; and 

Acquired  businesses  or  joint  ventures  may  not  be  successfully  integrated  with  our  operations.  If  any  acquisition  or  joint  venture  were  to  occur,  we  may  not  receive  the 

intended benefits of the acquisition or joint venture. If future acquisitions disrupt our operations, our business may suffer. 

We may fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 imposes certain duties on us and our executives and directors. Our efforts to comply with the requirements of Section 404, which started in 
connection  with  our  annual  report  on  Form  20-F  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  have  resulted  in  increased  general  and  administrative  expense  and  a  diversion  of 
management time and attention, and we expect these efforts to require the continued commitment of resources. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires (i) management’s 
annual review and evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting and (ii) an attestation report issued by an independent registered public accounting firm on our internal 
control over financial reporting, in connection with the filing of our annual report on Form 20-F for each fiscal year (such requirement is currently expected to be applicable to us starting 
with our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, if not further deferred or abolished). We have documented and tested our internal control systems and 
procedures in order for us to comply with the requirements of Section 404. While our assessment of our internal control over financial reporting resulted in our conclusion that as of 
December 31, 2009, our internal control over financial reporting was effective, we cannot predict the outcome of our testing in future periods. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our 
internal controls, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to maintain effective 
internal control over financial reporting could result in investigation or sanctions by regulatory authorities, and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, investor 
confidence in our reported financial information, and the market price of our ordinary shares. 

- 6 -

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Risks Relating to Our Video Solutions Business 

On March 16, 2010, we and our subsidiary, Optibase Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Optibase Technologies Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of S.A. Vitec 
(also known as Vitec Multimedia), according to which Optibase Technologies Ltd. will purchase all of the assets and liabilities related to our Video Solutions Business. Closing of the 
transaction is expected to occur on June 30, 2010, after the release of this annual report. For further details see Item 4.B "Business Overview". 

The video solutions market is highly competitive, and we may lose sales to our competitors and be forced to continue to lower the prices for our products, which may result in 
reduced revenues. 

We currently develop and market two product lines: the IPTV product line and the Video Technologies product line. The IPTV product line enables telephone operators and 
service providers to offer TV services to their subscribers by leveraging their existing digital subscriber lines, or DSL, and fiber communications infrastructure. The Video Technologies 
product  line  enables  a  variety  of  content  creation  and  streaming  applications.  Both  the  IPTV  and  the  Video  Technologies  operate  and  market  their  products  in  the  enterprise, 
government and broadcast markets. 

Competition in each of these markets is intense and we expect competition to increase. The Video Technologies markets have grown in recent years and have attracted many 
competitors. Advances in video encoding technologies and in desk-top processing capabilities have also enabled sophisticated new applications within these markets which require an 
in-depth understanding of customer needs and significant development efforts. Moreover, the availability of video encoding technologies has also driven prices for products down 
within these markets. In contrast, the IPTV market though young, is currently dominated by large companies that can afford to aggressively promote their products by reducing prices 
in order to gain market share. To be competitive in each product line, we must continue to respond promptly and effectively to changing customer preferences, feature and pricing 
requirements, technological change and competitors’ innovations. 

We expect price competition to escalate in the video solutions industry. We have consistently attempted to minimize the effect of price reductions in the market by introducing 
more sophisticated products at the top of our product line, and thereby attempt to maintain higher selling prices. However, competition in the future may force us to further lower 
product prices and we may be unable to introduce new products at higher prices. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully in this kind of price competitive 
environment. Lower prices and reduced demand for our products would reduce our ability to generate revenue. Failure by us to mitigate the effect of these pressures through cost 
reduction of our products or changes in our product mix could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Some of our actual and potential competitors may have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, access to larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, 
marketing, technical and other resources than we do. Our competitors also sell products that provide some of the benefits of the products that we sell, and we could lose sales to our 
competitors. Moreover, some companies in the video solutions industry, including some of our competitors, participate in business combinations. These combinations may result in the 
emergence of competitors who have greater market share, customer base, sales force, product offering, technology expertise and/or marketing expertise than we do. As a result, our 
competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their 
products than we can. Thus, we cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, or that we will be able to make the technological 
advances necessary to improve or even maintain our competitive position or that our products will achieve market acceptance. 

- 7 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
If the video solutions market does not grow as we expect, the demand for some of our products and technology may decline and our revenues will be materially adversely affected. 

Our growth depends on our ability to predict which segments of the video solutions markets will grow and on our ability to penetrate those segments. We have devoted 
substantial effort and expense to the development of new products based on our prediction of market trends, however, if market growth rates do not meet our expectations, or if we are 
unsuccessful in identifying and penetrating those segments, our business will suffer. In addition, general weak economic conditions have had an adverse impact on the digital video 
industry and on the demand for our products. If the economic conditions persist and demand does not increase, our revenues will decline, and our business will be materially adversely 
affected. 

The video solutions market is characterized by rapid technological changes and multiple evolving standards. If we fail to enhance our existing products, develop new and more 
technologically advanced products and successfully market these products, the results of our operations will suffer. 

The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and frequent new product introductions. For example, recent 
advances in silicon technology have enabled the development of cheaper video compression components with higher performance and greater ease of integration than ever before. 
Such  developments  enable  competitors  to  offer  similar  or  superior  products  to  our  own.  Our  future  success  will  depend  on  our  ability  to  maintain  expertise  in  the  digital  video 
technologies, enhance our existing products and introduce new products and features to meet the evolution of customer requirements and industry standards. 

In addition, we, or our competitors, may announce the introduction of products that have the potential to shorten the life cycle of, or replace, our products. We have made 
such announcements in the past and may do so in the future. Such announcements could cause customers not to buy our products or to defer decisions to buy our products. In 
addition, we cannot assure you that products or technologies developed by others will not render our products or technologies non-competitive or obsolete. 

Our future success also depends upon our ability to enhance our existing products and develop, launch and market new technologies and products in a cost-effective and 
timely fashion. We have devoted, and will continue to devote, a substantial effort and expenses for the development of new technologies and products. However, we cannot assure you 
that we will be able to complete testing and successfully launch our new products. 

We have increased the allocation of research and development resources for the enterprise government and military markets. Should our expectations for such target markets fail 
to materialize, our ability to respond to the needs of other customers may be adversely affected. 

We have changed the internal allocation of resources within our research and development departments, or R&D department so as to align our products’ road map with and 
focus primarily in products, such as the EZ TV, which are more targeted towards the enterprise, government and military markets. As our R&D resources are limited, such allocation of 
resources  may  affect  our  ability  to  respond  to  the  needs  of  other  target  markets,  hurt  our  relationships  with  existing  and  potential  customers  and  have  an  adverse  affect  on  our 
revenues. 

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from one type of product, and the failure of this type of product to meet market demands could have an adverse impact on our 
financial performance, revenues, and income. 

Our MGW X100 product family accounted for 61% of our revenues in 2007, 68% of our revenues in 2008 and 72% of our Video Solutions revenues in 2009. While our revenues 
from the MGW X100 product family increased as a percentage of total revenues, it decreased in absolute dollars over this period, we expect that this product family will continue to 
account for a significant portion of our revenues in the next year. If this product fails to match the price, availability, quality or other features of competing products or to otherwise meet 
our expectations with respect to market demand, it would have a material adverse affect on our results of operations. 

- 8 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Failure to enter into cooperation agreements with system integrators or unfruitful cooperation agreements with system integrators may have a material adverse effect on our 
results of operations. 

As IPTV operators currently struggle with the complexity of integrating new technologies from many vendors, it is increasingly clear that it is not enough to provide top-class 

encoders and transcoders for the IPTV operators. Most IPTV operators do not have sufficient expertise and, therefore, rely on a system integrator. 

In  the  IPTV  market,  we  manufacture  encoders  and  transcoders,  and  mainly  rely  on  system  integrators  to  market  and  sell  our  products  by  integrating  our  encoders  and 

transcoders with complementary products offered by such system integrators. 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to create the business relationships with the appropriate system integrators on favorable commercial terms or at all. In addition, the 
integration process is quite complex and requires special resources and expertise and there is no assurance that any relationships we form with system integrators will be fruitful. Failure 
to  enter  into  cooperation  agreements  with  system  integrators  or  unfruitful  cooperation  agreements  with  system  integrators  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of 
operations. 

A decrease in the sales of our Video Technologies product line which we expect to continue over the coming years, has had an adverse effect on our financial results and will 
continue to have an adverse effect on our financial results in the future. 

Our sales from the Video Technologies product line were $8.6 million in 2007, $6.2 million in 2008 and $3.6 million in 2009. The decrease in the sales of our Video Technologies 
products are mainly attributed to significant advances in PC technology supporting software products for standard definition encoding and the emergence of new compression formats. 
We expect that our sales from the Video Technologies products will continue to decrease over the years which would adversely affect our financial results. 

We  have  a  limited  backlog  of  orders  and  have  to  plan  production  and  inventory  levels  on  unpredictable  ordering  patterns.  Maintaining  sufficient  inventory  levels  to  meet 
anticipated demand increases the risk of inventory obsolescence and associated write-offs, which could adversely affect our financial performance. 

The timing and volume of orders are difficult to forecast for each quarter, as a substantial portion of our sales are booked and shipped in the same quarter pursuant to purchase 
orders. We have a limited backlog of orders for our products and must maintain or have available sufficient inventory levels to satisfy anticipated demand on a timely basis. Maintaining 
sufficient inventory levels to assure prompt delivery of our products increases the risk of inventory obsolescence and associated write-offs. A shift in demand could also result in 
inventory write-offs, which could harm our financial performance. 

In addition, the ordering patterns of some of our large customers have been unpredictable in the past and we expect that ordering patterns by customers will continue to be 
unpredictable.  In  view  of  this  inherent  unpredictability,  we  must  plan  our  production  and  inventory  levels  based  on  internal  forecasts  of  customer  demand,  which  may  fluctuate 
substantially and sometimes vary substantially from early estimates provided by customers to us for planning purposes. 

We depend on third parties to distribute and market our products. If we cannot retain effective distributors or fail to develop new distributor relationships, we may be unable to 
effectively market and distribute our products. 

A significant portion of our sales efforts worldwide, in particular in the Video Technologies product line, is conducted through a network of independent distributors. We are 
unable to predict whether and the extent to which some of these distributors will be successful in marketing and selling our products in the future. While we have a policy of using only 
distributors who do not distribute competing products, we have experienced, and may experience in the future, sales by our distributors of products that compete with our products. In 
such cases, we may have to seek new distributor relationships, and we may not be able to establish relationships on the same terms as the prior relationships. Furthermore, distributors 
may terminate their relationships with us upon short notice with little or no penalty. 

- 9 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our future performance also depends on our ability to attract additional distributors who will be able to market and support our products effectively, especially in markets in 
which we have not previously been active. Effective distributors must possess sufficient technical, marketing and sales resources and must devote these resources to a lengthy sales 
cycle  and  subsequent  first-line  customer  support.  We  may  not  be  able  to  retain  our  current  distributors  and  may  not  be  able  to  recruit  additional  or  replacement  distributors  with 
sufficient technical expertise in the networking and video content fields. The loss of one or more of our major distributors, especially in a key market, or the failure by one or more major 
distributors to adequately provide customer support could adversely affect our business. 

We believe it is becoming increasingly important for our success to develop relationships with several large original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, of video server and 
network equipment with technical and support expertise. We presently have a limited number of OEM relationships and we may not be able to maintain these relationships. Moreover, 
we may not be able to develop new OEM relationships on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to retain existing or to develop new OEM relationships will have a material adverse effect 
on our ability to sell our products and our operation results. 

Some  of  our  sales  to  the  telecommunication,  or  Telco,  market  segment  are  conducted  directly.  However,  sales  to  major  Telcos  largely  depend  on  our  ability  to  develop 
relationships  and  form  business  combinations  with  well-recognized  Telco  vendors,  such  as:  Alcatel,  Siemens  and  Nortel.  Failure  to  develop  such  relationships  will  have  a  material 
adverse affect on our revenues and results of operations. 

Some  of  our  sales  to  the  enterprise  market  and  federal  agencies  in  the  United  States  in  particular  are  conducted  directly.  However,  sales  to  major  federal  agencies  largely 
depend on our ability to develop relationships and form business combinations with large purchasing agencies. Failure to develop such relationships will have a material adverse affect 
on our revenues and results of operations. 

As we market our products internationally our business is affected by the WEEE and RoHS directives. 

As  manufacturers  and  sellers  of  electronic  equipment,  certain  aspects  of  the  Restriction  of  Hazardous  Substances  in  Electrical  and  Electronic  Equipment  (RoHS)  Directive 
(2002/95/EC) which bans the use on the European Union ("EU") market of certain hazardous materials including lead, mercury, cadmium, chromium, and halogenated flame-retardants 
and the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive (2002/96/EC) which regulates the collection, recovery and recycling of waste from electrical and electronic products 
apply to our operation. In addition, the Peoples’ Republic of China has enacted a law on Management Methods for Controlling Pollution by Electronic Information Products, referred to 
as the China RoHS, that is equivalent of the bans implemented in the EU, but the marking and product certification requirements exceed the requirement of the EU RoHS directive. 
Furthermore, the scope of this legislation is broader than the EU RoHS directive, covering also medical devices and measurement instruments. Although we make efforts to comply with 
the directives, if we fail to do so, we may not be able to market our products effectively in some countries (mainly in Europe) and as a result, our operations will be adversely affected. In 
order to comply with these directives we have invested and may need to further invest development resources to replace non-compliant components with compliant components with 
the same function. Our costs of goods sold may also increase due to the use of certain new components and manufacturing processes. We cannot assure you that lack of compliance 
with the WEEE and RoHS directives will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In some cases compliance with these directives may 
require changing a hardware product in a way that requires some of our customers to make changes to their own systems. The need by a customer to change an existing system requires 
an investment of resources and presents the opportunity for a customer to reconsider the advantages of our products in comparison with those of competitors, and may result in the 
loss of some of our customers. 

Our products could contain defects, which would reduce sales of those products or result in claims against us. 

We develop complex and evolving products. Despite testing, errors may be found in existing or new products. Reliability, quality or compatibility problems with our products 
could significantly delay or reduce market acceptance of our products, could require the devotion of significant time and resources to address errors, could divert our engineering and 
other  resources  from  other  tasks  and  development  efforts,  and  could  damage  our  reputation  and  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  retain  our  existing  customers  and  to  attract  new 
customers. We could also be subject to material product liability claims by customers. 

- 10 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We depend on a number of third parties to manufacture, distribute and supply critical components of our products and we may be unable to operate our business if these parties 
fail to perform their obligations. 

We depend upon sole source suppliers for key components used in our products. These key components include, for example: 

v  H.264 SD, H.264 HD, MPEG I/II, MXF, AAC, Flash, streaming servers and HD video encoding tools provided by technological partners; 

v  Encoding and Decoding S/W’s provided by Main concept; 

v  Various  modules,  which  are  integrated  in  our  systems,  both  for  the  MGW2000,  MGW200/400,  MGW  Flash,  MGW5100,  MGW  1100,  MGW  HD  and  the  MGW1000  including: 
Encoding module by Ateme S.A., Switches supplied by PTI (Performance Technologies Inc.), Interface by Intel Corporation, Hosts supplied by Kontron AG, backplane boards by 
Kaparel  Corporation  Pentium,  CPU  modules  supplied  by  Kontron  and  Compact  Pci  platforms  supplied  by  EPS  (Israel)  TECH  1992  Ltd.,  Elma  Electronic  Israel  Ltd  and  Dan-el 
Technologies Ltd.; 

v  Digital Signal Processing, or DSP, compression techniques, manufactured by Equator Inc. and TI, which are used in our MGW X100 product line and Movie Maker 400 products; 

v  Video compression chips manufactured by Fujitsu, Magnum and NEL; 

v  Audio  Analog  to  Digital  Converters  (A/D),  Digital  to  Analog  Converters  (D/A)  and  decompression  chips  manufactured  by  Crystal  Semiconductor  Corporation,  or  Crystal,  a 

subsidiary of Cirrus Logic, which are included in our encoders and decoders; 

v  Freescale, Inc.’s DSPs, which are included in our decoders and encoders; 

v  A video decoding chip manufactured by IBM Corp; 

v  SDI interface chips manufactured by Gennum Corporation; 

v  Microprocessor and PCI bridge devices from Intel that are used in our MediaPump and MovieMaker boards; 

v  A video processing chipset from Gennum, which is used in our MM2X0s; 

v  Programmable devices by Altera Corporation and Xilinx Inc., which are used in all our product lines; and 

v  Servers provided by EIM Systems & Components (1999) Ltd, Intel and IBM. 

We may have sole source suppliers for additional products in the future. We purchase these sole source components pursuant to purchase orders placed from time to time. We 
do not carry significant inventories of these sole source components and we have no guaranteed supply arrangements or other long-term agreements. The lack of guaranteed supply 
arrangements can result in delays in obtaining components from time to time. The time and resources that these third parties devote to our business is not within our control. We cannot 
be sure that these parties will perform their obligations as expected or that any revenues, cost savings or other benefits will be derived from the efforts of these parties. If any of these 
parties breaches or terminates its agreement with us or otherwise fails to perform its obligations in a timely manner, the manufacture of our products may be delayed or cancelled. If any 
of  these  events  occur,  we  may  be  required  to  look  for  alternative  sources  of  supply  for  our  sole  source  components,  which  may  be  time  consuming  and  we  may  incur  additional 
expenses, which in turn may affect our sales and operation results. 

Some of our products were designed a number of years ago and we may face difficulties acquiring components for these products which will result in an adverse effect on our 
reputation and sales. 

Though we monitor the availability of components and make reasonable effort to procure sufficient quantities to meet demand, the availability of components is largely beyond 
our control, in particular for older components. If a manufacturer declares one or more of these components obsolete, we may not be able to meet the demand for our products which 
may adversely affect our reputation and our sales. 

- 11 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We depend on a limited number of key personnel who would be difficult to replace, and if we lose the services of these individuals or cannot hire additional qualified personnel, 
our business will be adversely affected. 

Our continued growth and success largely depend on the managerial and technical skills of key technical, sales and management personnel. If any of the current members of 
the senior management team are unable or unwilling to continue in our employ, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Our success also depends to a 
substantial degree upon our ability to attract, motivate, and retain other highly qualified personnel. The technology associated with video solutions is at a relatively advanced stage, 
and there are many competitors in this area. Consequently, there is considerable competition for the services of technical, sales, management and engineering personnel. 

The length of our sales cycle of streaming products depends on factors beyond our control and may cause revenues to vary significantly. 

Sales of our streaming products, and in particular, the IPTV products, which are generally integrated within a larger system, require an extended sales effort. The period from an 
initial sales call to the receipt of a purchase order for such products typically ranges from six to twelve months and can be longer. Also, because our products are often used as part of a 
larger project, the timing of an order for our products is often dependent upon the timing of the projects, which is beyond our control. In addition, due to the operating procedures in 
many  large  organizations  considering  the  purchase  of  our  products,  an  extended  period  of  time  may  be  required  for  technical  evaluation  to  be  completed  and  capital  expenditure 
authorization to be obtained within the customer. Accordingly, if a forecast of revenues from a specific customer for a particular period is not realized in that period, our operating 
results for such period will be adversely affected. 

Cost-reduction efforts may adversely impact our productivity and service levels. 

Since 2001 and until the first quarter of 2010, we have continuously implemented various cost-control measures affecting various aspects of our business operations, including 
several reductions in our workforce in particular in our U.S. and Israeli offices among various departments. We may in the future be required to take additional cost-saving actions to 
reduce our operating losses and to conserve cash. The failure to achieve such future cost savings could have a material adverse affect on our financial conditions. On the other hand, 
even  if  we  are  successful  with  these  efforts  and  can  generate  the  anticipated  cost  savings,  these  actions  may  adversely  impact  our  employees’  morale  and  productivity,  the 
competitiveness of our products and business, our strength and stability as perceived by our customers and the results of our operations. 

Reductions in work force may limit our ability to maintain products and develop new ones. 

In our efforts to reduce operational expenses over the last few years, we have reduced the number of employees in our R&D department. Though we believe we have applied 
adequate configuration management procedures to support the development of new products and all of our commitments for maintenance and customer support, our ability to respond 
to certain customer requests may be limited and as such may harm our business relationship with such customers. In addition such reduction in work force may also limit our ability to 
develop new products. The potential loss and damage could have an adverse affect on our business. 

Our proprietary technology is difficult to protect and unauthorized use of our proprietary technology by third parties may impair our ability to compete effectively. 

Our success and ability to compete depend in large part upon protecting our proprietary technology including both hardware and software components of our products. We 
cannot assure you that our efforts to protect our proprietary rights will be adequate. Our inability to protect our proprietary rights effectively could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. We currently rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark and copyright laws, nondisclosure and other contractual 
agreements and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights. We cannot assure you that any patents will be issued to us as a result of current or future patent applications or 
that patents issued to us will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. In addition, we cannot assure you that the rights granted under any such patents will provide us with 
competitive advantages. We cannot assure you that any patents issued to us will be adequate to stop unauthorized third parties from copying our technology, designing around the 
patents we own or otherwise obtaining and using our products, designs or other information. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our 
trade secrets, and we cannot assure you that such efforts will be successful. Moreover, we cannot assure you that others will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to 
our technology. Additionally, our products may be sold in foreign countries that provide less protection to intellectual property than that provided under United States or Israeli laws. 

- 12 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Because our products may be subject to claims of infringement on the intellectual property rights of third parties, our business will suffer if we are sued for infringement or cannot 
obtain licenses to these rights on commercially acceptable terms. 

All of our products rely on technology that could be the subject of existing patents or patent applications of third parties. Many participants in the video solutions market have 
a significant number of patents and have frequently demonstrated a readiness to commence litigation based on allegations of patent and other intellectual property infringement. We 
expect that companies will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors in our industry segment grows and the functionality of products in 
different industry segments overlaps. Such claims may require us to enter into license arrangements, or may result in protracted and costly litigation that would require us and our 
management to make significant expenditures of time, capital and other resources, regardless of the merits of these claims. Any necessary licenses may not be available or if available, 
may not be obtainable on commercially reasonable terms. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, we may be forced to stop selling all or some of 
our products, and our business would be harmed. 

From time to time, we receive notices relating to alleged infringement. In some cases, we have not received subsequent communications after responding to the initial claim or 
we  believe  that  the  correspondence  requires  no  further  action  on  our  behalf.  In  some  other  cases,  we  have  resolved  the  matters  on  commercially  reasonable  terms  or  requested 
additional information in order to determine the merits of the notice. However, we cannot assure you that future claims will be resolved on such terms, and failure to resolve such claims 
on commercially acceptable terms could result in a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The prices of our products may become less competitive due to foreign exchange fluctuations. 

Foreign currency fluctuations may affect the prices of our products. Our prices in all countries are incurred or determined in U.S. dollars. If there is a significant devaluation of 

the local currency in relation to the U.S. dollar in a specific country, the prices of our products will increase relative to the local currency and may be less competitive. 

The government programs and tax benefits that we currently participate in or receive require us to meet several conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future, which 
would increase our costs. 

We receive grants from the Office of the Chief Scientist, or the OCS, in the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor for research and development programs that meet 
specified criteria. Through 2009, we received an aggregate of $8.4 million in grants from the OCS and our accrued and paid royalties to the OCS totaled $4.2 million. We also receive tax 
benefits under Israeli law for capital investments that are designated as "Approved Enterprises". These grants and tax benefits might be reduced in the future. To maintain our eligibility 
for these programs and tax benefits, we must continue to meet conditions, including payment of royalties with respect to grants received and making specified investments in fixed 
assets. Under the Encouragement of Industrial Research and Development Law, of 1984, or the "R&D Law", and the terms of the OCS grants, we are subject to three main obligations: (i) 
the obligation to locally manufacture the OCS supported products; manufacturing the OCS supported products outside of Israel that results in a reduction of more than 10% of the local 
manufacturing rate, is subject to the OCS's prior written approval and the payment of increased royalties, which may be up to 300% of the grant amount plus interest, depending on the 
manufacturing volume that is performed outside of Israel, at an increased annual return rate; (ii) the obligation not to transfer know-how, that was developed as a result of grants 
received from the OCS (in the course of an ‘approved plan’), outside the State of Israel; the Research Committee is authorized to approve the transfer of know-how, that results from 
research and development made in the course of an ‘approved plan’, outside of Israel pursuant to certain terms, including payment of a redemption fee; and (iii) the obligation to pay 
royalties to the OCS whenever the company successfully commercializes OCS funded products. Failure to comply with the R&D Law may result in cancellation of the grants received 
from the OSC. We may be required to refund the portion of the grant already received plus interest and we may also be subject to penalties and criminal charges. The difficulties in 
obtaining the approval of the OCS for the transfer of know-how and manufacturing rights out of Israel could have a material adverse effect on strategic alliances or other transactions 
that we may enter into in the future that provide for such a transfer. 

- 13 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
Entitlement to the tax benefits under the Law for Encouragement of Capital Investments for enterprises to which the Investment Center granted an Approved Enterprise status 
prior to December 31, 2004, is subject to the final ratification of the Investment Center, and is conditioned upon fulfillment of all terms of the approved program. In the event of our 
failure to comply with these conditions, the tax and other benefits granted under the Law for Encouragement of Capital Investments could be canceled, in whole or in part, and we might 
be required to refund the amount of the canceled benefits, together with the addition of Consumer Price Index linkage difference and interest. We believe that our Approved Enterprise 
substantially  complies  with  all  such  conditions  at  present,  but  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  it  will  continue  to  do  so.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we,  who 
enjoy Approved Enterprise  benefits under  the  Law  for  Encouragement  of  Capital Investments will,  meet  the  conditions  stipulated  under  the  Law  for  Encouragement  of 
Capital Investments in order to obtain a future status of Privileged Enterprise, or that the provisions of the Law for Encouragement of Capital Investments will not change in respect of 
such status. The termination or reduction of the benefits under the Law for Encouragement of Capital Investments would increase our tax liability in the future, which would reduce our 
profits or increase our losses. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel, for example, by future acquisitions, our increased activities might not be eligible for inclusion in 
Israeli tax benefit programs. See "Item 10.E. Taxation" under the heading "Israeli Taxation – Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959." below. 

In recent years, the Government of Israel has reduced the benefits available under these programs. There is no assurance as to the level of these benefits that will be available 

in the future, if any, and whether we will be eligible for such benefits. 

Business interruptions could adversely affect our business. 

Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure and other events beyond our control, especially because our facilities 
are located in Israel and the State of California. We do not have a detailed disaster recovery plan. In the event these blackouts, earthquake or other interruptions occur, they could 
disrupt the operations of our affected facilities. In addition, we do not carry sufficient business interruption insurance to compensate us for losses that may occur and any losses, and 
any potential damages resulting from such interruptions could have a material adverse affect on our business. 

The sale of our assets and liabilities related to our Video Solutions Business under the Vitec Transaction is subject to the receipt of consents and approvals from various entities, 
which may impose conditions on, or jeopardize the completion of, the sale or reduce the anticipated benefits of the sale. Failure to complete the sale of our assets and liabilities 
related to our Video Solutions Business under the Vitec Transaction could negatively impact the market price of our ordinary shares and our future business and financial results. 

On March 16, 2010, we and our subsidiary, Optibase Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Vitec, according to which Vitec will purchase all of the assets and 
liabilities related to our Video Solutions Business (the "APA" and the "Vitec Transaction" respectively). Closing of the transaction is expected to occur on June 30, 2010, after the 
release of this annual report. For further details see Item 4.B "Business Overview" and Item 10.C "Material Contracts". 

Completion  of  the  sale  of  our  assets  and  liabilities  related  to  our  Video  Solutions  Business  under  the  Vitec  Transaction  is  conditioned  upon  the  satisfaction  of  closing 
conditions, including the receipt of certain required approvals from third parties and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals and, if applicable, approval of the transaction by the 
Israeli Antitrust Authority, all as set forth in the APA with Vitec. The required conditions to closing may not be satisfied in a timely manner, if at all, or, if permissible, waived, and the 
sale may not be consummated. 

- 14 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
If the sale of our Video Solutions Business to Vitec is not completed for any reason, our on-going business may be materially adversely affected and will be subject to a 
number of risks, each of which, among others, may have a negative impact on the market price of our ordinary shares. The risks associated with a failure to complete the acquisition 
include, but are not limited to: 

· 

· 

failure to pursue other beneficial opportunities as a result of the focus of management of each of the companies on the sale, without realizing any of the anticipated benefits of 
the sale; 

the market price of our ordinary shares may decline to the extent that the current market price reflects a market assumption that the sale will be completed; 

·  we may experience negative reactions to the termination of the sale from licensors, collaborators, suppliers, customers or other strategic partners; and 

· 

our costs incurred related to the sale, such as legal and accounting fees, must be paid even if the sale is not completed. 

There is no assurance that we will receive the full benefits from the Vitec Transaction. 

The Vitec Transaction includes an "earn-out" mechanism pursuant to which 45% of Vitec’s revenues deriving from the Video Solutions Business and exceeding $14 million in 
the year following the closing of the transaction, will be paid to us. For additional information on the Vitec Transaction, see Item 10.C "Material Contracts". The receipt of the proceeds 
from the "earn-out" mechanism depends, among other things, on market conditions and the successful integration and sale of our products by Vitec. There is no assurance that we will 
receive any proceeds from the "earn-out" mechanism. 

In addition, under the asset purchase agreement with Vitec, $1 million out of the aggregate consideration of $8 million (plus adjustments relating to receivables and payables as 
of the closing of the transaction) will be deposited in an escrow for a period of two years as a security for damages arising to Vitec, subject to certain conditions, see also Item 10.C 
"Material  Contracts".  Although  we  believe  that  we  have  provided  Vitec  with  accurate  and  complete  representations  and  warranties,  there  is  no  assurance  that  such  amount  will 
eventually be paid to us from reasons beyond our control. 

Risks Relating to our Fixed-Income Real Estate Business 

We have recently decided to enter into the fixed income real-estate sector which presents risks which are, in their essence, materially different from our current business. 

On May 11, 2009, our board of directors resolved to expand and diverse our operations and enter into the fixed-income real estate sector. At a special shareholders meeting 
held on June 25, 2009, our shareholders approved the diversification of the Company’s operations by entering into the fixed income real-estate sector. Such approval was sought solely 
for cautionary purposes and without any obligation of the part of the Company to do so. Since then, we have entered into two transactions, the first - the acquisition of a stake in an 
office building located at 485 Lexington Avenue in Manhattan, New York for which we received a letter terminating the agreement from the seller and we have filed a lawsuit against the 
seller  and  the  second –  the acquisition of a commercial building located in Rümlang, Switzerland. For additional information on such transactions, see Item 4.B. "Fixed-Income Real 
Estate Business", Item 8. "Financial Information - Legal Proceedings" and Item 10.C "Material Contracts". 

The fixed-income real estate sector presents risks which are, in their essence, materially different from our current business. 

Our fixed income real-estate operations may involve the following risks: 

· 

We may experience difficulties in finding suitable real-estate properties for investment, either at all or at viable prices; 

- 15 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
· 

· 

· 

· 

· 

We may be unable to proceed with the acquisition of fixed income properties because we cannot obtain financing on favourable terms. We may require substantial up-front 
expenditures for property acquisition. Accordingly, we may require substantial amounts of cash and financing from banks and other capital resources (such as institutional 
investors and/or the public) for our fixed income real estate operations. We cannot be certain that such external financing would be available on favourable terms or on a timely 
basis or at all; 

We may have difficulties leasing real-estate properties. The fixed income real-estate sector relies on the presence of tenants in the real-estate assets. The failure of a tenant to 
renew its lease, the termination of a tenant’s lease, or the bankruptcy or economic decline of a tenant can have a material adverse effect on the economic performance of the 
real-estate asset. There can be no assurance that if a tenant were to fail to renew its lease, we would be able to replace such tenant in a timely manner or that we could do so 
without incurring material additional costs; 

The ability to collect rents depends on the solvency of the tenants. Tenants may be in default or not pay on time, or we may need to reduce the amount of rents invoiced by 
lease incentives, to align lease payments with the financial situation of some tenants. In all these cases, tenant insolvency may hurt our operational results; 

Real  estate  properties  in  general  are  relatively  illiquid.  Such  illiquidity  may  affect  the  ability  to  dispose  of  or  liquidate  part  of  real-estate  assets  in  a  timely  fashion  and  at 
satisfactory prices in response to changes in the economic environment, the real estate market or other conditions; and 

Properties could suffer physical damage caused by fire or other causes, resulting in losses which may not be fully compensated by insurance. In addition, there are certain 
types of losses, generally of a catastrophic nature, such as earthquakes, floods, terrorism or acts of war that may be uninsurable or are not economically insurable. Inflation, 
changes in building codes and ordinances, environmental considerations and other factors, including terrorism or acts of war, also might result in insurance proceeds being 
insufficient to repair or replace a property if it is damaged or destroyed. Under such circumstances, the insurance proceeds may be inadequate to restore the economic position 
with respect to the affected properties. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could lose capital invested in the affected property as well as 
anticipated profits from that property. No assurance can be given that material losses in excess of insurance proceeds will not occur in the future. 

The occurrence of one or more of these factors could affect our fixed income real-estate business, financial condition and results of operations. 

With respect to our commercial building in Rümlang, Switzerland, we are dependent on the continued attraction of third parties to enter into lease agreements, and in particular 
anchor tenants. If we fail to enter into lease agreements, it would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 

We  own,  through  our  subsidiaries,  a  real-estate  asset  in  Rümlang,  Switzerland,  which  is  currently  leased  to  third  parties.  One  of  the  lessees  in  Rümlang,  that  leases 
approximately 33% of the property, may terminate the lease agreement at a 6-month prior notice. If such lease agreement is terminated, there is no assurance that we will be able to attract 
new lessees in favorable terms or at all. 

In addition, we may find it more difficult to engage tenants to enter into leases during periods when market rents are increasing. Economic recession, pressures that affect 
consumer confidence, job growth, energy costs and income gains can affect the financial condition of prospective tenants, and a continuing soft economic cycle may impact our ability 
to find tenants for our properties. Failure to attract tenants, the termination of a tenant’s lease, or the bankruptcy or economic decline of a tenant may adversely affect the rent fees for 
our properties and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 

We may depend on partners in our joint ventures and collaborative arrangements. 

We are currently and we may, in the future, own interests in real-estate assets in partnership with other entities. Our investments in these joint ventures may, under certain 
circumstances, be subject to (i) the risk that one of our partners may become bankrupt or insolvent, which may cause us to be unable to fulfill our financial obligations, may trigger a 
default under our bank financing agreements or, in the event of a liquidation, may prevent us from managing or administering our business or entail a compulsory sale of the asset at 
less favorable terms; (ii) the risk that one of our partners may have economic or other interests or goals that are inconsistent with our interests and goals, and that such partner may be 
in a position to veto actions which may be in our best interests; and (iii) the possibility that disputes may arise regarding the continued operational requirements of our assets that are 
jointly owned. 

- 16 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We may not be able to obtain additional financing for our future capital needs on favorable terms, or at all, which could limit its growth and increase its costs and could adversely 
affect the price of its ordinary shares. 

Real estate activities are largely financed from external sources. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain financing on favorable terms for our future real estate 
activities, or at all. In addition, an adverse change can occur in the terms of the financing that we receive. Any such occurrence could increase our financing costs and/or result in a 
material adverse effect on the results of the Company and its ability to develop its real estate business. The amount of long term loans currently outstanding may inhibit our ability to 
obtain additional financing for our future capital needs, inhibit our long-term expansion plans, increase our costs and adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares. 

We are a party to a legal proceeding in connection with the termination of an agreement for the purchase of a stake in a company holding a real estate asset in New-York, NY, USA. 

On February 3, 2010, Mazal 485 LLC, a company whose beneficial interest is jointly owned by us and by Gilmore USA LLC, filed a lawsuit against SL Green Realty Corp. and 
certain of its subsidiaries ("SL Green") regarding the purchase agreement for interests in 485 Lexington Avenue (the "Purchase Agreement"). On January 7, 2010, we received a notice 
from the seller of 485 Lexington Avenue stating that the Purchase Agreement is terminated. The lawsuit alleges that SL Green breached material terms of the Purchase Agreement, 
including a covenant of good faith and fair dealing towards Mazal 485 LLC ("Mazal"). The lawsuit seeks specific performance to enforce SL Green’s obligations under the Purchase 
Agreement and an abatement of the purchase price to compensate Mazal 485 LLC for damages incurred as a result of SL Green’s breaches. On March 16, 2010, SL Green filed a motion 
for an order dismissing Mazal's claims, which was heard on June 2, 2010. On June 23, 2010, SL Green's motion to dismiss Mazal's request for performance of the sale-purchase agreement, 
was granted. Mazal's remaining claims, seeking damages for failure to perform, which are limited in scope, are currently being held before the court. There is no assurance that the 
abovementioned legal proceedings will succeed and that we will be granted the sought performance of the transaction and/or damages. In the opinion of the Company and its advisors, 
the provisions included in the Company’s financial statements are sufficient to cover the potential liabilities of such lawsuit. For further information see Item 8. "Financial Information - 
Legal Proceedings". 

Risks Relating to Operations in Israel 

Deterioration in the economy in Israel may adversely affect our results of operations. 

We are incorporated under the laws of and our main offices are located in the State of Israel. The economic conditions in Israel directly influence us. The Israeli economy, 
which is also influenced by the political and military instability in Israel, has suffered in the past and may suffer in the future from instability, which may adversely affect our financial 
condition and results of operations. Following the recession and the instability that characterized the Israeli economy during the years 2001 through 2003, the Israeli economy showed 
signs of improvement between 2004 and 2008 and was relatively lesser impacted by the global financial crisis that broke in the last quarter of 2008. However, the continued global 
economic instability and uncertainty and in particular the financial crisis which is currently experienced in Europe may adversely affect the economic conditions in Israel. If the Israeli 
economy  deteriorates,  it  may  affect  our  financial  conditions  and  the  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  acts  of  terrorism,  armed  conflicts  or  political  instability  in  the  region  could 
negatively  affect  local  business  conditions  and  harm  our  results  of  operations.  We  cannot  predict  the  effect  on  the  region  of  any  diplomatic  initiatives  or  political  developments 
involving  Israel  or  the  Palestinians  or  other  countries  in  the  Middle  East.  Furthermore,  several  countries  restrict  doing  business  with  Israel  and  Israeli  companies,  and  additional 
companies may restrict doing business with Israel and Israeli companies as a result of an increase in hostilities. Our products are heavily dependent upon components imported from, 
and most of our sales are made to, countries outside of Israel. Accordingly, our operations could be adversely affected if trade between Israel and its present trading partners were 
interrupted or curtailed. 

- 17 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Potential political and military instability in Israel may adversely affect our results of operations. 

The political and military conditions in Israel directly influence us. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken place between 
Israel and its Arab neighbors, and a state of hostility, varying from time to time in intensity and degree, has led to security and economic problems for Israel. Although Israel has 
entered into various agreements with Egypt, Jordan and the Palestinian Authority, since September 2000, there has been a high level of violence between Israel and the Palestinians. 
Recently, there has been a further escalation in violence among Israel, Hamas, a militant group responsible for many attacks into Israel, the Palestinian Authority and other groups. In 
addition, in July 2006, the Israeli army was engaged in extensive hostilities along Israel’s northern border with Lebanon and to a lesser extent in the Gaza Strip. Since June 2007, the 
Hamas militant group has taken over the Gaza Strip from the Palestinian Authority, and the hostilities along Israel’s border with the Gaza Strip have increased, escalating to a wide scale 
attack by Israel in December 2008, in retaliation to rocket attacks into southern Israel. These developments have further strained relations between Israel and the Palestinian Authority. 
Any armed conflict, political instability or violence in the region may have a negative effect on our business condition, harm our results of operations and adversely affect our share 
price. No predictions can be made as to whether or when a final resolution of the area’s problems will be achieved or the nature thereof and to what extent the situation will impact 
Israel’s economic development or our operations. 

Most of our officers and employees are currently obligated to perform military reserve duty, which may amount to lengthily periods of time, and some were called to duty 
during the summer of 2006 and in December 2008. Additionally, all reservists are subject to being called to active duty at any time under emergency circumstances. Our operations could 
be disrupted by the absence for a significant period of one or more of our directors, executive officers or key employees due to military service. We cannot assess the full impact of 
these requirements on our workforce and business if conditions should change, and we cannot predict the effect on us of any expansion or reduction of these obligations. 

Because most of our revenues are generated in U.S. dollars but a portion of our expenses in Israel are incurred in New Israeli Shekels, our results of operations may be seriously 
harmed by inflation in Israel and currency fluctuations. 

We generate most of our revenues in U.S. dollars but incur a portion of our expenses in NIS. As a result, we are exposed to risk to the extent that the rate of inflation in Israel 
exceeds the rate of devaluation of the NIS in relation to the dollar or if the timing of devaluation lags behind inflation in Israel. In either event, the dollar cost of our operations in Israel 
will increase and our dollar-measured results of operations will be adversely affected. Specifically, the inflation rate in Israel was approximately 3.4% in 2007, approximately 3.8% in 2008 
and  approximately  3.9%  in  2009.  At  the  same  time  the  appreciation  of  the  NIS  against  the  dollar  was  approximately  9%  in  2007,  1.1%  in  2008  and  0.7%  in  2009.  As  a  result  of  this 
differentiation, we experienced an increase in the dollar costs of operation in Israel in each of the years 2007, 2008 and 2009, all of which affected our results in such periods. The 
fluctuations in the dollar costs of our operations in Israel related primarily to the costs of salaries in Israel, which are paid in NIS and constitute a portion of our expenses. We cannot 
assure you that we will not be materially adversely affected in the future if inflation in Israel exceeds the devaluation of NIS against the dollar or if the timing of such devaluation lags 
behind increases in inflation in Israel. Since October 2009 following the acquisition of a real estate property in Switzerland we have obtained a loan to finance that purchase. We are also 
exposed to currency fluctuations of the CHF (Swiss Frank) and its corresponding interest rate as we derive our rental income in CHF and the loan is denominated in CHF. Our operations 
could also be adversely affected if we are unable to guard against currency fluctuations in the future. Accordingly, we may enter into currency hedging transactions to decrease the risk 
of financial exposure from fluctuations in the exchange rate of the dollar against the NIS. These measures, however, may not adequately protect us from material adverse effects due to 
the impact of inflation in Israel. 

Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our shareholders. 

The Israeli Companies Law, 1999, or the Companies Law, provides that certain purchases of securities of a public company are subject to tender offer rules. As a general rule, 
the Companies Law prohibits any acquisition of shares in a public company that would result in the purchaser holding 25% or more, or more than 45% of the voting power in the 
company, if there is no other person holding 25% or more, or more than 45% of the voting power in a company, respectively, without conducting a special tender offer. 

- 18 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Companies Law further provides that a purchase of shares of a public company or a class of shares of a public company, which will result in the purchaser's holding 90% 
or more of the company’s shares or class of shares, is prohibited unless the purchaser conducts a full tender offer for all of the company’s shares or class of shares. The purchaser will 
be allowed to purchase all of the company's shares or class of shares (including those shares held by shareholders who did not respond to the offer), if the shareholders who did not 
respond to the offer constitute less than 5% of the company’s  issued  share  capital,  or  of  the  issued  class  of  shares.  At  the  request  of  an  offeree  of  a  full  tender  offer  which  was 
accepted, the court may determine that the consideration for the shares purchased under the tender offer, was lower than their fair value and compel the offeror to pay to the offerees 
the fair value of the shares. Such application to the court may be filed as a class action. 

In addition, the Companies Law provides for certain limitations on a shareholder that holds more than 90% of the company’s shares, or class of shares. 

Israeli courts might not enforce judgments rendered outside of Israel, which may make it difficult to collect on judgments rendered against us. 

We are incorporated in Israel. Some of our directors and officers are not residents of the United States and some of their assets and our assets are located outside the United 
States. Service of process upon our non-U.S. resident directors and officers and enforcement of judgments obtained in the United States against us, and our directors and executive 
officers may be difficult to obtain within the United States. 

We have been informed by our Israeli legal counsel, that there is doubt as to the enforceability of civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws in original actions instituted in Israel. 

However, subject to certain time limitations, an Israeli court may declare a foreign civil judgment enforceable if it finds that all of the following terms are met: 

v  The judgment was rendered by a court which was, according to the laws of the state of the court, competent to render the judgment; 

v  The judgment can no longer be appealed; 

v  The obligation imposed by the judgment is enforceable according to the rules relating to the enforceability of judgments in Israel and the substance of the judgment is not contrary 

to public policy; and 

v  The judgment is executory in the state in which it was given. 

Even if the above conditions are satisfied, an Israeli court will not enforce a foreign judgment if it was given in a state whose laws do not provide for the enforcement of 
judgments of Israeli courts (subject to exceptional cases) or if its enforcement is likely to prejudice the sovereignty or security of the State of Israel. An Israeli court will also not declare 
a foreign judgment enforceable in the occurrence of any of the following: 

v  The judgment was obtained by fraud; 

v  There was no due process; 

v  The judgment was rendered by a court not competent to render it according to the laws of private international law in Israel; 

v  The judgment is at variance with another judgment that was given in the same matter between the same parties and which is still valid; or 

v  At the time the action was brought in the foreign court a suit in the same matter and between the same parties was pending before a court or tribunal in Israel. 

- 19 -

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 

4.A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY 

History 

During 2009, we resolved to expand and diversify our field of operations and to enter into the fixed-income real estate sector. 

On March 16, 2010 we and our subsidiary, Optibase Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with a subsidiary of S.A. Vitec for the sale of all of the assets and liabilities 
related  to  our  Video  Solutions  Business.  Closing  of  the  transaction  is  expected  to  occur  on  June  30,  2010,  after  the  release  of  this  annual  report.  For  further  details  regarding  the 
diversification of our business and the sale of our Video Solutions business, see below. 

Optibase was founded and incorporated in the State of Israel in 1990 under the name of Optibase Advanced Systems (1990) Ltd. In November 1993 we changed our name to 
Optibase Ltd. Our principal executive offices are located at 2 Gav Yam Center, 7 Shenkar Street, Herzliya 46120, Israel, and our telephone number at that location is +972-9-970-9288. Our 
website is located at www.optibase.com. Optibase is subject to the provisions of the Companies Law. Our subsidiary, Optibase, Inc., was incorporated in 1991 in California, and is 
located at 625 Ellis Street, Mountain View, California 94043. Our European subsidiary, Optibase Real Estate Europe SARL, was incorporated in October 2009 as part of our decision to 
enter the fixed-income real estate sector and is located at 6 Rue Jean Bertholet L-1233 Luxembourg. 

Commencing  in  February  2001,  Festin  Management  Corp.,  a  British  Virgin  Island  corporation  jointly  owned  by  Shlomo  (Tom)  Wyler  and  Arthur  Mayer-Sommer started to 
acquire our ordinary shares on the open market. On September 10, 2004, Festin Management Corp. transferred all of its holdings in us to its shareholders. As of the date of this annual 
report, Mr. Wyler serves as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors and is considered the Company’s controlling shareholder. For additional 
information on Mr. Wyler’s holdings in the Company, see "Item 7.A. Major Shareholders". 

In December 2000, we acquired Viewgraphics Inc, a privately held company based in Mountain View, California, and a provider of hardware and software products for video 
solutions infrastructure application which was merged with and into our subsidiary Optibase, Inc. in June 2001. In connection with the acquisition, we paid an aggregate consideration 
of approximately $43.6 million, of which $11.8 million (net of issuance expenses) was paid in 1.37 million newly issued ordinary shares. 

In June 2004, we acquired certain assets and liabilities of Media 100 Inc. as part of a pre-packaged bankruptcy filing of Media 100, in consideration for $2.5 million in cash and 
costs incurred by us totaling $401,000. In September 2005, we entered into an agreement for the sale of our Digital Non-Linear Editing product line activity. For further information 
regarding this agreement, see "Item 10.C. Material Contracts". 

We listed our ordinary shares for trade on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, or the TASE, on August 6, 2007. On September 23, 2008, we decided to delist our ordinary shares from 
trade on the TASE. The delisting of the Company’s ordinary shares from trade on the TASE was effective on September 28, 2008. The last day for trading of the Company’s ordinary 
shares on the TASE was September 24, 2008. 

In a series of transactions conducted during 2007 and the first quarter of 2008, we purchased an aggregate of 5,105,223 ordinary shares of Scopus Video Networks Ltd., or 
Scopus, representing approximately 37% of Scopus’ issued and outstanding share capital, for an aggregate consideration of $28.6 million. For further information on these agreements, 
see "Item 10.C. Material Contracts". 

During 2008, we held negotiations with Scopus for the sale of our Video Solutions Business pursuant to which a non-binding term sheet for such sale was executed on August 
4, 2008. Under the term sheet, we undertook to sell our Video Solutions Business in consideration for 2.6 million of Scopus shares, and up to additional 900,000 of Scopus shares based 
on the post-closing performance of our business. Such negotiations did not materialize into a binding agreement with Scopus. On December 23, 2008, Scopus entered into a definitive 
agreement with Harmonic Inc., or Harmonic, pursuant to which Harmonic undertook to acquire Scopus by way of merger pursuant to which, each shareholder of Scopus shall receive 
$5.62 in cash per each outstanding share of Scopus. At the time of such agreement, we held approximately 36% of Scopus’ outstanding share capital. On March 12, 2009, following the 
closing of the merger agreement between Scopus and Harmonic, we disposed of our entire holding in Scopus shares consisting of 5,105,223 shares representing 36.34% of Scopus then 
issued share capital for a total consideration of $28.7 million. As a result, during the first quarter ended March 31, 2009, we recorded other income of $4.8 million, net of equity in losses. 
For further information on this transaction, see "Item 10.C. Material Contracts". 

- 20 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
On May 11, 2009, our board of directors resolved, to expand and diverse our operations and enter into the fixed-income real estate sector. The board of directors believed that 
due to the global financial crisis, the fixed-income real estate sector has become attractive and presents new business opportunities. The board of directors determined that there are 
opportunities, especially in Central and Western Europe and North America that are potentially beneficial for the Company and its shareholders that should be pursued. The fixed-
income real estate sector presents opportunities and risks which are, in their essence, materially different from the Company's current business. At a special shareholders meeting held 
on June 25, 2009 our shareholders approved the diversification of the Company’s operations by entering into the fixed income real-estate sector. Such approval was sought solely for 
cautionary purposes and without any obligation of the Company to do so. As of the date hereof, we have entered into one agreement for the acquisition of a fixed-income real estate 
asset in Switzerland. For further information see Item 4.B "Business Overview". 

On March 16, 2010, we and our subsidiary, Optibase Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Optibase Technologies Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of S.A. Vitec 
(also known as Vitec Multimedia) (S.A. Vitec and Optibase Technologies Ltd., collectively "Vitec"), according to which Optibase Technologies Ltd. will purchase all of the assets and 
liabilities related to our Video Solutions Business. Closing of the transaction is expected to occur on June 30, 2010, after the release of this annual report. For additional information on 
the transaction see Item 4.B "Business Overview" and Item 10.C "Material Contracts". 

In addition, we hold interests in two companies, as follows: 

1. V.Box Communication Ltd. - In July 2001, we invested $250,000 in a privately held company, V.Box Communication Ltd. ("V.Box"). The investment was made by way of a loan 
against a note that can be converted into Ordinary shares of V. Box, at any time, by a five-day prior written notice. The amount of the loan should be payable upon the earlier of: (i) July 
1, 2010; (ii) actual liquidation of V. Box; or (iii) mutual consent by us and the other investor of V. Box. The loan does not bear interest. Through December 31, 2007, we invested an 
additional $2.3 million in V. Box in respect of additional convertible notes. During 2007, we invested additional $325,000 by the way of a promissory note bearing no interest and no 
linkage differentials. Such additional amounts will be repaid only out of proceeds received by V.Box on account of sale of all or substantially all of the assets of V.Box or a specific line 
of products and/or upon the occurrence of an event of default, including among others, insolvency or bankruptcy of V.Box, appointment of a receiver or a liquidator to V.Box and 
exercise of any liens on all or substantially all of V.Box’  assets, as described above. In case of conversion, we will hold approximately 32% of V. Box ordinary shares. We recorded 
impairment losses in the amount of $173,000 and $325,000 in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, which are included in the statement of operations under other 
expenses (income), net. Through December 31, 2007, we have impaired our investment in V.Box and the balance of the investment was $0. We did not invest additional amounts in 2008 
and 2009. In addition, we provide V.Box with distribution services in the North American market. 

2. Mobixell Networks Inc.- In November 2000, we entered into an agreement with a privately held company called Mobixell Networks Inc., or Mobixell, pursuant to which we 
granted Mobixell a license to use certain of our MPEG-4 technologies valued at $300,000, and committed to invest through one of our subsidiaries at least $1 million. In December 2000, 
we  invested  $1.064  million  in  Mobixell’s  Series  A  Preferred  Stock.  Mobixell  Networks  designs,  develops  and  markets  solutions  for  mobile  rich  media  adaptation,  optimization  and 
delivery. During the quarter ended March 31, 2003, based on updated information, we decided to adjust downward the value of the investment in Mobixell by its full amount, totaling 
$1.36 million. However, during the quarter ended September 30, 2003, Mobixell entered into an additional financing round that included new strategic investors. As part of the financing 
round, we reassessed the investment and decided to participate in the financing round in the amount of $300,000 in Mobixell’s Series B Preferred Stock. In May 2004, we decided to 
participate in another financing round in the amount of $400,000 in Mobixell’s Series C Preferred Stock. In March 2010, Mobixell networks acquired a company and paid part of the 
acquisition costs with newly issued shares of stock. As a result, our holdings in Mobixell, on a fully diluted basis, have decreased from 4.34% to 3.71% of its equity. We may participate 
in future financing rounds in Mobixell and our holdings may be further diluted. 

- 21 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
4.B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW 

The following is a summary of the principal fields of our businesses: 

·  Digital Video and Streaming Based Products and Services or Video Technologies Business (collectively, "Video Solutions Business") – development, marketing and sale 
of high quality equipment for a wide range of professional video applications in the broadband IPTV, broadcast, government, enterprise and post-production markets. 

· 

Fixed Income Real-Estate – investments in fixed-income real estate assets. 

Below is a description of our principal fields of activity: 

Video Solutions Business 

We  provide  high  quality  equipment  for  a  wide  range  of  professional  video  applications  in  the  broadband  IPTV,  broadcast,  government,  enterprise  and  post-production 
markets. During 2009, we developed and marketed two product lines: Video Technologies and IPTV. Our products are generally manufactured by the same subcontractors by the use of 
similar  raw  materials  purchased  from  the  same  suppliers.  We  market  our  products  through  a  combined  sales  and  marketing  team  and  sell  them  by  way  of  direct  sales  and  through 
independent distributors, system integrators and resellers. 

Sale of our Video Solutions Business 

On March 16, 2010 we and our subsidiary, Optibase Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Optibase Technologies Ltd., a subsidiary of S.A. Vitec ("Vitec"), 
according to which Vitec will purchase all of the assets and liabilities related to our Video Solutions Business in consideration for $8 million (plus adjustments relating to receivables and 
payables as of the closing of the Transaction). The consideration will be further adjusted according to an earn-out mechanism pursuant to which 45% of Vitec’s revenues deriving from 
the Video Solutions Business and exceeding $14 million in the year following the closing of the Transaction, will be paid to us. For further information regarding the terms of the asset 
purchase agreement, see Item 10.C "Material Contracts". 

Products 

Video Technologies 

The  Video  Technologies  product  line  includes  Peripheral  Component  Interconnect  Encoders  ("PCI  encoders"),  decoders  and  Digital  Video  Broadcasting  ("DVB")  network 

interfaces, Media Gateways for streaming video over computer networks and video ingest solutions. 

The PCI products are PC extension boards that are inserted into the Peripheral Component Interconnect bus of a host computer. We provide software applications that operate 
these boards for encoding, decoding and DVB processing respectively. We also offer software development kits with which system integrators can build their own professional video 
applications based on our boards. 

The  Media  Gateways  are  stand-alone,  integrated  devices  for  encoding  and  streaming  video  over  computer  networks.  They  do  not  use  the  PCI  platforms  for  encoding  or 

decoding though they are based on similar technology. These products are remotely managed by either a web interface or an SNMP management application. 

- 22 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
   
   
  
In the quarter ending March 31, 2008, we released a new product, called the Creator, which uses the PCI encoders to provide a versatile, integrated solution for Ingest. Ingest is 

the process of acquiring video content for a variety of video applications. 

In the quarter ending March 31, 2009, we added to the Creator the ability to encode HD in the H.264 format and an SD only version that provides a cost-effective solution for 

customers who only need the SD features of the Creator. 

The Video Technologies products are sold to the broadcast, government, enterprise and post-production markets. 

In enterprise markets, the encoding and streaming products enable corporate training, videoconferencing and TV to the desktop. In the broadcast markets the ingest solutions 

enable the preparation of video content for Video On Demand (VOD) and non-linear-editing. 

We sell the Video Technologies products directly to end users, through OEMs and to system integrators and also through a worldwide network of distributors, resellers and 

value added resellers. 

IPTV 

IPTV  (Internet  Protocol  Television)  is  a  system  where  a  digital  television  service  is  delivered  using  the  IP  protocol  including  delivery  by  a  broadband  connection.  For 
residential  users,  IPTV  is  often  provided  in  conjunction  with  VOD  access  and  VoIP  (Voice  Over  IP).  IPTV  is  typically  supplied  by  a  broadband  operator  using  a  closed  network 
infrastructure. 

The primary market of the IPTV product line consists of telephone operators and internet service providers worldwide who are offering broadband and telephone services. 
These companies are exploring ways to leverage their existing networks to add new services, and in particular, personalized multi-channel television. These networks (sometimes called 
"access networks") are typically IP enabled over digital subscriber line, or DSL, a family of digital telecommunication protocols designated to allow high speed data communication over 
existing  telephone  lines  or  fiber  networks  or  combinations  of  these.  The  new  services  are  offered  to  home  subscribers,  to  organizations,  gated  communities  or  within  hotels  for 
entertainment. 

In these applications, our IPTV products are integrated in a video head-end. They receive content from various analog or digital video sources, like Betacam tape machines or 
satellite-receivers and distribute the content over an access network. The three key features of the IPTV products are encoding, transcoding and transrating uncompressed and/or 
compressed  video  feeds.  "Encoding"  means  to  compress  an  uncompressed  video  source  (analog  or  digital);  "Transcoding"  means  the  conversion  of  a  video  bitstream  from  one 
compression format to another and "Transrating" is the reduction of the bitrate of the video content without changing the compression format. 

The MGW5100 is a video streaming device that can encode, transcode, transrate and recast up to 26 streams in the MPEG-1,  MPEG-2, H.264 (i.e. MPEG-4 Part 10 or AVC) 

formats over IP and ATM networks such as DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) and optical fiber. 

The MGW1100 has a smaller form factor than the MGW5100 and supports up to 12 channels. It targets regional headends and other smaller installations where fewer channels 

are required. 

Our management applications for the IPTV products allow an operator to configure each device, to monitor its status and receive notifications upon malfunction. They also 
enable the configuration of devices for channel redundancy whereby a malfunctioning channel is substituted by a redundant channel in the event of failure. The application uses the 
Simple  Network  Management  Protocol  (or  SNMP),  commonly  used  by  network  equipment  vendors,  thus  enabling  smooth  integration  of  our  products  into  other  management 
applications. 

During 2007, we added the capability to deliver closed captions, teletext and subtitles to the MPEG-2 streams generated by these products. Closed captions are the textual 
representation of audio tracks of the video for the purpose of translation or as a viewing aid for the hearing impaired. Government regulations in some countries, for instance in the US, 
require that public TV services include closed captions. The IPTV products support the insertion of closed captions into MPEG-2  streams  according  to  the  SCTE-20 and SCTE-21 
specifications. 

- 23 -

  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2008,  we  released  a  new  version  of  the  MGW  5100  and  MGW  1100  that  supports  the  insertion  of  closed  captions  into  H.264  streams 
according to Appendix D of the ATSC 53 document published by the Advanced Television Systems Committee (ATSC) which has been adopted by the industry as the preferred 
method for delivering DTVCC in H.264 streams. 

This  version  of  the  MGW  5100  and  MGW  1100  products  also  implements  the  SAP  (Session  Announcement  Protocol)  which  is  a  protocol  defined  by  the  IETF  (Internet 
Engineers  Task  Force)  that  enables  video  transmitters  to  announce  and  video  receivers  to  detect  the  media  services  that  are  available  on  an  IP  (Internet  Protocol)  network. 
Enhancements were also made to the H.264 encoder to improve the quality of streams produced at low bit-rates, including the ability to control the number of frames being encoded per 
second. 

In the quarter ending December 31, 2007, we released the MGW HD which is a high quality encoder for High Definition TV (HDTV) in the H.264 format for IPTV delivery and 
other applications. In the quarter ending June 30, 2008 we released an improved version of the product with improvements to the chassis and user interface. In the quarter ending 
September 30, 2008, we also enhanced the management application for our IPTV products to include user management, advanced fail-over features and more detailed feature control for 
the MGW HD. 

For the IPTV product line we are working on video quality improvements and cost reduction. We are also developing new features such as the ability to accept input streams 
over IP for transcoding in addition to the DVB inputs that are supported today. We are also developing the capability to generate two streams for each video channel, one with a high 
bitrate, the other with a low bitrate so that receivers can combine such streams to create a "Picture in a Picture" (PIP) effect on the display. We are also adding the capability to send 
output streams over Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) networks in addition to the IPv4 support that we have today. IPv4 is the dominant version of the Internet Protocol for packet-
switched internetworks and the Internet. IPv6 is the next-generation version of this protocol. 

Enterprise, Government and Military Markets 

With  the  IPTV  products  we  also  address  certain  high-end  requirements  of  the  enterprise,  government  and  military  markets  for  video  streaming.  The  IPTV  products  are 
especially  effective  where  there  is  a  requirement  to  handle  many  channels  at  one  location,  where  high  availability  is  crucial  or  when  transcoding  or  transrating  are  needed.  These 
requirements are common in certain enterprise, governmental and military applications. 

In an effort to complete our streaming solutions for the enterprise and government markets, we introduced the EZ TV and the MGW FlashStreamer. 

We first released the EZ TV in the quarter ending March 31, 2008. EZ TV is an application that manages the distribution and playback of video over Enterprise IP networks and 
networks used by military and government facilities. The EZ TV works with all Optibase MediaGateways and, in particular, with the IPTV encoder products. A key feature of the EZ TV 
system is a web-based desk top player which allows users to view 1, 4, 9 or 16 simultaneous video channels and is very simple to deploy in large numbers throughout an organization. 
The EZ TV also supports IP settop boxes to allow viewing on TV monitors in addition to computer monitors. 

In the quarter ending June 30, 2008, we released version 2.0 of the EZ TV that includes a Video-On-Demand (VOD) server. This version allows users to record content, to 
upload it to the VOD server and to view it on demand with the EZ TV desktop player. In the quarter ending March 30, 2009, we released version 2.5 of the EZ TV which includes 
integration  with  Active  Directory.  Active  Directory  is  a  Microsoft  technology  that  allows  network  administrators  to  assign  policies,  deploy  software,  and  apply  updates  within  an 
organization.  This  integration  allows  IT  (Information  Technology)  managers  in  organizations  in  which  the  EZ  TV  is  deployed  to  control  access  to  content  through  the  existing  IT 
infrastructure. 

- 24 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In the quarter ending December 31, 2008, we released a new product called the MGW FlashStreamer. This product offers real time video encoding in the Adobe Flash format. 
The product’s built-in Adobe Flash Media Streaming Server supports streaming to hundreds of concurrent internet users who can view the streams on the latest Adobe Flash Player, 
the prominent Internet browser-based media player. This product is intended for use in e-learning and corporate applications requiring delivery of media at low bitrates over private IP 
networks. It is also well suited for Web TV services delivered over the public internet. In the quarter ending March 31, 2009, we released version 2.0 of the MGW Flash Streamer which 
includes the ability to save streams on an internal storage device and support for on-demand delivery of prerecorded content from storage. This version also allows simultaneous 
encoding of higher and lower bitrate versions of the same video signal and encoding to the H.264 format, which is now supported by Flash Player 9. 

In the quarter ending September 30, 2009, we added a VGA (Video Graphics Array) input to the MGW FlashStreamer. This new feature allows encoding from the VGA input, as 

well as from regular composite input and composes a custom video layout comprised of these two inputs. 

During the quarters ended December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009 we have changed the internal allocation of resources within our R&D department so as to align our products’ 

road map with and focus primarily in products, such as the EZ TV, which are more targeted towards the enterprise, government and military markets 

Sales and Marketing 

We sell our products through the combined efforts of our direct internal sales force and through indirect channels, including independent distributors, system integrators and 
resellers. A key element of our sales and distribution strategy is to cultivate strategic relationships with companies that can promote reference sales with the potential for significant 
revenue impact. Our marketing strategy for IPTV products includes partnering with other vendors and system integrators to create an IPTV eco-system thus making our offering more 
complete and reducing integration complexities for the customer or system integrator. 

The particular mix of sales and distribution methods we use varies according to geographic region. 

Our sales efforts in North America, Central America and South America are managed by Optibase, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, which is headquartered in Mountain 
View, California. Our North American sales activities are conducted primarily through our direct sales organization, which focuses on key accounts, which include telecommunication 
operators,  system  integrators  and  OEM  accounts  that  offer  strategic  opportunities  or  large  volume  potential.  North  American  sales  efforts  are  supplemented  by  our  value  added 
resellers, or VAR, channel, through which our products are sold directly to end-users. North America accounted for approximately 47% of our total sales in 2007, approximately 54% of 
our total sales in 2008 and approximately 56% of our Video Solutions sales in 2009. 

Outside of North America, the majority of sales are handled via a network of distributors and resellers that manage both small and large accounts. As a rule, this channel is 
responsible for stocking an inventory of our products to meet immediate local demand, providing first-line sales and technical support for their customers, and, with the use of co-op 
funds from us for these purposes, conducting local marketing efforts, including trade shows, seminars, advertisements and mailings. 

Distributors also generate and follow up on sales leads, act as the sole interface with customers, translate our promotional and technical written materials and endeavor to meet 
agreed sales targets. Depending on market size and potential, the number of distributors and other partners in a given geographic region varies. Each is carefully selected based on its 
background in video and networking technology, its knowledge of the local market, its customer base and its reputation. In addition, we strive to work with partners who will devote 
significant time and effort promoting our products and who do not have product line conflicts. Our distributors do not usually have exclusive rights with respect to any of our products 
or market segments, and none of our distribution agreements limits our ability to independently develop products or to enter markets. While most of our relationships can be terminated 
by either party upon short notice and without significant penalty, we have maintained long-standing relationships with many of our distributors. Many of our largest distributors have 
carried our products for over three years. 

- 25 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Distributor  and  direct  account  relationships  outside  of  North  America  are  managed  directly  or  indirectly  from  our  headquarters  in  Israel.  In  Europe  these  distributors  and 
customers are supported by our sales managers in Israel. This local presence approach brings with it many advantages related to culture and language. Our office in Beijing, China 
directs our sales efforts in China and Hong Kong. In India, we sell our products through our new local sales office. Sales to Asia Pacific or APAC are managed directly from our 
headquarters in Israel. European Video Solutions sales constituted approximately 32% of our total Video Solutions revenues in 2007, approximately 21% of our total Video Solutions 
revenues in 2008, and approximately 14% of our total Video Solutions revenues in 2009, while Video Solutions sales in Eastern Asia, including Japan, constituted approximately 15% of 
our total Video Solutions revenues in 2007, approximately 21% of our total Video Solutions revenues in 2008, and approximately 25% of our total Video Solutions revenues in 2009. 
Video Solutions sales in Israel and other areas outside of North America, Europe and the Far East was approximately 6% of our total Video Solutions revenues in 2007, approximately 4% 
of our total Video Solutions revenues in 2008 and approximately 5% of our total Video Solutions revenues in 2009. Please also see "Item 5.A. Operating Results" below. 

Technology 

During the early 90's, we introduced content creating tools for the PC based on the MPEG-1 and MPEG-2 specifications. The products are comprised of software that runs on 
the PC and controls a PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) hardware encoder that is inserted in an expansion slot on the PC. The main application for these products is to create 
compressed audiovisual files that could be stored on CD and on DVD. These MPEG specifications standardize advanced methods for the compression, delivery and storage of digital 
audio and video information. 

From 1995 and onwards we also developed and marketed products that deliver video over IP networks (a process known as streaming). The first products in this family, known 
as  Commotion,  were  implemented  on  a  PC  with  encoder  boards,  similar  to  those  used  for  the  content  creation  products.  From  2001  and  onwards  we  also  developed  and  marketed 
streaming products as dedicated custom servers with no keyboard, monitor or mouse that can be controlled remotely using a Web application. 

With our acquisition of Viewgraphics Inc. in December 2000, we acquired expertise in DVB technology, primarily through the MediaPump product. The MediaPump is a PC PCI 
board whose functions are to send files over a DVB network from the PC, receive data over a DVB network to store as a file on the PC, and to provide certain processing operations for 
outgoing and ingoing data. 

Encoder related technology 

Our video encoding technology is largely based on the MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4 international standards and Part 10 of the MPEG-4 specification, also known as H.264 and 

as AVC (Advanced Video Coding). We have developed and released IPTV products for the delivery of standard definition and high definition video signals using H.264. 

Our audio encoding technologies include MPEG-1 Layer II encoding, Dolby AC-3 encoding licensed from Dolby and AAC (Advanced Audio Encoding). 

We have implemented some of these audio and video technologies on multimedia DSPs and others by integrating dedicated silicon components. In most cases we license the 

core encoder from a third party and integrate it in the hardware and software layers of our products. 

 Our MPEG-2 encoder products use video encoding technology from LSI Logic. We have developed an MPEG-4 part 2 encoder on a powerful multimedia DSP from Equator 
Technologies for some of our products. Our H.264 technology was developed in cooperation with a two technology partners, one for the standard definition encoder and the other for 
the high definition encoder. We have also developed an MPEG-2 PCI encoder of high definition video using a dedicated component from NEL. This encoder is used mostly in our 
content creation tools, the latest of which is the Creator, an ingest server for the broadcast and professional video market. 

- 26 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We have developed an MPEG-1  Layer  II  encoder  on  a  dedicated  digital  signal  processor,  or  DSP,  and  have  integrated  an  implementation  of  a  Dolby  AC3  audio  encoder, 

licensed from Dolby, on the same DSP. Our AAC encoders were also developed in cooperation with technology partners including Fraunhofer. 

We have also implemented a multiplexer component for each of these products according to the MPEG standards. Multiplexing is the process of combining the compressed 

video and audio information to ensure synchronization of the decoded audio and video signals and to ensure smooth decoder buffer management. 

Within some of our products we have developed a patented technology that we call EverSync to assure the synchronization of both audio and video, even when our products 
receive unstable video sources or are subject to random noise and disconnections. This technique eliminates the need for an external time base corrector ("TBC"). In addition, despite 
the fact that the MPEG and MPEG 2 standards do not support certain lower frame rates, our patented technology (that we call SmartMux) embodied in the multiplexer enables the 
generation of streams with low frame rates, that are compatible with standard MPEG players, trading smoothness of motion for higher image quality at a given bit rate. 

FPGA and Embedded technology 

For some of our products we have developed proprietary technology running on field-programmable gate arrays (FPGA) for processing video before encoding. Some aspects 
of the technology are designed to stabilize the video input before it is sent for encoding, others are designed to filter the video and derive a signal that is easier for the encoder to 
encode efficiently. Recent developments in this field enable the scale down of a high definition feed down to standard resolution for standard definition encoding and the extraction of 
closed captions information that are embedded in the video signal. 

DVB (Digital Video Broadcast) technology 

With the MediaPump we provide proprietary technology to record, play and process MPEG transport streams that containing multiple programs (i.e. services) of audio and 
video (Multiple Program Transport Stream, or MPTS). The MediaPump is capable of multiplexing several programs to create an MPTS. It can also extract selected programs from an 
MPTS for storing or further processing. 

We have developed transport and control protocols for the streaming of multimedia over IP networks, such as the real time transport protocol, or RTP, and the real time control 
protocol, or RTCP, that are becoming widely adopted and standard in the industry. We have also developed smoothing algorithms in our streaming products that are used to reduce 
congestion of the network and prevent the dropping of packets in routers and by other networking interfaces. 

SDK (Software Development Kit) technology 

Our PCI encoders, decoders and DVB boards are exposed by our software development kits, or SDKs. The SDKs allow system integrators to easily incorporate our MPEG 
encoders, decoders and DVB boards into their own digital video applications. The SDKs have been designed to be forward compatible allowing easy upgrades of hardware with little 
changes to the customer’s application. 

Management Software Technology 

As part of the development of our media gateways products we have developed management software. For some of our products we have implemented Web applications 
using the hyper text markup language, or HTML, which can be accessed by web browsers. For our IPTV products we have developed a comprehensive management application using 
SNMP.  The  application  enables  the  provisioning  of  each  device  and  provides  monitoring  and  alarm  generation.  An  important  capability  of  this  management  application  is  the 
management of automatic, flexible and configurable fail-over between devices to reduce possible down-time to a minimum. 

- 27 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transcoding Technology 

An important feature developed for the IPTV products is the ability to transcode one media format to another. We have developed the ability to transcode compression formats 
from MPEG-2 to MPEG-4 and to transrate from MPEG-2 at a high bit rate to MPEG-2 at a lower bit rate. The source can be either a variable bit rate, or VBR, or constant bit rate, or CBR 
feed. Some of the technology is licensed from a technology vendor and integrated into our products. We have also developed the ability to pass-through specified elements of the 
audiovisual information without transcoding, such as closed captions and audio streams. In addition to transcoding at the compression layer, we have further enhanced our networking 
capabilities to perform translation of the network layer between DVB, IP/Ethernet and ATM according to the needs of the service provider. With regard to ATM we have developed the 
capability of transmitting audiovisual content over native ATM and over IP over ATM. 

Carrier Class systems related technology 

As part of the development of the IPTV products, the MGW 5100 and the MGW 1100, we have implemented such features as redundancy and scalability, no single point of 
failure,  and  the  design  to  meet  carrier  grade  requirements.  These  features  are  required  by  Telcos  (i.e.  carriers)  and  service  providers  in  order  to  ensure  a  reliable  service  to  their 
customers. An important capability of our management application is that of flexible and configurable fail-over management between redundant devices to reduce possible down-time to 
a minimum. 

Enterprise Software Technology 

The  EZ  TV  family  of  products  is  designed  for  users  in  an  Enterprise  environment.  For  these  products  we  have  developed  technologies  relating  to  simple  and  secure 
deployment of software within an organization. In particular we have developed plug-ins for our browser based media player and we have integrated the management server with Active 
Directory. 

Adobe Flash Technology 

For the MGW FlashStreamer we have developed components that implement the Adobe Flash proprietary technology on the server and on the client. On the server side, we 
have developed the know how to build encoders that are Adobe Flash compliant and the ability to deliver hundreds of encoded streams concurrently to individual users. On the client 
side, we have integrated the Flash Player into the EZ TV player. 

Research and Development 

We believe that our innovative and versatile technology is at the core of our strength, and that our ability to enhance our current products, to develop and to introduce new 
products, to maintain technological competitiveness and to meet customer requirements is essential to our future success. Accordingly, we devote and intend to continue to devote 
significant human and financial resources to research and development. 

As part of the process of product development, we work closely with current and potential customers, dealers, distributors and leading companies in relevant industries to 
identify market needs and define appropriate product specifications. As of June 21, 2010, our research and development department was comprised of 27 employees all of whom are 
located in our headquarters in Israel. Our research and development net expenses were $5.4 million in 2007, $6.4 million in 2008, and $3.7 million in 2009. 

Our research and development efforts have been financed through internal resources as well as through programs sponsored by the Israeli OCS, in the Israeli Ministry of 
Industry and Trade, and the European Union Research and Development Program. The total funding from these sources was $1.8 million in 2007, $1.1 million in 2008, and $1.3 million in 
2009. 

- 28 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Under the Encouragement of Industrial Research and Development Law, of 1984, or the R&D Law, and the terms of the OCS grants we are subject to three main obligations: (i) 
the obligation to locally manufacture the OCS supported products; manufacturing the OCS supported products outside of Israel, that resulted in a reduction if more than 10% of the 
local manufacturing rate, is subject to the OCS's prior written approval and the payment of an increased total amount of royalties, which may be up to 300% of the grant amount plus 
interest, depending on the manufacturing volume that is performed outside of Israel, at an increased annual return rate; (ii) the obligation not to transfer know how, that was developed 
as a result of grants received from the OCS (in the course of an ‘approved plan’), outside the State of Israel; Under section 19B of the R&D Law, the Research Committee is authorized to 
approve the transfer of know-how, that results from research and development made in the course of an ‘approved plan’, outside of Israel pursuant to certain terms, including payment 
of  a  redemption  fee;  and  (iii)  the  obligation  to  pay  royalties  to  the  OCS  whenever  we  sell  OCS  funded  products.  Such  sale  of  OCS  funded  products  includes:  (i)  any  contractual 
engagement for the purchase, transfer, lease, rent and grant of a right to manufacture, market or use the OCS funded product itself, in its development, including when such product is 
part of other goods; and (ii) the formation of a commitment for the provision of maintenance, installation, instruction, consulting, performance of applications services and any other 
OCS funded product related services. Thus, as described above, the terms of the OCS grants limit us from manufacturing products or transferring technologies developed using these 
grants outside of Israel without special approvals, which may or may not be granted. Even if we receive approval to manufacture the OCS supported products outside of Israel, we 
would be required to pay an increased total amount of royalties, which may be up to 300% of the grant amount plus interest, depending on the manufacturing volume that is performed 
outside of Israel at an increased annual return rate. The R&D Law permits the transfer of OCS financed technology outside of Israel, under certain conditions and subject to receipt of 
approval from the OCS for such transfer. Failure to comply with the R&D Law may result in cancellation of the grants received from the OCS. We may be required to refund the portion 
of the grant already received plus interest and we may also be subject to penalties and criminal charges. The difficulties in obtaining the approval of the OCS for the transfer of know-
how and manufacturing rights out of Israel could have a material adverse effect on strategic alliances or other transactions that we may seek to enter into in the future that provide for 
such a transfer. Through December 31, 2009, we received grants from the OCS aggregating $8.4 million for certain of our research and development projects. As of December 31, 2009, 
accrued  and  paid  royalties  to  the  OCS  totaled  $4.2  million.  As  of  December  31,  2009,  the  Company  had  an  outstanding  contingent  obligation  to  pay  royalties  in  the  amount  of 
approximately $4.2 million plus interest. 

To maintain our eligibility for these programs and tax benefits, we must continue to meet conditions, including payment of royalties, amounting to 3%-3.5% of the sales of the 
products and other related revenues generated from such projects, up to 100% of the grants received, linked to the U.S. dollar and for grants received after January 1, 1999 also bearing 
interest at the rate of LIBOR. The obligation to pay these royalties is contingent on actual sales of the products and in the absence of such sales, no payment is required. 

In addition to the programs mentioned above the OCS provides royalty-free grants through the MAGNET program which provides funding for research and development 
collaborations between industrial companies and academic research groups, under the auspices of the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Ministry of Industry, Trade & Labor, which are 
subject to the R&D Law. Under the conditions of the MAGNET program, each of the members of the consortium is to provide the other members with a license to use any know how 
developed by the consortium, and the recipients of grants under the MAGNET program shall not be under any obligated to pay royalties to the OCS. We have already participated in 
two consortia under the MAGNET program, MOST and STRIMM and are currently participating in the NEGEV and Net-HD consortiums. The goal of the NEGEV consortium is to 
develop the infrastructure and techniques for the processing, management and delivery of content to facilitate personalized, on-demand services over broadband and mobile networks. 
This consortium began operations in May 2006. The goal of Net-HD is to research and develop technologies that will effectively increase the network capacity for network providers 
without physically changing the underlying infrastructure, in order to provide for expected high demand for High Definition video streaming over the Internet. This consortium began 
operation in April 2009. 

Through  December 31,  2009,  we  recorded  grants  from  the  MAGNET  framework  for  participation  and  research  in  the  MOST,  STRIMM,  NEGEV  and  Net-HD  consortiums, 

aggregating $6.6 million. 

We are also involved in joint research projects with large European companies under the auspices of, and with financial assistance from, the European Union Research and 

Development Framework Programs. We have been active contributors in many such projects and have been the coordinator of three: VideoGateway, MUFFINS and TIRAMISU. 

- 29 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Under the European Union Research and Development Framework Programs and the agreements signed under such programs, we are obligated to grant licenses to other 
participants in the project with respect to our information and/or any existing know-how held by us before entering into the project and to the results, the knowledge and any related 
intellectual property rights which are generated under the project. Such licenses for use purposes may be requested by the other participants in writing during the 24 months after the 
end of each project, after which, if not exercised, their right to request such licenses expires. 

The VideoGateway project developed a gateway between the narrow band internet and the next generation broadband internet for the purpose of offering live and on-demand 
video content. MUFFINS was established to investigate the problem of description, delivery and protection of rich-media content, and to propose different scenarios for using that 
content.  The  scenarios  include  the  definition  and  search  for  the  content,  as  well  as  the  delivery  and  the  related  handling  of  rights  management.  TIRAMISU  proposed  a  protected 
framework for the creation, delivery and consumption of audio-visual media across a wide range of hybrid networks and platforms. 

We believe that participation in such projects increases our exposure to new technologies, products and potential customers. Within the EU framework we have cooperated 
closely with large European organizations such as France Telecom, Alcatel, T-Systems, Siemens AG, Fraunhofer, Telefónica I+D and THALES. These programs provide royalty-free 
funding to consortia of industrial companies and academic institutions aimed at improving the competitiveness of European industry through technological research and development, 
partnerships and strategic alliances. 

Through December 31, 2009 we have obtained approvals for grants for sixteen European research and development projects for a total amount of approximately $8.4 million (of 

which approximately $7.4 million has already been offset against research and development expenses). 

Service and Support 

We believe that providing a high level of customer service and support is essential to our success. Since 2005, we have been offering our IPTV customers two types of Service 
Level Agreements (SLA) - Silver service and Gold service. The main differences between the two types of services is that Silver SLA service is offered during standard working hours 
and Gold SLA service is available for 24 hours a day, on all days of the year. The gold service level also offers an advance replacement service. Our technical support personnel provide 
worldwide services through each of our main offices in Israel, United States, China and India. In the United States, we provide the first-line of support through our wholly owned 
subsidiary,  Optibase  Inc.,  from  the  Mountain  View  office.  Outside  of  the  United  States  and  Israel,  our  independent  distributors  provide  the  first-line of support in their respective 
territories, while in Israel, we provide a second-line of support to those customers. We also support customer inquiries via a web based Help Desk system to which all our customers are 
linked,  on-premises  support,  telephone  and  e-mail  support,  and  provide  additional  technical  information  on  our  Internet  home  page.  We  also  provide  a  one-year  warranty  on  our 
hardware products. In addition, we organize technical seminars from time to time to further enhance the technical knowledge of distributors and resellers in the use of our products. 

Manufacturing and Sources of Supply 

Our  manufacturing  facilities,  located  in  Herzliya,  Israel,  perform  procurement  of  components,  final  assembly,  testing  and  quality  control  of  our  products.  We  out-source 
assembly of hardware modules to multiple manufacturers in Israel who work in accordance with our designs and specifications. This outsourcing strategy has improved product quality 
and our gross margins. Quality control of our products is conducted at various production stages, both at facilities belonging to the subcontractors and at our facilities. We have 
implemented a supplier qualification program to ensure subcontractor quality standards. We monitor printed circuit performance by way of statistical survey and a reporting system that 
tracks boards from initial inspection to shipment. To decrease cost and improve our production process, we have initiated a program of subcontracting the manufacturing of products to 
manufacturers who also procure the required components. Under this system, we purchase fully assembled and tested products at predetermined prices. We intend to continue to 
outsource additional products as production levels increase and we are satisfied as to the quality control of our subcontractors. These types of arrangements will allow us to focus on 
the manufacture of low-volume products, which are generally more complex in nature and require more rigorous assembly, testing and quality control procedures. 

- 30 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Key components used in our products are presently available from, or supplied by, only one source and other components are available from limited sources. 

v  H.264 SD, , H.264 HD, MPEG I/II, MXF, AAC, Flash, streaming servers and HD video encoding tools provided by technological partners; 

v  Encoding and Decoding S/W’s provided by Main concept; 

v  Various  modules,  which  are  integrated  in  our  systems,  both  for  the  MGW2000,  MGW200/400,  MGW  Flash,  MGW5100,  MGW  1100,  MGW  HD  and  the  MGW1000  including: 
Encoding module by Ateme, Switches supplied by PTI (Performance Technologies Inc.), Interface by Intel, Hosts supplied by Kontron, backplane boards by Kaparel Corporation 
Pentium, CPU modules supplied by Kontron and Compact Pci platforms supplied by EPS (Israel) TECH 1992 Ltd., Elma Electronic Israel Ltd and Dan-el Technologies Ltd; 

v  Digital Signal Processing, or DSP, compression techniques, manufactured by Equator Inc. and TI, which are used in our MGW X100 product line and Movie Maker 400 products; 

v  Video compression chips manufactured by Fujitsu, Magnum and NEL; 

v  Audio  Analog  to  Digital  Converters  (A/D),  Digital  to  Analog  Converters  (D/A)  and  decompression  chips  manufactured  by  Crystal  Semiconductor  Corporation,  or  Crystal,  a 

subsidiary of Cirrus Logic, which are included in our encoders and decoders; 

v  Freescale, Inc.’s DSPs, which are included in our decoders and encoders; 

v  A video decoding chip manufactured by IBM; 

v  SDI interface chips manufactured by Gennum; 

v  Microprocessor and PCI bridge devices from Intel that are used in our MediaPump and MovieMaker boards; 

v  A video processing chipset from Gennum, which is used in our MM2X0s; 

v  Programmable devices by Altera and Xilinx, which are used in all our product lines; and 

v  Servers provided by EIM Systems & Components (1999) Ltd, Intel and IBM. 

Although we generally do not have long term supply contracts with our suppliers, we have, in the past, been able to obtain supplies of components and raw materials in a 
timely manner and upon acceptable terms. We cannot assure you that in the future we will not face interruptions or delays in the supply of key components. The design of components 
to replace any of these limited source components could require six months or more, and our results of operations could be adversely affected in the event of an extended interruption or 
delay. 

Competition 

Competition in the markets of both Video Technologies and IPTV product lines is intense and we expect competition to increase. 

The Video Technologies markets have grown in recent years and have attracted many competitors. Advances in video encoding technologies and in desk-top processing 
capabilities have also enabled sophisticated new applications within these markets which require an in-depth understanding of customer needs and significant development efforts. 
Moreover, the availability of video encoding technologies has also driven prices for products down within these markets. In contrast, the IPTV market is still young, but is currently 
dominated by large companies that can afford to aggressively promote their products by reducing prices. To be competitive in each product line, we must continue to respond promptly 
and effectively to changing customer preferences, feature and pricing requirements, technological change and competitors’ innovations. 

The principal competitors of our Video Technologies products in the enterprise and government markets are VBrick Systems Inc., and HaiVision. In the broadcast markets our 
competitors for these products include Digital Rapids Corporation, Vela Research Inc., Dektec Digital Video B.V., VideoPropulsion, Inc. and CMI and Stradis, Inc. In the post-production 
market we compete with Canopus and Matrox Electronic Systems Ltd. The post-production market is also characterized by increasing indirect competition from vendors of software 
encoders and decoders like Digital Rapids, MainConcept GmbH and Intervideo combined with capture cards from Winnov, Inc. and Viewcast, Inc. 

- 31 -

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The principal competitors in the IPTV market include Envivio, Inc., Thomson, Tandberg Television ASA, and Harmonic Inc. Many of these competitors have substantially 
greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than Optibase. Some of our actual and potential competitors may have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, access 
to larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, marketing, technical and other resources than we do. Our competitors also sell products that provide some of the benefits of 
the products that we sell, and we could lose sales to our competitors. Moreover, some companies in the video solutions market, including some of our competitors, are participating in 
business  combinations.  These  combinations  may  result  in  the  emergence  of  competitors  who  have  greater  market  share,  customer  base,  sales  force,  product  offering,  technology 
expertise and/or marketing expertise than we do. As a result, our competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements 
or to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products than we can. Thus, we cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current and 
future competitors, or that we will be able to make the technological advances necessary to improve or even maintain our competitive position or that our products will achieve market 
acceptance. 

In addition, we expect price competition to escalate in the Video Solutions market. We have consistently attempted to minimize the effect of price reductions in the market by 
introducing more sophisticated products at the top of our product line, and thereby attempt to maintain higher selling prices. However, competition in the future may force us to further 
lower  product  prices  and  we  may  be  unable  to  introduce  new  products  at  higher  prices.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  compete  successfully  in  this  kind  of  price 
competitive  environment.  Lower  prices  and  reduced  demand  for  our  products  would  reduce  our  ability  to  generate  revenue.  Failure  by  us  to  mitigate  the  effect  of  these  pressures 
through cost reduction of our products or changes in our product mix could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Intellectual Property 

Our future success and ability to compete are dependent, in part, upon our proprietary technology. We rely on patent, trade secret, trademark, copyright law, and confidential 
agreements to protect our intellectual property. Relating to technologies developed in Optibase Ltd., we hold thirteen issued patents, five granted in Israel, seven granted in the United 
States, and one in Europe (validated in France and the United Kingdom). We also have three pending application in the United States. In September 2005, certain patents acquired by us 
in the Media 100 transaction were sold to Acoustics Technology LLC. In April 2008 two patents acquired by us in the Viewgraphics transaction were sold to O.B. Digital Limited 
Liability Company. 

Effect of Government Regulation on our Business 

Regulation of our business by the Israeli government affects our business in several ways. We benefit from certain tax incentives promulgated by the government of Israel, 
including programs sponsored by the OCS, in the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor for the support of research and development activities. We also obtained funding from 
the MOST, STRIMM, NEGEV and Net-HD consortia, which are part of the OCS MAGNET program. The terms of the OCS grants limit us from manufacturing products or transferring 
technologies developed using these grants outside of Israel without special approvals, which may or may not be granted. For further information see "Research and Development" 
above. 

We are subject to the Companies Law and regulations promulgated under that law, which regulate the activities of companies incorporated in Israel. Please see the "Item 3.D. 
Risk Factors" under the heading "Risks Related to Operating in Israel" above, as well as "Item 10. Additional Information" below, for more information on the effects of governmental 
regulation of our business. 

Sale of our Video Solutions Business 

On March 16, 2010, we and our subsidiary, Optibase Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Optibase Technologies Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of S.A. Vitec 
(also known as Vitec Multimedia) (S.A. Vitec and Optibase Technologies Ltd., collectively "Vitec") pursuant to which Optibase Technologies Ltd. will purchase all of the assets and 
liabilities related to our Video Solutions Business against an aggregate consideration of $8 million in cash. In addition, Optibase and Vitec agreed on an earn-out mechanism pursuant to 
which 45% of Vitec's revenues deriving from the Business exceeding $14 million in the year following the closing of the transaction will be paid to Optibase. Closing of the transaction is 
expected to occur on June 30, 2010, after the release of this annual report. For additional information regarding the asset purchase agreement see Item 10.C "Material Contracts". 

- 32 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Fixed-Income Real Estate Business 

General 

On May 11, 2009, our board of directors resolved to expand and diverse our operations and enter into the fixed-income real estate sector. At a special shareholders meeting 
held on June 25, 2009 our shareholders approved the diversification of the company’s operations by entering into the fixed income real-estate sector. Such approval was sought solely 
for cautionary purposes and without any obligation of the Company to do so. 

The fixed-income real estate market includes the purchasing and operating of real estate properties intended for leasing primarily for the purpose of commercial, industrial, 
office  space,  parking  garage  and  warehouse  use.  The  fixed-income  real  estate  market  is  affected  by  growth  or  slowdown  in  the  economy,  and  by  changes  in  the  demand  and  the 
available supply of commercial areas, as well as the construction of additional commercial areas. The real estate market is also affected by governmental, municipal and tax authority 
policies regarding planning, building, marketing and taxation of land. 

Commencing in the fourth quarter of 2008 and as a result of the global economic and financial market crisis, there has been a slowdown in the fixed-income real estate market 
which is evidenced by a decline in the number of real estate transactions, a reduction in the availability of credit sources, an increase in financing costs and stricter requirements by 
banks  for  providing  such  financing.  However,  as  our  fixed-income real estate is leased under long term agreements, we believe that we have limited exposure to the effects of the 
slowdown in the fixed-income real estate market. 

Our strategy in our real estate activities is to become a substantial owner of fixed-income properties. To achieve this goal, we intend to pursue a number of operating and growth 
strategies, which include: 

· 

· 

· 

· 

· 

purchase of real estate mainly in Central and Western Europe, North America and Israel. 

developing and improving existing real estate; 

maximize the leasing of existing properties to commercial users; 

increase and develop unused building rights in our existing properties; and 

acquire additional commercial real estate and fixed-income assets in light of market conditions, while diversifying our real estate property base. 

As of the date of this annual report, we own one real-estate asset in Rümlang Switzerland with approximately 12,500 total square meters of developed property. In addition, a 
previous agreement for the purchase of an additional real estate asset in New-York, NY, USA was terminated before closing. For further information see Item 8. "Financial Information - 
Legal Proceedings". 

Set forth below is additional information with respect to our projects: 

Rümlang, Switzerland 

On October 29, 2009, we acquired a commercial building located at Riedmattstrasse 9, Rümlang from the Swiss property company Zublin Immobilien AG. Rümlang is situated 15 

km from Zurich and as many commercial buildings due to its strategic location in proximity to Zurich international airport. 

- 33 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The five-storey building includes 12,500 square meters (approximately 134,500 square feet) of rentable space with office, laboratory and retail uses. The property is currently 

97% occupied and approximately 58% of the leasable area in the property is occupied by Polymed Medical Center and DHL Logistics. 

The closing of the transaction occurred on October 29, 2009 and title to the property was acquired by an Optibase subsidiary. The purchase price for the transaction was 

approximately CHF 23,500,000 of which CHF 18,800,000 (approximately $22.8 million and $18.1 million respectively) was financed by a local Swiss bank pursuant to a mortgage 
agreement. The expected gross proceeds per annum is approximately CHF 1.7 million (approximately $1.52 million), excluding a sellers’ two years rent guaranty for CHF 60,000 
(approximately $ 55,000) for the two years period, and the expected net operating income per annum is approximately CHF 1.7 million (approximately $1.48 million 

For further information regarding the acquisition agreement and the mortgage agreement, see Item 10.C. "Material Contracts". 

Chessell Holdings, a Cypriot company, through its beneficial owner, introduced Optibase to the Rümlang property and facilitated Optibase’s acquisition and financing of the 
property. In connection with such services, the Company’s subsidiary in Luxembourg, entered into an option agreement dated March 1, 2010 with Chessell Holdings Limited" pursuant 
to which Chessell Holdings was granted an option to purchase twenty percent (20%) interest in the owner of the property. For further information, see Item 10.C. "Material Contracts". 

485 Lexington Avenue, New-York, NY 

On August 7, 2009, we entered into a joint venture to acquire 49.5% of the beneficial interest in an office building located at 485 Lexington Avenue in Manhattan, New York, 
from a subsidiary of SL Green Realty Corp. Optibase and Gilmor USA LLC, an unrelated party, are each equal partners in the joint venture through Mazal 485 LLC ("Mazal"). On August 
7, 2009, Mazal executed a sale-purchase agreement to acquire certain interests in the building. For further information see Item 10.C "Material Contracts". 

On January 7, 2010, Green 485 JV LLC, the seller of 485 Lexington Avenue in Manhattan, delivered a letter stating that the purchase agreement for 485 Lexington Avenue is 
terminated and requesting that the escrow agent return the deposit for the transaction to Optibase and its joint venture partner with interest. On February 3, 2010, Mazal filed a lawsuit 
against SL Green Realty Corp. and certain of its subsidiaries regarding the purchase agreement for interests in 485 Lexington Avenue. On March 16, 2010, SL Green filed a motion for an 
order dismissing Mazal's claims. On June 23, 2010, SL Green's motion to dismiss Mazal's request for performance of the sale-purchase agreement, was granted. Mazal's remaining claims, 
seeking  damages  for  failure  to  perform,  which  are  limited  in  scope,  are  currently  being  held  before  the  court.  For  further  information  see  Item  8.A  "Financial  Information –  Legal 
Proceedings". 

Competition 

The  fixed-income  real  estate  market  is  highly  competitive  and  is  characterized  by  a  large  number  of  competitors.  The  main  factor  affecting  competition  in  this  market  is 
geographic location of property. There are properties in close proximity to some of our properties that are similar in purpose and use, which has the effect of increasing competition for 
the leasing of those properties as well as reducing the rental rates for those properties. Other factors affecting competition are the leasing price, the physical condition of the properties, 
the finishing of the properties and the level of the management services provided to tenants. Furthermore, the economic and financial market crisis may further increase competition, 
leading to a reduction of rental fees and a decline in demand for properties. However, as our fixed-income real estate is leased under long term agreements, we believe that we have 
limited exposure to the effects of the slowdown in the fixed-income real estate market. 

4.C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE 

Optibase  operates  directly  and  through  several  subsidiaries.  Optibase  Inc.,  incorporated  in  1991  in  California  and  is  currently  located  in  Mountain  View,  California  which 
manages our North American sales, marketing and customer support activities. Our real estate activity is managed through several subsidiaries held directly and indirectly by Optibase 
Ltd. 

- 34 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our sales activities of the Video Solutions Business in Europe (including Israel) are conducted through sales managers. In 1999 and 2000 we established offices in Japan and in 
China, respectively, to cultivate closer relationships with local sales forces and potential system integrators and expand our business development activities in those local markets. 
During 2007 and 2008 we closed our offices in Singapore and Japan, respectively, and focused our attention on the increasing potential we see in the Chinese and Indian markets. Sales, 
marketing, and support of our products in Asia Pacific are managed from our headquarters in Israel. We are currently in the process of establishing a new office in India, which will 
focus on marketing and supporting our products in this growing market. 

In addition, we hold convertible bonds, which, if converted, will constitute approximately 32% of the issued and outstanding share capital of V.Box, a provider of Digital TV 
and Data Broadcast receiver equipment for Video and Data applications. We also hold, on a fully diluted basis, approximately 3.71% of Mobixell’s issued and outstanding share capital, 
which designs, develop and markets solutions for mobile rich media adaptation, optimization and delivery. For additional information, see "Item 4.A. History and Development of the 
Company" above. 

4.D. PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT 

Our headquarters are located in offices occupying approximately 15,532 square feet in Herzliya Pituach, Israel. Our lease for this space expires on December 31, 2011 and we do 

not expect to extend the lease beyond that date. 

Optibase, Inc.’s headquarters occupy approximately 3,517 square feet in Mountain View, California. The current lease expires on August 31, 2011. We do not expect the current 

lease to be extended. 

 We rent an office of approximately 1,735 square feet in Beijing, China. The current lease expires in December 2010. 

We rent approximately 289 square feet in India. The current lease expires on March 2011. 

Our European subsidiaries occupy offices totaling approximately 646 square feet in Luxembourg. The current leases do not have an expiration date and can be terminated at 

any time with a three months prior notice. 

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not Applicable. 

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 

The following discussion and analysis about our financial condition and results of operations contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our 
actual results could differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not 
limited to, those set forth under "Item 3.D. Risk Factors" above and "Item 5.D. Trend Information" below, as well as those discussed elsewhere in this annual report. You should read 
the  following  discussion  and  analysis  in  conjunction  with  the  "Selected  Consolidated  Financial  Data"  and  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  elsewhere  in  this 
annual report. 

Overview 

We currently have two principal fields of activity. The following is a summary of these fields of our businesses: 

·  Digital Video and Streaming Based Products and Services or Video Technologies Business (collectively, "Video Solutions Business") – development, marketing and sale 
of high quality equipment for a wide range of professional video applications in the broadband IPTV, broadcast, government, enterprise and post-production markets. 

- 35 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
· 

Fixed Income Real-Estate – investments in fixed-income real estate assets. 

Below is a description of our principal fields of activity 

Video Solutions Business 

On March 16, 2010, we and our subsidiary, Optibase Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Optibase Technologies Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of S.A. Vitec 
(also known as Vitec Multimedia) (S.A. Vitec and Optibase Technologies Ltd., collectively "Vitec"), according to which Optibase Technologies Ltd. will purchase all of the assets and 
liabilities related to our Video Solutions Business. Closing of the transaction is expected to occur on June 30, 2010, after the release of this annual report. For further details see Item 4.B 
"Business Overview". 

We provide high quality products that enable the preparation and delivery of digital video based on MPEG over ATM, DVB, and internet protocol (IP) and other packet-based 

networks through two product lines: Video Technologies and IPTV. 

The Video Technologies product line includes PCI platform for encoding, decoding and interfacing with DVB networks and Media Gateways that enables a variety of content 

creation and streaming application. The Video Technologies products target the broadcast, government, enterprise and post-production markets. 

IPTV products design, develop and deliver digital SD and HD (High Definition) TV solutions, from concept to completion for the IPTV market. The IPTV products are offered 

by themselves or as part of an end-to-end solution together with third-party products. 

As new IPTV operators struggle with the complexity of integrating new technologies from many vendors, it is increasingly clear that it is not enough to provide top-class 
encoders and transcoders for this market. Most operators do not have sufficient expertise and must rely on a system integrator to do this for them. This increases the cost of the 
solution significantly to the IPTV operators. Over the last three years, we have developed our own integration expertise and have developed business relationships with partners to 
enable us to provide a turn-key integrated IPTV headend at a lower cost than the larger Telco integrators. 

Our solutions include Optibase encoders and transcoders for live TV delivery and partner products for VOD, for middleware and for conditional access. As the set-top box 
swiftly becomes the most expensive component of the deployment it is important that we give our customers the flexibility to choose. Indeed Optibase solutions are interoperable with a 
wide range of set-top boxes. 

The  original  market  of  the  IPTV  product  line  is  the  IPTV  market  which  mainly  consists  of  telephone  operators  and  internet  service  providers  worldwide  that  are  offering 
broadband and telephone services. These companies are exploring ways to leverage their existing networks to add new services, and in particular, personalized multi-channel television. 
In addition, the IPTV product line offers full solution for enterprise video communication in various markets including military, government, educational and medical, as well as any other 
large corporate. 

During  the  last  years  we  are  facing  a  decrease  in  our  Video  Technologies  product  line  sales  mainly  due  to  advances  in  PC  technology  supporting  software  products  for 
standard definition encoding. At the same time, we are also experiencing a decrease in our IPTV and IPTV related products sales during the last years mainly as a result of increased 
competition and competitors focus towards the IPTV target market. 

Our products from both the Video Technologies and IPTV product lines are sold both directly and through various indirect channels, such as independent distributors, system 

integrators, OEM’s and resellers. 

During 2009 we have continued the development of the H.264 (i.e. MPEG-4 Part 10 or AVC) encoders and transcoders by releasing quality improvements. During 2009, we have 
also added the capability to deliver low bitrates and low resolutions support, closed captions, teletext, subtitles and Picture In Picture support to these products. We believe that these 
new features will enable our customers to add new services and will increase our advantage over competitors. 

- 36 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
During 2007 we released the MGW HD which is a high quality encoder for High Definition TV (HDTV) in the H.264 format for IPTV delivery and other applications. H.264 offers 

a reduction of between 50% and 60% in bitrate compared with MPEG-2 when configured to produce comparable quality. 

In the quarter ending March 31, 2008 we added two new products to our portfolio EZ TV and Creator. EZ TV is an application that enables the distribution of IPTV over 
Enterprise networks and networks used by Military and Government facilities. The creator is used for building on the Video Technology PCI platforms to provide a versatile, integrated 
solution for Ingest. Ingest is a broad term used in the professional video industry to describe the process of acquiring video content for a variety of processing applications. 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, and during the quarter ended March 31, 2009, we took several steps in order to streamline our business and costs, including 
decreasing our headcount by 22% accompanied by a decrease of approximately 18% in direct personnel costs and overhead. All cost reduction measures have been implemented while 
minimizing any potential damage to our future business. 

We generate most of our Video Solutions revenues from three territories: North America, Europe, including Israel, and Asia Pacific. During 2009, these three regions accounted 

for 56%, 14% and 30% of our Video Solutions revenues, respectively. 

Fixed-Income Real Estate 

On May 11, 2009, our board of directors resolved to expand and diverse our operations and enter into the fixed-income real estate sector. At a special shareholders meeting 
held on June 25, 2009, our shareholders approved the diversification of the Company’s operations by entering into the fixed income real-estate sector. Such approval was sought solely 
for cautionary purposes and without any obligation of the Company to do so. 

On August 7, 2009, we entered into a joint venture to acquire a stake in an office building located at 485 Lexington Avenue in Manhattan from a subsidiary of SL Green Realty 
Corp. On January 7, 2010, we received a notice from the seller of 485 Lexington Avenue stating that the purchase agreement is terminated. On February 3, 2010, we filed a lawsuit against 
SL Green Realty Corp. and certain of its subsidiaries ("SL Green") regarding the purchase agreement for interests in 485 Lexington Avenue. On March 16, 2010, SL Green filed a motion 
for an order dismissing Mazal's claims. On June 23, 2010, SL Green's motion to dismiss Mazal's request for performance of the sale-purchase agreement, was granted. Mazal's remaining 
claims, seeking damages for failure to perform, which are limited in scope, are currently being held before the court. For further information see Item 4.B. "Business Overview – Fixed 
Income Real Estate Business" and Item 8. "Financial Information - Legal Proceedings". 

On October 29, 2009 we acquired a commercial building located at Riedmattstrasse 9, Rümlang from the Swiss property company Zublin Immobilien AG. For further information 

see Item 4.B. "Business Overview – Fixed Income Real Estate Business". 

As of December 31, 2009, we had available cash, cash equivalents, long term investments and other financial investments net of approximately $28.7 million. As of June 21, 
2010, we have available cash, cash equivalents, long term investments and other financial investments net of approximately $32.5 million. For information regarding the investment of our 
available cash, see "Item 5.B. Liquidity and Capital Resources" below. 

- 37 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In January 2008, we purchased from certain shareholders of Scopus an aggregate of 1,380,000 ordinary shares of Scopus, representing, at that time, approximately 10% of 
Scopus’ outstanding shares, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $8.6 million. For further information on these agreements, see "Item 10.C. Material Contracts". Following 
such transaction, we beneficially owned approximately 37% of Scopus’ issued and outstanding shares. We accounted for the investment in Scopus in accordance with the provision of 
APB 18, and the equity method of accounting was applied. As such, the purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and the liability assumed based on their fair value at 
the dates of acquisition. The fair values of the identified tangible and intangible assets were established based on an independent valuation study performed by a third-party specialist. 
The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill totaling approximately $2.7 million. During 2008, we 
held negotiations with Scopus for the sale of our Video Solutions Business pursuant to which a non-binding term sheet for such sale was executed on August 4, 2008. Under the term 
sheet, we undertook to sell our Video Solutions Business in consideration for 2.6 million of Scopus shares and up to additional 900,000 of Scopus shares based on the post-closing 
performance  of  our  business.  Such  negotiations  did  not  materialize  into  a  binding  agreement  with  Scopus.  On  December  23,  2008,  Scopus  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  with 
Harmonic pursuant to which Harmonic undertook to acquire Scopus by way of merger pursuant to which, each shareholder of Scopus shall receive $5.62 in cash per each outstanding 
share of Scopus. At the time of such agreement, we held approximately 36% of Scopus’ outstanding share capital. In connection with the said transaction, we entered into a voting 
agreement with Harmonic pursuant to which we undertook to vote in favor of the merger and the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement. We have also agreed to grant to 
Harmonic a proxy and appointed certain Harmonic officers as its proxy to vote in favor of the merger. On March 12, 2009, following the closing of the merger agreement between Scopus 
and Harmonic, we disposed of our entire holding in Scopus shares consisting of 5,105,223 shares representing 36.34% of Scopus then issued share capital for a total consideration of 
$28.7 million. As a result, during the first quarter ended March 31, 2009, we recorded other income of $4.8 million, net of equity in losses. We have also entered into an additional 
agreement with Scopus pursuant to which we and Scopus agree to waive any claim against one another (and against Harmonic, in the case of claims by the Company) arising from or in 
connection with the term sheet, previously signed by the Company and Scopus, the negotiations between the parties and the termination of such negotiations. Scopus undertook in 
addition to reimburse the Company for certain of its expenses associated with such negotiations in the aggregate amount of $300,000. 

In addition, we hold interests in V.Box and Mobixell, see "Item 4.A. History and Development of the Company" above. These investments are recorded at $0.0 million in our 

financial statements. 

We use the U.S. dollar as our functional currency. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles in the U.S., or U.S. GAAP. In 2009, most of our revenues were denominated in U.S. dollars. Our functional currency may change in the future as a result of the 
recent diversification of the Company's operation. Our expenses to date have been incurred, in almost equal parts, in U.S. dollars or currencies linked to the U.S. dollar, and in New 
Israeli Shekels. Our transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted into U.S. dollars and recorded based on the exchange rate at the time we issue the 
invoice  for  the  transaction.  Our  headquarters  are  located  in  Herzliya  Pituach,  Israel;  our  subsidiary  facilities  in  the  United  States  are  located  in  Mountain  View,  California  and  our 
European subsidiary is located in Luxembourg. We maintain offices in China and India in order to establish and expand our local presence at the markets and use the advantages, related 
to culture and language, of that approach. 

Revenues and Sales 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the total consolidated sales (in thousands) derived from each of our product lines. 

Product Line 

Video Technology 
IPTV 
Fixed Income Real Estate 
Total 

Year Ended December 31, 

2007  
8,923 
14,054 

 $

-     
22,977    $

2008  
6,420 
13,481 

 $

-     
19,901    $

2009  
3,672 
9,477 
272 
13,421 

 $

$

Our level of revenues from video solutions fluctuated in recent years from $23 million in 2007 to $19.9 million in 2008 and to $13.1 million in 2009. The decrease in our total sales 
in  2008  compared  to  2007  and  in  2009  compared  to  2008,  can  be  mainly  attributed  to  the  overall  downturn  in  the  global  economy  as  well  as  the  continued  decrease  in  our  Video 
Technology product line sales. The IPTV and IPTV related products sales generated revenues of approximately $9.5 million in the 2009 compared to approximately $13.5 million in 2008 
and approximately $14.1 million in 2007. The Video Technology product line sales generated revenues of approximately $3.7 million in the 2009 compared to approximately $6.4 million in 
the 2008 and approximately $7.9 million in 2007. 

- 38 -

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
Our level of net income fluctuated in recent years from a net loss of $7.2 million in 2007, to a net loss of $9.5 million in 2008 and to a net income of $60,000 in 2009. Our move into 
net income in 2009 compared with our net loss in 2008 is mainly attributed to equity in loss and gain from sale of investment in affiliated company in the amount of $4.8 million recorded 
in 2009 as a result of the sale of our holdings in Scopus. The increase in our net loss in 2008 compared with 2007 can be mainly attributed to the significant increase in our operating 
expenses partially offset by the increase in other and financial income and the decrease in other expenses, which reflect equity in loss of Scopus. As of December 31, 2009, we had 
accumulated losses of $89.8 million. 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage of total consolidated sales of video solutions derived from sales of video solutions into each of the 

regions identified in the table, regardless of the operating unit, which generated the sale. 

Region 

North America 
Europe 
Eastern Asia 
Other countries, including Israel 

Year Ended December 31, 

2007  

2008  

2009  

47%   
31%   
15%   
7%   

54%   
21%   
21%   
4%   

56%
14%
25%
5%

The portion of our revenues, as a percentage of total sales, derived from sales into North America and Eastern Asia have increased while the dollar amounts have decreased in 
2009  compared  to  2008  while  the  portion  of  revenues,  as  a  percentage  of  total  sales  as  well  as  the  dollar  amounts  into  Europe  have  decreased  and  the  portion  of  revenues  as  a 
percentage of total sales into other countries, including Israel have increased while the dollar amounts have decreased. The decrease in sales into North America, Eastern Asia, Europe 
and Other countries, including Israel can be mainly attributed to the overall economic downturn as well as increased competition. We sell directly to system integrators, OEMs and 
value-added resellers, or VARs. Outside of North America, we also sell to distributors. Sales of our products to system integrators can involve a lengthy process and the timing of 
volume orders from system integrators can be difficult to forecast. As a result, revenues may fluctuate from quarter to quarter depending on the timing and volume of orders. Since these 
types of customers typically request initial delivery within four to eight weeks of their placement of orders, we have historically had a minimal backlog of orders. 

The majority of our revenues are derived from sales of our standard products. Additionally, from time to time, we have the opportunity to develop customized products, which 
require varying amounts of modifications to our standard products and existing technology. Dollar amount and the percentage of revenues represented by standard products and 
customized products, respectively, fluctuate from period to period depending on a variety of factors, including the number, size and timing of customized product activities. 

Cost of video solutions operations 

Cost of video solutions operations consists primarily of raw material costs, costs of subcontracting manufacturing and assembly, labor expense, write-off of obsolescence 
inventory, royalty payments made to the Israeli OCS and other vendors, amortization of capitalized software development costs, other acquisition related costs and allocated overhead 
attributable to our production operations. 

Research and development expenses 

Research and development expenses, net, consist primarily of labor expenses, development-related raw materials and sub contractors services, acquisition related costs and 

stock option compensation charges and related overheard, offset by grants from the OCS, including the OCS MAGNET program, and from the EU. 

Sales and marketing expenses 

Selling and marketing expenses, net, consist primarily of compensation expenses, promotional expenses, travel costs and related overhead and expenses. 

- 39 -

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
General and administrative expenses 

General  and  administrative  expenses  consist  primarily  of  fees  to  outside  consultants,  legal  and  accounting  fees,  stock  option  compensation  charges  and  certain  office 

maintenance costs. 

Cost of real estate operations 

Cost of real estate operations consist primarily of direct costs associated with operating the real estate properties such as building insurance and management company fees. 

Real estate depreciation and amortization 

Real estate depreciation and amortization consist primarily of depreciation expenses related to the value of properties net of amounts accounted for land, as well as amortization 

expenses associated with intangible assets derived from the purchase of real estate properties. 

Other income (expenses), Net 

Other income (expenses), net, consists primarily of impairment expenses, capital gains or losses and other expenses or income. 

Financial income (expenses), Net 

Financial  expenses  consist  primarily  of  interest  we  paid  in  connection  with  bank  loans  and  credit  lines,  and  losses  from  realization  of  securities  and  financial  instruments. 
Financial income consists mainly of interest received on deposits and other financial assets held in our bank accounts and gains from realization of securities and financial instruments. 
Our exchange differences occur primarily as a result of the change of the NIS value relative to the U.S. dollar. 

Taxes 

As of 2009, Israeli companies are generally subject to a corporate income tax rate of 26%. The income tax rate for Israeli companies was reduced to 25% in 2010. We were 
granted  Approved  Enterprise  status  under  the  Law  for  the  Encouragement  of  Capital  Investment,  1959  which  allow  us  to  enjoy  two  alternative  tax  benefits.  Under  one  of  the 
alternatives, a company’s undistributed income derived from an Approved Enterprise will be exempt from corporate tax for a period of between two and ten years from the first year of 
taxable income, depending on the geographic location of the Approved Enterprise within Israel, and the company will be eligible for a reduced tax rate of 10%-25% for the remainder of 
the benefits period depending on the level of foreign investment. See also "Item 10.E. Taxation" under the heading "Israeli Taxation- Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement 
of Capital Investment, 1959" below. The period during which we are entitled to receive these benefits is limited to seven or ten years from the first year that taxable income is generated, 
12 years from commencement of production or within 14 years from the date of approval of the Approved Enterprise status. A recent amendment to the Law, which has been officially 
published  effective  as  of  April  1,  2005  has  changed  certain  provisions  of  the  Law.  An  eligible  investment  program  under  the  amendment  will  qualify  for  benefits  as  a  Privileged 
Enterprise  (rather  than  the  previous  terminology  of  Approved  Enterprise).  See  also  "Item  10.E.  Taxation"  under  the  heading  "Israeli  Taxation-  Tax  benefits  under  the  Law  for  the 
Encouragement of Capital Investment, 1959" below. 

We have final tax assessments through the tax year 2005. On December 27, 2007 and on May 28, 2008, we received from the Israeli Tax Authorities a Tax Assessment (the 
"Assessment") based upon "best judgment" for the years 2002-2003 and 2004-2005 respectively. On January 13, 2009 we signed a settlement agreement with the ITA according to which 
a final tax obligation of $73,000 was paid for the final tax assessments for the years 2002-2005. 

As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately $53.2 million of net operating loss carry-forwards for Israeli tax purposes which we will have to utilize before we can make use of 

the tax benefits arising from our "Approved Enterprise" status. These net operating loss carry-forwards have no expiration date. 

- 40 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
Equity in losses and gain from sale of affiliated company 

Equity in losses and gain from sale of affiliated company consist primarily of equity gains or losses, net of capital gain derived from the disposal of our entire holding in an 

affiliated company. 

5.A. OPERATING RESULTS 

The following table sets forth, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 statements of operations data as percentages of our total revenues: 

 Revenues 

Video solutions 
Fixed income real estate 

Total revenues 
 Costs and expenses: 

Cost of video solutions operations 
Research and development, net 
Selling and marketing, net 
General and administrative 
Cost of real estate operations 
Real estate depreciation and amortization 
Total costs and expenses 

Operating income (loss) 
Other income expenses, net 
Financial income (expenses), net 
(Loss) before provision for tax 
Provision for tax 

Net (loss) after income tax 
Equity in losses of affiliates and gain from sale 
 of investment in affiliated company 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations 
(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations 
Net income (loss) 

Results of Operations for the Years Ended 2009 and 2008 

Year Ended December 31 

2007  

2008  

100 
- 
100.0%   

100 
- 
100.0%   

49.6 
23.3 
34.4 
9.9 
- 
- 
117.2 
(17.2)
(1.4)
(0.1)
(18.7)
(0.3)
(19)

49 
32 
45 
14.8 
- 
- 
140.8 
(40.8)
1.1 
1.3 
(38.4)
- 
(38.4)

(12.1)
(31.1)
(0.1)
(31.2)%   

(9.7)
(48.1)
0.1 
(48)%   

2009  

98 
2 

100.0%

48.7 
27.8 
42.9 
19.4 
0 
0.1 
139.7 
(39.7)
- 
4.6 
(35.1)
- 
(35.1)

35.6 
0 
0 
0%

Total revenues. Our video solutions revenues decreased by 33.9% to $13.1 million in 2009 from $19.9 million in 2008. The decrease is attributed to the decrease in our Video 
Technologies products sales by approximately 43% as well as a decrease of approximately 30% in our IPTV products and the over all downturn in the global economy. 2009 is the first 
year we record revenues from our real estate activity. 

Cost  of  video  solutions  operations.  Cost  of  video  solutions  operations  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  remained  stable  at  approximately  49%  in  2009  compared  2008,  and 
amounted to $6.5 million in 2009 compared to $9.8 million in 2008. The decrease is attributed to the overall lower sales volume of our products, including third parties products. Our cost 
of video solutions operations may fluctuate as a percentage of revenues depending on our product mix, changes in raw materials cost and other factors. 

Research and Development Expenses, Net. Our net research and development expenses decreased by approximately 41.6% to $3.7 million in 2009 from $6.4 million in 2008. As a 
percentage  of  total  revenues,  net  research  and  development  expenses  were  approximately  27.8%  in  2009  and  approximately  32%  in  2008.  The  dollar  decrease  in  research  and 
development expenses can primarily be attributed to the decrease in salaries and related costs as a result of a decrease in headcount. The dollar decrease can also be attributed to the 
decrease in other expenses and the increase of research and development grants received from the OCS, including the OCS MAGNET program, and from the EU which increased to 
approximately $1.3 million in 2009 from approximately $1.1 million in 2008. 

- 41 -

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Selling and Marketing Expenses, Net. Our net selling and marketing expenses decreased by approximately 35.7% to $5.8 million in 2009 from $9 million in 2008. As a percentage 
of revenues, net selling and marketing expenses decreased to approximately 42.9% in 2009 from approximately 45% in 2008. The decrease in selling and marketing expenses can be 
primarily attributed to the decrease in our sales and technical support personnel. Selling and marketing expenses may continue to fluctuate as a percentage of total revenues, depending, 
in part, on fluctuations in the level of total revenues. 

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses decreased approximately by 11.3% to $2.6 million in 2009 from $2.9 million in 2008. As a percentage 
of revenues, general and administrative expenses increased to approximately 19.4% in 2009 from approximately 14.8% in 2008. The decrease in dollar amount can be mainly attributed to a 
decrease in salaries and related expenses. 

Cost of real estate operations. 2009 is the first year in which we incur costs for real estate operations which consist primarily of direct costs associated with operating the real 

estate properties such as building insurance and management company fees. 

Real estate depreciation and amortization. 2009 is the first year we incur costs for real estate depreciation and amortization, which consist primarily of depreciation expenses 
related  to  the  value  of  properties  net  of  amounts  accounted  for  land,  as  well  as  amortization  expenses  associated  with  intangible  assets  derived  from  the  purchase  of  real  estate 
properties. 

Operating loss. As a result of the foregoing, we recorded operating loss of $5.3 million in 2009 compared with an operating loss of $8.1 million in 2008. The decrease in the 

operational loss can be primarily attributed to the overall decrease in our operating expenses. 

Other Income (Expenses), Net. We recorded no other income, net, in 2009, compared to other income, net of $218,000 in 2008. The amounts recorded in 2008 related to other 

income from the sale of certain patents. 

 Financial Income (Expenses), Net. We recorded financial income, net of $617,000 in 2009, compared with financial income, net of $270,000 in 2008. The change can be mainly 

attributed to an increase in interest received as well as foreign currency translation differences and a decrease in interest expenses. 

Taxes Income (Expenses), Net. Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48 ("FIN 48"). Under the requirements of FIN 48, we reviewed 
all of our tax positions and determined whether the position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by regulatory authorities. Accordingly, no provision for taxes was 
recorded during 2009 and 2008. 

Equity in losses and Gain from Sale of Investment in Affiliated Company. We recorded Equity in losses and gain from sale of investment in affiliated company, of $4.8 million 
in 2009, compared to a loss of approximately $1.9 million in 2008. The amounts recorded in 2009 are related to the disposal of our entire holding in Scopus shares, net of equity in losses, 
while in 2008 we recorded equity in loss, as a result of our conclusion that our investment in Scopus qualifies for use of the equity method. 

Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations. We recorded net income of $60,000 in 2009, compared with a net loss of $9.6 million in 2008. The decrease in our net loss from 
continuing operations can be mainly attributed to the decrease in total costs and expenses, the increase in other income, net, from $218,000 in 2008 to $4.8 million in 2009 and the 
increase in our financial income, net, from $270,000 in 2008 to $617,000 in 2009. 

Discontinued Operation. In the fourth quarter of 2006 based on recent assessments and in accordance with the guidance of ASC 360 (Formerly SFAS 144) and EITF 03-13, we 
have decided to present the Digital Non Linear product line operation, which was sold in the third quarter ending September 30, 2005, as discontinued operations. Net income related to 
discontinued operation in 2008 totaled to $20,000. 

- 42 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Net Income (Loss). We recorded net income of $60,000 in 2009, compared with a net loss of $9.5 million in 2008. The decrease in our net loss can be mainly attributed to the 
decrease in total costs and expenses, the increase in equity in losses and gain from sale of investment in affiliated company, from a net loss of $1.9 million in 2008 to a net gain of $4.8 
million in 2009 and the increase in our financial income, net, from $270,000 in 2008 to $617,000 in 2009. 

Results of Operations for the Years Ended 2008 and 2007 

In June 2004, we acquired certain assets and liabilities of Media 100 Inc. as part of a pre-packaged bankruptcy filing of Media 100. In September 2005, we entered into an 
agreement  for  the  sale  of  our  Digital  Non-Linear  Editing  operation  to  Artel  Software  Corp.  for  details  regarding  the  sale  agreement,  see  "Item  10.C.  Material  Contracts"  below.  In 
December  2006,  based  on  recent  assessments  in  accordance  with  the  guidance  ASC  360  and  EITF  03-13,  we  have  decided  to  present  the  Digital  Non-Linear  Editing  product  line 
operation  as  discontinued  operations  and  as  such  all  amounts  related  to  the  operational  results  of  the  Digital  Non  Linear  Editing  product  line  presented  accordingly.  For  further 
information on the digital non linear transactions see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" under the heading "Overview" above. During 2007 and beginning of 2008 
we purchased in a series of transactions, approximately 37% of Scopus’ share capital, for an aggregate consideration of $ 28.6 million. For addition information, see "Item 4.A. History 
and Development of the Company" above. 

Total Revenues. Our video solutions revenues decreased by 13.4% to $19.9 million in 2008 from $23 million in 2007. The decrease can mainly be attributed to the decrease in our 

Video Technologies products sales by approximately 28% as well as the over all downturn in the global economy. 

Cost of Video Solutions Operations. Cost of video solutions operations as a percentage of revenues decreased to approximately 49% in 2008 compared to approximately 49.6% 
in 2007, and amounted to $9.8 million in 2008 compared to $11.4 million in 2007. The decrease can be mainly attributed to the overall lower sales volume of our products, including third 
parties products. Our cost of revenues may fluctuate as a percentage of revenues depending on our product mix, changes in raw materials cost and other factors. 

Research and Development Expenses, Net. Our net research and development expenses increased by approximately 18.9% to $6.4 million in 2008 from $5.4 million in 2007, net 
research  and  development  expenses  were  approximately  32%  in  2008  and  approximately  23.3%  in  2007.  The  dollar  increase  in  research  and  development  expenses  can  primarily  be 
attributed to the increase in salaries and related costs as a result of the devaluation of the USD against the NIS related to expenses paid in our headquarters in Israel. The dollar increase 
can also be attributed to the increase in other expenses and the decrease of research and development grants received from the OCS, including the OCS MAGNET program, and from 
the European Union which decreased to approximately $1.1 million in 2008 from approximately $1.8 million in 2007. 

Selling and Marketing Expenses, Net. Our net selling and marketing expenses increased by approximately 13.5% to $9 million in 2008 from $7.9 million in 2007. As a percentage 
of  revenues,  net  selling  and  marketing  expenses  increased  to  approximately  45%  in  2008  from  approximately  34.4%  in  2007.  The  increase  in  selling  and  marketing  expenses  can  be 
primarily attributed to the increase in our sales and technical support personnel, mainly in our North America office, as well as the devaluation of the USD against the NIS related to 
expenses paid in our headquarters in Israel. Selling and marketing expenses may continue to fluctuate as a percentage of revenues, depending, in part, on fluctuations in the level of 
revenues. 

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased approximately by 28.8% to $2.9 million in 2008 from $2.3 million in 2007. As a percentage 
of revenues, general and administrative expenses increased to approximately 14.7% in 2008 from approximately 9.9% in 2007. The increase in dollar amount can be mainly attributed to an 
increase in our expenses for legal expenses, professional services and consulting. 

Operating loss. As a result of the foregoing, we recorded operating loss of $8.1 million in 2008 compared with an operating loss of $4 million in 2007. The increase in the 

operational loss can be primarily attributed to the decrease in our revenues and the overall increase of our operating expenses. 

- 43 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Other Income (Expenses), Net. We recorded other income, net, of $218,000 in 2008, compared to other expenses, net of $327,000 in 2007. In 2008 we recorded other income from 

the sale of certain patents while in 2007 we recorded expenses totaling approximately $325,000 of impairment losses in respect of our investment in V.Box. 

 Financial Income (Expenses), Net. We recorded financial income, net of $270,000 in 2008, compared with financial loss of $31,000 in 2007. The change can be attributed to lack 
of impairment charges we recorded in connection with some of our structured notes and corporate bonds in 2007. The change can be also attributed to the decrease in our utilized 
portion of credit lines during the year compared to 2007. 

Taxes Income (Expenses), Net. Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48 ("FIN 48"). Under the requirements of FIN 48, we reviewed 
all of our tax positions and determined whether the position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by regulatory authorities. Accordingly, no provision for taxes was 
recorded during 2008. During 2007 we have recorded a provision for taxes of approximately $73,000. 

Equity in loss. In connection with our investment in Scopus we recorded equity in loss of approximately $1.9 and $2.8 million in 2008 and 2007 respectively, as a result of our 

conclusion that our investment in Scopus qualifies for use of the equity method. 

Net Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations. We recorded net loss of $9.6 million in 2008, compared with a net loss of $7.1 million in 2007. The increase in our net loss from 
continuing operations can be mainly attributed to the decrease in revenues and the overall increase in our operating expenses partially offset by the decrease in equity in loss from $2.8 
million in 2007 to $1.9 million in 2008,. 

Discontinued Operation. In the fourth quarter of 2006 based on recent assessments and in accordance with the guidance of ASC 360 and EITF 03-13, we have decided to 
present the Digital Non Linear product line operation, which was sold in the third quarter ending September 30, 2005, as discontinued operations. Net income related to discontinued 
operation in 2008 totaled to $20,000, compared to net loss of $30,000 in 2007. 

Net Income (Loss). We recorded net loss of $9.5 million in 2008, compared with a net loss of $7.2 million in 2007. The increase in our net loss can be mainly attributed to the 

decrease in revenues and the overall increase in our operating expenses partially offset by the decrease in equity in loss from $2.8 million in 2007 to $1.9 million in 2008. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These accounting principles require management to make certain estimates, judgments and 
assumptions based upon information available at the time that they are made, historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 
These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of 
revenues and expenses during the periods presented. 

In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application. There are 
also areas in which management’s judgment in selecting among available alternatives would not produce a materially different result. Our management reviewed these critical accounting 
policies and related disclosures with our Audit Committee. See Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, which contain additional information regarding our accounting policies 
and other disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. 

Our management believes the significant accounting policies which affect management’s more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated 

financial statements and which are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following: 

v  Revenue recognition; 

- 44 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
v  Allowance for doubtful debts; 

v 

Inventories valuation; 

v 

Impairment long- lived assets; 

v  Accounting for stock-based compensation; and 

v  Contingencies. 

v  Taxes 

Revenue recognition 

The Company and its subsidiaries generate revenues mainly from the followings: 

Sale of hardware products ("products") and to a lesser extent from sales of software products – The Video Solutions Business revenues. 

Fixed income real-estate. 

· 

· 

The Video Solutions Business revenues 

Revenues from product sales in which the software is incidental to the hardware are recognized in accordance with ASC 605, "Revenue Recognition" and Staff Accounting 
Bulletin  No.  104,  "Revenue  Recognition  in  Financial  Statements"  (SAB  104),  when  delivery  has  occurred,  persuasive  evidence  of  an  agreement  exists,  the  vendor's  fee  is  fixed  or 
determinable, no further obligation exist and collectability is probable. Estimated warranty costs, which are insignificant, are based on the Company and its subsidiaries past experience 
and are accrued in the financial statements. The Company and its subsidiaries do not grant a right of return. 

Revenues from sale of products that include post customer support are recognized in accordance with ASC 605-25 Multiple Element Arrangements" (formerly: Emerging Issues 
Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 00-21, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables"). Multiple-element arrangement (an arrangement that involves the delivery or performance of 
multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets) is separated into more than one unit of accounting, and revenue from such deliverables is recognized under SAB 104. 

The  Company  accounts  for  product  sales  in  which  the  software  is  more-than  incidental  to  the  functionality  of  the  hardware  in  accordance  with  ASC  985-605  "Revenue 
Recognition  -  Software"  (Formerly -  Statement  of  Position  No.  97-2,  "Software  Revenue  Recognition").  ASC  985-605  generally  requires  revenue  earned  on  software  arrangements 
involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair value of the elements. ASC 985-605 also requires that revenue be recognized under the "residual 
method" when vendor-specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of fair value exists for all undelivered elements and VSOE does not exist for one or more of the delivered elements. Under 
the residual method, any discount in the arrangement is allocated to the delivered elements. 

Maintenance and support revenue included in multiple element arrangements is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the maintenance and support 

agreement. The VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements (maintenance and support), is determined based on the renewal rate charged when these elements are sold separately. 

Amounts received from customers for whom revenue has not yet been recognized, are presented as deferred revenues. 

We assess collection based on a number of factors, including past transaction history, credit worthiness of the customer and in some instances a review of the customer’s 

financial statements. We insure a substantial part of our customers with credit insurance in cases of bankruptcy. 

- 45 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
Our  arrangements  do  not  generally  include  an  acceptance  requirement.  However  if  such  an  acceptance  provision  exists,  then  revenue  recognition  is  deferred  until  written 

acceptance of the product has been received from the customer. All of our agreements in which revenues are recognized are non-refundable and non-cancelable. 

Rental income includes minimum rents and expenses recoveries. Minimum rents are recognized on an accrual basis over the terms of the related leases on a straight-line basis. 
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and recorded as tenant improvements and depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the lease term. Lease revenue 
recognition commences when the lessee is given possession of the leased space and there are no contingencies offsetting the lessee's obligation to pay rent. 

None of the lease agreements contain provisions that require the payment of additional rents based on the respective tenant's sales volume (contingent or percentage rent) and 
substantially all contain provisions that require reimbursement of the tenant's share of real estate taxes, insurance and common area maintenance costs, or common area maintenance 
fees  ("CAM").  Revenue  from  tenant  reimbursements  of  taxes,  CAM  and  insurance  is  recognized  in  the  period  that  the  applicable  costs  are  incurred  in  accordance  with  the  lease 
agreements. 

Fixed income real-estate 

Rental income includes minimum rents and expenses recoveries. Minimum rents are recognized on an accrual basis over the terms of the related leases on a straight-line basis. 

Lease revenue recognition commences when the lessee is given possession of the leased space and there are no contingencies offsetting the lessee's obligation to pay rent. 

Substantially all of the lease agreements contain provisions that require reimbursement of the tenant's share of real estate taxes, insurance and common area maintenance costs, 
or common area maintenance fees ("CAM"). Revenue from tenant reimbursements of taxes, CAM and insurance is recognized in the period that the applicable costs are incurred in 
accordance with the lease agreements. 

Allowance for doubtful debts 

We review on a continuing basis the ability to collect on the trade accounts receivable and the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful debts against the trade receivables. We 
specifically analyze customer accounts, account receivable aging reports, history of bad debts and the business or industry sector to which they belong, customer concentrations, 
customer credit-worthiness, current economic trends and any other pertinent factors that come to light and to our attention. Generally a provision will be made when a trade receivable 
becomes 90 days past due. In exceptional cases, a provision after 90 days past due will be waived when, after due diligence with the customer, we are confident that the receivable is still 
collectible and the customer has demonstrated that payment is forthcoming. In addition, we provide approximately 2% of the trade receivable amount as a general provision for doubtful 
debts. As of December 31, 2009, our provision for doubtful debt was approximately $414,000. 

Inventories valuation 

Significant judgment is required to determine the reserve for obsolete or excess inventory. Inventory on hand may exceed future demand either because the product is outdated 
or obsolete, or because the amount on hand is more than can be used to meet future need, or excess. We provide for the total value of inventories that we determine to be obsolete 
based on criteria such as customer demand and changing technologies. We value our inventories at the lower of cost or market price. 

Impairment of Long- Lived Assets 

We periodically evaluate our goodwill and long-lived assets for potential impairment indicators. Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on 

legal factors, market conditions and operational performance of our acquired businesses. 

- 46 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Accounting for stock-based compensation 

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  ASC  718 "Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation"  (formally:  SFAS  123(R),  "Share-Based 
Payment"). ASC 718 requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that 
is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. In 2009, we recognized equity-based 
compensation expense under ASC 718 in the amount of approximately $222,000. 

As of December 31, 2009, we had $170,000 of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested shares options and non-vested restricted shares awards. For options 
granted before January 1, 2006, and which had graded vesting, we recognized compensation expenses, based on the accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period of 
each  of  the  awards.  Forfeitures  were  accounted  for  as  they  occurred,  but  have  been  estimated  with  the  adoption  of  ASC  718  for  those  awards  not  yet  vested.  ASC  718  requires 
forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Estimated forfeitures are based on actual 
historical pre-vesting forfeitures. 

Contingencies 

We  periodically  estimate  the  impact  of  various  conditions,  situations  and/or  circumstances  involving  uncertain  outcomes  to  our  financial  condition  and  operating  results. 
These  events  are  called  "contingencies",  and  the  accounting  treatment  for  such  events  is  prescribed  by  the  ASC  450 "Contingencies"  (formerly:  SFAS  5,  "Accounting  for 
Contingencies") ASC 450 defines a contingency as "an existing condition, situation, or set of circumstances involving uncertainty as to possible gain or loss to an enterprise that will 
ultimately be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur". Legal proceedings are a form of such contingencies. 

In accordance with ASC 450, accruals for exposures or contingencies are being provided when the expected outcome is probable. It is possible, however, that future results of 
operations  for  any  particular  quarter  or  annual  period  could  be  materially  affected  by  changes  in  our  assumptions,  the  actual  outcome  of  such  proceedings  or  as  a  result  of  the 
effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings. 

- 47 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Income Taxes 

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  account  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with  ASC  740,  "Income  Taxes"  (Formerly:  SFAS  109,  "Accounting  for  Income  Taxes").  This 
Statement prescribes the use of the liability method, whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company and its subsidiaries 
provide a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value. 

Effective  January 1,  2007,  the  Company  adopted  the  provisions  of  ASC  740  (Formerly:  FASB  Interpretation  No.  48,  "Accounting for Uncertainty in  Income  Taxes,  an 
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109"). ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes by establishing minimum standards for the recognition and measurement 
of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Under the requirements of ASC 740, the Company must review all of its tax positions and make a determination as to 
whether its position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by regulatory authorities. If a tax position meets the more-likely–than-not standard, then the related tax 
benefit is measured based on a cumulative probability analysis of the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement or disposition of the underlying issue. 

Business Combinations 

In December 2007, the FASB issued ACS No. 805 (Formerly SFAS 141(R) ), "Business Combinations". This Statement replaces SFAS No. 141, ‘‘Business Combinations’’, and 
requires  an  acquirer  to  recognize  the  assets  acquired,  the  liabilities  assumed,  including  those  arising  from  contractual  contingencies,  any  contingent  consideration  and  any  non-
controlling interest in the acquire at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date. In addition, the statement requirement to measure the non-controlling interest 
acquired at fair value will result in recognizing the goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interest in addition to that attributable to the acquirer. 

ACS 805 applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 

December 15, 2008. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In June 2009, the FASB issued what has been codified in ASC 105, "Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" (Formerly: SFAS No. 168, "the FASB Accounting Standards 
Codifications  and  Hierarchy  of  GAAP -  a  Replacement  of  SFAS  162").  The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  Accounting  Standards  Codification™  ("Codification") 
became the single source of authoritative U.S. GAAP. The Codification did not create any new GAAP standards but incorporated existing accounting and reporting standards into a 
new  topical  structure  with  a  new  referencing  system  to  identify  authoritative  accounting  standards,  replacing  the  prior  references  to  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards 
(SFAS),  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  (EITF),  FASB  Staff  Position  (FSP),  etc.  Authoritative  standards  included  in  the  Codification  are  designated  by  their  Accounting  Standards 
Codification (ASC) topical reference, and new standards will be designated as Accounting Standards Updates (ASU), with a year and assigned sequence number. Beginning with this 
report for the year ended December 31, 2009, references to prior standards have been updated to reflect the new referencing system. 

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2009-13, "Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements" (ASU 2009-13). This update amends ASC 
Topic  605-25,  "Revenue  Recognition—Multiple-Deliverable  Revenue  Arrangements"  to  remove  the  criterion  that  entities  must  use  objective  and  reliable  evidence  of  fair  value  in 
separately accounting for deliverables and provides entities with a hierarchy of evidence that must be considered when allocating arrangement consideration. The update also requires 
entities to allocate arrangement consideration to the separate units of accounting based on the deliverables’ relative selling price. ASU 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue 
arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, unless the election is made to adopt ASU 2009-13 retrospectively. The adoption of 
this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

- 48 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-14, "Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements" (ASU 2009-14). This update modifies the scope of the 
software revenue recognition guidance to exclude (a) non-software components of tangible products and (b) software components of tangible products that are sold, licensed, or leased 
with tangible products when the software components and non-software components of the tangible product function together to delivery the product’s functionality. ASU 2009-14 is 
effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, unless the election is made to adopt ASU 2009-14 
retrospectively. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements" (ASU 
2010-06). ASU 2010-06 includes new disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements, including transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 and additional information about Level 3 
activity. The new disclosures are required in interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures relating to Level 3 activity, which are 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial 
condition, results of operations or cash. 

Conditions in Israel 

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, and our principal offices and substantially all research and development and manufacturing facilities are located in 

Israel. Accordingly, we are directly affected by political, economic and military conditions in Israel. 

Political Conditions 

Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken place between Israel and its Arab neighbors and a state of hostility, varying from 
time to time in intensity and degree, has led to security and economic problems for Israel. Although Israel has entered into various agreements with Egypt, Jordan and the Palestinian 
Authority, since September 2000, there has been a high level of violence between Israel and the Palestinians. Recently, there has been a further escalation in violence among Israel, 
Hamas,  a  militant  group  responsible  for  many  attacks  into  Israel,  the  Palestinian  Authority  and  other  groups.  In  addition,  in  July  2006,  the  Israeli  army  was  engaged  in  extensive 
hostilities  along  Israel’s  northern  border  with  Lebanon  and  to  a  lesser  extent  in  the  Gaza  Strip.  Since  June  2007,  the  Hamas  militant  group  has  taken  over  the  Gaza  Strip  from  the 
Palestinian Authority, and the hostilities along Israel’s border with the Gaza Strip have increased, escalating to a wide scale attack by Israel in December 2008, in retaliation to rocket 
attacks into southern Israel. These developments have further strained relations between Israel and the Palestinian Authority. Any armed conflict, political instability or violence in the 
region may have a negative effect on our business condition, harm our results of operations and could adversely affect our share price. No predictions can be made as to whether or 
when a final resolution of the area’s problems will be achieved or the nature thereof and to what extent the situation will impact Israel’s economic development or our operations. Certain 
countries, companies and organizations continue to participate in a boycott of Israeli firms. We do not believe that the boycott has had a material adverse effect on us, but restrictive 
laws, policies or practices directed towards Israel or Israeli businesses may have an adverse impact on the expansion of our business. 

Generally, all male adult citizens and permanent residents of Israel under a certain age are obligated to perform military reserve duty which may amount to lengthily periods of 
time. Additionally, all such residents are subject to being called to active duty at any time under emergency circumstances. Currently, a majority of our officers and employees are 
obligated to perform annual reserve duty. While we have operated effectively under these requirements since our inception, we cannot assess the full impact of such requirements on 
our workforce or business if conditions should change, and we cannot predict the effect of any expansion or reduction of such obligations on us. 

- 49 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Economic Conditions 

Israel’s  economy  has  been  subject  to  numerous  destabilizing  factors,  including  a  period  of  rampant  inflation  in  the  early  to  mid-1980’s,  low  foreign  exchange  reserves, 
fluctuations  in  world  commodity  prices,  military  conflicts  and  civil  unrest.  The  Israeli  government  has,  for  these  and  other  reasons,  intervened  in  various  sectors  of  the  economy, 
employing, among other means, fiscal and monetary policies, import duties, foreign currency restrictions and controls of wages, prices and foreign currency exchange rates. In 1998, the 
Israeli currency control regulations were liberalized significantly, as a result of which Israeli residents generally may freely deal in foreign currency and non-residents of Israel generally 
may freely purchase and sell Israeli currency and assets. There are currently no Israeli currency control restrictions on remittances of dividends on the ordinary shares or the proceeds 
from  the  sale  of  the  shares;  however,  legislation  remains  in  effect  pursuant  to  which  currency  controls  can  be  imposed  by  administrative  action  at  any  time.  Currently,  the  global 
economy shows signs of growth slowdown which might also have an effect on the Israeli economy. The Israeli economy has also been subject to significant changes, as a result of 
implementation of new economic policies and privatization. 

Currency and Inflation 

A substantial majority of our sales and expenses are incurred or determined in U.S. dollars or are dollar-linked. The currency of the primary economic environment in which we 
operate is, therefore, the dollar, which is our functional reporting currency. Nevertheless, because certain of our expenses are incurred in NIS and are affected by changes in the Israeli 
consumer price index, the dollar cost of our operations is influenced by the extent to which any increase in the rate of inflation in Israel is not offset, or is offset on a lagging basis, by 
the devaluation of the NIS in relation to the dollar. 

As of June 21, 2010, the inflation rate in Israel has increased at a rate of 0.4% and the NIS had devaluated against the dollar by approximately 1.0%. The inflation rate in Israel 
was approximately 3.4% in 2007, approximately 3.8% in 2008 and approximately 3.9% in 2009. At the same time the appreciation of the NIS against the dollar was approximately 9% in 
2007, approximately 1.1% in 2008, and approximately 0.7% in 2009. As a result of this differential, we experienced an increase in the dollar costs of operations in Israel in each of the years 
2007, 2008 and 2009, all of which did not materially affect our results in such periods. The fluctuations in the dollar costs of our operations in Israel related primarily to the costs of 
salaries in Israel, which are paid in NIS and constitute a significant portion of our expenses. We cannot assure you that we will not be materially adversely affected in the future if 
inflation in Israel exceeds the devaluation of NIS against the dollar or if the timing of such devaluation lags behind increases in inflation in Israel. 

Trade Agreements 

Israel  is  a  member  of  the  United  Nations,  the  International  Monetary  Fund,  the  International  Bank  for  Reconstruction  and  Development  and  the  International  Finance 
Corporation. Israel is also a signatory to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, which provides for reciprocal lowering of trade barriers among its members. Israel has also been 
granted preferences under the Generalized System of Preferences from Japan. These preferences allow Israel to export the products covered by these programs either duty-free or at 
reduced tariffs. 

Israel and the U.S. entered into a Free Trade Agreement (FTA) in 1985. Under the FTA, most products receive immediate duty-free status. The FTA eliminated all tariff and 
some non-tariff barriers on most trade between the two countries in 1995. Israel became associated with the European Economic Community, now known as the European Union, under a 
1975 FTA, which confers some advantages with respect to Israeli exports to most European countries and obligates Israel to lower its tariffs with respect to imports from those countries 
over  a  number  of  years.  Israel  is  a  member  of  the  European  Union’s  Sixth  Research  and  Development  Program,  giving  Israelis  access  to  research  and  development  tenders  in  the 
European Union countries. Since 1993, a FTA has been in effect between Israel and the European Free Trade Association, or EFTA, whose members include Switzerland, Norway, 
Iceland and Liechtenstein. The agreement grants the exporting countries of EFTA trading with Israel conditions similar to those Israel enjoys with the U.S. 

- 50 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In recent years, Israel has established commercial and trade relations with a number of other nations, including Russia, China, India and other nations in Asia and Eastern 

Europe, with which Israel previously had not had these relations. 

5.B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES. 

We have funded our operations primarily through private and public sales of our equity securities, banks credit, research and development grants from, among others, the 
Commission of the European Union and the OCS. As of December 31, 2009, we had cash and cash equivalents of $28.7 million. Our operating activities used cash of $6.6 million, $3.3 and 
$3.9 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively. Cash used by operating activities in 2007 was primarily the result of our net loss for the period, as adjusted for compensation related to 
the  grant  of  option  and  restricted  shares,  depreciation  and  amortization,  impairment  of  long  term  investments  and  other  assets  acquired  partially  offset  by  the  net  changes  of  our 
working capital mainly decrease in deferred revenues, accrued expenses and other accounts payables and an increase in inventory partially offset by the increase in trade payables. 
Cash used by operating activities in 2008 was primarily the result of our net loss for the period, as adjusted for compensation related to the grant of option and restricted shares, 
depreciation and amortization, equity in loss of Scopus and the net change in our working capital partially offset by the realized gain on the sale of our available-for-sales marketable 
securities and the decrease in our accrued severance pay, net. Cash used by operating activities in 2009 was primarily the result of our net income for the period, as adjusted for gain 
from sale of investment in affiliated company, increase in other accounts receivables and prepaid expenses, decrease in trade payables and a decrease in accrued expenses and other 
liabilities, partially offset by a decrease in inventories, depreciation and amortization and a decrease in trade receivables, net. 

Net cash provided from investing activities in 2009 reflects primarily the proceeds from sale of a company totaling $28.6 million primarily offset by investment in real estate 
totaling $22.3 million, investment in other assets and the purchase of property and equipment totaling $659,000 and $276,000 respectively. In 2008 our investing activity used $240,000 
which reflects primarily investment in companies totaling $8.6 million and the purchase of property and equipment totaling $393,000 partially offset by proceeds from redemption of 
available-for-sale marketable securities totaling $8.5 million and proceeds from sale of intangible assets totaling $218,000. Net cash provided from investing activities in 2007 reflects 
primarily the result of the redemption of available for sale marketable securities totaling $36.2 million partially offset by investing in companies totaling $20.4 million and purchase of 
property and equipment totaling $945,000. 

Net cash provided from financial activities in 2009 was primarily the result of a long term loan totaling $18.3 million, received for the financing of our investment in real estate. 
Net cash provided from financial activities in 2008 was primarily the result of a private placement of 2,816,901 of our ordinary shares to Mr. Shlomo (Tom) Wyler, our President, Chief 
Executive Officer and then Executive Chairman of the board of directors, who is also considered as our controlling shareholder, in consideration for $5 million in cash., slightly offset by 
a decrease of $634,000 in bank credit. Net cash used in financial activities in 2007 reflects primarily the decrease of approximately $3 million in bank credit, partially offset by proceeds 
from exercise of stock options in the amount of approximately $225,000. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2006 reflects primarily the net proceeds from the exercise of stock 
options approximately in the amount of $498,000 and the increase in bank credit by approximately $2.4 million. As of December 31, 2009, we have an authorized credit line in the amount 
of $395,000 (none of which was utilized). As collateral for our lines of credit, a fixed charge has been placed on our property and equipment and shareholders' equity, and a floating 
charge (security interest in assets of the Company as they exist from time to time) has been placed on all of our other assets. We have an agreement with Clal Credit Insurance Ltd. for 
the provision of insurance against default on outstanding receivable balances. 

- 51 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As  of  December  31,  2009,  our  available  cash  including  cash  and  cash  equivalent  was  $28.7  million.  As  of  June  21,  2010,  we  have  available  cash,  and  cash  equivalents  of 
approximately $32.5 million. The increase is mainly attributed to the release of a certain deposit totaling $3.75 million that was placed in escrow with respect to the 485 Lexington Avenue 
transaction. We manage our available cash on a discretionary basis, within the framework of an investment policy based upon an established set of guidelines approved by our board of 
directors. The main terms of the investment guidelines permit us to invest in the following securities: (i) U.S. treasury and government agency obligations (Government Securities); (ii) 
money market instruments of domestic and foreign issues denominated in U.S. dollars of commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposit, euro-dollar time deposits and 
variable rate issues (Money Market Instruments); (iii) up to 40% of the Company's assets, excluding Government Securities, cash and Money Market Instruments, or any combination 
of the following: (a) corporate notes and bonds rated investment grade (BAA/BBB- and above) on the date of their purchase, provided that investments in any one corporation or entity 
will  not  exceed  $3  million;  (b)  investments  in  bonds  and  notes  with  lower  rating  then  BBB-  and  higher  rating  of  B,  on  their  purchase  date,  provided  that  investments  in  any  one 
corporation or entity will not exceed $1 million; (c) various financial instruments including structure range note products issued by a rated institution (A and above) in which the interest 
income may be subjected to changes in interests rate; (d) hedge funds up to $5 million of total portfolio pursuant to the following guidelines: (1) volatility below 10%; (2) minimum 5 
years of positive performance; (3) low beta; (4) positive sharp ratio; (5) size of fund of at least $1 billion; (e) hedging transactions in order to protect us against currency fluctuations 
between the US dollar and the NIS as relates to up to $3 million operating expenses of the Company; and (f) purchasing of leading foreign currencies. The investment policy prohibits us 
from engaging in any non-business related investment activity that would be considered speculative according to the principles of conservative investment management and limits the 
borrowing for investment to no more than 25% of the investment principal. According to the investment policy, the maximum maturity of individual securities in the portfolio has no 
limitation and the weighted-average days to maturity of the portfolio may not exceed 10 years. For securities that have put, reset or expected average maturity dates, the put, reset or 
expected  average  maturity  will  be  used,  instead  of  the  final  maturity  dates,  for  maturity  limit  purposes.  The  investment  guidelines  are  to  be  reviewed  periodically  by  our  board  of 
directors  with  the  President  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer.  In  addition,  our  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  his  authorized  employees  are  responsible  for  the  managing 
investments subject to strict adherence to these guidelines. As of the date hereof, we do not have any material contractual commitments related to capital expenditure. During 2009, we 
invested solely in interest bearing bank deposits and money market funds with various banks. 

We believe that, considering the use of cash in our ongoing operations, together with the existing sources of liquidity described above, our current cash, cash equivalents and 
marketable securities will be sufficient to meet our needs for cash for at least the next 12 months. However, our liquidity and capital requirements are affected by many factors, some of 
which are based on the normal ongoing operations of our businesses and some of which arise from uncertainties related to global economies and the markets that we target for our 
services. In addition, we routinely review potential acquisitions. If we grow more rapidly than currently anticipated, it is possible that we would require more funds than anticipated. In 
that event, we would likely seek additional equity or debt financing, although we cannot assure you that we would be successful in obtaining such financing on favorable terms or at all. 

5.C. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 

Research and development expenses, net, consist primarily of labor expenses, development-related raw materials and subcontractors’ services and related overhead, offset by 
grants. Our net research and development expenses have increased from $5.4 millions in 2007 to $6.4 million in 2008 and decreased to $3.7 million in 2009. As a percentage of revenues, 
our  net  research  and  development  expenses  changed  to  approximately  27.8%  in  2009  from  approximately  32%  in  2008  and  approximately  23.3%  in  2007.  Our  level  of  research  and 
development  expenses  had  fluctuated  over  the  years.  The  decrease  in  research  and  development  expenses  between  2009  and  2008  can  primarily  be  attributed  to  the  decrease  in 
compensation expenses due to a decrease in headcount and a reduction in salaries and related costs and an increase in our research and development grants received from the OCS and 
the European Union. The increase in research and development expenses between 2008 and 2007 can primarily be attributed to the decrease in our research and development grants 
received from the OCS and the European Union and the increase in compensation expenses due to the devaluation of the USD against the NIS. Research and development grants 
totaled $1.3 million in 2009, $1.1 million in 2008 and $1.8 million in 2007. 

For grants received from certain entities, see "Item 4.B. Business Overview - Research and Development" above. 

5.D. TREND INFORMATION 

The video solutions industry continues to be intensely competitive. We continue to focusing on developing technologies and new products, and research and development 
expenses might grow in the near future. We continue to market our new products, while expanding markets for our existing products. However, as discussed throughout this annual 
report, our operations have been subject, and will continue to be subject, to pressure from weakness in the overall technology sector as well as the video solutions industry. 

- 52 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Starting in 2008 the global economic downturn caused a slowdown in the fixed-income real estate market. In the later part of 2008 and through 2009, banks have lowered interest 
rates but at the same time were reluctant to provide financing or perform refinancing of existing debt. We will continue looking for opportunities in North America, Western Europe and 
Israel. 

Our financial income affected by changes in the 6-month Libor rate, see "Item 3.D. Risk Factors" under the heading "Risks Relating to the Economy, Our Financial Condition 

and Shareholdings" above. During 2008 we have disposed of all of our investments in structure notes and corporate bonds. 

We have been operating at a loss since the quarter ended December 31, 2000. We were able to return to profitability in the quarter ended June 30, 2003, and remain profitable 
until the quarter ended March 31, 2004. Since the quarter ended June 30, 2004 and until the quarter ended December 31, 2008 we returned to operate in loss. We returned to profitability 
in the quarter ended March 31, 2009. Since the quarter ended June 30, 2009 and until the quarter ended December 31, 2009 we returned to operate at a loss. If global economic conditions 
worsen resulting in weakening the demand for our products and increased vacancy in our real estate property, we may not be able to return to profitability in 2010. 

5.E. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

There are no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, 

revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors. 

5.F. TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

Set forth below are our contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of December 31, 2009: 

Contractual Obligations 
Long-Term Debt 
Capital Lease Obligations 
Operating Leases 
Purchase Obligations 
Severance pay 
Other Long-Term Obligations 
Total Contractual Cash Obligations 

Other Commercial Commitments 
Lines of Credit 
Standby Letters of Credit 
Guarantees 
Standby Repurchase Obligations 
Other Commercial Commitments 
Total Commercial Commitments 

Total 

18,262 
-- 
1,416 
-- 
1,731 
-- 
21, 409 

Total 

395 
-- 
143 
-- 
-- 
538 

- 53 -

  Less than 1 year  
365 
-- 
841 
-- 
-- 
-- 
1,206 

  Less than 1 year  
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

Payments Due by Period 
(USD in thousands) 
1- 3 years 

730 
-- 
575 
-- 
-- 
-- 
1,305 

4-5 years 

  After 5 years 

730 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
730 

16,437 
-- 
-- 
-- 
1,731 
-- 
18,168 

  After 5 years 

395 
-- 
143 
-- 
-- 
538 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 

Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period 
(USD in thousands) 
1- 3 years 

4-5 years 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 

6,A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT 

The following table sets forth information with respect to the individuals who are currently our directors and executive officers. All of these individuals are presently serving in 

the respective capacities described below: 

Name 

Alex Hilman 
Shlomo (Tom) Wyler(1) 
Amir Philips 
Yaron Comarov(5) 
Michael Chorpash(5) 
Ehud Ardel(5) 
Nir Shalev(5) 
Yaron Yunger 
Dana Tamir-Tavor(2) 
Orli Garti Seroussi (1)(2)(3) (4) 
Itzhak Wulkan(3) (2) (4) 
Danny Lustiger 

Age 
57 
58 
41 
44 
45 
41 
41 
39 
60 
49 
58 
42 

Position 

  Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors 
  President and Chief Executive Officer 
  Chief Financial Officer 
  Vice President of Operations 
  President and Vice President of Sales, Optibase Inc 
  Vice President of Research and Development 
  Vice President of Marketing 
  Vice President of International Sales and Technical Support 
  Director 
  Director 
  Director 
  Director 

·  On February 12, 2009, Mr. Eli Sharon resigned from his position as our Vice President Research and Development. 

·  On October 1, 2009, Mr. Udi Shani resigned from his position as our Executive Vice President of International Sales and Technical Support. 

·  On October 1, 2009, Mr. Yossi Aloni resigned from his position as President of Optibase Inc and Vice President of Marketing. 

·  On September 1, 2009, Shlomo (Tom) Wyler resigned from his position as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors. 

·  On September 1, 2009, Alex Hilman was appointed as the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors. 

·  On October 28, 2009, Danny Lustiger was appointed as a director of the Company by our Board of Directors. 

(1)  Member of the investment committee 
(2)  Member of the audit committee 
(3)  Member of the compensation committee 
(4)  External Director 
(5)  Following the signing of the asset purchase agreement between the Company, Optibase Inc. and Optibase Technologies Ltd. on March 16, 2010, the Company terminated the 

employment of such officers, subject to the remainder of their early notice period. For further information, see Item 10.C "Material Contracts". 

Shlomo (Tom) Wyler serves as a President, Chief Executive Officer and a member our Board of Directors. Since his investment in us in September 2001 (then through Festin 
Management Corp.), Mr. Wyler has served in various senior executive positions. Through the Festin Group, of which he is a co-owner, Mr. Wyler has had substantial stakes in several 
public companies in Switzerland. His other areas of involvement include investment banking, foreign exchange, financial futures and real-estate. In the early 1990s, Mr. Wyler turned his 
efforts  to  real  estate  interests  in  the  U.S.  More  recently,  his  attention  has  been  directed  toward  the  high-tech  industry  in  Israel.  Mr.  Wyler  holds  a  Masters  degree  in  Business 
Economics from the University of Zurich. 

Amir  Philips serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Philips has been serving in this position since May 2007. Prior to this position, Mr. Philips served as Vice President 
Finance of Optibase Inc. from July 2004. From 2000 until 2004, Mr. Philips held the position of Group Controller and Financial Manager at Optibase Ltd. Before joining Optibase, Mr. 
Philips was an accountant and auditor at Lotker Stein Toledano and Co., currently a member of BDO Ziv Haft. Mr. Philips is a Certified Public Accountant in Israel. He holds a B.B. 
degree in Accounting and Business Management from the Israeli College of Management. 

- 54 -

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Yaron Comarov served as our Vice President of Operations. Mr. Comarov has been serving in this position since 2000 and until his dismissal in May, 2010 (subject to the 
remainder of his early notice period). Prior to his present position, Mr. Comarov served as our Director of Operations, a position he has held since joining the Company in 1994. Before 
joining us, Mr. Comarov worked as an Operations and Project Manager at Israel Aircraft Industries. Mr. Comarov holds a B.Sc. degree in information systems and industrial engineering 
from the Technion Israel Institute of Technology and an MBA degree from Boston University. 

Michael Chorpash served as President and Vice President of Sales at Optibase Inc. Since October 2009 and until his dismissal in May 2010 (subject to the remainder of his early 
notice  period)  Mr.  Chorpash  manages  the  North  American  operation  for  Optibase.  Mr.  Chorpash  has  vast  experiences  in  the  distribution  of  digital  media  throughout  Enterprise, 
Broadcast, Telco and Government market segments. Mr. Chorpash had joined Optibase in 1991 and served as a regional sales manager and as Vice President of Sales since October 
2007. Before joining Optibase Mr. Chorpash held management positions with Avnet, Inc. a Fortune 500 company that distributes electronic components, enterprise computer products 
and embedded subsystems. 

Ehud Ardel served as our vice president Research and Development until his dismissal in May 2010 (subject to the remainder of his early notice period). Mr. Ardel has been 
with Optibase since 2000. Previously, Mr. Ardel served as a System Engineering Manager and Professional Services Manager. Before joining Optibase, Mr. Ardel held the position of 
System Engineer in a large military project on behalf of IAF (Israeli Air Force) and an IAF System Engineer in the military classified network system. Mr. Ardel holds BScEE (Control and 
Communications) from Tel-Aviv University. 

Nir Shalev served as our vice president Marketing until his dismissal in May 2010 (subject to the remainder of his early notice period). Mr. Shalev joined Optibase in 2006 as 
Director of Product Marketing. Prior to Optibase, Mr. Shalev served as Director of Engineering at Hot Telecom Ltd. (Hot) the leading cable provider in Israel. Mr. Shalev is responsible 
for product definition, product marketing management and marketing communications activities. Mr. Shalev holds a practical engineer diploma in Electronic and Computer Science from 
Tel Aviv University. 

Yaron Yunger served as our Vice President International Sales and Technical Support since October 2009 and until his dismissal in May 2010 (subject to the remainder of his 
early notice period). Mr. Yunger joined Optibase in 2000 as Regional Sales Manager for Asia. In 2002 was appointed as AVP of Asia Sales, in 2004 was appointed as AVP for EMAE 
sales and in 2006 was appointed as Vice President of Asia sales, managing the company's sales and support offices in China and India. Prior to Optibase, Mr. Yunger served as Director 
of Sales at CMR Communication and at the RAD Bynet Group as a Sales Manager. Mr. Yunger holds a BA in Business Administration from Newcastle University in the UK. 

Yossi Aloni served as President of Optibase Inc. and as our Vice President of Marketing until his resignation in October 2009. Mr. Aloni joined Optibase in May 2005 as 
Director of Broadcast Solutions. In January 2006 he was appointed as Director of Projects, in May 2006 he was appointed as Vice President of Marketing, and in January 2008 he was 
appointed as President of Optibase Inc. Previously, from 1998 to 2005, Mr. Aloni served as Director of Engineering/Chief Engineer at Telad, an Israeli channel originator. Prior to his 
appointment, he was Head of Post-Production at Telad. During his career in the video arena over almost two decades, Mr. Aloni also served as Technical Manager at Feltronics, and 
Golden Channels and Co., as well as Head of the Video Section in the Israel Defense Forces. Mr. Aloni earned his B.Sc. in Computer Science from the Weizmann Institute of Science. 

Udi Shani served as our Executive Vice President International Sales and Technical Support until his resignation in October, 2009. Mr. Shani joined Optibase in 1999 as regional 
sales manager. In 2001, he was appointed as AVP of European Sales, in 2002 he relocated to North America where he founded and managed the Americas IPTV sales force, and in 2005 
Mr. Shani returned to Israel and was appointed Executive Vice President International Sales. Prior to joining Optibase, Mr. Shani served as sales and marketing manager at Eden Telecom 
Ltd. and as sales manager at Muller Co. Mr. Shani holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the Israeli College of Management and an MBA from Manchester University. 

- 55 -

  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Eli Sharon served as vice president Research and Development until his resignation in February, 2009. Mr. Sharon joined Optibase in 2007. Prior to joining Optibase, Mr. 
Sharon served as Director of System Engineering and Program Manager at DBS Satellite Services (1998) Ltd. (YES), the leading satellite television provider in Israel. Mr. Sharon holds a 
Bachelor of Technology in Electronic Engineering and Communication from Ariel University, Israel. 

Dana Tamir-Tavor joined our board of directors in September 2000. Presently, Ms. Tamir serves as the Chief of Staff of the VAS Group in Comverse after having served as the 
co-manager of the Indian offshore operation for Comverse. From January 1997 to May 2000, Ms. Tamir served as the Chief Executive Officer of Qronus, Inc., a company that was spun 
off by Mercury Interactive Corp. Prior to that Ms. Tamir managed and executed large-scale Command Control & Communication real-time systems for the Israeli Defense Forces and 
European armies. 

Alex Hilman serves as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors since September 2009. He has joined the board of directors in February 2002. Mr. Hilman is a partner in 
Hilman & Co., which provides auditing, tax and business consulting services to corporations. Mr. Hilman was the President of the Israeli Institute of Certified Public Accountants in 
Israel, served on the board of IFAC, and is a member of the Small & Medium Practices committee in IFAC. Mr. Hilman has published professional works on tax and accounting, among 
them, The Israel Tax Guide, and in the past was an editor at Globes, a leading Israeli financial daily paper. Mr. Hilman has also held professional and management positions at the 
Ministry of Finance. Mr. Hilman holds a B.A. in Accountancy and Economics from Tel-Aviv University. 

Orli Garti Seroussi joined our board of directors on January 31, 2008 as an external director. Ms. Garti-Seroussi has served as the General Manager of the Bureau of Municipal 
Corporation in the municipality of Tel-Aviv Jaffa since August 2001. From June 1999 until July 2001 Ms. Garti-Seroussi served as manager of consulting department in Shif-Hazenfrats & 
Associations, CPA firm. Prior to that, Ms. Garti-Seroussi served as Deputy Director of the Department of Market Regulation in the Israel Securities Authority and as an Auditor in the 
Tel Aviv Stock Exchange. Ms. Garti-Seroussi holds an M.P.A from Harvard University and M.B.A degree and a B.A degree in economics and accounting from Tel Aviv University. 

Itzhak Wulkan joined our board of directors in December 17, 2007, as an external director. Mr. Wulkan is an independent entrepreneur and has over 30 years of experience in 
various  aspects  of  Hi-Tech industry at senior positions in leading Israeli corporations (among others Vice-President  of  Business  Development  Wireless  at  Audiocodes  Ltd.;  Vice-
President of Business Development MMA group at Comverse; founder and head of R&D and project department at Tadiran Switching). Mr. Wulkan holds an MBA degree from Tel 
Aviv University and a B.Sc degree in electrical engineering from the Technion – Israeli Technological Institute. 

Danny Lustiger joined our board of directors in October 2009. Mr. Lustiger is Mr. Lustiger is the president and Chief Executive Officer of Cupron Inc. and has over 18 years of 
experience in various aspects of Hi-Tech industry at senior positions together with Real estate and infrastructure industries, experience at senior position in public companies. From 
2007 until 2009, Mr. Lustiger served as the Chief Financial officer of Shikun & Binui Holdings Ltd. From 1996 and until 2005, Mr. Lustiger served at different managerial positions at 
Optibase including Chief Financial Officer. From 1993 to 1996 Mr. Lustiger held the position of an accountant and auditor at Igal Brightman & Co. (currently Brightman Almagor & Co., a 
member of Deloitte & Touche Tomatsu International). Mr. Lustiger is a Certified Public Accountant in Israel. Mr. Lustiger holds a B.A. degree in Accounting and Economics and an 
MBA in Finance and International management from the Tel-Aviv University. 

6.B. COMPENSATION.                                            

The aggregate remuneration we paid to all persons as a group (15 persons) who served in the capacity of director or executive officer in the year ended December 31, 2009, 
including compensation to directors and officers whose employment was terminated during 2009, was $1.38 million, including amounts paid to provide pension, retirement or similar 
benefits pursuant to standard Israeli plans but excluding amounts expended by us for vehicles made available to all of our officers, expenses reimbursed to officers and other fringe 
benefits  commonly  reimbursed  or  paid  by  companies  in  Israel.  As  of  December  31,  2009,  12  persons  served  in  the  capacity  as  directors  or  executive  officers  in  our  Company  and 
beneficially owned as of such date, options to purchase an aggregate of 257,500 ordinary shares which have not vested on December 31, 2009 or within 60 days thereafter. The exercise 
price of the options was between $1.192 and $3.16, the vesting period is spread out over a 4-year period and the expiration date of such options is generally 7 years as of their date of 
grant. In addition, as of June 21, 2010, our directors and executive officers beneficially owned 7,363,708 shares (of which 311,000 shares are issuable upon exercise of options that are 
currently vested or will vest within 60 days as of June 21, 2010). 

- 56 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Indemnification, exemption and insurance of Directors and Officers 

The Companies Law permits a company to insure its directors and officers provide them with indemnification, either in advance or retroactively, and exempt its directors and 
officers from liability resulting from their breach of their duty of care towards the company, all in accordance with the terms and conditions specified under Israeli law. Our articles of 
association include clauses allowing us to provide our directors and officers with insurance, indemnification and to exempt them from liability subject to the terms and conditions set 
forth by the Companies Law, as described below. 

Subject to statutory limitations, our articles of association provide that we may insure the liability of our directors and offices to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies 

Law. Without derogating from the aforesaid we may enter into a contract to insure the liability of our directors and officer for an obligation imposed on such director or officer in 
consequence of an act done in his capacity as a director or officer of Optibase, in any of the following cases: 

v  A breach of the duty of care vis-a-vis us or vis-a-vis another person; 

v  A breach of the fiduciary duty vis-a-vis us, provided that the director or officer acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm us; 

v  A monetary obligation imposed on him or her in favor of another person; or 

v  Any other matter in respect of which it is permitted or will be permitted under applicable law to insure the liability of our director or officer. 

Our articles of association further provide that we may indemnify our directors and officers, to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Law. Without derogating from the 
aforesaid, we may indemnify our directors and officers for liability or expense imposed on them in consequence of an action made by them in the capacity of their position as directors or 
officers of Optibase, as follows: 

v  Any financial liability he or she incurs or imposed on him or her in favor of another person in accordance with a judgment, including a judgment given in a settlement or a judgment 

of an arbitrator, approved by a court. 

v  Reasonable litigation expenses, including legal fees, incurred by the director or officer or which he or she was ordered to pay by a court, within the framework of proceedings filed 
against him or her by or on behalf of Optibase, or by a third party, or in a criminal proceeding in which he or she was acquitted, or in a criminal proceeding in which he or she was 
convicted of a felony which does not require a finding of criminal intent. 

v  Reasonable litigation expenses, including legal fees he or she incurs due to an investigation or proceeding conducted against him or her by an authority authorized to conduct such 
an investigation or proceeding, and which was ended without filing an indictment against him or her and without being subject to a financial obligation as a substitute for a criminal 
proceeding, or that was ended without filing an indictment against him, but with the imposition of a financial obligation, as a substitute for a criminal proceeding relating to an 
offence which does not require criminal intent, within the meaning of the relevant terms in the Companies Law. 

v  Any other obligation or expense in respect of which it is permitted or will be permitted under law to indemnify a director or officer of Optibase. 

In  addition,  our  articles  of  association  provide  that  we  may  give  an  advance  undertaking  to  indemnify  a  director  and/or  an  officer  in  respect  of  all  of  the  matters  above, 
provided that with respect to the first matter above, the undertaking is restricted to events, which in the opinion of our board of directors, are anticipated in light of our actual activity at 
the time of granting the obligation to indemnify and is limited to a sum or measurement determined by our board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances. We may further 
indemnify an officer therein, save for the events subject to any applicable law. 

- 57 -

  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our articles of association further provide that we may exempt a director in advance and retroactively for all or any of his or her liability for damage in consequence of a breach 
of the duty of care vis-a-vis Optibase, to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Companies Law prohibits a company to exempt any of 
its directors and officers in advance from their liability towards such company for the breach of its duty of care in distribution, as defined in the Companies Law, for such company’s 
shareholders (including distribution of dividend and purchase of such company’s shares by the company or an entity held by it). 

The above provisions with regard to insurance, exemption and indemnity are not and shall not limit the Company in any way with regard to its entering into an insurance 
contract  and/or  with  regard  to  the  grant  of  indemnity  and/or  exemption  in  connection  with  a  person  who  is  not  an  officer  of  the  Company,  including  employees,  contractors  or 
consultants of the Company, all subject to any applicable law. 

All of the above shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of the grant of insurance, exemption and/or indemnification for persons serving on behalf of the Company as officers 

in companies controlled by the Company, or in which the Company has an interest. 

The Companies Law provides that companies may not give insurance, indemnification (including advance indemnification), or exempt their directors and/or officers from their 

liability in the following events: 

v  a breach of the fiduciary duty, except for a breach of the fiduciary duty vis-à-vis the company with respect to indemnification and insurance if the director or officer acted in good 

faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm the company; 

v  an intentional or reckless breach of the duty of care, except for if such breach was made in negligence; 

v  an act done with the intention of unduly deriving a personal profit; or 

v  a fine imposed on the directors or officers. 

We have a directors and officers liability insurance policy. Our shareholders approved indemnification of our directors and officers in connection with our public offerings. We 
have undertaken to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Law and our articles of association and entered into an indemnity letter with 
each of our directors and executive officers. The aggregate indemnification amount shall not exceed the higher of: (i) 25% of our shareholders’ equity, as set forth in our financial 
statements prior to such payment; or (ii) $7.5 million. 

Optibase, Inc. has also undertaken to indemnify its directors and officers to the maximum extent and in a manner permitted by the California Corporation Code and entered into 
an indemnity letter with each of its directors and officers, subject to similar limitations. The aggregate indemnification amount shall not exceed the higher of: (i) 25% of the shareholders’ 
equity of Optibase, Inc., as set forth in Optibase, Inc.’s financial statements prior to such payment; or (ii) $7.5 million. 

6.C. BOARD PRACTICES 

Pursuant  to  our  articles  of  association,  our  board  of  directors  is  required  to  consist  of  three  to  nine  members.  Directors  are  elected  at  the  annual  general  meeting  of  our 
shareholders  by  a  vote  of  the  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  voting  power  represented  at  such  meeting.  Each  director  holds  office  until  the  annual  general  meeting  of  shareholders 
following the annual general meeting at which the director was elected or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. A director may be re-elected for subsequent terms. At present, 
our board of directors consists of six members, including two external directors appointed in accordance with the Israeli law requirements, as detailed herein. Our articles of association 
provide that our directors may at any time and from time to time, appoint any other person as a director, either to fill in a vacancy or to increase the number of members of our board of 
directors. 

- 58 -

  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Under the Companies Law, each Israeli public company is required to determine the minimum number of directors with "accounting and financial expertise" that such company 
believes is appropriate in light of the particulars of such company and its activities. A director with "accounting and financial expertise" is a person that, due to education, experience 
and qualifications, is highly skilled and has an understanding of business-accounting issues and financial statements in a manner that enables him/her to understand in depth the 
company’s financial statements and stimulate discussion regarding the manner of presentation of the financial data. Our board of directors resolved on March 30, 2006 and on June 27, 
2010  that  the  minimum  number  of  directors  with  accounting  and  financial  expertise  appropriate  for  us  in  light  of  the  size  of  the  board  of  directors  and  nature  and  volume  of  the 
Company’s operations is one director (such director may serve as an external director, see below). 

External Directors 

Under the Companies Law, Israeli public companies are required to appoint at least two external directors to serve on their board of directors. Our shareholders approved in 
December 2007 the appointment of Mr. Itzhak Wulkan and Ms. Orly Garti-Seroussi as our external directors as of December 17, 2007 and as of January 31, 2008, respectively, for a three-
year term. In addition, each committee of the board of directors entitled to exercise any powers of the board is required to include at least one external director. The audit committee must 
include all the external directors, See "Committees of the Board of Directors" below. 

Pursuant to the Israeli Companies Law at least one external director is required to have "accounting and financial expertise" and the other is required to have "professional 

qualification" or "accounting and financial expertise". A director has "professional qualification" if he or she satisfies one of the following: 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

the director holds an academic degree in one of these areas: economics, business administration, accounting, law or public administration; 

the director holds an academic degree or has other higher education, all in the main business sector of the company or in a relevant area for the board position; or 

the  director  has  at  least  five  years’  experience  in  one  or  more  of  the  following  or  an  aggregate  five  years’ experience  in  at  least  two  or  more  of  these:  (a)  senior 
management position in a corporation of significant business scope; (b) senior public office or senior position in the public sector; or (c) senior position in the main 
business sector of the company. 

A director with "accounting and financial expertise" is a person that in light of his or her education, experience and skills has high skills and understanding of business-
accounting issues and financial reports which allow him or her to deeply understand the financial reports of the company and hold a discussion relating to the presentation of financial 
information. The company’s board of directors will take into consideration in determining whether a director has "accounting and financial expertise", among other things, his or her 
education, experience and knowledge in any of the following: 

(i) 

accounting issues and accounting control issues characteristic to the segment in which the company operates and to companies of the size and complexity of the 
company; 

(ii) 

the functions of the external auditor and the obligations imposed on such auditor; 

(iii) 

preparation of financial reports and their approval in accordance with the companies law and the securities law. 

An external director may not be appointed to an additional term unless: (i) such director has "accounting and financial expertise"; or (ii) he or she has "professional expertise", 
and on the date of appointment for another term there is another external director who has "accounting and financial expertise" and the number of "accounting and financial experts" on 
the board of directors is at least equal to the minimum number determined appropriate by the board of directors. 

- 59 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
A company whose shares are traded in certain exchanges outside of Israel, including The NASDAQ Global Market, such as our company, is not required to nominate at least 
one external director who has accounting and financial expertise so long as another independent director for audit committee purposes who has such expertise serves on board of 
directors pursuant to the applicable foreign securities laws. In such case, all external directors will have professional qualification. 

Under Israeli law, a person may not serve as an external director if at the date of the person’s appointment or within the prior two years the person, or his or her relatives, 
partners, employers or entities under the person’s control, have or had any affiliation with us or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with us. Under the 
Companies  Law,  "affiliation"  includes  an  employment  relationship,  a  business  or  professional  relationship  maintained  on  a  regular  basis  or  control  or  service  as  an  office  holder, 
excluding service as a director in anticipation of serving as an external director in a company that is about to offer its shares to the public for the first time. 

A person may not serve as an external director if that person’s position or other business activities create, or may create, a conflict of interest with the person’s service as an 
external director or may otherwise interfere with the person’s ability to serve as an external director. If at the time any external director is appointed, all members of the board are the same 
gender, then the external director to be appointed must be of the other gender. 

External directors are elected by a majority vote at a shareholders’ meeting, so long as either: 

(i) 

(ii) 

the majority of shares voted for the election includes at least one-third of the shares of non-controlling shareholders voted at the meeting; or 

the total number of shares of non-controlling shareholders voted against the election of the external director does not exceed one percent of the aggregate voting 
rights of the company. 

The Companies Law provides for an initial three-year term for an external director which may be extended, for an additional three-year term. In the case of a company whose 
shares are traded in certain exchanges outside of Israel, including The Nasdaq Global Market, such as our company, regulations promulgated under the Companies Law provide that the 
service of an external director can be extended to additional three-year terms, if both the audit committee and the board of directors confirm that in light of the expertise and contribution 
of the external director, the extension of such external director's term would be in the interest of the company. Election of external directors requires a special majority, as described 
above. External directors may be removed only by the same special majority required for their election or by a court, and then only if the external directors cease to meet the statutory 
qualifications for their appointment or if they violate their duty of loyalty to the company. In the event the number of external directors is less than two external directors, our board of 
directors is required under the Companies Law to call a shareholders meeting to appoint a new external director. 

Our external directors are Mr. Itzhak Wulkan and Ms. Orly Garti Seroussi. 

External directors may be compensated only in accordance with regulations adopted under the Companies Law. 

Following the appointment of Danny Lustiger, on October 28, 2009, a former officer of the Company, as an additional director of the Company, our board of directors does not 
have a majority of independent directors and therefore we are not in compliance with the NASDAQ Global Market rules requiring that the board of directors of a listed company contain 
a majority of independent directors and we have notified NASDAQ that we will be following home practice rules in this respect. Danny Lustiger has ceased to be an officer of the 
Company in November 2007, and therefore, during November 2010 (following the laps of 3 years from the termination of Danny Lustiger's employment) our board of directors is expected 
to have the majority of independent directors required pursuant to the NASDAQ Global Market rules. 

- 60 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
Committees of the Board of Directors 

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and an investment committee, as described below. 

Audit Committee 

The Companies Law requires public companies to appoint an audit committee. The responsibilities of the audit committee include identifying irregularities in the management of 
the company’s business and approval of related party transactions as required by law. An audit committee must consist of at least three members, and include all of the company’s 
external directors. However, the chairman of the board of directors, any director employed by the company or providing services to the company on a regular basis, any controlling 
shareholder  and  any  relative  of  a  controlling  shareholder  may  not  be  a  member  of  the  audit  committee.  An  audit  committee  recommends  approval  of  transactions  that  are  deemed 
interested party transactions, including directors’ compensation and transactions between a company and its controlling shareholder or transactions between a company and another 
person in which its controlling shareholder has a personal interest. An audit committee may not approve an action or a transaction with an officer or director, a transaction in which an 
officer or director has a personal interest, a transaction with a controlling shareholder and certain other transactions specified in the Companies Law, unless at the time of approval two 
external directors are serving as members of the audit committee and at least one of the external directors was present at the meeting in which an approval was granted. 

In  accordance  with  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  and  NASDAQ  requirements,  our  audit  committee  reviews  our  internal  accounting  procedures  and  consults  with  and 

reviews the services provided by our independent auditors. 

The rules of NASDAQ currently applicable to foreign private issuers, such as us, require us to establish an audit committee of at least three members, comprised solely of 
independent directors. All of the members of the audit committee must be able to read and understand basic financial statements, and at least one member must have experience in 
finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting or comparable experience or background. The board has determined that Ms. Orly Garti-Seroussi is an audit 
committee financial expert as defined by applicable Securities and Exchange Commission, or the "SEC" or "Commission" regulation. The responsibilities of the audit committee under the 
NASDAQ rules include the selection and evaluation of the outside auditors and evaluation of their independence. 

The members of the audit committee are Mr. Itzhak Wulkan, Ms. Dana Tamir –Tavor and Ms. Orly Garti-Seroussi. These include our two external directors as required under the 
Companies Law, and we believe that all of the members of the audit committee are independent of management, and satisfies the requirements of Companies Law, the SEC’s rules and 
NASDAQ rules. 

Compensation Committee 

The compensation committee, which is comprised of Ms. Orli Garti Seroussi and Mr. Itzik Wulkan, reviews and recommends to the board of directors and in certain cases, 
determines, the compensation and benefits of our employees and reviews general policy relating to our compensation and benefits. The compensation committee also administers our 
share option plans. Both of the members of the compensation committee have been determined to be independent as defined by the applicable NASDAQ rules. 

Investment Committee 

Our investment committee, which is comprised of Ms. Orli Garti Seroussi and Mr. Shlomo (Tom) Wyler manages our investments in accordance with guidelines set by our 

board of directors. 

The Israeli Companies Law requires the board of directors of a public company to appoint an internal auditor pursuant to the audit committee’s proposal. The internal auditor 
must satisfy certain independence requirements as required by the law. The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, the compliance of the company's conduct with 
applicable law and orderly business procedures. Our internal auditor is Doron Cohen, CPA (Isr.), CIA (USA). 

- 61 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We currently do not have a nomination committee, and the actions ordinarily taken by such committee are resolved by the majority of our independent directors, in accordance 

with the NASDAQ Global Market listing requirements. 

Employment Agreements 

Each of our executive officers entered into a written employment agreement with us that provides, among other things, that such officers be paid a monthly salary and bonuses. 
Each such agreement can be terminated either by us, or by the employee, upon prior notice, which ranges between 30 to 120 days for most of the management team. In the event of a 
change  of  control,  termination  of  employment  may  result  for  some  of  the  management  members  in  acceleration  of  the  vesting  of  options  by  an  additional  12  to  24  months.  The 
employment agreements also provide that each executive officer will maintain confidentiality of matters relating to us and will not compete with us during the period of the officer’s 
employment and for a certain period thereafter. 

6.D. EMPLOYEES 

As of June 21, 2010, we had 79 employees, including employees in our subsidiaries and regional offices, of whom approximately 17 are part-time employees. The following is a 

comparison of the breakdown of our employees by division and location, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. 

Division 

2007 

December 31, 
2008 

2009 

US 

Israel 

US 

Israel 

US 

Israel 

Research & Development 
Sales and Technical Marketing 
Marketing 
Operations 
General and Administrative, Finance and Human 
Resources 
Total 

(1)  This number includes 8 employees in Asia. 
(2)  This number includes 8 employees in Asia. 
(3)  This number includes 8 employees in Asia. 

- 
8 
2 
3 

3 
16 

132

48 
23(1)
7 
24 

14 
116 

- 
12 
3 
- 

3 
18 

114

39 
19(2)
7 
19 

12 
96 

- 
10 
1 
- 

2 
13 

94

29 
16(3)
6 
17 

13 
81 

The  number  of  employees  as  of  December  31,  2009  had  continuously  decreased  from  December  31,  2008  and  December  31,  2007.  The  decrease  is  mainly  the  result  of  the 

reduction in work-force implemented across all departments in the Company during the quarters ended March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. 

In connection with the sale of the assets and liabilities related to our Video Solutions Business to Vitec, we have provided a dismissal notice to approximately 72 employees 
(out of the 79 employees employed by the Company as of the date of this annual report) whose employment shall terminate upon completion of their respective prior notice period. 
Some of our employees were offered employment by Vitec. 

Certain provisions of Israeli law and of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of 
Economic Organizations (the Israeli federation of employers’ organizations) apply to our Israeli employees directly or by an extension order of the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and 
Labor.  These  provisions  principally  concern  the  maximum  length  of  the  workday  and  the  workweek,  minimum  wages,  recuperation  payments,  travel  expenses,  determination  of 
severance payment and other conditions of employment. Furthermore, under these provisions, the wages of most of our employees are automatically adjusted in accordance with the 
cost  of  living  adjustments,  as  determined  on  a  nationwide  basis  and  pursuant  to  agreements  with  the  Histadrut  based  on  changes  in  the  Israeli  consumer  price  index,  which  was 
extended by an extension order. The amounts and frequency of such adjustments are modified from time to time. 

- 62 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Israeli law generally requires the payment by Israeli employers of severance payment upon the retirement or death of an employee or upon termination of employment by the 
employer  or,  in  certain  circumstances,  by  the  employee.  We  currently  fund  our  ongoing  severance  obligations  by  making  monthly  payments  for  insurance  policies.  In  addition, 
according to the Israeli National Insurance Law, Israeli employees and employers are required to pay specified amounts to the National Insurance Institute, which is similar to the United 
States Social Security Administration. These contributions entitle the employees to benefits in periods of unemployment, work injury, maternity leave, disability, reserve military service 
and bankruptcy or winding-up of the employer. Since January 1, 1995, such amounts also include payments for national health insurance payable by employees. A majority of our full-
time employees are covered by general and/or individual life and pension insurance policies providing customary benefits to employees, including retirement and severance benefits. 

The Israeli employment courts have restricted substantially non-competition provisions in employment agreements. 

6.E. SHARE OWNERSHIP 

As  of  June  21,  2010,  our  current  directors  and  executive  officers  (12  persons)  beneficially  owned  an  aggregate  of  7,363,708  ordinary  shares  of  our  Company  of  which 
311,000 shares are issuable upon exercise of options that may be exercisable within 60 days of June 21, 2010. Such number excludes 14,000 ordinary shares held by a trustee for the 
benefit of directors and executive officers under the Company’s incentive plan which have not vested as of June 21, 2010 or 60 days thereafter and award their holder no voting and 
equity  rights.  Other  than  Shlomo  (Tom)  Wyler,  all  of  our  directors  or  executive  officers  hold  less  than  1%  of  our  shares.  See  "Item  7.A.  Major  Shareholders"  for  more  information 
regarding Mr. Wyler's holdings.  

Incentive Plans 

Since 1990, we have granted options to employees and directors to purchase ordinary shares at exercise prices ranging from $0.17 to $32.00. As of June 21, 2010, options and 
warrants to purchase 991,600 of our ordinary shares were outstanding, with exercise prices ranging from $1.192 to $6.625 per share. As of June 21, 2010, 731,592 of the options described 
above have vested or are exercisable within 60 days of such date. The expiration date of the aforementioned options is generally 7 years from the date of their grant. As of December 31, 
2008  and  2009,  the  number  of  options  outstanding  and  reserved  for  issuance  under  our  plans  was  3,440,486  and  3,157,588,  respectively.  The  following  table  shows  the  number  of 
options outstanding and reserved for issuance under each of our incentive plans, as of June 21, 2010 or within 60 days thereafter. 

Plan 

1999 Plans 
2001 Non-statutory share option plan 
Total options 

2006 Israeli Incentive Compensation Plan 
Total shares 

Plan 

Number of options 
outstanding 

Number of options  
reserved for 
issuance 

939,600 
52,000 
991,600 

2,039,115 
391,060 
2,229,821 

Number of shares 
outstanding 

Number of shares  
reserved for 
issuance 

14,000 
14,000 

112,450 
112,450 

In connection with the sale of our Video Solutions Business to Vitec, we have provided a dismissal notice to most of our employees which are to terminate their employment 
with us upon completion of their respective notice period. Following such termination and in light of our share price levels, we expect that upon consummation of the APA with Vitec, 
approximately 497,100 options shall return to our pool of options reserved for issuance. 

The following is a description of our incentive plans currently in effect. 

- 63 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
1999 Plans 

In January 1999, our shareholders approved the adoption of an Israeli option plan, or the 1999 Israeli Plan, and a U.S. option plan, or the 1999 U.S. Plan, collectively the "1999 
Plans" both plans have a joint pool of underlying shares to be granted thereunder. The 1999 Plans were amended from time to time to include different tax tracks. The purpose of the 
1999 Plans is to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of our business. In 
December 1999, our board of directors adopted a resolution to amend the 1999 Plans in a manner that as of April 1, 2000, the number of shares made available for grant under the 1999 
Plans will be automatically increased annually, to equal 5% of our outstanding share capital at the relevant time. As of June 21, 2010, or within 60 days thereafter, an aggregate of 
2,039,115ordinary shares has been reserved for issuance under this plan, and 939,600 were granted and are outstanding. Unless specifically changed for a certain grantee, options vest 
monthly over a period of four years, starting one year after the date of grant, subject to the continued employment of the grantee. The exercise price of the options is determined by our 
board of directors, subject to limitations. Generally, options granted under each of the 1999 Plans will have a term of no more than seven years from the date of grant. All options are 
subject to earlier termination upon termination of the grantee’s employment or other relationship with us, generally no less than three months from termination. We may make certain 
exceptions, from time to time, in the vesting and expiration terms of options granted to certain grantees. 

2001 Non-statutory Share Option Plan 

In April 2001, our board of directors approved the adoption of the 2001 Non-statutory Share Option Plan, the purpose of which is to attract and retain the best available 
personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees and consultants and to promote the success of our business. The options to be granted under the plan are limited to non-
statutory options, thus no incentive stock options are granted under the plan. In addition, we grant options only to employees pursuant this plan, thus excluding officers and directors 
from the plan. As such, we do not need shareholder approval of this plan under U.S. laws or applicable NASDAQ rules. As of June 21, 2010, or within 60 days thereafter, an aggregate of 
391,060ordinary shares has been reserved for issuance under this plan, and 52,000 were granted and are outstanding. The plan otherwise has terms similar to those contained under the 
1999 U.S. Plan 

2006 Israeli Incentive Compensation Plan 

In May 2006, our board of directors approved the adoption of the 2006 Israeli Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2006 Plan, the purpose of which is to secure the benefits 
arising from ownership of share capital by our employees, officers and directors who are expected to contribute to the Company’s future growth and success. The 2006 Plan provides 
for the grant of options, restricted shares and restricted share units in accordance with various Israeli tax tracks. We currently use the 2006 Plan for the grant of restricted shares only. 
The restricted shares are granted for no consideration and with a vesting schedule of two years (50% each year). The restricted shares are granted in accordance with the Israeli capital 
gains tax track. Termination of employment of a grantee for any reason will result in the forfeiture of such grantee’s unvested restricted shares. All restricted shares are subject to earlier 
termination upon termination of the grantee’s employment or other relationship with us, generally no less than 90 days from termination. We may make certain exceptions, from time to 
time, in the vesting and expiration terms of the securities granted to certain grantees. As of June 21, 2010 or within 60 days thereafter, an aggregate of 112,450 ordinary shares has been 
reserved for issuance under the 2006 Plan, and 14,000 were granted and are outstanding. 

NASDAQ  Listing  Rules  permit  foreign  private  issuers  to  follow  home  country  practices  in  regard  to  certain  requirements,  including  the  requirement  to  obtain  shareholder 
approval in connection with the establishment of certain incentive plans. In June and September 2006, we notified NASDAQ that we elected to follow home practices with regard to the 
adoption of, and the amendment to, the 2006 Plan. Accordingly, the adoption of, and the amendment to, the 2006 Plan were not approved by our shareholders. 

- 64 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

7.A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS 

The following table sets forth certain information known to the Company regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding ordinary shares as of June 21, 2010 of (i) each 
person or group known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares and (ii) the beneficial ownership of all officers and directors as a group, in each case as 
reported by such persons: 

Name of Beneficial Owner 

Shlomo (Tom) Wyler(2) 
Arthur Mayer – Sommer(3) 
Prescott Group Capital Management, L.L.C. (4) 
Shareholding of all directors and officers as a group (12 persons)(5) 

No. Of Ordinary 
Shares 
Beneficially Owned(1)   
7,089,934 
1,200,000 
2,006,698 
7,363,708 

Percentage of 
Ordinary Shares 
Beneficially Owned 

42.62 
7.26 
12.13 
43.71 

(1)  Number of shares and percentage ownership is based on 16,536,708 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 21, 2010. Such number excludes: (i) 347,573 ordinary shares held by us 
or for our benefit, and (ii) 14,000 ordinary shares granted under our 2006 Plan held by a trustee for the benefit of the grantees thereunder, both have no voting or equity rights as of 
the date hereof or within 60 days thereafter. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the SEC and includes voting and investment power with respect to such 
shares. Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 21, 2010 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the 
person holding such options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person, but are not deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned for the 
purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. All information with respect to the beneficial ownership of any principal shareholder has been furnished by 
such shareholder and, unless otherwise indicated below, we believe that persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the shares 
shown as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws, where applicable. The shares beneficially owned by the directors include the ordinary shares owned by their 
family members to which such directors disclaim beneficial ownership. 

(2)  Mr.  Shlomo  (Tom)  Wyler  currently  serves  as  a  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  member  in  our  Board  of  Directors.  The  information  is  based  on  Amendment  No.  10  to 
Schedule 13D filed by Mr. Wyler on September 10, 2009. Includes 6,983,934 ordinary shares and 100,000 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of option exercisable within 60 days 
of June 21, 2010 with an exercise price of $6 per option and expiration date of December 2011 and 6,000 ordinary shares held by a trustee for the benefit of Mr. Shlomo (Tom) Wyler 
under our 2006 Plan. 

(3)  To our knowledge, the information is accurate as of June 21, 2010 and is based on the website of NASDAQ online whose address is www.nasdaq.net. 
(4)  The information is accurate as of December 31, 2009 and based on Amendment No. 2 to Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by, among others, Prescott Group Capital Management, 
L.L.C. ("Prescott Capital") on February 12, 2010. The number of shares consists of 2,006,098 ordinary shares of the Company purchased by Prescott Group Aggressive Small Cap, 
L.P., an Oklahoma limited partnership ("Prescott Small Cap"), Prescott Group Aggressive Small Cap II, L.P., an Oklahoma limited partnership ("Prescott Small Cap II" and together 
with Prescott Small Cap, the "Small Cap Funds") through the account of Prescott Group Aggressive Small Cap Master Fund, G.P., an Oklahoma general partnership ("Prescott 
Master Fund"), of which the Small Cap Funds are general partners. Prescott Capital serves as the general partner of the Small Cap Funds and may direct the Small Cap Funds, the 
general partners of Prescott Master Fund, to direct the vote and disposition of the 2,006,098 ordinary shares of the Company held by the Prescott Master Fund. As the principal of 
Prescott Capital, Mr. Frohlich may direct the vote and disposition of the 2,006,098 ordinary shares of the Company held by Prescott Master Fund. 

(5)  Includes 7,052,708 ordinary shares and 311,000 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of June 21, 2010. Excludes 14,000 ordinary shares held 
by a trustee for the benefit of our directors and executive officers under our 2006 Plan, which have not vested on June 21, 2010 or within 60 days thereafter and do not acquire any 
voting or equity rights. 

- 65 -

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Significant changes in the ownership of our shares. 

The following table specifies significant changes in the ownership of our shares held by Shlomo (Tom) Wyler. This information is based on Schedules 13D filed by Shlomo 

(Tom) Wyler during the period beginning on January 1, 2007, regarding ownership of our shares, and to date: 

Beneficial Owner – 
Shlomo (Tom) Wyler 
Shlomo (Tom) Wyler 
Shlomo (Tom) Wyler 

  Date of filing 
June 25, 2008 
  August 14, 2008 
  August 13, 2009 

No. Of Shares 
 Beneficially Held  
5,218,739 
6,761,448 
7,285,934*

* Including 200,000 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of option which have expired on December 5, 2009. 

The following table specifies significant changes in the ownership of our shares by MKM Longboat Capital Advisors LLP. This information is based on Schedule 13G filed by 

MKM Longboat Capital Advisors LLP during the period beginning on January 1, 2007, regarding ownership of our shares, and to date: 

Beneficial Owner – 
 MKM Longboat Capital Advisors LLP

  Date of filing 
June 27, 2007 
  February 11, 2008 
  February 2, 2009 

No. Of Shares 
Beneficially Held  
715,300 
1,346,418 
- 

The following table specifies significant changes in the ownership of our shares by Prescott Group Capital Management, L.L.C. This information is based on Schedule 13G filed 

by Prescott Group Capital Management, L.L.C. during the period beginning on January 1, 2007, regarding ownership of our shares, and to date: 

Beneficial Owner – 
Prescott Group Capital Management, L.L.C. 

  Date of filing 
  February 14, 2008 
January 6, 2009 
  February 12, 2010 

All of our shares have the same voting rights. 

No. Of Shares 
Beneficially Held  
1,362,192 
2,004,698 
2,006,098 

On June 21, 2010, there were approximately 63 registered shareholders of our ordinary shares. As of such date, 43 registered holders in the United States hold approximately 
81.15% of our ordinary shares. To the best of our knowledge, except as described above, we are not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government or by any other 
corporation. We are not aware of any arrangement, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the company. 

7.B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

For a description of the insurance, indemnification and exemption granted to our directors and officers, see "Item 6.B. Compensation" above. 

- 66 -

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
For a description of the grant of options to our directors and officers, see "Item 6.E. Share Ownership", above. In addition, each member of our board of directors is paid an 

annual fee of $18,000 for his/her service as a director. 

On November 8, 2006 our shareholders approved the reimbursement of expenses to Shlomo (Tom) Wyler, our President, Chief Executive Officer and then Executive Chairman of 
our board of directors, who is also considered our controlling shareholder in an amount not to exceed $50,000 for each year beginning in 2006, all on account of performing his duties 
towards us. 

On December 20, 2007, our shareholders approved an employment agreement between Optibase and Mr. Shlomo (Tom) Wyler with respect to Mr. Wyler’s service as Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company. Under the agreement, Mr. Wyler will continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company in consideration for a gross monthly payment of 
NIS 40,000. In addition, Mr. Wyler will be entitled to managers' insurance, educational fund (keren hishtalmut), 24 days annual vacation, sick leave and 10 days replenishment fees (dmey 
havraa). The Company has also undertaken to provide Mr. Wyler with a telephone, facsimile, mobile phone, internet connection, laptop and printer and bear all installation costs and all 
expenses  related  thereto.  The  agreement  further  provides  that  Mr.  Wyler  shall  be  entitled  to  a  one-time  bonus  in  the  amount  of  $10,000  upon  the  execution  of  the  employment 
agreement. In addition, our board of directors, at its sole discretion, may grant Mr. Wyler an annual bonus for each year commencing in 2008 (for the year 2007) which shall not exceed 
twice Mr. Wyler’s monthly salary. The agreement is for a three-year term commencing retroactively on October 1, 2007. Any party to the agreement may terminate it by providing the 
other party with a 4-month advance written notice. At the Company's discretion, Mr. Wyler shall be obligated to continue working during the first two months of such 4-month advance 
notice period. During the next two months Mr. Wyler shall be free to practice any other business without the receipt of the Company's approval. The Company may elect to pay Mr. 
Wyler a one time payment for such advance notice period. Notwithstanding the above, the Company may terminate the agreement and Mr. Wyler's employment immediately for Cause, 
as such term is defined in the agreement. See also the discussion regarding our relationships with Mobixell and V.Box under "Item 4.A. History and Development of the Company" 
above. 

In June 2008, we issued, in a private placement, 2,816,901 of our ordinary shares to Mr. Shlomo (Tom) Wyler, the President, Chief Executive Officer and then Executive Chairman 
of the board of directors, who is also considered as our controlling shareholder, in consideration for $5 million in cash. We undertook to make our best efforts to register for resale the 
shares under the Securities Act within six months of the issuance date. On August 25, 2008, Mr. Shlomo (Tom) Wyler agreed to extend such period by an additional twenty four months 
as  of  such  date.  On  October  19,  2009  and  following  such  approval  by  our  audit  committee  and  board  of  directors,  our  shareholders  approved  the  registration  for  resale  under  the 
Securities Act of 4,069,447 ordinary shares NIS 0.13 par value each, which constitute all the ordinary shares of the Company held, as of the date of this proxy statement, by Mr. Wyler. It 
has also been approved that we will bear the expenses relating to the preparation and filing of such registration statement. To date, such shares have not been registered for resale 
under the Securities Act. 

In connection with our entering into a joint venture to acquire 49.5% of the beneficial interest in the office building located at 485 Lexington Avenue in Manhattan, New York, 
see Item 10.C "Material Contracts", our shareholders approved the provision of certain undertakings by Mr. Shlomo (Tom) Wyler, our Chief Executive Officer and President of the 
Company, who is deemed also the Company's controlling shareholder. The undertakings include a limited guarantee and indemnity for exceptional events by Mr. Wyler in favor of the 
bank servicing the loan for the property. Such events include, but are not limited to, fraud, bankruptcy, dissolution, reorganization and liquidation proceedings, prohibition on transfer, 
and certain acts of misapplication and misappropriation. Mr. Wyler and the Company entered into a reimbursement and indemnification agreement with Gilmor and its principles, in order 
to allocate their maximum obligations for responsibility under these guarantees and indemnities. Such undertakings have not yet been provided by Mr. Wyler. For information on the 
legal proceedings in connection with the property, see Item 8. "Financial Information - Legal Proceedings". 

On October 19, 2009, our shareholders approved the compensation of Mr. Alex Hilman, a director of the Company, who was appointed on September 1, 2009 as Executive 
Chairman of the Board of Directors. The principal terms of such compensation are as follows: a monthly payment of NIS 20,000 plus applicable value added tax, against the receipt of a 
tax invoice. The Company will also reimburse Mr. Hilman of his reasonable expenses directly incurred by him in the performance of his duties against the production of appropriate 
receipts. In addition, Mr. Hilman was granted on October 19, 2009, 100,000 options exercisable into 100,000 ordinary shares NIS 0.13 nominal value each of the Company under the 
Section 102 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance, through the capital gains tax track. The options shall vest over a period of four years in equal parts, and will be exercisable until their 10th 
anniversary, subject to an exercise price of $1.192. All other terms of the options are as stated in the Company's 1999 Israeli Share Option Plan. 

- 67 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
On May 6, 2010 our shareholders approved the compensation of Mr. Danny Lustiger as a director of the Company. Mr. Lustiger is entitled to an annual amount of US $18,000, 
plus reimbursement of expenses, with a retroactive effect as of the date Mr. Lustiger was appointed as a director of the Company (i.e. October 28, 2009), 50,000 options exercisable into 
50,000 ordinary shares NIS 0.13 nominal value each of the Company under Section 102 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance, through the capital gains tax track. The options shall vest over a 
period of four years in four equal parts, and will be exercisable until their 10th anniversary subject to an exercise price of $2. All other terms of the options are as stated in the Company's 
1999 Israeli Share Option Plan). Mr. Lustiger is also entitled to 4,000 restricted shares, which shall vest over two years in two equal parts, and which shall be granted pursuant to the 
Company's 2006 Israeli Incentive Compensation Plan. 

We lend unsubstantial amounts, from time to time, to our employees, who are not officers, which payments are not deemed benefits by Israeli tax authorities. 

7.C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

8.a. Consolidated statements and other financial information 

See Item 18 for a list of financial statements filed as part of this annual report. 

Legal proceedings 

In September 2005, we were served with a lawsuit filed by Vsoft Ltd., or Vsoft, a company that is undergoing liquidation proceedings and which has claimed that during 2002 
we negotiated with Vsoft in bad faith regarding a potential purchase of its share capital, which led to Vsoft’s entering into bankruptcy proceedings. Vsoft demanded damages in the 
amount of $2,129,000 as well as the payment of reimbursement of expenses, legal fees and applicable VAT. On January 1, 2006, we filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit based on our 
claim that Vsoft’s receiver did not approve the lawsuit as determined by the liquidation court. As of June 23, 2010, our motion to dismiss was denied. We believe, based on the facts 
known to us and based on the advice of our external legal advisors as of this annual report, that though the claim for damages is without merit, the court may rule otherwise, and as such 
we have provided an amount which we believe would cover the risk associated with that lawsuit. 

On February 2, 2010, Mazal 485 LLC, a company whose beneficial interest is jointly owned by us and by Gilmore USA LLC ("Mazal"), filed a lawsuit against SL Green Realty 
Corp. and several of its subsidiaries ("SL Green") regarding the Purchase Agreement for interests in 485 Lexington Avenue. On January 7, 2010, we received a notice from the seller of 
485  Lexington  Avenue  stating  that  the  Purchase  Agreement  is  terminated.  The  lawsuit  alleges  that  SL  Green  breached  material  terms  of  the  Purchase  Agreement  and  breached  its 
covenant  of  good  faith  and  fair  dealing  toward  Mazal  485  LLC.  The  lawsuit  seeks  specific  performance  to  enforce  SL  Green's  obligations  under  the  Purchase  Agreement  and  an 
abatement  of  the  purchase  price  to  compensate  Mazal  485  LLC  for  damages  incurred  as  a  result  of  SL  Green’s  breaches.  On  March  16,  2010,  SL  Green  filed  a  motion  for  an  order 
dismissing  Mazal's  claims,  which  was  heard  on  June  2,  2010.  On  June  23,  2010,  SL  Green's  motion  to  dismiss  Mazal's  request  for  performance  of  the  sale-purchase agreement, was 
granted. The court directed SL Green to answer to Mazal's remaining damage claims, while a conference was set for September 8, 2010. The case now proceeds with discovery on 
Mazal's remaining claims, seeking damages for failure to perform, which are limited by the Purchase Agreement to  Mazal's reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including 
reasonable attorney's fees) incurred in connection with the agreement. 

- 68 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
There is no assurance that the abovementioned legal proceedings will succeed and that we will be granted the sought performance of the transaction and/or damages. For 

further information see Item 10.C "Material Contracts". 

There are several legal proceedings initiated against us in the ordinary course of business, and we do not believe that the outcome of these proceedings, if adverse to us, 

individually or in the aggregate, will have a significant effect on our financial position or profitability. 

Dividend Policy 

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the past. We do not expect to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future 

and intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the development of our business. 

A dividend policy, if adopted, will be determined by our board of directors and will depend, among other factors, upon our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, 
the impact of the distribution of dividends on our financial condition and tax liabilities, and such other conditions as our board of directors may deem relevant. Under Israeli law, an 
Israeli company may pay dividends only out of its retained earnings as determined for statutory purposes. Under our articles of association the distribution of dividends will be made by 
a resolution of the Company’s board of directors. See "Description of Share Capital" and "Israeli Taxation and Investment Programs". 

Cash dividends paid by an Israeli company are normally subject to a withholding tax, except for dividends paid to an Israeli company in which case no tax is withheld unless 
the dividend is in respect of earnings from an Approved Enterprise. In addition, because we have received certain benefits under Israeli laws relating to Approved Enterprises, the 
payment of dividends by us may be subject to certain Israeli taxes to which we would not otherwise be subject. The tax-exempt income attributable to the Approved Enterprise can be 
distributed to shareholders without subjecting us to taxes only upon our complete liquidation. If we decide to distribute cash dividends out of income that has been exempted from tax, 
the income out of which the dividend is distributed will be subject to corporate tax at a rate between 10% and 25%. See "Israeli Taxation and Investment Programs". In the event that 
cash dividends are declared in the future, such dividends will be paid in NIS or in foreign currency subject to any statutory limitations. Under current Israeli regulations, any dividends 
or other distributions paid in respect of ordinary shares will be freely repatriable in such non-Israeli currencies at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion, provided that 
Israeli income tax has been paid on, or withheld from, such payments. Because exchange rates between the NIS and the dollar fluctuate continuously, a U.S. shareholder will bear the 
risks of currency fluctuations during the period between the date such dividend is declared and paid by us in NIS and the date conversion is made by such shareholder into U.S. dollars. 

ITEM 8.B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES 

On  March  1,  2010  the  company’s  Luxembourgish  subsidiary  (the  Company)  entered  into  an  Option  Agreement  with  a  Cypriot  company,  Chessell  Holdings  Limited  With 
respect to the commercial building acquired by the Company in October, 2009, in Rümlang, Switzerland. Through its beneficial owner, Chessell Holdings introduced Optibase to the 
Rümlang property and facilitated Optibase’s acquisition and financing of the property. Under the Option Agreement, the Company granted Chessell Holdings an option to purchase 
twenty percent (20%) of the share capital of the Company. Chessell Holdings undertook to pay a purchase price for the option of CHF 315,000 for the option. The exercise price under 
the Option Agreement is calculated based on Optibase’s acquisition costs for the Rümlang Property plus interest and an adjustment for proceeds that are distributed to the Company’s 
shareholders. The shares that would be issued to Chessell Holdings upon exercise of the option will not have voting rights and would be subject to transfer restrictions in favor of 
Optibase. 

In March 2010, Mobixell networks had acquired a company and paid part of the acquisition costs with newly issued shares. As a result, the Company’s holding in Mobixell on 

a fully diluted basis had decreased from 4.34% to 3.71%. 

- 69 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
On  March  16,  2010,  the  Company  signed  an  APA  (Assets  Purchase  Agreement)  Optibase  Technologies  Ltd.,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  VITEC  Multimedia  ("Vitec") 
pursuant  to  which  Optibase  Ltd.  and  its  subsidiary  Optibase  Inc.  (collectively,  "Optibase")  will  sell  their  entire  video  business  to  Vitec  (the  "Business"  and  the  "Transaction", 
respectively). Under the terms of the transaction, which was approved by the Board of Directors of both companies, in consideration for the sale of the Business, Vitec will pay the 
Company an aggregate amount of US $8 million in cash of which US $1 million will be deposited in escrow for a 2-year period as a security, inter alia, for breach or material inaccuracy 
relating to Optibase's representations and warranties. In addition, Optibase and Vitec agreed on an earn-out mechanism pursuant to which 45% of Vitec's revenues deriving from the 
Business exceeding $14 million in the year following the closing of the Transaction will be paid to Optibase. Consummation of the Transaction is subject to the fulfillment of certain 
conditions precedent standard for transactions of this nature. Closing of the Transaction is expected to occur on June 30, 2010, after the release of this annual report. Upon signing of 
the Transaction, Vitec deposited US $500,000 in escrow to be paid to Optibase if closing does not take place within a specific period of time from signing, subject to certain limited 
circumstances, principally relating to non fulfillment of certain closing conditions by Optibase, in which case, such funds will be returned to Vitec. 

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING 

9.A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS 

Our ordinary shares are traded on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol OBAS since our initial public offering on April 7, 1999. The following table sets forth, for the 

periods indicated, the high and low closing sale prices per share of our ordinary shares as reported by The NASDAQ Global Market. 

Year 
2005 
2006 
2007 
2008 
2009 

2008 

2009 

2010 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter (until June 21, 2010) 

Most Recent Six Months 

December 2009 
January                      2010 
February 2010 
March 2010 
April 2010 
May 2010 
June 2010 (until June 21, 2010) 

- 70 -

Nasdaq 

High 

Low 

 $
 $
 $
 $
 $

 $
 $
 $
 $

 $
 $
 $
 $

 $
 $

 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $

High 

High 

High 

6.69 
5.01 
4.52 
2.73 
1.50 

2.73 
2.2 
1.83 
1.34 

1.29 
1.50 
1.35 
1.45 

1.43 
1.55 

1.45 
1.38 
1.25 
1.43 
1.55 
1.49 
1.43 

 $
 $
 $
 $
 $

 $
 $
 $
 $

 $
 $
 $
 $

 $
 $

 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $

Low 

Low 

Low 

4.49 
2.62 
2.52 
0.74 
0.93 

1.61 
1.59 
1.14 
0.74 

0.93 
1.02 
1.05 
1.13 

1.20 
1.35 

1.27 
1.22 
1.2 
1.22 
1.37 
1.35 
1.39 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
      
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We listed our ordinary shares for trade on the TASE, on August 6, 2007. On September 23, 2008, we decided to delist our ordinary shares from trade on the TASE. The delisting 
of the Company's ordinary shares from trade on the TASE became effective on September 28, 2008 and the last day for trading of the Company's ordinary shares on the TASE was 
September 24, 2008. 

On June 21, 2010, the reported closing sale price of our ordinary shares on The NASDAQ Global Market, was $1.42 per share. 

9.B PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 

Not applicable. 

9.C MARKETS 

           Our ordinary shares have been listed on The NASDAQ Global Market since April 7, 1999, under the symbol "OBAS". 

9.D SELLING SHAREHOLDERS 

           Not applicable. 

9.E DILUTION 

           Not applicable. 

9.F EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE 

           Not applicable. 

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

10.A. SHARE CAPITAL 

Not applicable. 

10.B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION 

Purposes and Objects of the Company 

We are a public company registered under the Companies Law as Optibase Ltd., registration number 52-0037078. 

Pursuant to our articles of association, our objectives are to engage in any lawful business and our purpose is to act pursuant to business considerations to make profits. 

Our articles of association also state that we may contribute a reasonable amount for an appropriate cause, even if the contribution is not within the framework of our business 

considerations. 

The Powers of the Directors 

The power of our directors to vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which the director is interested is limited by the relevant provisions of the Companies Law. In 
addition, the power of our directors to vote on compensation to themselves or any members of their body is limited in that such decision requires the approval of the audit committee, 
the board of directors and the shareholders at a general meeting, see "Approval of Certain Transaction" below. 

The powers of our directors to borrow are not limited, except in the same manner as any other transaction by the company. 

- 71 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Rights Attached to Shares 

Our registered share capital is NIS 3,900,000 divided into a single class of 30,000,000 ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.13 per share, of which 16,914,281 ordinary shares were 

outstanding as of June 21, 2010. All outstanding ordinary shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The rights attached to the Ordinary Shares are as follows: 

Dividend rights 

Holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to the full amount of any cash or share dividend subsequently declared. The Board of Directors may propose a dividend only out of 

profits, in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law. Declaration of a dividend requires the approval of our board of directors. Please see "Item 10.E. Taxation" below. 

One year after a dividend has been declared and is still unclaimed, the board of directors is entitled to invest or utilize the unclaimed amount of dividend in any manner to our 

benefit until it is claimed. We are not obligated to pay interest or linkage differentials on an unclaimed dividend. 

Voting rights 

Holders of ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Such voting rights may be affected by the grant of 
any special voting rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future. Currently there are no shares of capital stock outstanding with 
special voting rights. The quorum required for an ordinary meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present in person or by proxy who hold or represent, in the 
aggregate, at least thirty three and one third percent (33.3%) of our voting rights. In the event that a quorum is not present within half an hour of the scheduled time, the shareholders' 
meeting  will  be  adjourned  to  the  same  day  of  the  following  week,  at  the  same  time  and  place,  or  such  time  and  place  as  the  board  of  directors  may  determine  by  a  notice  to  the 
shareholders. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present at the time of opening of such meeting, two shareholders, at least, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a 
quorum. 

An ordinary resolution, such as a resolution for the election of directors, or the appointment of auditors, requires the approval by the holders of a majority of the voting rights 
represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy or through a voting instrument and voting thereon. Under our articles of association, if a resolution to amend the articles of association 
is recommended by our board of directors, such recommended resolution’s adoption in a general meeting of the shareholders requires an ordinary majority. In any other case, such a 
resolution requires approval of a special majority of more than three quarters of the votes of the shareholders entitled to vote themselves, by proxy or through a voting instrument. 

The directors are appointed by decision of an ordinary majority at a general meeting. The directors have the right at any time, in a resolution approved by at least a majority of 
our directors, to appoint any person as a director, subject to the maximum number of directors specified in our articles of association, to fill in a place which has randomly been vacated, 
or as an addition to the board of directors. Any such director so appointed shall hold office until the next annual general meeting and may be reelected. 

Under our articles of association our directors are elected by an ordinary majority of the shareholders at each duly convened annual meeting, and they serve until the next 
annual meeting, provided that external directors shall be elected in accordance with the Israeli Companies Law. In each annual meeting the directors that were elected at the previous 
annual meeting are deemed to have resigned from their office. A resigning director may be reelected. 

Under the NASDAQ corporate governance rules, foreign private issuers are exempt from many of the requirements if they instead elect to be exempted from such requirements, 

provided they are not prohibited by home country practices and disclose where they have elected to do so. 

- 72 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Rights in the Company’s profits 

All of our ordinary shares have the rights to share in our profits distributed as a dividend and any other permitted distribution. 

Rights in the event of liquidation 

All of our ordinary shares confer equal rights among them with respect to amounts distributed to shareholders in the event of liquidation. 

Changing Rights Attached to Shares 

According to our articles of association, our share capital may be divided into different classes of shares or the rights of such shares may be altered by an ordinary majority 
resolution passed by the general meetings of the holders of each class of shares separately, or after obtaining the written consent of the holders of all of the classes of shares. As of the 
date hereof, we only have one class of shares. 

Annual and Extraordinary Meetings 

Our board of directors must convene an annual meeting of shareholders every year by no later than the end of fifteen months from the last annual meeting. Notice of at least 
twenty-one days prior to the date of the meeting is required. An extraordinary meeting may be convened by the board of directors, as it decides or upon a demand of any two directors 
or 25% of the directors, whichever is lower, or by one or more shareholders holding in the aggregate at least 5% of the voting rights in the Company. Where the board of directors is 
requisitioned to call a special meeting, it shall do so within twenty-one days, for a date that shall not be later than thirty-five days from the date on which the notice of the special 
meeting  is  published.  Notice  of  a  general  meeting  shall  be  given  to  all  shareholders  entitled  to  attend  and  vote  at  such  meeting.  No  separate  notice  is  to  be  given  to  registered 
shareholders of the Company. Notices may be provided by the Company in person, in mail, transmission by fax or in electronic form. A notice to a shareholder may alternatively be 
served, as general notice to all shareholders, in accordance with the rules and regulations of any applicable securities authority with jurisdiction over the Company or in accordance 
with the rules of any stock market upon which the Company's shares are traded. 

Limitations on the Rights to Own Securities in the U.S. 

Our memorandum and articles of association do not restrict in any way the ownership of our shares by non-residents of Israel, and neither the memorandum and articles of 
association nor Israeli law restricts the voting rights of non-residents of Israel, except that under Israeli law, any transfer or issue of shares of a company to a resident of an enemy state 
of Israel is prohibited and shall have no effect, unless authorized by the Israeli Minister of Finance. 

Limitations on Change in Control and Disclosure Duties 

Our memorandum and articles of association do not restrict the change of control nor do they impose any disclosure duties beyond the requirements set out in Israeli law. For 

restriction of change of control provision under Israeli law, see "Item 3.D. Risk Factors", under the heading "Risks Relating to Operations in Israel – Anti-takeover Provisions" above. 

Changes in Our Capital 

Changes in our capital are subject to the approval of the shareholders at a general meeting by an ordinary majority of shareholders participating and voting in the general 

meeting. 

- 73 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Fiduciary Duty and Duty of Care of Directors and Officers 

The Companies Law codifies the duties directors and officers owe to a company. An "Officer" includes a company’s directors, general manager, general business manager, 
executive vice president, vice president, any other person assuming the responsibilities of any of the foregoing positions without regard to such person’s title and other managers 
directly subordinate to the general manager. The directors’ and officers’ principal duties to the company are a duty of care and a fiduciary duty to act in good faith for the company’s 
benefit which include: 

v 

the avoidance of any conflict of interest between the director’s or officer’s position with the company and any other position he or she fulfills or with his or her personal affairs; 

v 

the avoidance of any act in competition with the company’s business; 

v 

the avoidance of exploiting any of the company’s business opportunities in order to gain a personal advantage for himself or for others; and 

v 

the  disclosure  to  the  company  of  any  information  and  documentation  relating  to  the  company’s  affairs  obtained  by  the  director  or  officer  due  to  his  or  her  position  with  the 
company. 

The Companies Law requires that directors, officers or a controlling shareholder of a public company disclose to the company any personal interest that he or she may have, 
including all related material facts or documents in connection with any existing or proposed transaction by the company. The disclosure must be made without delay and no later than 
the first board of directors meeting at which the transaction is first discussed. 

Approval of Certain Transactions 

Generally, under the Companies Law, engagement terms of directors, including the grant of an exemption from liability, purchase of directors’ and officers’ insurance, or grant 
of indemnification (whether prospective or retroactive) and engagement terms of such director with a company in other positions require the approval of the audit committee, the board 
of directors and the shareholders of the company. In addition, transactions between a public company and its director or officer, or a transaction between such company and other 
person  in  which  such  director  or  officer  has  a  personal  interest  must  be  approved  by  such  company’s  board  of  directors,  and  if  such  transaction  is  considered  an  extraordinary 
transaction (as defined below) it must receive the approval of such company’s audit committee as well. 

The Companies Law also requires that any extraordinary transaction between a public company and its controlling shareholder or an extraordinary transaction between such 
company  and  other  person  in  which  such  company’s  controlling  shareholder  has  a  personal  interest  must  be  approved  by  the  audit  committee,  the  board  of  directors  and  the 
shareholders  of  the  company  by  an  ordinary  majority,  provided  that  (i)  such  majority  vote  at  the  shareholders  meeting  shall  include  at  least  one  third  (1/3)  of  the  total  votes  of 
shareholders having no personal interest in the transaction, participating at the voting (excluding abstaining votes); or (ii) the total number of votes of shareholders mentioned in clause 
(i) above who voted against such transaction does not exceed one percent (1%) of the total voting rights in the company. An "extraordinary transaction" is defined in the Companies 
Law as any of the following: (i) a transaction not in the ordinary course of business; (ii) a transaction that is not on market terms; or (iii) a transaction that is likely to have a material 
impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liability. 

The Companies Law further provides that the engagement terms of a controlling shareholder with the company, either as an officer or an employee, must also be approved by 

such company’s audit committee, board of directors and general meeting by the special majority described above. 

The Companies Law prohibits any director who has a personal interest in a matter to participate in the discussion and voting pertaining to such matter in the company’s board 
of  directors  or  audit  committee  except  for  in  circumstances  when  the  majority  of  the  board  of  directors’  have  a  personal  interest  in  the  matter  and  then  such  matter  must  also  be 
approved by the company’s shareholders. 

10.C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS 

Voting Agreement with Harmonic 

On December 23, 2008, Scopus entered into a definitive agreement with Harmonic, pursuant to which Harmonic undertook to acquire Scopus by way of merger pursuant to 
which each shareholder of Scopus is entitled to receive $5.62 in cash per each outstanding share of Scopus. At the time of such agreement, we held approximately 36% of Scopus’ 
outstanding share capital. In connection with the said transaction, we entered into a voting agreement with Harmonic pursuant to which we undertook to vote in favor of the merger and 
the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement. We have also agreed to grant to Harmonic a proxy and appointed certain Harmonic officers as its proxy to vote in favor of the 
merger. On March 12, 2009, following the closing of the merger agreement between Scopus and Harmonic, we disposed of our entire holding in Scopus shares consisting of 5.1 million 
shares representing 36.34% of Scopus then issued share capital for a total consideration of $28.7 million. As a result, during the first quarter ended March 31, 2009, we recorded other 
income of $4.8 million, net of equity in losses. 

- 74 -

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Private Placement to Shlomo (Tom) Wyler 

In June 2008, we issued in a private placement 2,816,901 ordinary shares of the Company to Mr. Shlomo (Tom) Wyler, the President, Chief Executive Officer and then Executive 
Chairman of our board of directors, who is also considered as our controlling shareholder, in consideration for $5 million in cash, in the aggregate. For further information, see "Item 7.B 
Related Party Agreements". 

Purchase of Interest in a Property in 485 Lexington Avenue, New-York, NY 

On  August  7,  2009,  Mazal  485  LLC,  a  joint  venture  owned  in  equal  parts  by  Optibase  and  Gilmor  USA  LLC,  an  unrelated  party  ("Mazal"),  entered  into  a  Sale-Purchase 
Agreement with a subsidiary of SL Green Realty Corp. ("SL Green"), pursuant to which Mazal would acquire from SL Green 49.5% of the ownership of Green 485 JV LLC, a Delaware 
limited  liability  company  which,  prior  to  the  closing,  would  own  the  entire  beneficial  interest  in  the  office  building  located  at  485  Lexington  Avenue  in  Manhattan,  New  York.  In 
consideration for the purchased interest in Green 485 JV LLC, Mazal would pay a purchase price of approximately $20,790,000 (which shall be contributed in equal shares by Optibase 
and Gilmor). 

If closing were to occur, Green 485 JV LLC would have had existing debt to an affiliate of the SL Green in the amount of $12,200,000 which shall become due in 2013. 

Mazal 485 LLC paid an initial deposit of $7,500,000 into escrow in order to secure the payment of the purchase price under the Sale-Purchase Agreement. Such sums were later 

returned to Mazal 485 LLC following the termination of the Sale-Purchase Agreement. 

Under the agreement, upon completion of the transaction, Mazal would make an approximately $20,000,000 nonrecourse loan to SL Green which would mature on December 31 
2020 and which would be secured by a pledge by the SL Green of an additional 49.5% interest in Green 485 JV LLC, with the SL Green retaining an unencumbered 1% interest in Green 
485 JV LLC. Mazal would also acquire an option to purchase such additional ownership interests which is exercisable until December 31, 2022, subject to certain limitations. 

The  transactions  above  are  subject  to  certain  conditions  including  the  lender’s  approval  of  the  transfer  of  ownership  in  Green  485  JV  LLC  and  the  lender’s  approval  of 

substitute guarantors under the existing nonrecourse mortgage financing in the principal amount of $450,000,000 serviced by Wachovia Bank. 

For information on a termination letter we received in connection with this property and a lawsuit filed in connection with such letter of termination, see Item 8. "Financial 

Information - Legal Proceedings" above. 

Purchase of a Property in Rümlang, Switzerland 

On October 29, 2009, the company's subsidiary Optibase RE 1 SARL ("Optibase RE 1"), which is wholly owned by the company's subsidiary Optibase Real Estate SARL, 
entered into a Purchase Agreement with the Swiss property company Zublin Immobilien AG to acquire a 12,500 square meter (approximately 134,500 square feet) commercial building 
located at Riedmattstrasse 9, Rümlang, Switzerland. Under the Purchase Agreement, Optibase RE 1 undertook to pay a purchase price of CHF 23,500,000 (approximately $22.8 million) to 
acquire ownership of the property. The Purchase Agreement included representations and warranties from the seller regarding its ownership of the property, the absence of liens, the 
status of tenant leases and regarding other matters. In the Purchase Agreement, the seller guaranteed the gross annual rental income from two significant tenants up to a maximum 
amount of CHF 60,000 (approximately $58,000). To secure the Seller's guarantee, an amount of CHF 60,000 was deposited in escrow for two years with Optibase RE 1's counsel. The 
closing of the Purchase Agreement occurred on October 29, 2009. Upon closing Optibase RE 1 was registered as the owner of the property, and the purchase price was transferred. For 
further details, see Item 4.B "Business Overview" above. 

- 75 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Mortgage Agreement - Rümlang, Switzerland 

In connection with the purchase of the commercial building in Rümlang, on October 28, 2009, the Company, through its subsidiary Optibase RE 1 SARL ("Optibase RE 1"), 

wholly owned by Optibase Real Estate SARL, entered into a mortgage agreement with Swiss bank Basler Kantonalbank (the "Bank"), according to which the Bank loaned to Optibase 
RE 1 a principal amount of CHF 18,800,000 (approximately $18.1 million) (the "Loan"). Interest on the principal amount, is payable in four quarterly payments annually, at the rate of the 
Libor for a period determined by Optibase RE 1 on the date of each payment for the following period, plus a fixed margin of 0.8% (as of the date hereof, the interest is set to be the rate of 
Libor for a period of 3 months). The Bank may adjust the margin at its sole discretion on account of deterioration in Optibase RE 1's credit standing or the value of the property. The 
principal amount is payable in four quarterly amortization payments annually, each in the amount of CHF 94,000 (approximately $86,000). The principal payments may be adjusted on 
sole discretion of the Bank if the lease of major tenants is terminated and no replacement tenant is found within 6 months. According to the agreement, Optibase RE 1 may repay the 
mortgage at any time, subject to a prior notice of three months to the Bank, with no subject penalty. The Bank holds the right to accelerate future loan payments, upon occurrence of 
certain default conditions listed in the agreement. 

As security for repayment of the loan, Optibase RE 1 mortgaged the rights to the Rümlang property in favor of the Bank, and registered such mortgage with the local land 
registrar. Additionally, Optibase RE 1 committed not to grant any encumbrance or mortgage on the Rumland property without the Bank's approval. Optibase RE 1 has also pledged to 
the Bank all if its rights in a designated bank account, to which rent payments and guarantees relating to the Rümlang property are deposited. As additional security, Optibase Real 
Estate SARL was to pledge all of its shares in Optibase RE 1 to the Bank. The latter pledge, however, has not yet been provided. 

Chessell Holdings Limited 

On  March  1,  2010,  the  Company’s subsidiary in Luxembourg Optibase RE 1 SARL ("Optibase RE 1") entered into an Option Agreement (the "Option Agreement") with a 
Cypriot company, Chessell Holdings Limited, with respect to a commercial building acquired by the Company in October, 2009 in Rümlang, Switzerland. Through its beneficial owner, 
Chessell  Holdings  introduced  Optibase  to  the  Rümlang  property  and  facilitated  Optibase’s acquisition and financing of the property. Under the Option Agreement, Optibase RE 1 
granted Chessell Holdings an option to purchase twenty percent (20%) of the share capital of Optibase RE 1. Chessell Holdings undertook to pay a purchase price for the option of CHF 
315,000 for the option. The exercise price under the Option Agreement is calculated based on Optibase’s acquisition costs for the Rümlang Property plus interest and an adjustment for 
proceeds that are distributed to the shareholders of Optibase RE 1. The shares that would be issued to Chessell Holdings upon exercise of the option will not have voting rights and 
would be subject to transfer restrictions in favor of Optibase. 

Sale of our Video Solutions Business 

On March 16, 2010 we and our subsidiary, Optibase Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Optibase Technologies Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of S.A. Vitec 
(also known as Vitec Multimedia) (S.A. Vitec and Optibase Technologies Ltd., collectively "Vitec"), according to which Optibase Technologies Ltd. will purchase all of the assets and 
liabilities related to our Video Solutions Business (the "APA" and the "Transaction", respectively). Closing of the transaction is expected to occur on June 30, 2010, after the release of 
this annual report. The following is a short summary of the principal provisions of the APA: 

Acquired Assets and Liabilities 

Pursuant to the APA, Vitec will acquire all rights, title and interest in and to all of our assets and assume certain liabilities, related to our Video Solutions Business only (the 
"Acquired Assets"). Our Video Solutions Business includes the design, development, manufacture, production, supply, sale, marketing and distribution of video devices and related 
services (the "Video Solutions Business"). 

- 76 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Acquired Assets include all inventories, tangible assets, intellectual property rights and right under certain assumed agreements, all in relation to the Video Solutions 
Business  only.  In  addition,  Vitec  will  also  acquire  all  rights  to  the  name  "Optibase"  and  derivatives  thereof  provided,  however,  we  will  be  entitled  to  use  the  Optibase  name  in 
connection with our business so long as such use is not related to the field of video solutions. 

The following will not be purchased by Vitec pursuant to the APA: the legal entities of Optibase Ltd. and Optibase Inc.; any securities of Optibase Inc. and any of our other 
subsidiaries or affiliates; our rights to any grants from the Israeli Office of the Chief Scientist or from other EU/EC sponsored programs or other grants, received or receivable as to the 
period ending upon closing of the Transaction; cash, cash equivalents and other investments; leases on our offices, and other properties; rights and claims under current insurance 
policies and all other assets not related to the and our Video Solutions Business ("Excluded Assets"). In addition, the Excluded Assets include, inter alia, our real estate assets as well 
as other investments, held directly or indirectly by us. 

Consideration 

As consideration for the Acquired Assets and the assumption of our liabilities, Vitec will pay us a sum of $8 million (plus adjustments relating to receivables and payables as of 
the closing of the Transaction), of which a sum of $7 million (plus adjustments relating to receivables and payables as of the closing of the Transaction) will be paid in cash upon 
closing and $1 million will be deposited in an escrow for a period of two years as a security for damages arising or resulting from, inter alia, breach or material inaccuracy relating to our 
representations and warranties and covenants and liabilities that Vitec may incur which are part of the Excluded Liabilities. 

In addition, under to the APA, the consideration will be further adjusted according to an earn-out mechanism pursuant to which 45% of Vitec’s revenues deriving from the 

Video Solutions Business and exceeding $14 million in the year following the closing of the Transaction, will be paid to us. 

Signing Deposit 

Upon signing of the APA, Vitec deposited US $500,000 in escrow to be paid to us if closing does not take place within a specific period of time from signing, subject to certain 
limited circumstances, principally relating to the non-fulfillment of certain closing conditions by Optibase, including, inter alia, the receipt of necessary governmental and third party 
approvals and the transfer of a certain number of employees to Vitec, in which case, such funds will be returned to Vitec. 

Representations and Warranties 

The  APA  includes  certain  representations  and  warranties  which  are  customary  for  transactions  of  this  type.  Such  representations  and  warranties  include,  among  others, 
representations and warranties by the Company that relate to the Acquired Assets and Liabilities, to our financial results, intellectual property, employment matters, legal proceedings 
etc. and representations and warranties of Vitec relating to, among others, its ability to continue and operate the Video Solutions Business and the financial condition of Vitec. Such 
representations and Warranties will survive closing for a period of twenty four months, except for certain exceptions relating to, inter alia, provisions providing for non-competition and 
confidentiality undertakings and fraud or willful misconduct. 

Closing Conditions 

Consummation  of  the  Transaction  is  subject  to  the  fulfillment  of  certain  conditions  precedent  standard  for  transactions  of  this  nature,  including,  inter  alia,  receipt  of  all 

necessary approvals and permits, the approval of our shareholders and the transfer of a certain number of employees to Vitec. 

With respect to the consortium agreements to which we are a party, if necessary approvals for the assumption of such agreements are not obtained until closing, we may 

choose to either terminate the APA or pay to Vitec a certain amount unsubstantial to the Company for each consortium agreement which can not assigned to Vitec. 

- 77 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Additional Undertakings 

Both parties have undertaken several covenants for the period beginning on the signing of the APA and for the period beginning on date of the closing of the Transaction. In 
this respect, during the period beginning on the signing of the APA and ending on closing of the Transaction, we have undertaken, inter alia, to continue and operate the business in 
the ordinary course of business and not to make any action relating to the acquisition, sale, or transfer of any of the Acquired Assets or change of control over Seller other than in the 
ordinary course of business and Vitec has undertaken, among others, to offer employment to a certain number of our employees on terms no less favorable then their current terms of 
employment or service with the Seller. In addition, for the period following the closing of the Transaction, we have undertaken to comply with non-competition and confidentiality 
provisions and Vitec has undertaken to provide us with access to information and records, and to endeavor to continue operating the Video Solutions Business for a period of at least 
twelve months from the closing of the Transaction. 

Indemnification 

The APA includes mutual indemnification for a period of two years for damages arising or resulting from, inter alia, breach or material inaccuracy relating to the representations, 
warranties and covenants and the liabilities that Vitec may incur which are part of the Excluded Liabilities arising or resulting therefrom such as the breach or material inaccuracy of any 
representation or warranty. In addition, indemnification provisions will apply for longer periods in the case of damages resulting from fraud or willful misconduct, a period of three years 
from closing for non-competition provisions and an indefinite confidentiality undertaking). The mutual indemnification will be limited to a maximum amount of $6 million. 

From and after the closing, the rights of the parties to indemnification shall be the exclusive remedy of the Parties with respect to claims resulting from this Agreement. 

The amount of $1 million which will be deposited in the indemnity escrow account as aforementioned, will be used for such indemnification, and any outstanding sums will be 

paid by the indemnifying party. 

Termination 

Both parties shall have the right to terminate the APA, if the other side has breached any material representation, warranty, or covenant contained in the APA, or if closing did 
not take place within 120 days from the signing of the APA. Vitec may also terminate the APA if any material portion of the Acquired Assets is no longer in our possession immediately 
prior to closing or is damaged and we have not cured such situation within a period of 30 days. In addition, as aforesaid, we may terminate the agreement if the necessary approvals for 
the assumption of the consortium agreements are not obtained until closing. 

Guaranty of S.A. Vitec 

S.A. Vitec has undertaken to fully guarantee all undertakings, representations, warranties and obligations of Optibase Technologies Ltd. under the APA. 

10.D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS 

Israeli law and regulations do not impose any material foreign exchange restrictions on non-Israeli holders of our ordinary shares. In May 1998, a new "general permit" was 
issued under the Israeli Currency Control Law, 1978, which removed most of the restrictions that previously existed under the law and enabled Israeli citizens to freely invest outside of 
Israel and freely convert Israeli currency into non-Israeli currencies. 

Dividends, if any, paid to holders of our ordinary shares, and any amounts payable upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as well as the proceeds of any sale in Israel 
of our ordinary shares to an Israeli resident, may be paid in non-Israeli currency or, if paid in Israeli currency, may be converted into freely repatriable dollars at the rate of exchange 
prevailing at the time of conversion. 

- 78 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Under Israeli law (and our memorandum and articles of association), persons who are neither residents nor nationals of Israel may freely hold, vote and transfer ordinary shares 

in the same manner as Israeli residents or nationals. 

10.E. TAXATION 

The following is a discussion of Israeli and United States tax consequences material to us and our Israeli and U.S. shareholders. To the extent the discussion is based on new 
tax legislation, which has not been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, the views expressed in the discussion might not be accepted by the tax authorities in question. The 
discussion is not intended, and should not be construed, as legal or professional tax advice and does not exhaust all possible tax considerations. Holders of our ordinary shares should 
consult their own tax advisors as to the United States, Israeli or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares, including, in particular, the effect 
of any non-U.S., state or local taxes. 

Israeli taxation 

General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel 

Generally, Israeli companies are subject to "Corporate Tax" on their taxable income. On July 25, 2005, the Knesset (Israeli Parliament) approved an amendment to the Income 

Tax Ordinance, which prescribes, among others, a gradual decrease in the corporate tax rate in Israel to the following tax rates: in 2006 - 31%, in 2007 - 29%, in 2008 - 27%, in 2009 - 26% 
and in 2010 and thereafter - 25%. In July 2009, the Israeli Parliament (the Knesset) passed the Economic Efficiency Law (Amended Legislation for Implementing the Economic Plan for 
2009 and 2010), 2009, which prescribes, among other things, an additional gradual reduction in Israeli corporate tax rate starting from 2011 to the following tax rates: 2011 - 24%, 2012 - 
23%, 2013 - 22%, 2014 - 21%, 2015 - 20%, 2016 and thereafter - 18%. 

However, the effective tax rate payable by a company which derives income from an Approved Enterprise (as further discussed below) may be considerably less. 

Tax Benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 1969 

The Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 1969, generally referred to as the Industry Encouragement Law, provides several tax benefits for industrial companies. An 
industrial company is defined as a company resident in Israel, at least 90% of the income of which in a given tax year exclusive of income from specified government loans, capital gains, 
interest and dividends, is derived from an industrial enterprise owned by it. An industrial enterprise is defined as an enterprise whose major activity in a given tax year is industrial 
production activity. 

Under the Industry Encouragement Law, industrial companies are entitled to a number of corporate tax benefits, including: 

v  deduction of purchase of know-how and patents and/or right to use a patent over an eight-year period ; 

v 

the right to elect, under specified conditions, to file a consolidated tax return with additional related Israeli industrial companies and an industrial holding company; 

v  Accelerated depreciation rates on equipment and buildings; and 

v  Expenses related to a public offering on recognized stock markets, are deductible in equal amounts over three years 

Under some tax laws and regulations, an industrial enterprise may be eligible for special depreciation rates for machinery, equipment and buildings. These rates differ based on 

various factors, including the date the operations begin and the number of work shifts. An industrial company owning an Approved Enterprise may choose between these special 
depreciation rates and the depreciation rates available to the Approved Enterprise. 

- 79 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Eligibility for benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not subject to receipt of prior approval from any governmental authority. We believe that we currently qualify 

as an industrial company. But no assurance can be given that the Israeli tax authorities will agree that we qualify, or, if we qualify, that we will continue to qualify as an industrial 
company or that the benefits described above will be available to us in the future. 

Tax Benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 

Tax benefits prior the 2005 amendment 

The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959, as amended (effective as of April 1, 2005) (the "Investments Law"), provides that a proposed capital investment 
in eligible facilities may, upon application to the Investment Center of the Ministry of Industry and Commerce of the State of Israel, be designated as an Approved Enterprise. The 
Investment Center bases its decision as to whether or not to approve an application, among other things, on the criteria set forth in the Investments Law and regulations, the then 
prevailing policy of the Investment Center, and the specific objectives and financial criteria of the applicant. Each certificate of approval for an Approved Enterprise relates to a specific 
investment program delineated both by its financial scope, including its capital sources, and by its physical characteristics, e.g., the equipment to be purchased and utilized pursuant to 
the program. 

The Investments Law provides that an Approved Enterprise is eligible for tax benefits on taxable income derived from its Approved Enterprise programs. The tax benefits under 
the Investments Law also apply to income generated by a company from the grant of a usage right with respect to know-how developed by the Approved Enterprise, income generated 
from royalties, and income derived from a service which is auxiliary to such usage right or royalties, provided that such income is generated within the Approved Enterprise’s ordinary 
course of business. If a company has more than one approval or only a portion of its capital investments are approved, its effective tax rate is the result of a weighted average of the 
applicable rates. The tax benefits under the Investments Law are not, generally, available with respect to income derived from products manufactured outside of Israel. In addition, the 
tax benefits available to an Approved Enterprise are contingent upon the fulfillment of conditions stipulated in the Investments Law and regulations and the criteria set forth in the 
specific certificate of approval, as described above. In the event that a company does not meet these conditions, it would be required to refund the amount of tax benefits, plus a 
consumer price index linkage adjustment and interest. 

The  Investments  Law  also  provides  that  an  Approved  Enterprise  is  entitled  to  accelerated  depreciation  on  its  property  and  equipment  that  are  included  in  an  Approved 

Enterprise program in the first five years of using the equipment. 

Taxable income of a company derived from an Approved Enterprise is subject to corporate tax at the maximum rate of 25%, rather than the regular corporate tax rate, for the 
benefit period. This period is ordinarily seven years commencing with the year in which the Approved Enterprise first generates taxable income after the commencement of production, 
and is limited to 12 years from commencement of production or 14 years from the date of approval, whichever is earlier (the "Years limitation"). Please note that the year’s limitation does 
not apply to the exemption period. As discussed below. 

A company may elect to receive an alternative package of benefits. Under the alternative package of benefits, a company’s undistributed income derived from the Approved 
Enterprise  will  be  exempt  from  corporate  tax  for  a  period  of  between  two  and  ten  years  from  the  first  year  the  company  derives  taxable  income  under  the  program  but  after  the 
commencement of production, depending on the geographic location of the Approved Enterprise within Israel, and such company will be eligible for a reduced tax rate for the remainder 
of  the  benefits  period.  A  company  that  has  elected  the  alternative  package  of  benefits,  such  as  us,  that  subsequently  pays  a  dividend  out  of  income  derived  from  the  Approved 
Enterprise during the tax exemption period will be subject to corporate tax in respect of the gross amount distributed, including any taxes thereon, at the rate which would have been 
applicable had it not elected the alternative package of benefits, generally 10%-25%, depending on the percentage of the company’s ordinary shares held by foreign shareholders. The 
dividend recipient is subject to withholding tax at the rate of 15% with respect to the gross amount distributed, applicable to dividends from Approved Enterprises, if the dividend is 
distributed during the tax exemption period or within twelve years thereafter. The company must withhold this tax at source. 

- 80 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Foreign investor’s Company ("FIC") 

A  company  that  has  an  Approved  Enterprise  program  is  eligible  for  further  tax  benefits  if  it  qualifies  as  a  foreign  investors’  company. A foreign investors’  company is a 
company which more than 25% of its share capital and combined share and loan capital is owned by non-Israeli residents. A company that qualifies as a foreign investors’ company and 
has an Approved Enterprise program is eligible for tax benefits for a ten-year benefit period. As specified above, depending on the geographic location of the Approved Enterprise 
within Israel, income derived from the Approved Enterprise program may be entitled to the following: 

v  Extension of the benefit period up to ten years. 
v  An additional period of reduced corporate tax liability at rates ranging between 10% and 25%, depending on the level of foreign (i.e., non-Israeli) ownership of our shares. Those tax 

rates and the related levels of foreign investment are as set forth in the following table: 

Region B 

Region A 

Other Region 

Rate of 
Reduced Tax 
25 
25 
20 
15 
10 

Rate of 
Reduced Tax 
25 
25 
20 
15 
10 

Rate of 
Reduced Tax 
25 
25 
20 
15 
10 

Reduced Tax 
Period 
1 years 
4 years 
4 years 
4 years 
4 years 

Reduced Tax 
Period 
0 years 
0 years 
0 years 
0 years 
0 years 

Reduced Tax 
Period 
5 years 
8 years 
8 years 
8 years 
8 years 

Tax Exemption 
Period 
6 years 
6 years 
6 years 
6 years 
6 years 

Tax Exemption 
Period 
10 years 
10 years 
10 years 
10 years 
10 years 

Tax Exemption 
Period 
2 years 
2 years 
2 years 
2 years 
2 years 

Percent of 
Foreign Ownership 
0-25% 
25-48.99% 
49-73.99% 
74-89.99% 
90-100% 

Percent of 
Foreign Ownership 
0-25% 
25-48.99% 
49-73.99% 
74-89.99% 
90-100% 

Percent of 
Foreign Ownership 
0-25% 
25-48.99% 
49-73.99% 
74-89.99% 
90-100% 

v  The twelve years limitation period for reduced tax rate of 15% on dividend from the Approved Enterprise will not apply. 

Subject  to  applicable  provisions  concerning  income  under  the  alternative  package  of  benefits,  dividends  paid  by  a  company  are  considered  to  be  attributable  to  income 
received from the entire company and the company’s effective tax rate is the result of a weighted average of the various applicable tax rates, excluding any tax-exempt income. Under the 
Investments Law, a company that has elected the alternative package of benefits is not obliged to distribute retained profits, and may generally decide from which year’s profits to 
declare dividends. 

- 81 -

  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Currently we have five Approved Enterprises programs under the Capital Investment Law, which entitle us to some tax benefits. Income derived from these alternative benefit 
programs is exempt from tax for a period of two years, starting in the first year in which we generate taxable income from the Approved Enterprise, subject to certain conditions. As 
mentioned above the year’s limitation does not apply to the exemption period. 

Tax benefits under the 2005 Amendment 

The  amendment  includes  revisions  to  the  criteria  for  investments  qualified  to  receive  tax  benefits  as  an  Approved  Enterprise.  The  amendment  applies  to  new  investment 

programs and investment programs commencing after 2004, and does not apply to investment programs approved prior to December 31, 2004. 

 A company wishing to receive the tax benefits afforded to a Benefited Enterprise, as defined below, is required to select the tax year from which the period of benefits under 
the Investment Law are to commence by notifying the Israeli Tax Authority within 12 months of the end of that year. Companies are also granted the right to approach the Israeli Tax 
Authority for a pre-ruling regarding their eligibility for benefits under the Amendment 

Our company will continue to enjoy its current tax benefits in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Law prior to its revision, but if our company is granted any new 

benefits in the future they will be subject to the provisions of the amended Investment Law. 

The amendment simplifies the approval process: according to the amendment, only Approved Enterprises receiving cash grants require the approval of the Investment Center. 

The Amendment does not apply to benefits included in any certificate of approval that was granted before the Amendment came into effect, which will remain subject to the 

provisions of the Investment Law as they were on the date of such approval. 

Tax benefits are available under the Amendment to production facilities (or other eligible facilities), which are generally required to derive more than 25% of their business 
income from export (referred to as a "Benefited Enterprise"). In order to receive the tax benefits, the Amendment states that the company must make an investment in the Benefited 
Enterprise exceeding a certain percentage or a minimum amount specified in the Law. Such investment may be made over a period of no more than three years ending at the end of the 
year in which the company requested to have the tax benefits apply to the Benefited Enterprise (the "Year of Election"). Where the company requests to have the tax benefits apply to 
an expansion of existing facilities, then only the expansion will be considered a Benefited Enterprise and the company’s effective tax rate will be the result of a weighted combination of 
the applicable rates. In this case, the minimum investment required in order to qualify as a Benefited Enterprise is required to exceed a certain percentage or a minimum amount of the 
company’s production assets before the expansion. 

The duration of tax benefits is subject to a limitation of the earlier of 7 to 10 years from the Commencement Year, as described in the Investment Law, or 12 years from the first 
day of the Year of Election. The tax benefits granted to a Benefited Enterprise are determined, as applicable to its geographic location within Israel, according to one of the following 
new tax routes, which may be applicable to us: 

v  Similar to the currently available alternative route, exemption from corporate tax on undistributed income for a period of two to ten years, depending on the geographic location of 
the Benefited Enterprise within Israel, and a reduced corporate tax rate of 10% to 25% for the remainder of the benefits period, depending on the level of foreign investment in each 
year. Benefits may be granted for a term of seven to ten years, depending on the level of foreign investment in the company. If the company pays a dividend out of income derived 
from the Benefited Enterprise during the tax exemption period, such income will be subject to corporate tax at the applicable rate (10%-25%) in respect of the gross amount of the 
dividend that we may distribute. The company is required to withhold tax at the source at a rate of 15% from any dividends distributed from income derived from the Benefited 
Enterprise; and 

- 82 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
v  A  special  tax  route,  which  enables  companies  owning  facilities  in  certain  geographical  locations  in  Israel  to  pay  corporate  tax  at  the  rate  of  11.5%  on  income  of  the  Benefited 
Enterprise. The benefits period is ten years. Upon payment of dividends, the company is required to withhold tax at source at a rate of 15% for Israeli residents and at a rate of 4% 
for foreign residents. 

Generally, a company that is Abundant in Foreign Investment (as defined in the Investments Law) is entitled to an extension of the benefits period by an additional five years, 

depending on the rate of its income that is derived in foreign currency. 

The Amendment changes the definition of "foreign investment" in the Investments Law so that the definition now requires a minimal investment of NIS 5 million by foreign 
investors. Furthermore, such definition now also includes the purchase of shares of a company from another shareholder, provided that the company’s outstanding and paid-up share 
capital exceeds NIS 5 million. Such changes to the aforementioned definition will take effect retroactively from 2003. 

The Amendment will apply to Approved Enterprise programs in which the year of election under the Investments Law is 2004 or later, unless such programs received approval 
from the Investment Center on or prior to December 31, 2004, in which case the Amendment provides that terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval already granted will 
remain subject to the provisions of the law as they were on the date of such approval. 

As a result of the amendment, tax-exempt income generated under the provisions of the Investments Law, as amended, will subject us to taxes upon distribution or liquidation 
and we may be required to record deferred tax liability with respect to such tax-exempt income. As of December 2009 we did not generated any tax exempt income under the Investment 
Law. 

 Special Provisions Relating to Measurement of Taxable Income 

According to the law, until 2007, the results for tax purposes were measured based on the changes in the Israeli CPI. In February 2008, the "Knesset" (Israeli parliament) passed 
an amendment to the Income Tax (Inflationary Adjustments) Law, 1985, which limits the scope of the law starting 2008 and thereafter. Starting 2008, the results for tax purposes are 
measured in nominal values, excluding certain adjustments for changes in the Israeli CPI carried out in the period up to December 31, 2007. The amendment to the law includes, inter alia, 
the elimination of the inflationary additions and deductions and the additional deduction for depreciation starting 2008. 

Israeli Transfer Pricing Regulations 

On November 29, 2006, Income Tax Regulations (Determination of Market Terms), 2006, promulgated under Section 85A of the Tax Ordinance, came into effect (the "TP Regs"). 
Section 85A of the Tax Ordinance and the TP Regs generally require that all cross-border transactions carried out between related parties be conducted on an arm’s length principle 
basis and will be taxed accordingly. The TP Regs are not expected to have a material affect on us. 

Tax Benefits of Research and Development 

Israeli tax law permits, under some conditions, a tax deduction in the year incurred for expenditures, including capital expenditures, in scientific research and development 
projects, if the expenditures are approved by the relevant government ministry and if the research and development is for the promotion of the enterprise and is carried out by, or on 
behalf of, a company seeking the deduction. However, the amount of such expenses shall be reduced by the sum of any funds received through government grants for the finance of 
such scientific research and development projects. Expenditures not so approved are deductible over a three-year period. 

- 83 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Capital Gains Tax on Sales of Our Ordinary Shares 

Israeli law generally imposes a capital gains tax on the sale of any capital assets by residents of Israel, as defined for Israeli tax purposes, and on the sale of assets located in 
Israel,  including  shares  in  Israeli  companies,  by  both  residents  and  non-residents  of  Israel,  unless  a  specific  exemption  is  available  or  unless  a  tax  treaty  between  Israel  and  the 
shareholder’s country of residence provides otherwise. The law distinguishes between real gain and inflationary surplus. The inflationary surplus is a portion of the total capital gain 
which is equivalent to the increase of the relevant asset’s purchase price which is attributable to the increase in the Israeli consumer price index or, in certain circumstances, a foreign 
currency exchange rate, between the date of purchase and the date of sale. The real gain is the excess of the total capital gain over the inflationary surplus. 

Generally, the tax rate applicable to capital gains derived from the sale of shares, whether listed on a stock market or not, is 20% for Israeli individuals, unless such shareholder 
claims a deduction for financing expenses in connection with such shares, in which case the gain will generally be taxed at a rate of 25%. Additionally, if such shareholder is considered 
a "material shareholder" at any time during the 12-month period preceding such sale, i.e., such shareholder holds directly or indirectly, including with others, at least 10% of any means 
of control in the company, the tax rate shall be 25%. Israeli companies are subject to the Corporate Tax rate on capital gains derived from the sale of shares, unless such companies were 
not subject to the Adjustments Law (or certain regulations) at the time of publication of the aforementioned amendment to the Tax Ordinance that came into effect on January 1, 2006, in 
which case the applicable tax rate is 25%. However, the foregoing tax rates do not apply to: (i) dealers in securities; and (ii) shareholders who acquired their shares prior to an initial 
public offering (that may be subject to a different tax arrangement). 

The tax basis of shares acquired prior to January 1, 2003 will be determined in accordance with the average closing share price in the three trading days preceding January 1, 

2003. However, a request may be made to the tax authorities to consider the actual adjusted cost of the shares as the tax basis if it is higher than such average price. 

Non-Israeli residents are exempt from Israeli capital gains tax on any gains derived from the sale of shares of Israeli companies publicly traded on a recognized stock exchange 
or  regulated  market  outside  of  Israel,  provided  however  that  such  capital  gains  are  not  derived  from  a  permanent  establishment  in  Israel,  such  shareholders  are  not  subject  to  the 
Adjustments Law, and such shareholders did not acquire their shares prior to an initial public offering. However, non-Israeli corporations will not be entitled to such exemption if an 
Israeli resident (i) has a controlling interest of 25% or more in such non-Israeli corporation, or (ii) is the beneficiary or is entitled to 25% or more of the revenues or profits of such non-
Israeli corporation, whether directly or indirectly. 

In some instances where our shareholders may be liable to Israeli tax on the sale of their ordinary shares, the payment of the consideration may be subject to the withholding of 

Israeli tax at the source. 

Pursuant to the Convention Between the government of the United States of America and the government of Israel with Respect to Taxes on Income, as amended (the "U.S.-
Israel Tax Treaty"), the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares by a person who (i) holds the ordinary shares as a capital asset, (ii) qualifies as a resident of the United States 
within the meaning of the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty and (iii) is entitled to claim the benefits afforded to such person by the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, generally, will not be subject to the Israeli 
capital gains tax. Such exemption will not apply if (i) such Treaty U.S. Resident holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of our voting power during any part of the 
12-month  period  preceding  such  sale,  exchange  or  disposition,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  or  (ii)  the  capital  gains  from  such  sale,  exchange  or  disposition  can  be  allocated  to  a 
permanent establishment in Israel. In such case, the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares would be subject to Israeli tax, to the extent applicable; however, under the U.S.-
Israel Tax Treaty, such Treaty U.S. Resident would be permitted to claim a credit for such taxes against the U.S. federal income tax imposed with respect to such sale, exchange or 
disposition, subject to the limitations in U.S. laws applicable to foreign tax credits. The U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty does not relate to U.S. state or local taxes. 

Taxation of Non-Resident Holders of Shares 

Non-residents of Israel are subject to income tax on income accrued or derived from sources in Israel. Such sources of income include passive income such as dividends, 
royalties and interest, as well as non-passive income from services rendered in Israel. As of 2006, distributions of dividends other than bonus shares, or stock dividends, income tax is 
withheld at the source at the rate of 20%, 15% for dividends generated by an Approved Enterprise (if the dividend is distributed during the tax exemption period or within 12 years 
thereafter. In the event, however, that the company is qualified as a Foreign Investors’ Company, there is no such time limitation), unless a different rate is provided in a treaty between 
Israel and the shareholder’s country of residence. 

- 84 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Under the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, the maximum tax on dividends paid to a holder of ordinary shares who is a Treaty U.S. Resident is 25%. However, under the Investments Law, 
dividends generated by an Approved Enterprise (or Benefited Enterprise) are taxed at the rate of 15%. Furthermore, dividends not generated by an Approved Enterprise (or Benefited 
Enterprise) paid to a U.S. corporation holding at least 10% of our issued voting power during the part of the tax year which precedes the date of payment of the dividend and during the 
whole of its prior tax year, are generally taxed at a rate of 12.5%. 

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences 

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences that apply to U.S. Holders who hold ordinary shares as capital assets. This summary is 
based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, 
and the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. This summary does not address all tax 
considerations that may be relevant with respect to an investment in ordinary shares. This summary does not account for the specific circumstances of any particular investor, such as: 

v  broker-dealers, 

v 

financial institutions, 

v  certain insurance companies, 

v 

investors liable for alternative minimum tax, 

v 

tax-exempt organizations, 

v  non-resident aliens of the U.S. or taxpayers whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, 

v  persons who hold the ordinary shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities, 

v 

investors that actually or constructively own 10 percent or more of our voting shares, and 

v 

investors holding ordinary shares as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction. 

This summary does not address the effect of any U.S. Federal taxation other than U.S. Federal income taxation. In addition, this summary does not include any discussion of 
state, local or foreign taxation. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the non-U. S. and United States federal, state and local tax considerations of an investment in 
ordinary shares. 

For purposes of this summary, a U.S. Holder is: 

v  an individual who is a citizen or, a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes; 

v  a partnership, corporation or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; 

v  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; 

v  a trust if: (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of the trust, and (b) one or more United States persons have the authority to 

control all substantial decisions of the trust; or 

v  a trust, if the trust were in existence and qualified as a "United States person," within the meaning of the Code, on August 20, 1996 under the law as then in effect and elected to 

continue to be so treated. 

- 85 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Taxation of Dividends 

The gross amount of any distributions received with respect to ordinary shares, including the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld therefrom, will constitute dividends for U.S. 
Federal income tax purposes, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax principles. You will be required to include this 
amount of dividends in gross income as ordinary income. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your tax 
basis  in  the  ordinary  shares  and  any  amount  in  excess  of  your  tax  basis,  will  be  treated  as  gain  from  the  sale  of  ordinary  shares.  See  "Item  10.D.  Exchange  Controls"  under  the 
heading "Disposition of Ordinary Shares" below for the discussion on the taxation of capital gains. Dividends will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction generally available 
to U.S. corporations under Section 243 of the Code. 

Recently enacted amendments to the Code, as amended, provide that certain dividend income received by individual U.S. Holders, with respect to taxable years beginning on 
or before December 31, 2010 may be eligible for a reduced rate of taxation. Such dividend income will be taxed at the applicable long-term capital gains rate (currently, a maximum rate of 
15%) if the dividend is received from a "qualified foreign corporation," and the shareholder of such foreign corporation holds such stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period 
that begins on the date that is 60 days before the ex-dividend date for the stock. The holding period is tolled for any days on which the shareholder has reduced his risk of loss. A 
"qualified foreign corporation" is one that is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States. A foreign corporation will be treated as qualified with 
respect to any dividend paid, if its stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Dividend income will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation if 
the corporation is a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC (see below), for the year in which the dividend is distributed or for the previous year. 

Dividends that we pay in NIS, including the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld therefrom, will be included in your income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to 
the exchange rate in effect on the day such dividends are received. A U.S. Holder who receives payment in NIS and converts NIS into U.S. dollars at an exchange rate other than the rate 
in effect on such day may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax 
advisors concerning the U.S. tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of NIS. 

Any Israeli withholding tax imposed on such dividends will be a foreign income tax eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to certain 
limitations set out in the Code (or, alternatively, for deduction against income in determining such tax liability). The limitations set out in the Code include computational rules under 
which non-U.S. tax credits allowable with respect to specific classes of income cannot exceed the U.S. federal income taxes otherwise payable with respect to each such class of income. 
Dividends generally will be treated as foreign-source passive income for United States foreign tax credit purposes. Foreign income taxes exceeding the credit limitation for the year of 
payment or accrual may be carried back for the first preceding taxable years and forward for the first ten taxable years in order to reduce U.S. federal income taxes, subject to the credit 
limitation applicable in each of such years. A U.S. Holder will be denied a foreign tax credit with respect to Israeli income tax withheld from dividends received on the ordinary shares to 
the extent such U.S. Holder has not held the ordinary shares for at least 16 days of the 31-day period beginning on the date which is 15 days before the ex-dividend date or to the extent 
such U.S. Holder is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property. Any days during which a U.S. Holder has substantially 
diminished its risk of loss on the ordinary shares are not counted toward meeting the 16-day holding period required by the statute. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign 
tax credit are complex, and you should consult with your personal tax advisors to determine whether and to what extent you would be entitled to this credit. 

Dispositions of Ordinary Shares 

If you sell or otherwise dispose of ordinary shares, you will recognize gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the 
amount  realized  on  the  sale  or  other  disposition  and  the  adjusted  tax  basis  in  ordinary  shares.  Subject  to  the  discussion  below  under  the  heading  "Passive  Foreign  Investment 
Companies," such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the ordinary shares for more than one year at the time of 
the  sale  or  other  disposition.  In  general,  any  gain  that  you  recognize  on  the  sale  or  other  disposition  of  ordinary  shares  will  be  U.S.-source  for  purposes  of  the  foreign  tax  credit 
limitation; losses will generally be allocated against U.S. source income. Deduction of capital losses is subject to certain limitations under the Code. 

- 86 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In the case of a cash basis U.S. Holder who receives NIS in connection with the sale or disposition of ordinary shares, the amount realized will be based on the U.S. dollar value 
of the NIS received with respect to the ordinary shares as determined on the settlement date of such exchange. A U.S. Holder who receives payment in NIS and converts NIS into 
United States dollars at a conversion rate other than the rate in effect on the settlement date may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as U.S. source 
ordinary income or loss. 

Passive Foreign Investment Companies ("PFIC") 

There is a substantial risk that we are a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Our treatment as a PFIC could result in a reduction 

in the after-tax return to the U.S. Holders of our ordinary shares and may cause a reduction in the value of such shares. 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which either (i) 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) the 
average percentage of the value of all of our assets for the taxable year which produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%. For this purpose, cash is 
considered  to  be  an  asset  which  produces  passive  income.  Passive  income  includes,  among  others,  dividends,  interest,  certain  types  of  royalties  and  rents,  annuities,  net  foreign 
exchange gains and losses and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income. As a result of our substantial cash position and the 
decline in the value of our stock, we may be a PFIC under a literal application of the asset test that looks solely to market value. If we are a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, 
U.S.  Holders  of  our  ordinary  shares  would  be  required,  in  certain  circumstances,  to  pay  an  interest  charge  together  with  tax  calculated  at  maximum  rates  on  certain  "excess 
distributions," including any gain on the sale of ordinary shares. 

The  consequences  described  above  can  be  mitigated  if  the  U.S.  Holder  makes  an  election  to  treat  us  as  a  qualified  electing  fund,  or  QEF.  A  shareholder  making  the  QEF 
election is required for each taxable year to include in income a pro rata share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, subject to a separate election to defer payment of 
taxes, which deferral is subject to an interest charge. We have agreed to supply U.S. Holders with the information needed to report income and gain pursuant to a QEF election. The QEF 
election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and can be revoked only with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS. 

As an alternative to making the QEF election, the U.S. Holder of PFIC stock which is publicly traded could mitigate the consequences of the PFIC rules by electing to mark the 
stock to market annually, recognizing as ordinary income or loss each year an amount equal to the difference as of the close of the taxable year between the fair market value of the PFIC 
stock and the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the PFIC stock. Losses would be allowed only to the extent of net mark-to-market gain previously included by the U.S. Holder under the 
election for prior taxable years. All U.S. Holders are advised to consult their own tax advisers about the PFIC rules generally and about the advisability, procedures and timing of their 
making any of the available tax elections, including the QEF or mark-to-market elections. 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting 

Payments in respect of ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and to a 28 percent U.S. backup withholding tax. Backup 
withholding will not apply, however, if you (i) are a corporation or come within certain exempt categories, and demonstrate the fact when so required, or (ii) furnish a correct taxpayer 
identification number and make any other required certification. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited 
against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. tax liability, and a U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for 
refund  with  the  IRS.  Any  U.S.  holder  who  holds  10%  or  more  in  vote  or  value  of  our  ordinary  shares  may  be  subject  to  certain  additional  United  States  information  reporting 
requirements. 

- 87 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
U.S. Gift and Estate Tax 

An individual U.S. Holder of ordinary shares will be subject to U.S. gift and estate taxes with respect to ordinary shares in the same manner and to the same extent as with 

respect to other types of personal property. 

10.F. DIVIDEND AND PAYING AGENTS 

Not applicable. 

10.G. STATEMENT BY EXPERTS 

Not applicable. 

10.H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY 

Reports and other information of Optibase filed electronically with the SEC may be found at www.sec.gov. They can also be inspected without charge and copied at prescribed 
rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material are also available by mail from 
the Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. 

10.I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Most of our revenues are generated in U.S. dollars but a portion of our expenses is incurred in NIS. Therefore, our results of operations may be seriously harmed by inflation in 
Israel and currency fluctuations. In 2007, 2008 and 2009, the NIS appreciated by approximately 9%, 1.1% and 0.7%, respectively, against the U.S. dollar. In 2007, 2008 and 2009 the 
inflation rate in Israel was approximately 3.4%, 3.8% and 3.9%, respectively. Our operations could be adversely affected if we are unable to guard against currency fluctuations in the 
future. Accordingly, we may enter into currency hedging transactions to decrease the risk of financial exposure from fluctuations in the exchange rate of the dollar against the NIS. 
These measures, however, may not adequately protect us from material adverse effects due to the impact of inflation in Israel. 

In our balance sheet, we remeasure into U.S. dollars all monetary accounts (principally cash and cash equivalents and liabilities) that are maintained in other currencies. For this 
remeasurement we use the foreign exchange rate at the balance sheet date. Any gain or loss that results from this remeasurement is reflected in the statement of income as financial 
income or financial expense, as appropriate. 

We measure and record non-monetary accounts in our balance sheet (principally fixed assets, prepaid expenses, and share capital) in U.S. dollars. For this measurement we use 

the U.S. dollar value in effect at the date that the asset or liability was initially recorded in our balance sheet (the date of the transaction). 

The financial statements of Optibase Real Estate SARL whose functional currency has been determined to be CHF have been translated into U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities 
of this subsidiary are translated at year-end exchange rates and their statement of operations items are translated using the actual exchange rates at the dates on which those items are 
recognized. Such translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity. 

Interest Rate and Rating Risks 

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates in Switzerland relates primarily to our long term loan taken for the purchase of our real-estate property in Switzerland 

and denominated in Swiss Franks (CHF). Changes in Swiss interest rates, could affect our financial results. 

- 88 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Investments Risks 

In the second quarter of 2003, we transferred approximately $39.3 million of our monies and investments to Optibase, Inc. to achieve better net profit from the investment. As of 
December 31, 2009, our available net cash was $28.7 million. We manage our available cash on a discretionary basis, within the framework of an investment policy based upon an 
established  set  of  guidelines  approved  by  our  board  of  directors.  For  information  concerning  our  investment  policy,  see  "Item  5.B.  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources"  above.  The 
investment guidelines are to be reviewed periodically by our board of directors and Investment Committee with the President and Chief Financial Officer. As of December 31, 2009, our 
available cash was invested in short term interest bearing bank deposits and money market funds with several banks. Our available cash (including the money market funds) is generally 
classified as Cash and cash equivalents and, consequently, is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as such. 

Furthermore, our equity and other investments in private companies are subject to risk of loss of investment capital. These investments are inherently risky as the market for 
the technologies or products they have under development are typically in the early stages and may never materialize. We could lose our entire investment in these companies. At any 
time, a sharp rise in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on the fair value of our investments as well as on our results of operations. We do not currently hedge these 
interest rate exposures. 

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 

Not applicable. 

- 89 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 15T. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

 (a)    Our  management,  including  our  chief  executive  officer  and  chief  financial  officer,  has  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of 
December 31, 2009. Based on such review, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that we have in place effective controls and procedures designed to 
ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is accumulated and communicated to 
our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required 
disclosure, and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. 

(b)    Our management, under the supervision of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control 
over our financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is 
defined  as  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: 

— 

— 

— 

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and asset dispositions; 

provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  the  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  our  receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our 
management and directors; and 

provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a 
material effect on our financial statements. 

Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to 
future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of 
our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2009  based  on  the  framework  for  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  set  forth  by  The  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of 
December 31, 2009. 

- 90 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
This management report on internal control over financial reporting shall not be deemed to be filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 

amended or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that Section. 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was 
not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the Commission that permit us to provide only management’s report in this annual 
report. 

            (c)    There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting identified with the evaluation thereof that occurred during the period covered by this annual report 
that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting 

ITEM 16. [RESERVED] 

ITEM 16.A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 

The board of directors has determined that Ms. Orly Garti-Serroussi is an "audit committee financial expert" and that she is independent under the applicable Securities and 

Exchange Commission and NASDAQ listing rules. 

ITEM 16.B. CODE OF ETHICS 

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for our employees, including our chief executive officer and senior financial officers. The Code of Business Conduct 

and Ethics was attached as Exhibit 11 to the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed with the Commission on May 17, 2004. 

ITEM 16.C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

Kost, Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, or Ernst & Young has served as our independent public accountants for each of the fiscal years in the 

three-year period ended December 31, 2009, for which audited financial statements appear in this annual report on Form 20-F. 

The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional services and other services rendered by Kost, Forer Gabbay & Kasierer to Optibase in 2009 and 2008 (in 

thousands): 

Audit fees (1) 
Audit-related fees (2) 
Tax fees (3) 
All other fees (4) 
Total 

2008 

2009 

95 
100 
49 
-- 
244 

95 
-- 
-- 
-- 
95 

(1)  Audit fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit services engagement and other audit services, which are those services that only the external auditor can reasonably provide, 

and include the group audit; statutory audits; comfort letters and consents; attest services; and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC. 

(2)  Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements or that 
are traditionally performed by the external auditor, and include consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards; internal control reviews of new systems, 
programs  and  projects;  review  of  security  controls  and  operational  effectiveness  of  systems;  review  of  plans  and  control  for  shared  service  centers,  due  diligence  related  to 
acquisitions; accounting assistance and audits in connection with proposed or completed acquisitions; and employee benefit plan audits. 

(3)  Tax fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of original and amended tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance 
and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers and acquisitions, transfer pricing, and requests for rulings or technical advice from taxing 
authority; tax planning services; and expatriate tax planning and services. 

(4)  All  other  fees  include  fees  billed  for  training;  forensic  accounting;  data  security  reviews;  treasury  control  reviews  and  process  improvement  and  advice;  and  environmental, 

sustainability and corporate social responsibility advisory services. 

- 91 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures 

Optibase’s audit committee's main role is to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing and 
reporting practices of the Company. The audit committee oversees the appointment, compensation, and oversight of the public accounting firm engaged to prepare or issue an audit 
report  on  the  financial  statements  of  the  Company.  The  audit  committee's  specific  responsibilities  in  carrying  out  its  oversight  role  include  the  approval  of  all  audit  and  non-audit 
services to be provided by the external auditor and quarterly review the firm's non-audit services and related fees. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax 
services and other services, as described above. It is the policy of our audit committee to approve in advance the particular services or categories of services to be provided to the 
Company periodically. Additional services may be pre-approved by the audit committee on an individual basis during the year. 

During 2008 and 2009, none of audit-related fees, tax fees or other fees provided to us by Kost, Forer Gabbay & Kasierer in Israel or by Ernst & Young in the United States were 

approved by the audit committee pursuant to the de minimis exception to the pre-approval requirement provided by paragraph (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X. 

ITEM 16.D. EXEMPTION FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEE 

We have not and do not expect to apply for any exemptions from the NASDAQ listing standards for audit committees. 

ITEM 16.E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATE PURCHASERS 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 16F. CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 

None. 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Following the appointment of Danny Lustiger, on October 28, 2009, a former officer of the Company, as an additional director of the Company, our board of directors does not 
have a majority of independent directors and therefore we are not in compliance with the NASDAQ Global Market rules requiring that the board of directors of a listed company contain 
a majority of independent directors and have notified The NASDAQ that we will be following home practice rules in this respect. Danny Lustiger has ceased to be an officer of the 
Company on November 2007 and therefore, on November 2010 (following the laps of 3 years from the termination of Danny Lustiger's employment) our board of directors will have the 
majority of independent directors required pursuant to The NASDAQ Global Market rules. 

There are no other significant ways in which the Company’s corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies listed on the Nasdaq Global 

Market. 

- 92 -

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Not Applicable. 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

PART III 

The following are our financial statements audited by Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, together with the reports of Kost Forer Gabbay & 

Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global, for the fiscal year ended December 31 2009, are filed as part of this annual report: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS 

See Exhibit Index. 

- 93 -

Page 
F-2 
F-3 - F-4 
F-5 
F-6 
F-7 - F-8 
F-9 - F-34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2009 

U.S. DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS 

INDEX 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Consolidated Statements of Operations 

Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page 

F-2 

F-3 - F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

F-7 - F-8 

F-9 - F-36 

  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Kost Forer Gabbay & Kasierer 
3 Aminadav St. 
Tel-Aviv 67067, Israel 

Tel:  972 (3)6232525 
Fax: 972 (3)5622555 
www.ey.com/il 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of 

OPTIBASE LTD. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Optibase Ltd. ("the Company") and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the related 
consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are 
the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  did  not  audit  the  financial 
statements of Scopus Video Networks Ltd., an affiliate presented at equity method, in which the Company's investments totaled to $ 23,914 thousand as of December 31, 2008, and the 
Company's share in their losses amounted to $ 2,769 thousand and $ 1,930 thousand, for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. The financial statements of Scopus 
Video Networks Ltd. for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 were audited by other auditors, whose report have been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to 
amounts included for Scopus Video Networks Ltd. for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's 
internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in 
the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such 
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the reports of other auditors provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above, present fairly, in all material respects, the 
consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of 
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accounting principles. 

Tel-Aviv, Israel 
June 30, 2010 

KOST FORER GABBAY & KASIERER 
A Member of Ernst & Young Global 

F - 2

 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

U.S. dollars in thousands 

ASSETS 

CURRENT ASSETS: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

December 31, 

2008 

2009 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $ 355 and $ 414 at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively) (Note 16b) 
Other accounts receivable and prepaid expenses (Note 4) 
Inventories (Note 5) 

  $

Total current assets 

INVESTMENTS IN COMPANIES (Note 6) 

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS: 

Long-term lease deposits (Note 10a) 
Severance pay fund 

Total long-term investments 

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ASSETS, NET (Note 7) 

Property and equipment, net 
Real Estate Property, net 
Other assets, net 

Total property, equipment and other assets 

Total assets 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

F - 3

  $

11,386 
3,241 
690 
4,373 

19,690 

24,614 

309 
1,465 

1,774 

1,228 
- 
- 

1,228 

28,651 
2,338 
4,492 
2,356 

37,837 

700 

233 
1,230 

1,463 

636 
22,080 
634 

23,350 

63,350 

  $

47,306 

  $

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

CURRENT LIABILITIES: 

Current maturities of long term loan (Note 9) 
Trade payables 
Deferred revenues 
Other accounts payable and accrued expenses (Note 8) 

Total current liabilities 

ACCRUED SEVERANCE PAY 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Note 10) 

LONG TERM LOAN, NET OF CURRENT MATURITIES (Note 9) 

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 13): 

Share capital - 

Ordinary Shares of NIS 0.13 par value - 

Authorized: 30,000,000 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009; Issued: 16,914,281 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009; 
Outstanding: 16,522,058 and 16,536,708 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively 

Additional paid-in capital 
Treasury shares (392,223 and 377,573 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively) 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Accumulated deficit 

Total shareholders' equity 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

December 31, 

2008 

2009 

  $

  $

- 
2,276 
884 
6,920 

10,080 

2,215 

365 
1,095 
709 
6,315 

8,484 

1,731 

- 

17,897 

650 
125,492 

(1,306)  

- 

(89,825)  

35,011 

  $

47,306 

  $

650 
125,649 
(1,208)
(54)
(89,799)

35,238 

63,350 

June 30, 2010 
Date of approval of the 
financial statements 

Tom Wyler 
President and Chief Executive Officer. 

Amir Philips 
Chief Financial Officer 

F - 4

  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

Revenues: 
Video solutions 
Fixed income real estate 
Total revenues 

Costs and expenses: 

Cost of video solutions operations 
Research and development, net (Note 16a) 
Selling and marketing 
General and administrative 
Cost of real estate operations 

Total costs and expenses 

Operating loss 
Other income (expenses), net (Note 11) 
Financial income (expenses), net (Note 16c) 

Loss before taxes on income 

Taxes on income 

Loss after taxes on income 

Gain from sale of investment in affiliated company and equity in losses of affiliated companies, net 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations 

Net income (loss) 

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share from continuing operations 

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share from discontinued operations 

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share 

Weighted average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in 

thousands): 

Basic 

Diluted 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

F - 5

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

2007 

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2009 

  $

  $

22,977 
- 
22,977 

  $

19,901 
- 
19,901 

11,387 
5,362 
7,895 
2,276 
- 

26,920 

(3,943)  
(327)  
(31)  

(4,301)  

73 

(4,374)  

(2,769)  

(7,143)  

(30)  

9,754 
6,375 
8,964 
2,931 
- 

28,024 

(8,123)  
218 
270 

(7,635)  

- 

(7,635)  

(1,930)  

(9,565)  

20 

  $

  $

  $

  $

(7,173)   $

(9,545)   $

(0.53)   $

(0.63)   $

(0.00)   $

0.00 

  $

(0.53)   $

(0.63)   $

13,602 

13,602 

15,159 

15,159 

13,149 
272 
13,421 

6,537 
3,725 
5,763 
2,601 
125 

18,751 

(5,330)
- 
617 

(4,713)

- 

(4,713)

4,773 

60 

- 

60 

0.00 

0.00 

0.00 

16,534 

16,540 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

U.S. dollars in thousands 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

Ordinary 
shares 

Additional 
paid-in 
capital 

Treasury 
shares 

Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
income (loss)   

Accumulated 
deficit 

Total 
comprehensive 
loss 

Total 
shareholders' 
equity 

Balance as of January 1, 2007 

  $

539 

  $

119,181 

  $

(2,278)   $

(339)   $

(72,609)  

  $

44,494 

Exercise of employees stock options 
Stock-based compensation related to options and 

unvested shares granted to employees 
Issuance of treasury shares upon vesting of 

unvested shares 

Other comprehensive loss: 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale marketable 

securities, net 

Net loss 

Total comprehensive loss 

Balance as of December 31, 2007 

Issuance of ordinary shares in a private placement 

(see Note 13a) 

Stock-based compensation related to options and 

unvested shares granted to employees 
Issuance of treasury shares upon vesting of 

unvested shares 

Other comprehensive loss: 

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale marketable 

securities, net 

Net loss 

Total comprehensive loss 

2 

- 

- 

- 
- 

541 

109 

- 

- 

- 
- 

223 

1,013 

- 

(252)  

500 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

605 
- 

- 

- 

(248)  

- 

  $

(7,173)  

  $

605 
(7,173)  
(6,568)  

120,165 

(1,778)  

266 

(80,030)  

4,891 

658 

- 

- 

(222)  

472 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

(266)  
- 

Balance as of December 31, 2008 

650 

125,492 

(1,306)  

Stock-based compensation related to options and 

unvested shares granted to employees 
Issuance of treasury shares upon vesting of 

unvested shares 

Other comprehensive loss: 

Foreign currency translation adjustment 
Net income 

Total comprehensive income 

- 

- 

- 
- 

221 

(64)  

- 
- 

- 

98 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

(54)  
- 

- 

- 

(250)  

- 

  $

(9,545)  

  $

(89,825)  

- 

(34)  

- 
60 

  $

  $

(266)  
(9,545)  
(9,811)  

(54)  
60 
6 

225 

1,013 

- 

605 
(7,173)

39,164 

5,000 

658 

- 

(266)
(9,545)

35,011 

221 

- 

(54)
60 

Balance as of December 31, 2009 

  $

650 

  $

125,649 

  $

(1,208)   $

(54)   $

(89,799)  

  $

35,238 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

F - 6

  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

2007 

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2009 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

U.S. dollars in thousands 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income (loss) 
Adjustments required to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Impairment of an affiliated company 

            Gain from sale of investment in affiliated company and equity in losses of an affiliated companies, net 

Accrued interest and amortization of premium and discount on available-for-sale marketable securities, net 
Realized gain on sale of available-for-sale marketable securities 
Impairment of available-for-sale marketable securities 
Loss on sale of property and equipment 
Accrued severance pay, net 
Compensation related to options and restricted shares granted to employees and directors 
Decrease in trade receivables, net 
Decrease (increase) in other accounts receivable and prepaid expenses 
Decrease (increase) in inventories 
Increase (decrease) in trade payables 
Decrease in deferred costs 
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenues 
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other accounts payable 
Gain on sale of intangible assets 
Net cash provided by discontinued operations 

Net cash used in operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 
Purchase of property and equipment 
Proceeds from redemption of available-for-sale marketable securities 
Proceeds from sale of intangible assets 
Investment in long-term lease deposits 
Investment in affiliated companies 
Investment in other assets 
Investment in real estate property 
Proceeds from sale of an affiliated company 

  $

(7,173)   $

(9,545)   $

1,244 
325 
2,769 
(192)  
(210)  
582 
2 
163 
1,013 
491 
(715)  
(1,507)  
990 
500 
(1,313)  
(964)  
- 
121 

(3,874)  

41 
(945)  

36,173 
- 
(5)  
(20,382)  

- 
- 
- 

1,090 
- 
1,930 
- 
(274)  
- 
- 
(180)  
658 
812 
797 
713 
(477)  
- 
494 
870 
(218)  
43 

(3,287)  

- 
(393)  
8,482 
218 
9 

(8,556)  

- 
- 
- 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

14,882 

(240)  

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Short-term bank credit 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Issuance of ordinary shares in a private placement 
Proceeds from bank loan 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Exchange differences on balances of cash and cash equivalents 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

(3,002)  
225 
- 
- 

(2,777)  

- 
8,231 
2,316 

(634)  
- 
5,000 
- 

4,366 

- 
839 
10,547 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

  $

10,547 

  $

11,386 

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

F - 7

60 

1,047 
- 
(4,773 ) 
- 
- 
- 
8 
(249)
221 
903 
(3,801)
1,939 
(1,182)
- 
(175)
(605)
- 
- 

(6,607)

1 
(276)
- 
- 
76 
- 
(659)
(22,282)
28,691 

5,551 

- 
- 
- 
18,353 

18,353 

(32)
17,265 
11,386 

28,651 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

U.S. dollars in thousands 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activities: 

(a) 

Non-cash transactions: 

Reclassification of inventories into property and equipment 

(b) 

Cash paid during the year for: 

Interest 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

F - 8

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

2007 

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2009 

  $

  $

333 

  $

235 

  $

386 

  $

49 

  $

77 

26 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 1:- 

GENERAL 

a. 

Optibase Ltd. ("the Company") was incorporated and commenced operations in 1990. 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

The Company has two wholly-owned subsidiaries: Optibase Inc. in the United States which was incorporated in 1991 ("the U.S subsidiary") and Optibase Real 
Estate Europe SARL ("Optibase SARL") in Luxembourg which was incorporated in October 2009 (collectively: "the Group"). 

In October 2009, the Company acquired through a new subsidiary in Luxembourg, a commercial real estate property in Rumlang, Switzerland in consideration of 
approximately $ 22,800 and engaged in fixed income real estate activity (see also Note 3). 

The  Company  and  its  U.S  subsidiary  provide  high  quality  equipment  for  a  wide  range  of  professional  video  applications  in  the  Broadband  IPTV,  Broadcast, 
Government, Enterprise and Post-production markets, which performed through the operation of two product lines: Video technologies and IPTV. 

The Company and its U.S subsidiary sell their products worldwide, directly and through distributors, Value Added Resellers ("VARs"), system integrators and 
Original Equipment Manufacturers ("OEMs"), all of which are considered end-customers from the perspective of the Company and its subsidiary. 

The majority of the Company and its U.S subsidiary sales are made in North America, Europe and the Far East. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 
2009, the Company had one major customer whose revenues were approximately 14%, 17% and 12%, respectively, from the total revenues. 

On March 16, 2010, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (“the Agreement”) with Vitec Multimedia ("Vitec"), a French company, for the sale 
of its video technology and IPTV business for consideration of $ 8,000 in cash. In addition, Optibase and Vitec agreed on an earn-out mechanism pursuant to 
which 45% of Vitec's revenues deriving from the video business exceeding $14,000 in the year following the closing of the transaction will be paid to Optibase as 
additional consideration. The Agreement contemplated the sale of substantially all of the assets and liabilities relating to the business with the exception of 
specific assets and liabilities as defined in the Agreement. As of the signing date of the financial statements, the closing of this transaction is still subject to the 
receipt of the consideration and is expected to occur shortly after the release of these financial statements. See further details in Note 17c. Following the closing 
of the transaction the Company's business will focus on the real estate segment. In addition, the Company's entire revenues and expenses for the years ended 
2008 and 2009 from the video technology and IPTV business will be classified after the closing of the Agreement as discontinued operations in the Company's 
financial statements. 

b. 

Discontinued operations: 

In 2006, the Company determined that the level of activity and cash flow generated from the disposed digital non-linear product line are no longer significant and 
as such reassessed the classification of the Digital non-linear product line, and decided that it meets the definition of discontinued operation, in accordance with 
ASC 205-20 "Discontinued Operation". 

Accordingly, the results of operations including revenues, operating expenses and other income and expenses of the digital non-linear product line for the years 
2007 and 2008 have been classified in the accompanying statements of operations as discontinued operations. No income or expenses were recognized for the 
year ended December 31, 2009. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP"). 

F - 9

 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 2:- 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

the  FASB 

issued  what  has  been  codified 

In  June  2009, 
(Formerly:  SFAS  No.  168, 
"the FASB Accounting Standards Codifications and Hierarchy of GAAP - a Replacement of SFAS 162"). The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting 
Standards  Codification™  ("Codification")  became  the  single  source  of  authoritative  U.S.  GAAP.  The  Codification  did  not  create  any  new  GAAP  standards  but 
incorporated  existing  accounting  and  reporting  standards  into  a  new  topical  structure  with  a  new  referencing  system  to  identify  authoritative  accounting  standards, 
replacing the prior references to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS), Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF), FASB Staff Position (FSP), etc. Authoritative 
standards  included  in  the  Codification  are  designated  by  their  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (ASC)  topical  reference,  and  new  standards  will  be  designated  as 
Accounting Standards Updates (ASU), with a year and assigned sequence number. Beginning with this report for the year ended December 31, 2009, references to prior 
standards have been updated to reflect the new referencing system. 

in  ASC  105,  "Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles" 

a. 

Use of estimates: 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company's management believes that the estimates, judgments and 
assumptions  used  are  reasonable  based  upon  information  available  at  the  time  they  are  made.  These  estimates,  judgments  and  assumptions  can  affect  the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of 
revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

b. 

Financial statements in U.S. dollars: 

A majority of the revenues of the Company and its subsidiaries is generated in United States dollars ("dollars"). In addition, a substantial portion of their costs is 
incurred or determined in dollars. The Company's management believes that the dollar is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company 
and its subsidiaries operate. Thus the dollar is their functional and reporting currency. Accordingly, monetary accounts maintained in currencies other than the 
dollar are remeasured into U.S. dollars, in accordance with ASC 830, "Foreign Currency Matters" (Formerly: SFAS No. 52, "Foreign Currency Translation"). All 
transaction gains and losses of the remeasured monetary balance sheet items are reflected in the statements of operations as financial income or expenses, as 
appropriate. 

The financial statements of Optibase SARL (subsidiary in Luxembourg) whose functional currency has been determined to be CHF (Swiss Francs) have been 
translated into U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities of this subsidiary are translated at year-end exchange rates and their statement of operations items are translated 
using the actual exchange rates at the dates on which those items are recognized. Such translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of 
accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity. 

c. 

Principles of consolidation: 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances, including profits from 
intercompany sales not yet realized outside of the Group, have been eliminated upon consolidation. 

F - 10

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 2:- 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.) 

d. 

Cash equivalents: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

Cash equivalents include short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash, with original maturities of three months or less. 

e. 

Inventories: 

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  value.  Inventory  reserves  are  provided  to  cover  risks  arising  from  slow-moving  items  or  technological 
obsolescence. In 2007, 2008 and 2009, the Company and its subsidiaries recorded write-off charges in a total amount of $ 0, $ 79 and $ 171, respectively, related to 
obsolete inventory and slow-moving items, which are included in the statement of operations under cost of revenues. 

Cost is determined as follows: 

Raw materials and components - by the "moving average cost" method. 

Work in progress and finished goods - cost of manufacturing with the addition of allocable indirect manufacturing costs by the "average cost" method. 

f. 

Property and equipment: 

Property and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. 

Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, at the following annual rates: 

Computers and peripheral equipment 
Office furniture and equipment 
Motor vehicles 
Building 
Leasehold improvements 

g. 

Long-lived assets including intangible assets: 

%  

20 – 33 
6 – 20 
15 
35 
The shorter of the useful life or term of the lease 

The Company and its subsidiaries long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, "Property, Plant and Equipment" (Formerly: SFAS 
No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets"), whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future 
undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the 
amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount 
or fair value less costs to sell. 

F - 11

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 2:- 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.) 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

The  Company  reviewed  assets  on  a  component-level  basis,  which  is  the  lowest  level  of  assets  for  which  there  are  identifiable  cash  flows  that  can  be 
distinguished operationally and for financial reporting purposes. The carrying amount of the asset group was compared with the related expected undiscounted 
future cash flows to be generated by those assets over the estimated remaining useful life of the primary asset. In cases where the expected future cash flows 
were less than the carrying amounts of the assets, those assets were considered impaired and written down to their fair values. Fair value was established based 
on discounted cash flows. As of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, no impairment losses have been identified. 

h.  

Investments in affiliated companies: 

Investments  in  companies  that  are  not  controlled  but  over  which  the  Company  can  exercise  significant  influence  are  presented  using  the  equity  method  of 
accounting. The Company discontinues applying the equity method when its investment is reduced to zero and the Company has not guaranteed obligations of 
the affiliate or otherwise committed to provide further financial support to the affiliate. 

Investments in non-marketable equity securities of entities in which the Company does not have control or the ability to exercise significant influence over their 
operation and financial policies are recorded at cost. 

Management evaluates investments in affiliates and other companies for evidence of other-than temporary declines in value. When relevant factors indicate a 
decline in value that is other-than temporary the Company recognizes an impairment loss for the decline in value. As for impairment charges recorded in 2007, 
2008 and 2009 see Note 6. 

i. 

Revenue recognition: 

The Company and its subsidiaries generate revenues mainly from the followings: 

Sale of hardware products ("products") and to a lesser extent from sales of software products - The Video solutions revenues. Fixed income-real-estate. 

The Video solutions revenues 

The Company and its U.S. subsidiary sell their products worldwide directly and through system integrators, VARs, distributors and OEMs who are considered 
end-customers. 

Revenues from product sales in which the software is incidental to the hardware are recognized in accordance with ASC 605, "Revenue Recognition" and Staff 
Accounting  Bulletin  No.  104,  "Revenue Recognition in  Financial Statements"  (SAB  104),  when  delivery  has  occurred,  persuasive  evidence  of  an  agreement 
exists, the vendor's fee is fixed or determinable, no further obligation exist and collectability is probable. Estimated warranty costs, which are insignificant, are 
based on the Company and its U.S. subsidiary's past experience and are accrued in the financial statements. The Company and its U.S. subsidiary do not grant a 
right of return. 

Revenues from sale of products that include post customer support are recognized in accordance with ASC 605-25 Multiple Element Arrangements" (formerly: 
Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 00-21, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables"). Multiple-element arrangement (an arrangement that 
involves the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets) is separated into more than one unit of accounting, and revenue 
from such deliverables is recognized under SAB 104. 

F - 12

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 2:- 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.) 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

The Company accounts for product sales in which the software is more-than incidental to the functionality of the hardware in accordance with ASC 985-605 
"Revenue Recognition - Software" (Formerly - Statement of Position No. 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition"). ASC 985-605 generally requires revenue earned 
on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair value of the elements. ASC 985-605 also requires 
that revenue be recognized under the "residual method" when vendor-specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of fair value exists for all undelivered elements and 
VSOE does not exist for one or more of the delivered elements. Under the residual method, any discount in the arrangement is allocated to the delivered elements. 

Maintenance and support revenue included in multiple element arrangements is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the maintenance 
and support agreement. The VSOE of fair value of the undelivered elements (maintenance and support), is determined based on the renewal rate charged when 
these elements are sold separately. 

Amounts received from customers for whom revenue has not yet been recognized, are presented as deferred revenues. 

Fixed income-real-estate 

Rental  income  includes  minimum  rents  and  expenses  recoveries.  Minimum  rents  are  recognized  on  an  accrual  basis  over  the  terms  of  the  related  leases  on  a 
straight-line basis. Lease revenue recognition commences when the lessee is given possession of the leased space and there are no contingencies offsetting the 
lessee's obligation to pay rent. 

Substantially all of the lease agreements contain provisions that require reimbursement of the tenant's share of real estate taxes, insurance and common area 
maintenance costs, or common area maintenance fees ("CAM"). Revenue from tenant reimbursements of taxes, CAM and insurance is recognized in the period 
that the applicable costs are incurred in accordance with the lease agreements. 

j. 

Research and development costs: 

ASC 985-20 "Costs of Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Marketed" (Formerly known as SFAS 86, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, 
Leased  or  Otherwise  Marketed")  requires  capitalization  of  certain  software  development  costs  subsequent  to  the  establishment  of  technological  feasibility. 
Based on the Company product development process, technological feasibility is established upon completion of a working model. 

Research and development costs incurred in the process of developing product improvements or new products, are generally charged to expenses as incurred, 
net of participation of the Office of the Chief Scientist of Israel's Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor, and the European Union Research and Development 
Program. 

In the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, all research and development costs were charged to the statements of operations as incurred. 

F - 13

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 2:- 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.) 

k. 

Income taxes: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

The Company and its subsidiaries account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, "Income Taxes" (Formerly: SFAS 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes"). 
This Statement prescribes the use of the liability method, whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between 
financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are 
expected to reverse. The Company and its subsidiaries provide a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable 
value. 

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740 (Formerly: FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, 
an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109"). ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes by establishing minimum standards for the 
recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Under the requirements of ASC 740, the Company must review all of its 
tax positions and make a determination as to whether its position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by regulatory authorities. If a tax 
position meets the more-likely–than-not standard, then the related tax benefit is measured based on a cumulative probability analysis of the amount that is more-
likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement or disposition of the underlying issue. 

l. 

Royalty-bearing grants: 

Royalty-bearing grants from the Government of Israel for research and development are recognized at the time the Company is entitled to such grants on the basis 
of the related costs incurred, and are recorded as a reduction of research and development costs (see also Note 10b). 

m. 

Non-royalty-bearing grants: 

The  Company  receives  non-royalty-bearing  grants  from  the  European  Union  Research  and  Development  Program,  and  from  the  STRIMM  and  NEGEV 
consortiums, which are part of the Office of the Chief Scientist Magnet program. These grants are recognized at the time the Company is entitled to such grants 
on the basis of the costs incurred, and are recorded as a reduction in research and development costs. 

n. 

Concentrations of credit risk: 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company and its subsidiaries to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, 
trade receivables and long-term lease deposits. 

Cash and cash equivalents are invested in U.S. dollar deposits with major banks in Israel and the United States. Such deposits in the United States may be in 
excess  of  insured  limits  and  are  not  insured  in  other  jurisdictions.  The  Company  maintains  cash  and  cash  equivalents  with  diverse  financial  institutions  and 
monitors the amount of credit exposure to each financial institution. The trade receivables of the Company and its subsidiaries are geographically diversified and 
derived from sales to customers mainly in North America, Europe and the Far East. The Company and its U.S. subsidiary generally do not require collateral; 
however,  in  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  and  its  U.S.  subsidiary  may  require  letters  of  credit,  advance  payments,  insurance,  and  other  collateral  or 
additional  guarantees.  An  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is  determined  with  respect  to  those  amounts  that  the  Company  and  its  U.S.  subsidiary  have 
determined to be doubtful of collection in addition to a general allowance for the remaining accounts. The Company and its subsidiary perform ongoing credit 
evaluations of their customers. 

F - 14

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 2:- 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.) 

o. 

Basic and diluted net earnings (losses) per share: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

Basic net earnings (losses) per share are computed based on the weighted average number of Ordinary shares outstanding during each year. Diluted net earnings 
(losses) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of Ordinary shares outstanding during each year, plus dilutive potential Ordinary shares 
considered outstanding during the year, in accordance with ASC 260, "Earning Per Share" (Formerly: SFAS 128, "Earnings Per Share"). All outstanding stock 
options and unvested shares have been excluded from the calculation of the diluted net earnings (losses) per Ordinary share because the securities are anti-
dilutive for all periods presented. 

p. 

Accounting for stock-based compensation: 

The Company accounts for stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  ASC  718  "Compensation –  Stock Compensation"  (formally:  SFAS  123(R),  ''Share-
Based Payment''). 

ASC 718 requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. 

The  value  of  the  portion  of  the  award  that  is  ultimately  expected  to  vest  is  recognized  as  an  expense  over  the  requisite  service  periods  in  the  Company’s 
consolidated statements of income. 

The Company recognizes compensation expenses net of estimated forfeitures and recognizes the compensation costs for only those shares expected to vest on a 
straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term of four years. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be 
estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. 

The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  stock  options  granted  using  the  Black-Scholes-Merton  option  pricing  model.  The  option-pricing  model  requires  a 
number of assumptions, of which the most significant are the expected stock price volatility and the expected option term. Expected volatility is calculated based 
upon actual historical stock price movements. The expected term of options granted is based upon historical experience and represents the period of time that 
options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk free interest rate is based on the yield from U.S. treasury bonds with an equivalent term. The Company 
has historically not paid dividends and has no foreseeable plans to pay dividends. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the fair value was 
estimated at the date of grant using the following assumptions: 

Dividend yield 
Volatility 
Risk free interest 
Expected term (years) 

F - 15

2007 

0% 
58% 
4.6% 
4.6 

December 31, 
2008 

0% 
58% 
3% - 4.6% 
4.6 

2009 

0% 
60% 
2.36% - 3.69% 
4.75 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 2:- 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.) 

q. 

Severance pay: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

The Company's liability for severance pay is calculated pursuant to Israel's Severance Pay Law, based on the most recent salary of the employees, multiplied by 
the  number  of  years  of  employment  as  of  the  balance  sheet  date.  Israeli  employees  are  entitled  to  severance  equal  to  one  month's  salary  for  each  year  of 
employment, or a portion thereof. The Company's liability for all of its employees is fully provided by monthly deposits with insurance policies and by an accrual. 
The value of these policies is recorded as an asset in the Company's balance sheet. 

The deposited funds include profits or losses accumulated up to the balance sheet date. The deposited funds may be withdrawn only upon the fulfillment of the 
obligation, pursuant to the Severance Pay Law or labor agreements. The value of the deposited funds is based on the cash surrendered value of these policies, 
and includes immaterial profits. 

Commencing July, 2007, the Company's employees elected to be included under section 14 of the Severance Compensation Act, 1963 ("section 14"). According to 
section  14,  these  employees  are  entitled  only  to  monthly  deposits,  at  a  rate  of  8.33%  of  their  monthly  salary,  made  in  their  name  with  insurance  companies. 
Payments in accordance with section 14 release the Company from any future severance payments (under the above Israeli Severance Pay Law) in respect of 
those employees. The aforementioned deposits are not recorded as an asset in the Company's balance sheet. 

Severance pay expense amounted to $ 446, $ 599 and $ 380 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. 

r. 

Employee benefit plan: 

The Company has a 401(K) defined contribution plan covering certain employees in the U.S. All eligible employees may elect to contribute up to 100%, but no 
more than $ 16.5 per year (and $ 22 for employees of 50 years of age and above), of their annual compensation to the plan through salary deferrals, subject to IRS 
limits. The Company makes a matching contribution up to 25% over a vesting period of 5 years. 

s. 

Fair value measurements: 

The carrying amounts of our financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits, trade receivables, accounts receivable, trade 
payables, other accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value because of their generally short maturities. 

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no assets and liabilities measured at fair value under ASC 820 "Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures" 

t.  

Treasury Shares: 

During past years, the Company repurchased certain of its Ordinary shares on the open market and holds such shares as treasury shares. The Company presents 
the cost to repurchase treasury shares as a reduction from shareholders' equity. 

F - 16

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 2:- 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.) 

u.  

Fair value of financial instruments: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

The carrying amounts of our financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts receivable, trade payables, other accounts 
payable, and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value because of their generally short-term maturities. 

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted ASC 820 (Formerly SFAS 157), "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures". ASC 820 clarifies that fair value is an 
exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As 
such,  fair  value  is  a  market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a 
liability.  As  a  basis  for  considering  such  assumptions,  ASC  820  establishes  a  three-tier  value  hierarchy,  which  prioritizes  the  inputs  used  in  the  valuation 
methodologies in measuring fair value: 

Level 1- 

 Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. 

Level 2- 

 Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace. 

Level 3- 

 Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity. 

The fair value hierarchy also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. 

Cash measured at fair value under ASC 820 on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009. 

v.  

Business Combinations: 

In  December 2007,  the  FASB  issued  ACS  No.  805  (Formerly  SFAS  141(R)  ), ‘‘Business  Combinations’’.  This  Statement  replaces  SFAS  No.  141, ‘‘Business 
Combinations’’, and requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, including those arising from contractual contingencies, any 
contingent consideration and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date. In addition, the 
statement requirement to measure the noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at fair value will result in recognizing the goodwill attributable to the noncontrolling 
interest in addition to that attributable to the acquirer. 
ACS 805 applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning 
on or after December 15, 2008. 

w.  

Impact of recently issued accounting standards: 

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2009-13, “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (ASU 2009-13). This update 
amends ASC Topic 605-25, “Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” to remove the criterion that entities must use objective and 
reliable evidence of fair value in separately accounting for deliverables and provides entities with a hierarchy of evidence that must be considered when allocating 
arrangement consideration. The update also requires entities to allocate arrangement consideration to the separate units of accounting based on the deliverables’ 
relative selling price. ASU 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after 
June 15, 2010, unless the election is made to adopt ASU 2009-13 retrospectively. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

F - 17

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 2:- 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Cont.) 

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-14, “Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements” (ASU 2009-14). This update modifies the 
scope  of  the  software  revenue  recognition  guidance  to  exclude  (a) non-software  components  of  tangible  products  and  (b) software  components  of  tangible 
products that are sold, licensed, or leased with tangible products when the software components and non-software components of the tangible product function 
together to delivery the product’s  functionality.  ASU  2009-14 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal 
years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, unless the election is made to adopt ASU 2009-14 retrospectively. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to 
have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

In  January  2010,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No. 2010-06,  “Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures  (Topic  820):  Improving  Disclosures  about  Fair  Value 
Measurements” (ASU 2010-06). ASU 2010-06 includes new disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements, including transfers in and out of Levels 1 
and 2 and additional information about Level 3 activity. The new disclosures are required in interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 
2009, except for the disclosures relating to Level 3 activity, which are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within 
those fiscal years. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

NOTE 3:- 

BUSINESS COMBINATION 

On October 29, 2009, the Company through its subsidiary in Luxemburg acquired a commercial building located in Switzerland. The five-storey building includes 12,500 
square meters (approximately 134,500 square feet) of rentable space with offices, laboratory and retail uses. The purchase price for the transaction was approximately CHF 
23,500 (approximately $ 22,800 as of the purchase date) of which CHF 18,800 (approximately $ 18,100 as of the purchase date) was financed through a long-term loan from a 
Swiss bank (see details in Note 9). The Company recognized in 2009 approximately $ 201 of acquisition-related costs. 

The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The purchase price has been allocated to land, building and intangible assets. The 
aggregate value of other acquired intangible assets, consisting of in-place leases, is measured by the excess of (i) the purchase price paid for a property after adjusting 
existing in-place leases to market rental rates over (ii) the estimated fair value of the property as-if-vacant, determined as set forth above. The value of in-place leases 
exclusive of the value of above-market and below-market in-place leases is amortized to expense over the remaining non-cancelable periods of the respective leases. If a 
lease were to be terminated prior to its stated expiration, all unamortized amounts relating to that lease would be written off. Other than as discussed above, the Company 
has  determined  that  the  real  estate  properties  do  not  have  any  other  significant  identifiable  intangibles.  Following  the  acquisition,  the  Company  reports  on  operating 
segments as described in Note 14. 

The results of operations of the acquired property are included in the Company's financial statements from the date the acquisition has been completed. The intangible 
assets associated with the property acquisition are included in the consolidated balance sheets. 

F - 18

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 3:- 

BUSINESS COMBINATION (Cont.) 

The total purchase price was allocated as follows: 

Cash paid 

Land 
Building 
Intangible assets 

Total purchase price 

Unaudited pro forma results: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

  $

22,828 

2,818 
19,354 
656 

  $

22,828 

The following unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial information presents the Company's adjusted results of operations as if the acquisition had occurred as 
of the beginning of the fiscal years 2008 and 2009, assuming that net income for the periods incorporates the amortization of intangible assets and financing costs from the 
loan that was used for the acquisition: 

Technology net  revenues (audited) 
Real estate net  revenues (unaudited) 

    Technology net income (loss) (audited) 
    Real estate net income (unaudited) 

    Technology Basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share 

Real estate Basic and diluted net earnings per share 

Year ended 
December 31,   
2008 

Year ended  
December 31,   
2009 

  $

19,901 
1,608 

13,149 
1,530 

21,509 

  $

14,679 

(9,545)   $
505 

(9,040)    $

(0.63)   $
0.03 

(0.60)   $

212 
426 

638 

0.01 
0.03 

0.04 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the combined results that would have been attained had the acquisitions taken place at the beginning of 
2008 and 2009, nor is it necessarily indicative of future results. 

F - 19

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 4:-  OTHER ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND PREPAID EXPENSES 

Government authorities 
Prepaid expenses 
Short-term deposit (1) 
Interest receivable 
Others 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

December 31, 

2008 

2009 

 $

 $

 $

455 
85 
- 
5 
145 

690 

 $

228 
151 
3,750 
131 
232 

4,492 

(1) 

Short-term  deposit  was  paid  by  the  Company  to  a  third-party  in  connection  with  potential  transaction  to  acquire  interest  in  an  office  building  in  the  U.S.A. 
Subsequent to December 31, 2009, this transaction was terminated and the Company received the deposit from the third party. 

NOTE 5:- 

INVENTORIES 

Raw materials and components 
Work in progress 
Finished goods 

NOTE 6:- 

INVESTMENTS IN COMPANIES 

December 31, 

2008 

2009 

 $

 $

 $

1,707 
324 
2,342 

4,373 

 $

1,035 
149 
1,172 

2,356 

a. 

b. 

c. 

The Company holds on a fully diluted basis approximately 4.34% of Mobixell Network, Inc. equity. The investment is treated on the basis of the cost method. As 
of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the investment's balance amounts to $ 700. 

The Company holds approximately 32% on a fully diluted basis, of V.Box Communication Ltd. ("V. Box"), a privately held Company. The Company recorded 
impairment losses in the amount of $ 325 in the year ended December 31, 2007, which are included in the statement of operations under other expenses (income), 
net.  Through  December  31,  2007,  the  Company  has  impaired  the  investment  and  the  balance  of  the  investment  was  $  0.  Optibase  did  not  invest  additional 
amounts in 2008 and 2009. 

In January 2007, the Company purchased 3,035,223 Ordinary shares of Scopus, representing approximately 23% of Scopus then issued share capital, from Koor 
Corporate Venture Capital and Koor Industries Ltd. at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $ 15,935. In August 2007, the Company has completed a 
tender offer process and purchased on the market additional 690,000 Ordinary shares of Scopus, representing approximately 5% of Scopus then issued share 
capital, at an aggregate purchase price of $ 3,968. 

In January 2008, the Company purchased additional 1,380,000 Ordinary shares of Scopus, bringing its aggregated investment to approximately 37% of Scopus 
then issued share capital. The consideration of the purchase amounted to approximately $ 8,556. 

F - 20

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 6:- 

INVESTMENTS IN COMPANIES (Cont.) 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

The Company accounted for the investment in accordance with the provision of ASC 323 "Investment - Equity Method and Joint Ventures" (formerly: APB 18), 
and as the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over Scopus, the equity method of accounting was applied. As such, the purchase price has 
been allocated to the assets acquired and the liability assumed based on their fair value at the dates of acquisition. The fair values of the identified assets were 
established  based  on  an  independent  valuation  study  performed  by  a  third-party  specialist.  The  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  the  net 
tangible and intangible assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill totaling approximately $ 1,627 in the 2008 acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 
2008, the Company recorded its share of Scopus loss as well as amortization of tangible and intangible assets acquired, amounting to $ 1,930. 

The following summarizes information of Scopus: 

Current assets 
Non current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non current liabilities 

Revenues 
Gross profit 
Net Income 

December 31, 

2008 

2009 

62,275    $
4,620    $
(20,117)   $
(1,921)   $

Year ended December 31, 
2009 
2008 

75,654    $
37,113    $
346    $

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

On December 23, 2008, the Company entered into an Agreement with Harmonic Inc. ("Harmonic") and Scopus, pursuant to which Scopus will become a wholly 
owned subsidiary of Harmonic. In connection with the Agreement, the Company and Harmonic entered into a voting agreement pursuant to which the Company 
has undertaken to vote in favor of the transactions. The Company has agreed also to grant Harmonic a proxy and appointed certain Harmonic officers as its proxy 
to vote in favor of the transactions. 

As  of  December  31,  2008,  the  proposed  acquisition  was  subject  to  customary  conditions,  regulatory  approvals  and  the  approval  of  Scopus'  shareholders.  In 
connection with the acquisition, Optibase entered into a voting agreement with Harmonic pursuant to which Optibase has undertaken to vote in favor of the 
acquisition at Scopus' shareholder meeting. The closing took place in March 2009. 

On March 12, 2009 following the closing of the merger agreement between Scopus and Harmonic, the Company had disposed of its entire holding in Scopus for a 
total  consideration  of  approximately  $  28,700  and  recorded  other  income,  which  include  equity  in  losses  of  $  4,773.  The  Company  does  not  expect  any  tax 
payments as a result of the sale. 

The Company and Scopus have agreed to waive any claim against each other (and against Harmonic, in the case of claims by the Company) arising from or in 
connection with the term sheet, previously signed by the Company and Scopus with respect to negotiations took place between the parties during 2008 and the 
termination of such negotiations. Scopus undertook in addition to reimburse the Company for certain of its expenses associated with such negotiations in the 
aggregate amount of $ 300. 

F - 21

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
   
     
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
   
     
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 7:- 

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ASSETS, NET 

Cost: 

Computers and peripheral equipment 
Office furniture and equipment 
Motor vehicles 
Leasehold improvements 

Accumulated depreciation 

Depreciated cost *) 

Cost (See Note 3 for more details): 

Land 
Real estate property 

Accumulated depreciation 

Depreciated cost 

Acquired intangible assets, net ** 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

December 31, 

2008 

2009 

  $

11,783 
357 
5 
852 

12,997 
11,769 

1,228 

  $

  $

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

  $

- 

  $

11,985 
363 
- 
796 

13,144 
12,508 

636 

2,818 
19,354 

22,172 

92 

22,080 

634 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

*) 

Depreciation expenses amounted to $ 1,244, $ 1,090 and $ 933 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. 

**) 

Amortization expenses amounted to $ 22 for the year ended December 31, 2009.  See further details with regards to the other assets in Note 3. 

Estimated amortization expenses for each of the five succeeding fiscal years are as follows: 

Year 

2010 
2011 
    2012 
2013 
2014 

F - 22

Estimated 
amortization 
expenses 

  $

130 
130 
130 
130 
104 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 8:-  OTHER ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES 

Employees and payroll accruals 
Royalties (see Note 10b) 
Accrued expenses 
Government authorities 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

December 31, 

2008 

2009 

  $

  $

1,998 
1,906 
2,204 
812 

  $

6,920 

  $

1,119 
2,046 
2,035 
1,115 

6,315 

NOTE 9:- 

SHORT-TERM BANK CREDIT LINE AND LONG TERM LOAN 

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009, the Company and its subsidiaries had authorized lines of credit in the amount of $ 921 and $ 395, respectively, out of which $ 921 and $ 
395, respectively, are linked to the NIS and bear an annual bank interest rate of Prime plus 1%-1.25%. 

The Company and its subsidiaries did not utilize its line of credit as of December 31, 2008 and 2009. 

On October 29, 2009, the Company’s subsidiary in Luxemburg was granted a mortgage loan ("the loan") from a financial institution in Switzerland, in the amount of CHF 
18,800 for the purpose of purchasing its real estate property located in Switzerland ("the property"). The loan bears an adjustable interest rate based on current money and 
capital markets in Switzerland plus the bank’s customary margins. The financial institution may increase margin at any time if creditworthiness of the borrower or quality of 
the property is impaired. Principal and interest of the loan are payable quarterly. The mortgage loan may be repaid at any time with a three months prior written notice by 
the Company. The mortgage loan is governed by the laws of Switzerland and bears other terms and conditions customary for that type of mortgage loans. The Company 
pledged to the bank the property and all accounts and assets of the Company’s subsidiary which are deposited with the bank against the loan received. 

Maturities of long term loan by years are as follows: 

Year ended December 31, 

2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2016 and thereafter 

  $

365 
365 
365 
365 
365 
16,072 

  $

17,897 

F - 23

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
   
 
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 10:-  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 

a. 

Lease commitments: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

The Company and its subsidiaries facilities and motor vehicles are leased under several operating lease agreements for periods ending in 2011. 

Future minimum lease commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows: 

Year ended December 31, 

2010 
2011 

  $

  $

841 
575 

1,416 

As  of  December  31,  2009,  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  provided  long-term  deposits  amounting  to  $ 233  as  collateral,  in  accordance  with  the  lease 
agreements. 

Rent expenses amounted to $ 693, $ 759 and $ 725 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Motor vehicle leasing expenses for the 
years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, were $ 549, $ 482 and $ 334, respectively. 

b. 

Royalty commitments: 

The Company participated in programs sponsored by the Israeli Government for the support of research and development activities. The Company is obligated to 
pay royalties to the Office of the Chief Scientist ("OCS"), amounting to 3%-3.5% of the sales of the products and other related revenues generated from such 
projects, up to 100% of the grants received, linked to the U.S. dollar and for grants received after January 1, 1999 also bearing interest at the rate of LIBOR. The 
obligation to pay these royalties is contingent on actual sales of the products and in the absence of such sales, no payment is required. 

Through December 31, 2009, the Company has paid or accrued royalties to the OCS in the amount of $ 4,248, which was recorded under cost of revenues. As of 
December 31, 2009, the Company had an outstanding contingent obligation to pay royalties in the amount of approximately $ 4,162 plus interest. 

c. 

Guarantees: 

As of December 31, 2009, the Company has obtained bank guarantees in favor of a lessor and the Israeli Chambers of Commerce totaling $ 143. 

d. 

Assets pledged as collateral: 

As collateral for the Company's lines of credit, a fixed charge has been placed on the Company's property and equipment, shareholders' equity and a floating 
charge (security interest in assets of the Company as they exist from time to time) has been placed on all the other assets of the Company. 

F - 24

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
   
 
   
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 10:-  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Cont.) 

e. 

Legal claim and contingent liabilities: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

In September 2005, the Company was served with a lawsuit filed by Vsoft Ltd., or Vsoft, a company that is undergoing liquidation proceedings and which claimed 
that during 2002 the Company negotiated with Vsoft in bad faith regarding a potential purchase of its share capital, which led to Vsoft's entering into bankruptcy 
proceedings. Vsoft demanded damages in the amount of $2,129 as well as the payment of reimbursement of expenses, legal fees and applicable VAT. On January 
1, 2006, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit based on our claim that Vsoft's receiver did not approve the lawsuit as determined by the liquidation 
court. The Company's motion to dismiss was denied. The Company believes, based on the facts known to the Company and based on the advice of the 
Company's external legal advisors as of this annual report, that though the claim for damages is without merit, the court may rule otherwise, and as such the 
Company have provided an amount which it believes would cover the risk associated with that lawsuit. 

There are several legal proceedings initiated against the Company in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, it is not anticipated that the 
settlement or resolution of any such matters, if any, will have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

NOTE 11:- 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES), NET 

Impairment losses of V.Box 

Sale of Intangible Assets 

Other expenses 

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2007 

2009 

  $

(325)   $

- 

  $

- 

(2)  

218 

- 

  $

(327)   $

218 

  $

- 

- 

- 

- 

NOTE 12:-  TAXES ON INCOME 

a. 

Measurement of taxable income under the Income Tax (Inflationary Adjustments) Law, 1985: 

According to the law, until 2007, the Company's results for tax purposes were measured based on the changes in the Israeli Consumer Price Index ("CPI"). As 
explained in Note 2b, the financial statements are measured in U.S. dollars. The difference between the annual change in the Israeli CPI and in the NIS/dollar 
exchange rate causes a further difference between taxable income and the income before taxes shown in the financial statements. In accordance with ASC 740 
"Income taxes" (formerly: SFAS No. 109), the Company has not provided deferred income taxes on the difference between the functional currency and the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities. 

F - 25

  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 12:-  TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.) 

b. 

Corporate tax rates: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

Taxable income of Israeli companies is subject to tax at the rate of 29% in 2007, 27% in 2008, 26% in 2009, 25% in 2010, 24% in 2011, 23% in 2012, 22% in 2013, 21% 
in 2014, 20% in 2015, 18% in 2016 and thereafter. 

c. 

Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 ("the law"): 

The Company's production facilities have been granted the status of an "Approved Enterprise" under the law, for five separate investment programs. 

According to the provisions of the law, the Company has elected the "Alternative Package of Benefits" - waiver of grants in return for tax benefits. 

According to the provisions of the law, income derived from the "Approved Enterprise" programs, under the " Alternative Package of Benefits", will be tax-
exempt for a period of two years, commencing with the year in which the Company first earns taxable income and subject to corporate taxes at the reduced tax rate 
of 10%-25%, for an additional period of five to eight years (depending on the percentage of foreign investor ownership in the Company). 

The  law  also  provides  that  an  approved  enterprise  is  entitled  to  accelerated  depreciation  on  its  property  and  equipment  that  are  included  in  an  approved 
enterprise program in the first five years of using the equipment. 

The period of tax benefits detailed above is limited to the earlier of 12 years from the commencement of production, or 14 years from receiving the approval (this 
limitation does not apply to the exemption period). 

If the retained tax-exempt income is distributed in a manner other than upon the complete liquidation of the Company, it would be taxed at the reduced corporate 
tax  rate  applicable  to  such  profits  (between  10%-25%)  on  the  gross  amount  of  dividend  distributed.  In  addition,  these  dividends  will  be  subject  to  a  15% 
withholding tax. 

The tax benefits available to an approved enterprise are contingent upon the Company's fulfillment of the conditions stipulated in the Law, regulations published 
hereunder and the criteria set forth in the specific certificates of approval. In the event of failure to comply with these conditions, the benefits may be canceled 
and the Company may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, in whole or in part, including interest. As of December 31, 2009 management believes that 
the Company is meeting all of the aforementioned conditions. 

On April 1, 2005, an amendment to the Law came into effect ("the Amendment") and has significantly changed certain provisions of the Law. The Amendment 
sets forth the scope of enterprises which may be approved by the Investment Center by setting criteria for the approval of a facility as a "Beneficiary Enterprise", 
such as provisions generally requiring that at least 25% of the "Beneficiary Enterprise" income will be derived from export. Additionally, the Amendment enacted 
major  changes  in  the  manner  in  which  tax  benefits  are  awarded  under  the  Law  so  that  companies,  that  elect  tax  benefits  under  the  "Alternative  package  of 
benefits", no longer require Investment Center approval in order to qualify for tax. The company has elected one Beneficiary Enterprise status pursuant to the 
Amendment benefits. 

F - 26

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 12:-  TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.) 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

However, the Investment Law provides that terms and benefits included in any certificate of approval already granted will remain subject to the provisions of the 
law as they were on the date of such approval. Therefore the Company's existing "Approved Enterprise" will generally not be subject to the provisions of the 
Amendment. 

Should the Company derive income from sources other than the "Approved Enterprise" during the relevant period of benefits; such income will be taxable at the 
regular Israeli corporate tax rate. 

Since the company has more than one approval or only a portion of its capital investments are approved, its effective tax rate is the result of a weighted average 
of the applicable rates. As of December 31, 2009, the Company did not generate any income under the provisions of the Law and the Amendment. 

d. 

Tax assessments: 

The Company has final tax assessments through the tax year 2005. 

On December 27, 2007 and on May 28, 2008, the Company received from the Israeli Tax Authorities a Tax Assessment (the "Assessment") for the years 2002-2003 
and 2004-2005 respectively. On January 13, 2009 the Company signed a settlement agreement with the ITA, according to which, an amount of $ 73 was paid by the 
Company for the final tax assessments for the years 2002-2005. 

e. 

Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxation), 1969: 

The  Company  currently  believes  that  it  qualifies  as  an  "industrial  company"  under  the  above  law  and,  as  such,  is  entitled  to  certain  tax  benefits,  mainly 
accelerated depreciation of machinery and equipment, and the right to claim public issuance expenses over three years, as a deduction for tax purposes. 

Eligibility for benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not subject to receipt of prior approval from any governmental authority. No assurance can be 
given that the Israeli tax authorities will agree that we qualify, or, if we qualify, that we will continue to qualify as an industrial company or that the benefits 
described above will be available to us in the future. 

f. 

Deferred income taxes: 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes 
and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company and its subsidiaries deferred tax assets are as follows: 

Operating loss carry forward 
Reserves and allowances 

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance 
Valuation allowance 

Net deferred tax asset 

F - 27

December 31, 

2008 

2009 

  $

19,870    $
8,912     

28,782     
(28,637)    

17,969 
7,205 

25,174 
(25,029)

  $

145    $

145 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
   
     
 
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
  
   
      
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 12:-  TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.) 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

The Company and its subsidiaries have provided valuation allowances in respect of deferred tax assets resulting from tax loss carryforward and other temporary 
differences. Management currently believes that, since the Company and its subsidiaries have a history of losses, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax 
regarding the loss carryforward and other temporary differences will not be realized in the foreseeable future. During 2009, the valuation allowance was decreased 
by approximately $ 3,608 primarily due to reduction in tax rate in Israel as described in paragraph b above. 

g. 

Net operating losses carryforward: 

Through December 31, 2009, Optibase Ltd. had a net operating losses carryforward for tax purposes in Israel of approximately $ 53,297 which may be carried 
forward and offset against taxable income in the future, for an indefinite period. 

As of December 31, 2009, Optibase Inc. had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $ 21,861 that can be carried forward and offset against 
taxable income for 20 years, no later than 2009 to 2029. Utilization of U.S. net operating losses may be subject to the substantial annual limitation due to the 
"change in ownership" provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net 
operating losses before utilization. 

h. 

Reconciliation of the theoretical tax expenses to the actual tax expenses: 

A reconciliation between the theoretical tax expense, assuming all income is taxed at the statutory tax rate applicable to the income of the Company and the actual 
tax expense as reported in the statements of operations is as follows: 

Loss before taxes as reported 

Theoretical tax benefit computed at the statutory rate (29%, 27% and 26% for the years 2007, 2008 

and 2009, respectively) 

Tax adjustments in respect of currency translation 
Income and other items for which a valuation allowance was provided 
Current adjustment of ASC 740-10 
Settlement of prior years tax assessments 
Other non-deductible expenses 

  $

  $

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2007 

2009 

(4,301)   $

(7,635)   $

(4,713)

(1,247)   $
(71)    
895     
73     
-     
423     

(2,061)   $
203     
1,623     
(73)    
73     
235     

(1,225)
17 
1,270 
- 
- 
(62)

Income tax expense 

  $

73    $

-    $

- 

F - 28

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
   
     
     
 
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
      
      
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 12:-  TAXES ON INCOME (Cont.) 

i. 

Loss before taxes on income consists of the following: 

Domestic 
Foreign 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2007 

2009 

  $

  $

(4,135)   $
(166)    

(8,655)   $
1,020     

(4,745)
32 

(4,301)   $

(7,635)   $

(4,713)

j. 

On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC Topic 740-10, "Income Taxes", previously referred to as FIN 48.. Prior to 2007, the Company 
used the provisions of ASC 450 "Contingencies" (previously: FAS 5, "Accounting for Contingencies") to determine tax contingencies. As of January 1, 2007 
there was no effect on the Company's shareholders equity upon the Company's adoption of ASC Topic 740-10. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

Balance at the beginning of the year 
Reduction related to settlements of tax matters 
Additions related to tax positions taken during the year 

Balance at the end of the year 

2008 

2009 

  $

  $

218    $
(73)    
-     

145    $

145 
- 
- 

145 

The Company conducts business globally and, as a result, the Company or its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various 
states, as well as Switzerland and Luxembourg. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities such as Israel, 
Switzerland, Luxembourg and the United States. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax 
examinations for years before 2003 and is no longer subject to Israeli examinations for years before 2005. 

NOTE 13:-  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

a. 

General: 

1. 

The Ordinary shares of the Company are traded on the NASDAQ Global Market since April 1999. 

Ordinary shares confer on their holders the right to receive notice to participate and vote in general meetings of the Company, the right to a share in 
excess assets upon liquidation of the Company, and the right to receive dividends, if declared. 

2. 

On June 25, 2008, following the receipt of the approval of the Company's shareholders on June 18, 2008, the Company had completed a private issuance 
of 2,816,901 ordinary shares of the Company to, the Company's President, Chief Executive Officer and then Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors, 
in consideration for $5,000. 

F - 29

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
   
     
     
 
   
  
   
      
      
  
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
   
     
 
   
   
  
   
      
  
 
 
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 13:-  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Cont.) 

b. 

Stock options: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

Since 1990, the Company has granted options to employees and directors to purchase Ordinary shares. 

In 1999, the Company adopted an Israeli Option Plan ("1999 Israeli option plan"), a U.S. Option Plan ("1999 U.S. option plan") (collectively "the 1999 plans"). 
Under  the  terms  of  the  above  option  plans,  options  may  be  granted  to  employees,  officers,  directors  and  various  service  providers  of  the  Company  and  its 
subsidiaries.  Also,  the  options  generally  become  exercisable  monthly  over  a  four-year  period,  commencing  one  year  after  date  of  the  grant,  subject  to  the 
continued employment of the employee. The options generally expire no later than seven years from the date of the grant. 

In April 2001, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the adoption of the 2001 Non-Statutory Share Option Plan. Under the terms of this plan, options 
may be granted to available personnel, employees, directors and consultants. The options to be granted under the plan are limited to non-statutory options. The 
plan has terms similar to those contained under the 1999 U.S. Option Plan. 

On May 1, 2003, the Board of Directors of the Company approved three years extension to the options granted under the 1994 share option agreement. At the 
same date, the Company adopted the "Share Option Agreement 2003" in accordance with the amended Section 102 of Israel's Income Tax Ordinance. 

The exercise price of the options granted under the plans may not be less than the nominal value of the shares into which such options are exercised. Any 
options, which are forfeited or cancelled before expiration, become available for future grants. 

The total number of options available for future grants as of December 31, 2009 was 2,303,302. 

A summary of the Company's stock option activity, and related information, is as follows: 

2007 
    Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
price 

Amount 

Year ended December 31 
2008 
    Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

Amount 

2009 
    Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
price 

Amount 

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 

Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 

2,209,922    $
210,000    $
(86,892)   $
(377,904)   $

5.66     
3.72     
2.55     
13     

1,955,126    $
32,500    $
-    $
480,939    $

4.19     
1.95     
-     
4.39     

1,506,687    $
200,000    $
-    $
(588,214)   $

Outstanding at the end of the year 

1,955,126    $

4.19     

1,506,687    $

4.05     

1,118,473    $

Exercisable options at the end of the year 

1,725,942    $

4.08     

1,432,447    $

4.08     

907,895    $

4.05 
1.26 
- 
3.23 

3.99 

4.60 

Options vested and expected to vest at end 

of year 

Weighted average fair value of options 

granted during the year 

$

1,490,907   

3.94     

1,420,878    $

2.89 

     $

1.94     

     $

0.98     

     $

1.308 

F - 30

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
   
     
     
 
  
   
   
     
   
     
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
   
   
   
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 13:-  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Cont.) 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between the Company's closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal 
year 2009 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders 
exercised their options on December 31, 2009. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company's stock. As of December 31, 2009, the total 
intrinsic value of outstanding options was $ 14. 

As of December 31, 2009, there was $ 170 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to options compensation arrangements granted under the Company's 
stock option plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a period of up to 3 years. 

c. 

Nonvested shares: 

In May 2006, the Board of Directors approved the adoption of the 2006 Israeli Incentive Compensation Plan (the "2006 Plan"). The 2006 Plan provides for the 
grant of options, restricted shares and restricted share units in accordance with various Israeli tax tracks. The Company currently uses the 2006 Plan for the grant 
of restricted shares only. The restricted shares are granted at no consideration and with a vesting schedule of two years (50% each year). The restricted shares 
are granted in accordance with the Israeli capital gains tax track. As of December 31, 2009 the pool consists of 300,000 Shares, where an aggregate of 116,450 
ordinary shares has been reserved for issuance under the 2006 Plan. 

A summary of the status of the entity's nonvested shares as of December 31, 2009, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2009, is presented below: 

Nonvested shares 

Non-vested at January 1, 2008 

Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 

Non-vested at December 31, 2008 

Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 

Non-vested at December 31, 2009 

Weighted 
average grant 
date fair value  

Shares 

76,650    $

20,000    $
(61,900)   $
(9,000)   $

25,750    $

20,000    $
(14,750)   $
(1,000)   $

30,000    $

3.48 

2.01 
3.44 
3.38 

2.46 

1.05 
2.63 
4.03 

1.39 

As  of  December  31,  2009,  there  was  $ 8  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  share-based  compensation  arrangements  granted  to 
employees under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a period of up to 2 years. 

F - 31

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
  
   
     
 
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
  
   
      
  
   
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 13:-  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Cont.) 

d. 

The total equity-based compensation expense related to all of the Company's equity-based awards, recognized for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, 
was comprised as follows: 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

Cost of goods sold 
Research and development 
Selling and marketing 
General and administrative 

Total equity-based compensation expense before taxes 

NOTE 14: -  SEGMENT REPORTING 

Year ended December 31, 
2009 
2008 

  $

  $

80    $
60     
272     
246     

658    $

16 
18 
108 
79 

221 

a. 

The Company's segment information has been prepared in accordance with ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting”. Operating segments are defined as 
components of an enterprise engaging in business activities about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company's 
chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company's chief operating decision-maker is the chief 
executive officer, who evaluates our performance and allocates resources based on segment revenues and operating profit. 

Commencing October 2009, following the acquisition of the real estate property as described in Note 3, the Company's operating segments are Video solution and 
Fixed income real estate (See Note 1 for more details). 

Segment operating profit is defined as income from operations, excluding unallocated headquarters costs. Expenses included in segment operating profit consist 
principally of direct selling, general, administrative and delivery costs. 

Year ended December 31, 2009 
Fixed Income 
Real Estate 

Video 
Solutions 

Total 

Revenues from external customers 
Operating (loss) 
Financial expenses, net 
Equity in losses and gain from sale of investment in affiliated company 
Income before taxes on income 
Depreciation and amortization 
Segment assets 

F - 32

  $
  $

  $

  $
  $

13,149    $
(5,216)   $

4,773     

933    $
40,226    $

272    $
(114)   $

     $
     $
114    $
23,224    $

13,421 
(5,330)
617 
4,773 
60 
1,047 
63,350 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
   
     
 
   
   
   
  
   
      
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
   
     
     
 
   
      
      
   
      
  
OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 14: -  SEGMENT REPORTING (Cont.) 

Summary information about geographic areas: 

The following presents total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and long-lived assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2009. 

Israel 
North America 
Europe 

    Far East (excluding Japan) 

Japan 
Fixed income from real estate in Europe 
Other 

2007 

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2009 

Total 
revenues*) 

Total 
revenues*) 

Long- 
lived 
assets 

Total 
revenues*) 

Long- 
Lived 
Assets 

  $

1,186    $
10,813     
7,228     
3,309     
167     
-     
274     

444    $
10,756     
4,246     
3,848     
275     
-     
332     

1,433    $
104     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

474    $
7,399     
1,883     
3,153     
119     
272     
121     

848 
21 

- 
- 
22,714 
- 

  $

22,977    $

19,901    $

1,537    $

13,421    $

23,583 

*)         Revenues are attributed to countries based on end-customer location. 

b. 

Total revenues from external customers per product line are divided as follows: 

Video technologies 
IPTV 
Fixed Income Real Estate 

NOTE 15:-  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS- 

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2007 

2009 

  $

8,923    $
14,054     
-     

6,420    $
13,481     
-     

3,672 
9,477 
272 

  $

22,977    $

19,901    $

13,421 

The  Company  has  signed  sublease  and  distribution  agreements  with  V.  Box  through  December 31,  2005.  From  January  2006  through  December  2008,  the  sublease 
agreement with V. Box was renewed on a month by month basis. The sublease agreement was not renewed starting January 2009. 

The balances with and the revenues derived from related party were as follows: 

a.

Balances with related party: 

Trade receivables: 

V. Box 

F - 33

December 31, 

2008 

 2009

  $

65 

  $

64 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
   
     
     
 
   
   
  
   
      
      
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 15:-  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Cont.) 

b.

Revenues from related party: 

V. Box 
Scopus 

c.

Sublease and IT services payment received from related party: 

V. Box 

d.

Purchases from related party: 

  Scopus 
  V. Box 

e.

General and administrative from related party: 

  Scopus 

NOTE 16:-  SELECTED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA 

a. 

Research and development, net: 

Total research and development costs 
Less - grants and participation 

b. 

Allowance for doubtful accounts: 

Balance at beginning of year 
Increase during the year 
Write-off of bad debts 

Balance at the end of year 

F - 34

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

2007 

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2009 

  $
  $

  $

  $
  $

  $

9 
- 

  $
  $

11 
23 

  $
  $

92 

  $

125 

  $

99 
213 

  $
  $

102 
107 

  $
  $

- 

  $

300 

  $

8 
- 

22 

- 
31 

- 

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2007 

2009 

7,143    $
(1,781)    

7,498    $
(1,123)    

5,020 
(1,295)

5,362    $

6,375    $

3,725 

313    $
56     
(2)    

367    $

367    $
159     
(171)    

355    $

355 
172 
(113)

414 

  $

  $

  $

  $

 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
   
     
     
 
   
  
   
      
      
  
  
 
  
   
     
     
 
   
   
  
   
      
      
  
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 16:-  SELECTED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA (Cont.) 

c. 

Financial income (expenses): 

Financial income: 

Interest 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Realized gains on sale of available-for-sale marketable securities 

Financial expenses: 

Interest 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Realized losses on sale of available-for-sale marketable securities 
Impairment of marketable securities 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

Year ended December 31, 
2008 

2007 

2009 

 $

 $

804 
- 
733 

1,537 

(359)
(104)
(523)
(582)

(1,568)

 $

214 
- 
349 

563 

(79)
(139)
(75)
- 

(293)

 $

(31)

 $

270 

 $

423 
257 
- 

680 

(63)
- 
- 
- 

(63)

617 

NOTE 17:-  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) 

a. 

On March 1, 2010 the Company’s subsidiary in Luxembourg entered into an Option Agreement with a Cypriot company, Chessell Holdings Limited, with respect 
to the commercial building acquired by the Company in October 2009, in Rümlang, Switzerland. Through its beneficial owner, Chessell Holdings, introduced 
Optibase  to  the  Rumlang  property  and  facilitated  Optibase’s  acquisition  and  financing  of  the  property.  Under  the  Option  Agreement,  the  Company  granted 
Chessell Holdings an option to purchase twenty percent (20%) of the share capital of the Company. Chessell Holdings undertook to pay a purchase price for the 
option of CHF 315. The exercise price under the Option Agreement is calculated based on Optibase’s acquisition costs for the Rumlang Property plus interest 
and an adjustment for proceeds that are distributed to the Company’s shareholders. The shares that would be issued to Chessell Holdings upon exercise of the 
option will not have voting rights and would be subject to transfer restrictions in favor of Optibase. 

b. 

In January 2010, Mobixell networks had acquired a company and paid part of the acquisition costs with newly issued shares. As a result, the Company’s holding 
in Mobixell on a fully diluted basis had decreased from 4.34% to 3.71%. 

F - 35

  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
   
   
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

U.S. dollars in thousands (except share and per share data) 

NOTE 17:-  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) (Cont.) 

OPTIBASE LTD. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES 

c. 

d. 

On March 16, 2010, the Company signed an Assets Purchase Agreement (APA) with a wholly owned subsidiary of VITEC Multimedia ("Vitec") pursuant to 
which  Optibase  Ltd.  and  its  subsidiary  Optibase  Inc.  (collectively,  "Optibase")  will  sell  their  entire  video  business  to  Vitec  (the  "Business"  and  the 
"Transaction", respectively). Under the terms of the transaction, which was approved by the Board of Directors of both companies, in consideration for the sale 
of the Business, Vitec will pay the Company an aggregate amount of $ 8,000 in cash of which $ 1,000 will be deposited in escrow for a 2-year period as a security, 
inter  alia,  for  breach  or  material  inaccuracy  relating  to  Optibase's  representations  and  warranties.  In  addition,  Optibase  and  Vitec  agreed  on  an  earn-out 
mechanism pursuant to which 45% of Vitec's revenues deriving from the Business exceeding $ 14,000 in the year following the closing of the Transaction will be 
paid to Optibase. Consummation of the Transaction is subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions precedent standard for transactions of this nature. Closing 
of the Transaction is expected to occur on June 30, 2010, after the release of this annual report. Upon signing of the Transaction, Vitec deposited US $500 in 
escrow to be paid to Optibase if closing does not take place within a specific period of time from signing, subject to certain limited circumstances, principally 
relating to non fulfillment of certain closing conditions by Optibase, in which case, such funds will be returned to Vitec. After closing of the transaction, the 
company will reclassify its entire revenues and expenses for the years 2008 and 2009 as discontinues operation. 

On February 2, 2010, Mazal 485 LLC, a company whose beneficial interest is jointly owned by the Company and by Gilmore USA LLC ("Mazal"), filed a lawsuit 
against SL Green Realty Corp. and several of its subsidiaries ("SL Green") regarding the Purchase Agreement for interests in 485 Lexington Avenue. On January 
7, 2010, the Company received a notice from the seller of 485 Lexington Avenue stating that the Purchase Agreement is terminated. The lawsuit alleges that SL 
Green breached material terms of the Purchase Agreement and breached its covenant of good faith and fair dealing toward Mazal 485 LLC. The lawsuit seeks 
specific performance to enforce SL Green's obligations under the Purchase Agreement and an abatement of the purchase price to compensate Mazal 485 LLC for 
damages incurred as a result of SL Green’s breaches. On March 16, 2010, SL Green filed a motion for an order dismissing Mazal's claims, which was heard on June 
2, 2010. On June 23, 2010, SL Green's motion to dismiss Mazal's request for performance of the sale-purchase agreement, was granted. The court directed SL 
Green  to  answer  to  Mazal's  remaining  damage  claims,  while  a  conference  was  set  for  September  8,  2010.  The  case  now  proceeds  with  discovery  on  Mazal's 
remaining claims, seeking damages for failure to perform, which are limited by the Purchase Agreement to  Mazal's reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses 
(including reasonable attorney's fees) incurred in connection with the agreement. There is no assurance that the abovementioned legal proceedings will succeed 
and that the Company will be granted the sought performance of the transaction and/or damages. 

F - 36

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the 

SIGNATURES 

undersigned. 

Date: June 30, 2010 

OPTIBASE LTD. 

By:  

/s/ Shlomo (Tom) Wyler 
Name: Shlomo (Tom) Wyler 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer 

- 94 -

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit Number 

1.1 

1.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3* 
4.4* 
4.5* 
4.6* 
4.7* 
4.8 

4.9 

4.10 

4.11 

4.12 
4.13 

4.14 

4.15 

4.16 
8.1* 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

  Description of Document 
  Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of Optibase Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Report on Form 6-K dated 

February 15, 2002). 

  Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Optibase Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the 

fiscal year ended December 31, 2008). 

  Agreement between Optibase Ltd. and Mr. Shlomo (Tom) Wyler dated May 6, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to Schedule 13D/A, filed with the 

Commission by Shlomo (Tom) Wyler on June 25, 2008). 

  Agreement  between  Optibase  Ltd.  and  Harmonic  Inc.  dated  December  22,  2008  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  99.13  to  Schedule  13D/A,  filed  with  the 

Commission by Shlomo (Tom) Wyler on December 23, 2008). 

  Agreement between Mazal 485 LLC and Green 485 Holdings LLC, a subsidiary of SL Green Realty Corp. dated August 7, 2009. 
  Agreement between Optibase RE 1 SARL and Zublin Immobilien AG dated October 29, 2009. 
  Agreement between Optibase RE 1 SARL and Basler Kantonalbank dated October 28, 2009. 
  Agreement between Optibase RE 1 SARL and Chessell Holdings Limited dated March 1, 2010. 
  Agreement between Optibase Inc. and Optibase Technologies Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of S.A. Vitec dated March 16, 2010. 

Form of Letter of Indemnification between Optibase Ltd. and its directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant's Report on Form 6-
K, filed with the Commission on October 5, 2005). 
Form of Letter of Indemnification between Optibase, Inc. and its directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report 
on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002). 
1999 Israel Share Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 1999). 
1999 U.S. Share Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 1999). 
102 Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999). 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 
31, 1999). 
2001 Non-statutory Share Option Plan as amended and Form Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Annual Report on 
Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, and with respect to an amendment, by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to the Registrant's Report on Form 6-K, 
filed with the Commission on February 15, 2002). 
2003 Amendment to the 1999 Israel Share Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.(c).9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2003). 
2006 Israeli Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on From S-8 (File no. 333-137644)). 
List of the subsidiaries of the Company. 

- 95 -

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Exhibit Number 

  Description of Document 

11.1 

12.1* 

12.2* 

13.1* 
13.2* 
15.1* 
15.2* 

* Filed herewith 

  Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 

31, 2003). 

  Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of 

the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

  Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of 

the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

  Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
  Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
  Consent of Kost, Forer Gabbay & Kasierer, a member of Ernst & Young Global. 
  Consent of Brightman Almagor Zohar & Co., Certified Public Accountants, a member Firm of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu. 

- 96 - 

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
Exhibit 4.3 

EXECUTION VERSION 

SALE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT 

by and among 

GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, 

as Transferor, 

and 

MAZAL 485 LLC, 

as Transferee 

August 7, 2009 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

Certain Definitions 

Sale-Purchase 

Purchase Price; Loan Assumption 

Condition of Title 

Closing 

Violations 

Apportionments 

Closing Deliveries 

Conditions Precedent 

Estoppel Certificates 

No Successor 

Right of Inspection 

Title Insurance 

Reserved 

Indemnities 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

i

Page

1 

7 

7 

11 

13 

13 

13 

21 

25 

27 

28 

28 

30 

32 

32 

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

20. 

21. 

22. 

23. 

24. 

25. 

26. 

27. 

28. 

29. 

30. 

31. 

32. 

Representations and Warranties 

Broker 

Condemnation and Destruction 

Escrow 

Covenants 

Transfer Taxes 

Non-Liability 

Inability to Perform; Default 

Condition of Premises 

Environmental Matters 

Tax Certiorari Proceedings; ICIP 

Reserved 

Notices 

Entire Agreement 

Amendments 

No Waiver 

Successors and Assigns 

ii

Page 

34 

43 

44 

45 

47 

51 

52 

52 

53 

54 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 

58 

58 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
33. 

34. 

35. 

36. 

37. 

38. 

39. 

40. 

41. 

42. 

Partial Invalidity 

Section Headings; Incorporation of Exhibits 

Governing Law 

Confidentiality 

No Recording or Notice of Pendency 

Assignment 

Adjournments 

Counterparts 

No Third Party Beneficiary 

1031 Exchange 

iii

 Page 

58 

58 

58 

58 

59 

59 

59 

60 

60 

60 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
EXHIBITS 

1(A) 
1(B) 
1(C) 
1(D) 
1(E) 
1(F) 
2(A) 
2(B) 
2(C) 
2(D) 
2(E) 
2(F) 
2(G) 
2(H) 
3(A) 
4(A)(i) 
8(A)(xxii) 
8(A)(xxiii) 
8(A)(xxiv) 
8(A)(xxv) 
8(A)(xxvi) 
8(A)(xxix) 
10 
16(A)(i) 
16(A)(ii) 
16(A)(vii) 
16(A)(xvi) 
16(A)(xvii) 
16(A)(xviii) 
16(A)(xix) 
16(A)(xxi) 
16(A)(xxii) 

Description of Land 
Leases 
Existing Contracts 
Telecommunications Contracts 
Brokerage Agreements 
Union Agreements 
Company LLC Agreement 
Contribution Agreement 
JV Loan Promissory Note 
Member Loan Promissory Note 
Option Agreement 
Transferor Pledge and Security Agreement 
Assignment of Limited Liability Company Interest 
Title Affidavit 
Transferor’s Wire Instructions 
Title Exceptions 
Form of 750 Space Lease 
Form of 750 REA 
Form of REA Estoppels 
Form of Notice to 750 Third Owner LLC 
Recognition Agreement 
Indemnity Agreement 
Form of Tenant Estoppel Certificate 
Rent Arrearages 
Union Employees 
Litigation 
Liabilities 
Open Tax Certiorari Proceedings 
Security Deposits 
Tenant Billing 
Environmental Violations 
Existing Loan Documents 

iv

  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
16(A)(xxv) 
16(A)(xxvi) 
16(A)(xxvii) 
16(A)(xxix)(a) 
16(A)(xxix)(b) 

Servicer Statement 
ICIP Litigation 
Leasing Costs 
Current Structure Chart 
Closing Structure Chart 

v

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
SALE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), made as of the ___ day of August, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), by and between GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware 
limited liability company having an address c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10170, (the “Transferor”) and MAZAL 485 LLC, a Delaware limited 
liability company having an address at 241 West 47th Street, Suite 11B, New York, New York 10036 (“Transferee”). 

R E C I T A L S : 

A.           Green 485 Owner LLC (“Subsidiary”), 485 EAT Owner LLC (“EAT”) and Green 485 TIC LLC (“TIC”) are the owners as tenants-in-common of 100% of the fee interest in 

the Premises (as hereinafter defined) commonly known as 485 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York. 

B.           As of the date hereof (i) Transferor is the owner of (a) 85.6% of the membership interests in Green 485 JV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”) 
and (b) 100% of the membership interests in TIC; (ii) the Company is the owner of 100% of the membership interests in Green 485 Mezz LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Mezz 
LLC”); (iii) Mezz LLC is the owner of 100% of the membership interests in Subsidiary; (iv) SL Green Operating Partnership, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“SLGOP”) is the owner of 
100%  of  the  membership  interests  in  (a)  485  EAT  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (“EAT  Parent”)  and  (b)  Transferor;  and  (v)  EAT  Parent  is  the  owner  of  100%  of  the 
membership interests in EAT. 

C.           Prior to Closing, as set forth in Section 20C, Transferor shall (w) acquire the remaining 14.4% of the membership interests in the Company from CIF (as hereinafter 
defined), (x) transfer a 1% membership interest in the Company to a wholly-owned subsidiary of SLGOP (the “1% Owner”), (y) contribute all of the membership interests in TIC to Mezz 
LLC and (z) cause SLGOP to cause EAT Parent to contribute all of the membership interests in EAT to Mezz LLC. 

D.           In connection with the Closing, the parties intend to cause each of TIC and EAT to be merged with and into Subsidiary with Subsidiary as the surviving entity. 

E.           Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Transferor desires to sell, assign, transfer and convey to Transferee forty-nine and 

one-half percent (49.5%) of the legal and beneficial ownership interests in the Company (the “Purchased Interest”). 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which 

are hereby acknowledged, Transferor and Transferee hereby agree as follows: 

1.             Certain Definitions. 

Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, have the meanings ascribed to such terms in this Article 1.  Other capitalized terms 

used in this Agreement and not defined in this Article 1 shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms elsewhere in this Agreement. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“affiliate” shall mean, as to any designated person or entity, any other person or entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such designated 

person or entity. 

“Building” shall mean the building commonly identified as 485 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York. 

“Brokerage Agreements” shall mean the agreements between a Transferor Party and any leasing brokers which are set forth on Exhibit “1(E)”. 

“CIF” shall mean CIF 485 Member LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals. 

“Company LLC Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date in the form 

attached hereto as Exhibit “2(A)”, as the same may be amended or amended and restated from time to time. 

“Contribution Agreement” shall mean that certain Contribution Agreement in the form of Exhibit “2(B)” to this Agreement, by and among SLGOP, Transferor, the Company 

and Mezz LLC. 

“control” (and with correlative meaning, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause 

the direction of management or policies of the Person in question (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise. 

“Covered Affiliates” shall mean all affiliates of Transferor, Mezz LLC, the Fee Owner or the Company, as applicable. 

“EAT Parent” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals. 

“Escrow Agent” shall mean Greenberg Traurig, LLP. 

“Existing  Contracts”  shall  mean  the  management,  service,  telecommunications,  information  service  and  maintenance  contracts  and  collective  bargaining  and  other  union 

agreements affecting the Premises or the operation thereof which are listed on Exhibits “1(C)”, “1(D)” and “1(F)”. 

“Existing Guaranty” shall mean that certain Guaranty dated as of January 22, 2007 by and between SL Green and Lender. 

2

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Existing Hazardous Substances Indemnity Agreement” shall mean that certain Hazardous Substances Indemnity Agreement dated as of January 22, 2007 by and between SL 

Green, Subsidiary, TIC, EAT and Lender. 

“Existing Loan” shall mean that certain loan in the original principal amount of Four Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($450,000,000.00), made on or about January 22, 2007, by 

Lender to the Fee Owner. 

“Existing Loan Documents” shall mean the documents, agreements, and instruments evidencing and/or securing the Existing Loan, identified on Exhibit “16(A) (xxii)” attached 

hereto. 

“Existing Mortgage” shall mean the Amended, Restated and Consolidated Mortgage, Security Agreement, Assignment of Rents and Fixture Filing dated as of January 22, 2007 

by and between Lender and the Fee Owner. 

“Fee Owner” (each individually a “Fee Owner”) shall mean, collectively, Subsidiary (as successor by merger to EAT and TIC or otherwise), EAT and TIC. 

“Fixtures” shall mean all equipment, fixtures and appliances of whatever nature which are (i) affixed to the Land or Improvements and (ii) owned by any Transferor Party and 

used exclusively at the Real Property. 

“Global Contracts” shall mean those Existing Contracts identified as a global contract on Exhibit “1(C)”,which relate to the Premises along with other properties owned by any 

Covered Affiliate. 

“Hazardous Materials” shall mean any solid wastes, toxic or hazardous substances, wastes or contaminants, polychlorinated biphenyls, paint or other materials containing 
lead, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, radon, asbestos, and asbestos containing material, petroleum product and any fraction thereof as any of these terms is defined in or for the 
purposes of any Relevant Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), and any Pathogen (as hereinafter defined). 

“Improvements” shall mean the improvements on the Land, including without limitation, the Building. 

“JV Loan” means that certain loan in the original principal amount of Twelve Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($12,200,000.00) to be made by SLGOP or its wholly-

owned subsidiary (the “JV Lender”) to the Company prior to the Closing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. 

“JV Loan Promissory Note” shall mean the Promissory Note, in the form of Exhibit “2(C)” to this Agreement, made by the Company to the order of the JV Lender  evidencing 

the JV Loan. 

3

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Land” shall mean the land described on Exhibit “1(A)” and situated in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, County of New York and State of New York. 

“Landlord” shall mean the landlord under a Lease. 

“Leases” (each individually, a “Lease”) shall mean the leases, tenancies, concessions, licenses and occupancies affecting the Premises as listed on Exhibit “1(B)” (specifically 
excluding any subleases listed on said Exhibit), as (a) the same heretofore have been amended, modified or extended (to the extent noted on Exhibit “1(B)”); and (b) hereafter may be 
amended, modified or extended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or entered into between the date hereof and the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) in 
accordance with Article 20 hereof. 

“Lender” shall mean Wachovia Bank, National Association as servicer of the Existing Loan held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as trustee for the registered holders of Wachovia 

Bank Commercial Mortgage Trust, Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates Series 2007-C30. 

“Major Lease” means the Lease of each of Citibank, N.A. and Travelers Indemnity, each of which is identified on Exhibit “1(B)”. 

“Major Tenant” means the tenant under any Major Lease. 

“Manager Bad Boy Acts” means (a) the intentional misappropriation by Newmark or a Qualified Manager of any tenant security deposits or the intentional misapplication of 
rent after an Event of Default (as defined in the Existing Mortgage), (b) the misapppropriation of Loss Proceeds (as defined in the Existing Mortgage) and (c) any act of damage, arson or 
physical  waste  of  the  Premises  resulting  from  the  intentional  acts  or  intentional  omissions  of  Newmark  or  a  Qualified  Manager  provided  that  such  acts  or  omissions  are  willful  or 
constitute gross negligence. 

“Member Loan” means that certain loan in the original principal amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) (which amount shall be increased or decreased by 49.5% of 
any Net Adjustment provided for in Article VII), to be made on the Closing Date, by Transferee to Transferor, which loan is being made pursuant to the Member Loan Promissory Note 
for a term of five (5) years and which shall be secured by Transferor’s retained 49.5% membership interest in the Company pursuant to the Transferor Pledge and Security Agreement. 

“Member Loan Promissory Note” shall mean the Promissory Note, in the form of Exhibit “2(D)” to this Agreement, made by Transferor to the order of Transferee, evidencing 

the Member Loan. 

“Mezz LLC” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals. 

“New  Contracts” shall mean all management, service, telecommunications, information service and maintenance contracts, equipment leases and collective bargaining and 
other union agreements affecting the Premises or the operation thereof and which are entered into by a Transferor Party or any Covered Affiliate after the date hereof subject to the 
applicable provisions of this Agreement. 

4

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Nortel Lease” shall mean that certain Lease dated December 15, 2006 with Nortel Networks, Inc. 

“Occupied Space” shall mean the aggregate square footage of rentable area at the Premises occupied, as of the date hereof, by Tenants other than the tenant under the Nortel 

Lease, which the parties agree is 863,303 rentable square feet. 

“Option Agreement” shall mean the Membership Interest Option Agreement by and between Transferee and Transferor in the form of Exhibit “2E” to this Agreement. 

“Pathogen”  shall  mean  any  pathogen,  toxin  or  other  biological  agent  or  condition,  including  but  not  limited  to,  any  fungus,  mold,  mycotoxin  or  microbial  volatile  organic 

compound. 

“Personal Property” shall mean the aggregate of the following: 

(i)           All site plans, architectural renderings, plans and specifications, engineering plans, as-built drawings, floor plans and other similar plans or diagrams, if any, which (a) 

relate to the Real Property and (b) are in a Transferor Party’s possession or control (the “Building Plans”); 

(ii)          Any Transferor Party’s right, title and interest, if any, in all licenses, permits and warranties, guaranties, indemnities, and bonds, which (a) relate to the Real Property or 

any other Personal Property at the Real Property and (b) are assignable to Transferee (the “Permits”); and 

(iii)         All equipment, appliances, tools, machinery, supplies, building materials and other similar personal property which are (a) owned by any Transferor Party as of the date 
of this Agreement or purchased after the date hereof and (b) attached to, appurtenant to or located in the Improvements and used in the day-to-day operation or maintenance of the 
Improvements, but expressly excluding the Fixtures and any and all personal property owned by any property manager which is not a Covered Affiliate, tenants in possession, public or 
private utilities licensees or contractors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Personal Property” expressly excludes, and Transferor shall not be required to convey, and Transferee shall 
not be entitled to receive, any items containing the logo of Transferor or any Covered Affiliate, or any computer programs, software and documentation thereof (except to the extent that 
same is required to operate and/or is embedded within any building systems within the Improvements and is not subject to an unassignable license or similar restriction in favor of a 
third party that is not an affiliate of Transferor), electronic data processing systems, program specifications, source codes, logs, input data and report layouts and forms, record file 
layouts, diagrams, functional specifications and variable descriptions, flow charts and other related materials (collectively, “Operational Systems”). 

“Premises” shall mean the aggregate of the Real Property and the Personal Property. 

5

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Real Property” shall mean the fee estate in and to the aggregate of the Land, the Improvements, the Fixtures, the Fee Owner’ right, title and interest, if any, in the streets, 
roads, lands and alleys in front of and adjacent to the Land, and the hereditaments and appurtenances to the Improvements and the Land, including without limitation all easements, 
rights-of-way and other similar interests appertaining to the Land or the Improvements, and any award or payment made or to be made in lieu of any of the foregoing and any unpaid 
award for damage to the Land or any of the Improvements by reason of change of grade or the closing of any street, road or avenue. 

“Relevant Environmental Laws”  shall mean any and all laws, rules, regulations, orders and directives, whether federal, state or local, applicable to the Premises or any part 
thereof with respect to the environmental condition of the Premises and any adjacent property, and any activities conducted on or at the Premises, including by way of example and not 
limitation: (i) Hazardous Materials; (ii) air emissions, water discharges, noise emissions and any other environmental, health or safety matter; (iii) the existence of any underground 
storage tanks that contained or contain Hazardous Materials; and (vi) the existence of pcb contained electrical equipment. 

“Security Deposits”  (each individually, a “Security Deposit”) shall mean all refundable deposits (together with interest thereon) as listed on Exhibit “16(A)(xviii)” as same may 

be drawn down, applied and/or retained after the date hereof in accordance with the applicable Lease and the terms of this Agreement. 

“SLGOP” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals. 

“SL Green” shall mean SL Green Realty Corp., a Maryland corporation. 

“Surviving Contracts” shall mean Existing Contracts and New Contracts other than (i) Global Contracts which are in effect as of the Closing and (ii) any other Existing Contract 

or New Contract which Transferee requests to be terminated at the Closing in accordance with Section 8(A)(xix). 

“Telecommunications Contracts” shall mean the telecommunications and information service contracts and licenses affecting the Premises or the operation thereof which are 

listed on Exhibit “1(D)”. 

“Tenants” (each individually, a “Tenant”) shall mean the current tenants under the Leases. 

“Title  Insurer” shall mean, collectively, LandAmerica Financial Group, Inc. as to a not less than one-quarter (1/4) share as co-insurer, and First American Title Insurance 

Company as to the balance, subject to Section 13E. 

“Transferor Pledge and Security Agreement” shall mean the Pledge and Security Agreement, in the form of Exhibit “2(F)” to this Agreement, entered into by Transferor and 

Transferee. 

6

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
“Transferor Party” shall mean, individually and collectively, Transferor, Mezz LLC, the Company and the Fee Owner. 

“Union Agreements” shall mean the collective bargaining agreements with respect to the Union Employees (hereinafter defined) more particularly described on Exhibit “1(F)”. 

2.           Sale-Purchase. 

In consideration of, and upon and subject to, the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the mutual 
receipt and legal sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Transferor agrees to sell, assign, transfer and convey to Transferee, and Transferee agrees to purchase, accept, assume 
and acquire, the Purchased Interest. Transferor and Transferee agree that no portion of the Purchase Price (as hereinafter defined) is attributable to the Personal Property included in 
this sale. 

3.           Purchase Price; Loan Assumption. 

A.           The purchase price for the Purchased Interest (the “Purchase Price”) is TWENTY MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED AND NINETY THOUSAND AND xx/00 DOLLARS 
($20,790,000.00),  plus  or  minus  any  Net  Adjustment  provided  for  in  Article  VII,  payable  as  follows:  (i)  SEVEN  MILLION  FIVE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  AND  xx/00  DOLLARS 
($7,500,000.00) (the “Deposit”) payable on the date hereof (the “Deposit Date”), by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds to an account designated by Greenberg Traurig, 
LLP, as escrow agent (“Escrow Agent”), to be held by Escrow Agent pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Article 19 of this Agreement; and (ii) THIRTEEN MILLION 
TWO HUNDRED NINETY THOUSAND and xx/00 DOLLARS ($13,290,000.00), subject to the Net Adjustment, shall be paid to Transferor by wire transfer to an account or accounts 
designated by Transferor on the Closing Date.  Payment of the Option Payment (as such term is defined in the Option Agreement) shall be paid to Transferor by wire transfer to an 
account or accounts designated by Transferor on the Closing Date simultaneous with the execution and delivery of the Option Agreement by Transferee. Transferor and Transferee 
agree that any interest earned on the Deposit shall not be credited to the Purchase Price at Closing, and shall, upon the Closing, be and remain the property of Transferor; provided, 
however, that any interest earned on the Deposit during any Transferor Adjournment Period (as hereinafter defined) shall be for the account of and credited to Transferee at Closing. 

7

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
B.           It shall be a condition to Transferor’s obligation (as to items (i), (ii), (v) and (vi) below) and Transferee’s obligation (as to items (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vi) below) to close 
under  this  Agreement  that,  on  or  before  the  Closing  Date,  Lender  shall  consent  in  writing  (the “Lender  Consent”) pursuant  to  the  Existing  Loan  Documents  to  (i)  the  sale  of  the 
Purchased Interest to Transferee, (ii) the change of control of Fee Owner as the borrowers under the Existing Loan, pursuant to the agreements to be delivered at Closing, (iii) the 
Transferor Pledge and the exercise of remedies thereunder or the exercise of Transferee’s call option pursuant to the Option Agreement, (iv) (x) the amendment of Article 9 and the 
definition of “Transfer” in the Mortgage to substantially provide that transfers of direct and indirect interests in Fee Owner shall be permitted without Lender’s consent (but subject to 
customary conditions), provided that such transfers do not result in a change of control of Fee Owner or, together with all prior such transfers in the aggregate (but excluding any 
transfers of direct or indirect interests in SLGOP and/or SL Green), do not total more than 49% of the direct or indirect interests in Fee Owner, (y) (i) the approval of Newmark Knight 
Frank as a “Qualified Manager” (as defined in the Mortgage) and (ii) the amendment of subsection (i) of the penultimate paragraph of Section 1.2 of the Existing Guaranty to provide 
that none of the events in such subsection (i) shall be applicable to any Affiliate of Newmark or any other Qualified Manager which signs the Existing Guaranty and no recourse or 
liability under the Existing Guaranty shall be triggered if any event described in subsection (i) shall occur with respect to any Affiliate of Newmark or any other Qualified Manager which 
signs the Existing Guaranty, and (z) the termination of that certain Tenancy in Common Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2007, by and among Subsidiary, EAT and TIC, (v) the 
exercise of Transferor’s or JV Lender’s remedies under or in respect of the JV Loan Promissory Note and the Company LLC Agreement upon Transferee’s default under the JV Loan 
Promissory  Note,  and  (vi)  the  execution  and  delivery  of  the  Approved  750  REA  (as  described  in Section 3C(iii)  below),  (all  of  the  foregoing,  the “Loan  Assumption”).  Transferee 
acknowledges and agrees that (a) Transferee has received copies of the Existing Loan Documents, (b) the Existing Loan Documents set forth certain requirements that restrict the 
assumption of the Existing Loan and (c) the Existing Loan has been securitized.  By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, Transferee assumes all risk as to the Loan Assumption 
and Transferee’s qualifications to purchase the Purchased Interest and satisfaction of the requirements imposed by Lender or the Existing Loan Documents in connection with the Loan 
Assumption, and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 

C.           (1)           No later than ten (10) business days after the date hereof, Transferee shall provide all information required of Transferee and its Affiliates, and Transferor shall 
submit, together with the application fee (which application fee shall be split equally between Transferor and Transferee, and Transferee shall pay its share to Transferor within two (2) 
business days after request therefor), a formal and complete application (the “Assumption Application”) to Lender pursuant to the assumption provisions of the Existing Loan, and 
Transferee shall cooperate with Transferor to provide Lender with all applications, financial statements, reports and other materials required by the provisions under the Existing Loan 
Documents in connection with the assumption of the Existing Loan, including, without limitation, such certifications as may be required under the Existing Loan Documents in respect 
thereof  and  such  other  certifications  and  documents  as  may  be  required  by  Lender  as  and  when  requested,  provided  the  same  are  customarily  required  in  connection  with  the 
assumption  of  loans  similar  to  the  Existing  Loan.  Transferee  and  Transferor  shall  cooperate  with  one  another  and  with  Lender  and  work  diligently  to  obtain  the  Lender  Consent. 
Transferee shall deliver to Lender all applications, financial statements, organizational documents, statements, reports and other documents required to be delivered in connection with 
the Loan Assumption and such other documents and information as are reasonably requested by Lender.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (a) Transferee 
shall, using commercially reasonable efforts in a continuous and diligent manner, seek to satisfy all reasonable requirements and conditions precedent to the Loan Assumption required 
by  the  Existing  Loan  Documents  or  customarily  required  by  lenders  in  connection  with  the  assumption  of  loans  similar  to  the  Existing  Loan  and  (b)  other  than  requirements  and 
conditions specific to Transferor (to the extent consistent with Transferor’s obligations under this Agreement), Transferee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy all such 
reasonable  requirements  and  conditions  precedent,  including,  without  limitation,  all  reasonable  requirements  and  conditions  imposed  by  Lender  or  rating  agencies  pursuant  to  the 
Existing Loan Documents or otherwise customarily required by lenders in connection with the Loan Assumption. In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, Transferee's obligations 
under  the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  Transferee  shall  promptly  and  diligently:  (a)  comply  with  all  reasonable  requests  or  requirements  of  Lender  and  shall  provide  truthful, 
accurate and complete information in response to all such requests and requirements; (b) execute such documents as shall reasonably be requested or required by Lender to facilitate 
the  Loan  Assumption;  and  (c)  comply  with  all  other  reasonable  requests  or  requirements  of  Lender  in  accordance  with  customary  prevailing  practices  of  institutional  lenders  in 
connection with mortgage loans secured by office properties of a size and type similar to the Premises. 

8

  
  
  
  
  
(ii)           Transferee shall pay all third party attorneys’ fees and costs in connection with the Loan Assumption as and when the same are due.  Transferor 
and Transferee shall each pay its one-half share of all payments and other costs and fees as and when due in connection with the Loan Assumption pursuant to the 
Existing Loan Documents, including but not limited to all assumption fees, transfer fees, application fees and payments due to Lender, all servicers, special servicers 
and  rating  agencies  (collectively,  the “Loan Assumption Costs”);  provided, however, that Transferor’s  share  of  costs  and  expenses  in  connection  with  the  Loan 
Assumption Costs (exclusive of any assumption fees due to Lender) shall be limited to $10,000.00 and Transferee shall be responsible for any balance.  Transferee 
acknowledges and agrees that, except as provided in Section 23(A) of this Agreement, if Transferee fails, for any reason or for no reason, to purchase the Purchased 
Interest, Transferee shall not be entitled to any refund or reimbursement for all or any portion of the payments by Transferee under this Section 3(c)(ii), including, 
without limitation, any Loan Assumption Costs. 

(iii)           Concurrently with the Assumption Application, Transferor shall submit for Lender’s approval an Amended and Restated Reciprocal Operating and 
Easement  Agreement  in  the  form  attached  hereto  as Exhibit  “8(A)(xxiii)”  (the  “Form  750 REA”).  Transferor  and  Transferee  shall  reasonably  cooperate  to  obtain 
Lender’s  approval  of  the  Form  750  REA,  including  making  such  reasonable  and  customary  changes  to  the  Form  750  REA  as  may  be  requested  by  Lender  (such 
changes,  the “Lender REA Changes”; the Form 750 REA, as modified by the Lender REA Changes and approved by Lender, is referred to as the “Approved 750 
REA”).  At Closing, Transferor shall cause 750 Owner to direct and Transferee shall direct that the Approved 750 REA be recorded in the New York County Office of 
the Register of the City of New York. 

9

  
  
  
  
  
D.           If Lender issues the Lender Consent and the Closing occurs, Transferee shall accept the Purchased Interest and the corresponding indirect ownership interest in the 
Premises, subject to the Existing Loan and the Existing Loan Documents and the JV Loan, all of which shall constitute Permitted Exceptions for purposes of this Agreement.  At the 
Closing,  Transferee  and  Transferor  shall  execute  and  deliver,  and  Transferee  shall  cause  the  Fee  Owner  to  execute  and  deliver,  such  loan  assumption  agreements  and  other 
documentation  as  Lender  shall  reasonably  require  to  effectuate  the  Loan  Assumption  in  each  case  in  form  and  content  reasonably  acceptable  to  Lender  (collectively,  the “Loan 
Assumption Documents”); provided, however, the Loan Assumption Documents shall expressly provide that Transferor and SL Green Realty Corp. (and all guarantors and indemnitors 
of any and all obligations in connection with the Existing Loan) shall be released from any and all liability under the applicable Existing Loan Documents (including but not limited to the 
Existing Guaranty and the Existing Hazardous Substances Indemnity Agreement) arising or accruing from and after the Loan Assumption on the Closing Date.  Transferee shall execute 
and deliver and shall cause the Fee Owner to execute and deliver all Loan Assumption Documents that do not materially increase the liabilities or obligations imposed by the Existing 
Loan Documents upon the Fee Owner, as the borrower thereunder, including, without limitation, such Loan Assumption Documents in form and substance as may be customary with 
respect to the assumption of securitized loans.  Transferee shall offer Gilmor International Inc., a British Virgin Islands company and Optibase Ltd., an Israeli company,  jointly and 
severally, and Newmark Knight Frank (“Newmark”) (or any other “Qualified Manager” (as defined in the Mortgage)), as to the Manager Bad Boy Acts only under the Existing Guaranty 
(as modified or replaced in connection with the Closing) (collectively, including such other persons or entities that Transferee may in its discretion agree to offer as a replacement 
guarantor,  the “Replacement  Guarantor”) as replacement guarantor under the Existing Guaranty and (other than Newmark or such other Qualified Manager) the Existing Hazardous 
Substances Indemnity Agreement.  If Lender at any time and from time to time indicates, as a condition to further processing the Loan Assumption Application, that any Replacement 
Guarantor  offered  by  Transferee  is  insufficient  and  needs  to  be  supplemented,  and  Transferee  fails  to  offer  another  Replacement  Guarantor  acceptable  to  Lender  within  ten  (10) 
Business Days after receiving written notice of same from Transferor, then Transferor shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by written notice to Transferee, whereupon 
(provided that Transferor shall not be in default of its obligations to offer the Replacement Guarantor required under this Agreement or any other agreement between the parties), the 
parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder and Escrow Agent shall return the Deposit to Transferee. 

E.           Each of Transferee and Transferor shall reasonably endeavor to include the other party in any meetings and discussions with Lender in connection with the Loan 
Assumption.  Neither  Transferee  nor  Transferor  may  deliver  any  written  communication  to  Lender  without  delivering  a  copy  thereof  to  the  other  party.  Each  of  Transferee  and 
Transferor shall deliver to the other, promptly upon receipt or sending, as applicable, copies of all correspondence among or between Lender, Transferee or Transferor, as the case may 
be, or its applicable Covered Affiliates and their respective representatives.  Each of Transferee and Transferor shall endeavor to keep the other party reasonably apprised on a current 
basis of all communications with Lender. 

F.           Transferee agrees that until Closing, Transferor shall have the right to draw on any and all escrows, reserves or deposits held by or on behalf of Lender in connection 
with the Existing Loan for the purposes permitted by the Existing Loan Documents, and Transferor shall endeavor to give Transferee notice thereof prior to or simultaneously with such 
draw.  The fact that Transferor shall have drawn escrow funds to pay for any costs or expenses that are subject to adjustment or apportionment under this Agreement shall not affect 
the treatment of such costs and expenses under the adjustment and apportionment provisions of this Agreement. 

10

  
  
  
  
  
  
4.           Condition of Title. 

A.           As of Closing, the Fee Owner shall have fee title to the Premises, subject only to (collectively, the “Permitted Exceptions”): 

(i)             the matters set forth in Schedule B of that certain Certificate and Report of Title issued by First American Title Insurance Company on July 13, 2009, 

under Title No. LT 080327 (the “Commitment”) and attached hereto as Exhibit “4(A)(i)”; 

(ii)            the Leases; 

(iii)           all Violations (as hereinafter defined), subject to Section 6 hereof; 

(iv)           all present and future zoning, building, environmental and other laws, ordinances, codes, restrictions and regulations of all governmental authorities 

having jurisdiction with respect to the Premises, including, without limitation, landmark designations and all zoning variances and special exceptions, if any; 

(v)            liens, encumbrances, violations and defects (including, without limitation, any mechanics and/or materialmen’s lien or any judgment arising as a 
result thereof), removal of which is an obligation of a Tenant in possession, and the aggregate amount of which does not exceed (i) $5,000,000 with respect to the 
Major Tenants and (ii) $1,000,000 with respect to all other Tenants, provided that none of the Fee Owner, no Covered Affiliate nor any other party shall have waived 
or  released,  in  writing,  its  rights  to  cause  such  Tenant  to  cure,  correct,  bond  over,  or  remove  the  same,  or  to  reimburse  the  landlord  thereunder  for  its  expenses 
incurred in doing so; 

(vi)           All presently existing and future liens for unpaid real estate taxes and water and sewer charges not due and payable as of the date of the Closing, 

subject to adjustment as hereinbelow provided; 

(vii)          All  covenants,  restrictions  and  rights  and  all  easements  and  agreements  for  the  erection  and/or  maintenance  of  water,  gas,  steam,  electric, 
telephone, sewer or other utility pipelines, poles, wires, conduits or other like facilities, and appurtenances thereto, over, across and under the Premises which are 
either (a) presently existing or (b) granted to a public utility in the ordinary course, provided that the same shall not have a material adverse effect on the use of the 
Premises for its current use, or on the access to the Premises; 

(viii)         State of facts shown on or by survey prepared by Earl B. Lovell - S.P. Belcher, Inc., dated May 1, 1958, last updated by visual examination December 
16, 2005, and any additional facts which would be shown on or by an accurate current survey of the Premises (collectively, “Facts”), provided that, solely with respect 
to such additional Facts, the same shall not have a material adverse effect on the use of the Premises for its current use, or on the access to the Premises; 

11

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(ix)           The Surviving Contracts; 

(x)            Consents by any Transferor Party or any former owner of the Land for the erection of any structure or structures on, under or above any street or 

streets on which the Land may abut, that do not materially impair the current operation of the Premises; 

(xi)           Possible encroachments and/or projections of stoop areas, roof cornices, window trims, vent pipes, cellar doors, steps, columns and column bases, 
flue pipes, signs, piers, lintels, window sills, fire escapes, satellite dishes, protective netting, sidewalk sheds, ledges, fences, coping walls (including retaining walls 
and yard walls), air conditioners and the like, if any, on, under or above any street or highway, the Building, or any adjoining property, provided that the same shall 
not have a material adverse effect on the use of the Premises for its current use or access to the Premises; 

(xii)          Variations between tax lot lines and lines of record title; 

(xiii)         Standard exclusions from coverage contained in the form of title policy or “marked-up” title commitment employed by the Title Insurer; 

(xiv)         Any financing statements, chattel mortgages, encumbrances or mechanics’ or other liens entered into by, or arising from, any financing statements 
filed on a day more than five (5) years prior to the Closing and any financing statements, chattel mortgages, encumbrances or mechanics’ or other liens filed against 
property no longer contained in the Premises, provided that the Title Insurer shall remove them as exceptions from the title insurance policy to be issued to Transferee 
at Closing or shall affirmatively insure over them at no additional cost or expense to Transferee; 

(xv)          Any lien or encumbrance arising out of the acts or omissions of Transferee; 

(xvi)         Any other matter which the Title Insurer may raise as an exception to title, provided the Title Insurer will either omit or affirmatively insure against 
collection or enforcement of same out of the Premises at no additional cost or expense to Transferee and that no prohibition of present use or maintenance of the 
Premises will result therefrom, as may be applicable; 

(xvii)        any other matter which, pursuant to the last sentence of Section 13(A) or any other express provision of this Agreement, is a permitted exception. 

12

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
5.             Closing. 

The “Closing” shall mean the consummation of each of the actions set forth in Article 8 of this Agreement, or the waiver of such action by the party in whose favor such 
action is intended, and the satisfaction of each condition precedent to the Closing set forth in Article 9 and elsewhere in this Agreement, or the waiver of such condition precedent by 
the party intended to be benefited thereby.  The Closing shall take place commencing at 10:00 a.m., with the portion of the Purchase Price due at Closing received by 5:00 p.m. to be 
deemed paid as of such date (New York time), at the offices of Greenberg Traurig, LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York or such other place which the parties shall mutually agree, 
on the date which is ten business (10) days after the date Lender delivers the Lender Consent to Transferee or Transferor, but in no event earlier than October 5, 2009, TIME BEING OF 
THE ESSENCE with respect to Transferee’s obligation to close on or before such date, subject to Transferor’s and Transferee’s right to adjourn the Closing as permitted under this 
Agreement (such date, as same may be extended or adjourned in accordance with this Agreement, is hereinafter referred to as the “Closing  Date”).  If Lender does not deliver the 
Lender Consent to Transferee or Transferor on or before the date that is ninety (90) days after submission of the Assumption Application (the “Assumption Outside Date”), either 
Transferor or Transferee may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other party, whereupon the parties shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder, and Escrow 
Agent shall return the Deposit to Transferee.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) Transferor may, upon written notice to Transferee, extend the Closing Date 
one or more times for an aggregate of up to forty five (45) days in order to satisfy a condition to closing under this Agreement (such extended period, the “Transferor Adjournment 
Period”) and (ii) Transferee may, upon written notice to Transferor, extend the Closing Date one or more times for an aggregate of up to fifteen (15) days for any reason. 

6.             Violations. 

Transferor shall have no obligation to cure or remove any violations of law, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders or requirements noted in or issued by any Federal, state, 
county,  municipal  or  other  department  or  governmental  agency  having  jurisdiction  against  or  affecting  the  Premises  whenever  noted  or  issued  (collectively, “Violations”) nor  any 
conditions which could give rise to any Violations, except that Transferor shall be responsible for any penalties or fines in connection with any Violations issued prior to the date of this 
Agreement, imposed on or before the Closing Date and (except to the extent such fine is imposed after the Closing Date because of the continuance of any such Violation after the 
Closing Date) for thirty (30) days following the Closing Date. 

7.             Apportionments. 

A.          The following shall be apportioned between Transferor and the Fee Owner at the Closing with respect to the Premises as of 11:59 p.m. of the day immediately preceding 
the Closing Date.  At Closing, the Purchase Price will be increase or decreased, as the case may be, by an amount (the “Net Adjustment”) equal to 49.5% multiplied by the sum of (i) the 
net amount of all prorations calculated pursuant to this Article 7 (excluding Leasing Costs provided for in clause (ix) below) and (ii) the difference (positive or negative) between the 
total of all reserves held by the Lender under the Existing Loan and Four Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,200,000). 

13

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(i)             Real property taxes and assessments (or installments thereof), payments required to be made to any business improvement district (“BID taxes”) 

and vault charges, except those required by Leases to be paid by a Tenant directly to the entity imposing same; 

(ii)            Water rates and charges, except those required by Leases to be paid by a Tenant directly to the entity imposing same; 

(iii)           Sewer taxes and rents, except those required by Leases to be paid by a Tenant directly to the entity imposing same; 

(iv)           Salaries, vacation pay, sick pay and pension and other benefits of the Union Employees (as hereinafter defined); 

(v)            Permit, license and inspection fees, if any, on the basis of the fiscal year for which levied; 

(vi)           Fuel, if any, at the cost per gallon most recently charged to the Fee Owner, based on the supplier’s measurements thereof, plus sales taxes thereon, 
which measurements taken by the supplier or any other professionally qualified third party shall be given by Transferor to Transferee as close to the Closing Date as 
is reasonably practicable, and which, absent manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding on the Transferor and Transferee; 

(vii)          Transferor shall receive a credit in the full amount of (including accrued interest thereon, if any) deposits on account with any utility company 

servicing the Premises; 

(viii)         Rents (as hereinafter defined), if, as and when collected, in accordance with Section 7(F) hereof; 

(ix)           Leasing Costs shall be apportioned as follows: 

(a)            Leasing Costs held in reserve under the Existing Loan Documents shall not be apportioned, 

(b)            Transferor shall pay the Leasing Cost Credit (as defined in Section 20(B)) to the Fee Owner at Closing, 

(c)            Any remaining Leasing Costs shall be paid by Transferor or credited to Transferor at Closing or after Closing in accordance with Section 

20(B) hereof; 

14

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(x)           Payments due under any Surviving Contracts (it being agreed that (i) Transferee shall assume no obligations or liabilities under any Global Contract, 
(ii) Transferor shall remain liable for any obligations or liabilities under any Global Contract and (iii) Transferor shall cause the Premises to be removed from the Global 
Contracts from and after Closing); 

(xi)           Interest payable under the Existing Loan Documents accruing during the calendar month in which the Closing occurs; and 

(xii)          All other items customarily apportioned in connection with the sale of similar properties similarly located. 

B.           Apportionment of real property taxes, BID taxes, water rates and charges, sewer taxes and rents and vault charges shall be made on the basis of the fiscal year for 
which assessed. If the Closing Date shall occur before the real property tax rate, BID taxes, water rates or charges, sewer taxes or rents or vault charges are fixed, apportionment for any 
item not yet fixed shall be made on the basis of the real property tax rate, BID taxes, water rates and charges, sewer taxes and rents or vault charges, as applicable, for the preceding year 
applied to the latest assessed valuation. After the real property taxes, BID taxes, water rates and charges, sewer taxes and rents and vault charges are finally fixed, Transferor and the 
Fee Owner shall make a recalculation of the apportionment of same after the Closing, and Transferor or the Fee Owner, as the case may be, shall make an appropriate payment to the 
other based upon such recalculation. 

C.           The amount of any of the unpaid taxes, assessments, water rates or charges, sewer rents and vault charges which Fee Owner is obligated to pay and discharge, with 
interest and penalties thereon (if any) to the Closing Date may, at Transferor’s option, be allowed to be paid by Transferee out of the balance of the Purchase Price, provided that official 
bills therefor with interest and penalties thereon (if any) are furnished by Transferor at the Closing. 

D.           If any refund of real property taxes, BID taxes, water rates or charges, sewer taxes or rents or vault charges is made after the Closing Date covering a period prior to 
and/or after the Closing Date, the same shall be applied first to the reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred in obtaining same and the balance, if any, of such refund shall, to the extent 
received by Transferee, the Company or a Fee Owner, be paid to Transferor (for the period prior to the Closing Date) and to the extent received by Transferor, be paid to the Fee Owner 
(for the period commencing with the Closing Date).  Any payment to Transferor pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be net of any amount payable to a Tenant in 
accordance  with  its  Lease  (and  any  payment  to  the  Fee  Owner  by  Transferor  pursuant  to  the  immediately  preceding  sentence  shall  include  any  amount  payable  to  a  Tenant  in 
accordance with its Lease, which payment to such Tenant shall be made promptly by Transferee or the Fee Owner after such refund is made).  Transferee shall and shall cause the Fee 
Owner to indemnify and hold harmless Transferor as to any refund payment paid by Transferor to Fee Owner for a Tenant. 

15

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
E.           If there are meters measuring water consumption or sewer usage at the Premises (other than meters measuring water consumption or sewer usage for which a Tenant is 
obligated to pay under its Lease directly to the taxing authority or utility), Transferor shall, and shall cause the Fee Owner to attempt to obtain readings to a date not more than thirty 
(30) days prior to the Closing Date.  If such readings are not obtained (and if such readings are obtained, then with respect to any period between such reading and the Closing Date), 
water rates and charges and sewer taxes and rents, if any, shall be apportioned based upon the last meter readings, subject to reapportionment when readings for the relevant period are 
obtained after the Closing Date.  If any of the Tenants pay electric based on a submeter for their electric consumption, then the Transferor shall, and shall cause the Fee Owner to cause 
any such submeter to be read as close as possible to the Closing Date and upon completion of such reading, the Transferor shall, and shall cause the Fee Owner to cause bills to be 
sent to each such Tenant for electric charges, based on such reading.  At the Closing, the Transferor shall provide the Transferee with documentation as to any such readings and 
billings for submetered electric charges. 

F.           To the extent that Transferor, the Fee Owner, Mezz LLC, the Company or Transferee receives Rents after the Closing Date, the same shall be held in trust by such 

recipient, as the case may be, and shall be applied in the order of priority set forth in this Section 7(F). 

(i)            The following terms shall be as defined herein:  “Base Rents”:  fixed rent, and other amounts of a fixed nature (which may include, without limitation, 
electric  inclusion  and  supplemental  water,  HVAC  and  condenser  water  charges  paid  or  payable  by  Tenants); “Overage  Rents”:  a  percentage  of  the  Tenant’s 
business during a specified annual or other period (sometimes referred to as “percentage rent”), if any, so-called “escalation rent”, and additional rent based upon 
increases in or otherwise attributable to real estate and BID taxes, operating expenses, utility costs, a cost of living index or porter’s wages or otherwise, but which 
shall in no event include Reimbursable Payments (as hereinafter defined); “Reimbursable Payments”:  overtime heat, air conditioning or other utilities or services; 
freight elevator; electric inclusion and adjustments related to electric usage (such as rate and/or fuel adjustments and survey); submetered electric; supplemental 
water, HVAC, and condenser water charges; services or repairs, and labor costs associated therewith, to which a Tenant is obligated to reimburse the landlord under 
its Lease or for which a Tenant has separately contracted with Transferor or its agent; true-ups on account of escalation and/or additional rent for years prior to the 
year in which the Closing occurs; above standard cleaning; and all other items which are payable to the Fee Owner, the Company or Transferor as reimbursement or 
payment for above standard or overtime services (but which amounts shall not be treated as Reimbursable Payments if already included in a Tenant’s Base Rents); 
and “Rents”:  all amounts due and owing from Tenants, however characterized, including, without limitation, Base Rents, Overage Rents and Reimbursable Payments. 

(ii)            Base Rents and Overage Rents shall be adjusted and prorated on an as, if and when collected basis.  Base Rents and Overage Rents collected by 
the Fee Owner, the Company, Transferee or Transferor after the Closing from any Tenant who owes any such amounts for periods prior to the Closing shall be applied 
in the following order, but shall be treated separately for such allocation purposes: (a) first, in payment of such amounts owed by such Tenant for the month in which 
the Closing occurs, (b) second, in payment of such  amounts owed by such Tenant  for periods after the month in which the Closing occurs, (c) third, in payment of 
such  amounts owed by such Tenant (if any) for any periods prior to the month in which the Closing occurs, and (d) fourth, the balance to Transferee, if any.  Each 
such amount, less any third party costs of collection (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) reasonably allocable thereto, shall be paid over as provided 
above, and the party who receives any such amount shall promptly pay over to the other party any portion thereof to which it is so entitled. 

16

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(iii)           Reimbursable Payments shall not be apportioned or adjusted to the extent they relate to a period of time prior to the Closing Date.  Reimbursable 
Payments incurred and which relate to a period of time prior to the Closing Date shall belong in their entirety to Transferor, and shall be retained by Transferor, and/or 
paid over to Transferor by Transferee, as applicable, on an as, if and when collected basis, less a proportionate share of any reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses 
of  collection  thereof.  To  the  extent  a  payment  is  made  by  a  Tenant  after  the  Closing  Date  which  is  specifically  designated  as  being  on  account  of  one  or  more 
Reimbursable Payments due to Transferor, by reference to a charge, invoice number or otherwise, or is of an amount which is equal to one or more Reimbursable 
Payments and no other charge for the same amount exists, provided that at the time of such payment the applicable Tenant is current for the period following Closing 
in the payment of Base Rent, then same shall be treated as a Reimbursable Payment which relates to a period of time prior to the Closing Date, and shall be paid over 
to Transferor promptly upon receipt thereof.  Reimbursable Payments incurred and which relate to a period of time on or after the Closing Date shall belong in their 
entirety to the Fee Owner, and shall be retained by the Fee Owner, and/or paid over to the Fee Owner by Transferor, on an as, if and when collected basis, less a 
proportionate share of any reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of collection thereof.  To the extent a payment is made by a Tenant to Transferor, the Company or 
the Fee Owner after the Closing Date which is specifically designated as being on account of one or more Reimbursable Payments and no other charge for the same 
amount exists and is not specifically due to the Fee Owner by reference to a charge, invoice number, identity to the charged amount or otherwise, then same shall be 
treated as a Reimbursable Payment which relates to a period on or after the Closing Date, and shall be paid over to the Fee Owner promptly upon receipt thereof until 
all sums due the Fee Owner are paid and then to Transferor until all accounts for Reimbursable Payments due Transferor (i.e., those which relate to a period of time 
prior to the Closing Date) are paid, with the balance, if any, being paid to the Fee Owner.  To the extent any payment made by a Tenant is not specifically designated 
as being on account of a Reimbursable Payment, or otherwise not identifiable as a Reimbursable Payment (for example, by reference to a charge, invoice number or 
similar reference or if a payment is in an amount equal to one or more charges for Reimbursable Payments), same shall be treated hereunder as either Base Rent or 
Overage Rent attributable to the calendar year in which the Closing occurs. 

17

  
  
  
  
(iv)           Transferee shall cause the Fee Owner to bill Tenants in possession as of the Closing Date who owe Rents for periods prior to the Closing on a 
monthly basis for a period of six (6) consecutive months following the Closing and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect such past due Rents (which 
efforts shall include, but not be limited to, including such amounts in invoices and notices for rents due for the period after Closing).  Neither Transferee nor the Fee 
Owner shall have any obligation to commence any action or proceeding to collect any such past due Rents, provided, however, if Transferee or the Fee Owner in fact 
commences any such action or proceeding, the amount sought shall include all Rents unpaid for the period prior to the Closing and Transferor shall reimburse the Fee 
Owner for a portion of the reasonable legal fees and disbursements actually incurred in pursuing said claim, equal to the total amount of such fees and disbursements 
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total amount realized by the Transferor and the denominator is the total amount realized by the Transferor and 
the Fee Owner in such action or proceeding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Transferee or the Fee Owner shall fail to collect such past due Rents after such six (6) 
month period, then after prior written notice to Transferee, Transferor shall have the right (in the name of the Fee Owner, if required) to pursue such Tenants to collect 
such delinquencies (including, without limitation, the prosecution of one or more lawsuits); provided that, without the consent of Transferee (which consent may be 
withheld in Transferee’s sole and absolute discretion), in no event shall any such action result in the termination of a Tenant’s Lease or the eviction of a Tenant from 
its demised premises or, application against any Security Deposits. 

(v)           Transferee shall cause the Fee Owner to (a) promptly render bills to the applicable Tenants in possession as of the Closing Date for any Overage 
Rent in respect of a period that shall have expired prior to the Closing but which is payable after the Closing, (b) bill Tenants in possession as of the Closing Date for 
any such Overage Rent on a monthly basis for a period of six (6) consecutive months thereafter and (c) use commercially reasonable efforts to collect such Overage 
Rent  (which  efforts  shall  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  including  such  amounts  in  invoices  and  notices  for  rents  due  for  the  period  after  the 
Closing).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Transferee shall be unable to collect such Overage Rent after such six (6) month period, then after prior written notice to 
Transferee, Transferor shall have the right (in the name of the Fee Owner, if required) to pursue Tenants to collect such delinquencies (including, without limitation, 
the  prosecution  of  one  or  more  lawsuits);  provided  that,  without  the  consent  of  Transferee  (which  consent  may  be  withheld  in  Transferee’s  sole  and  absolute 
discretion), in no event shall any such action result in the termination of a Tenant’s Lease or the eviction of a Tenant from its demised premises or application against 
any  Security  Deposits.  From  and  after  the  Closing,  Transferor  may  furnish  to  Transferee  calculations  of  the  amounts  due  from  Tenants  in  possession  as  of  the 
Closing Date on account of Overage Rent for periods prior to the Closing, and such other information relating to the period prior to the Closing as is reasonably 
necessary for the billing of any such Overage Rent.  Transferee shall cause the Fee Owner to bill such Tenants for Overage Rent for periods prior to the Closing in 
accordance with and on the basis of such information furnished by Transferor.  Transferee shall cause the Fee Owner to deliver to Transferor, concurrently with the 
delivery to such Tenants, copies of all statements delivered to Tenants relating to Overage Rent for periods prior to the Closing. 

18

  
  
  
  
  
(vi)           Overage Rent for the calendar year in which the Closing occurs shall be apportioned between Transferor and the Fee Owner using a percentage 
derived by dividing the total operating expenses incurred for those operating expenses  (or real estate or BID taxes, as the case may be) which are used by Transferor 
in determining the operating expense pool for the calendar year in question consistent with the terms of the applicable Leases over each parties’  actual expenses 
incurred for such operating expenses (or real estate or BID taxes, as the case may be).  To the extent actually collected, Transferor shall be entitled to receive the 
proportion of such Overage Rent (less a like portion of any out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in the 
collection of such Overage Rent) that the portion of the actual expenses incurred for operating expenses (or real estate or BID taxes, as the case may be) for the 
calendar year in question by Transferor or the Fee Owner prior to Closing bears to the entire operating expenses (or real estate or BID taxes, as the case may be) pool 
for the calendar year in question, and Transferee shall be entitled to receive the proportion of such Overage Rent (less a like portion of any out-of-pocket costs and 
expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in the collection of such Overage Rent) that the portion of the actual expenses incurred for 
operating expenses (or real estate or BID taxes, as the case may be) for the calendar year in question by Fee Owner from and after the Closing bears to the entire 
operating expenses (or real estate or BID taxes, as the case may be) pool for the calendar year in question.  If, prior to the Closing, Transferor or the Fee Owner shall 
receive any installment of Overage Rent attributable to Overage Rent for periods from and after the Closing, such sum shall be apportioned at the Closing.  If, after the 
Closing, Transferee or the Fee Owner shall receive any installment of Overage Rent attributable to Overage Rent for periods prior to the Closing, such sum (less any 
out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by Transferee or the Fee Owner in the collection of such Overage Rent) shall be paid 
by Transferee or the Fee Owner to Transferor promptly after Transferee (or the Fee Owner) receives payment thereof. 

19

  
  
  
  
(vii)          To the extent that any payment on account of Overage Rent for a period prior to the Closing is required to be paid periodically by Tenants for any 
calendar year (or, if applicable, any lease year or any other applicable accounting period), and at the end of such calendar year (or lease year or other applicable 
accounting period, as the case may be) such estimated amounts are required to be recalculated based upon the actual expenses, taxes or other relevant factors for that 
calendar year (or lease year or other applicable accounting period, as the case may be), then Transferee agrees to so recalculate same for Tenants in possession as of 
the Closing Date, subject to Transferor’s reasonable review and approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) of such recalculation and to bill such Tenants for all 
amounts due from such Tenants on account therefor, within six (6) months after the end of such calendar year (or lease year or other applicable accounting period, as 
the case may be).  At the time(s) of final calculation and collection from (or refund to) each Tenant of the amounts in reconciliation of actual Overage Rent, there shall 
be a re-proration between Transferor and the Fee Owner in accordance with this Agreement and Transferor, on the one hand, and Transferee and the Fee Owner, on 
the  other  hand,  shall  each  be  entitled  to  (or  responsible  for,  as  the  case  may  be)  the  amounts  attributable  to  such  party’s period of ownership of the Purchased 
Interest, provided that Transferor shall have no liability for amounts due to Tenants if Transferee shall have failed to obtain Transferor’s prior approval of any such 
recalculation,  if  required.  Any  amounts  owed  to  a  Tenant  in  possession  as  of  the  Closing  Date  for  which  Transferor  is  responsible  pursuant  to  the  immediately 
preceding sentence shall be delivered by Transferor to the Fee Owner within ten (10) days following demand, which payment to such Tenant shall be forwarded 
promptly by Transferee or the Fee Owner to such Tenant.  Transferee shall indemnify and cause the Fee Owner to indemnify and hold Transferor harmless from any 
and  all  losses,  costs,  damages,  liens,  claims,  counterclaims,  liabilities  and  expenses  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  reasonable  attorneys’  fees,  court  costs  and 
disbursements)  incurred  by  Transferor  as  the  result  of  Transferee  failing  to  pay  over  to  any  Tenant  in  possession  as  of  the  Closing  Date  any  amount  paid  by 
Transferor to Transferee for the benefit of any Tenant on account of Overage Rent.  Transferor, on or prior to the Closing, shall send (or cause to be sent) statements 
of the reconciliations with the Tenants for Overage Rent for calendar year 2008 and all prior years and to the extent any such Tenant overpaid such Overage Rent, the 
Transferor shall, on or prior to the Closing, refund any such overpayment of Overage Rent to each such applicable Tenant.  Transferor hereby agrees to indemnify 
and hold Transferee and the Fee Owner harmless from any and all losses, costs, damages, liens, claims, counterclaims, liabilities and expenses (including, but not 
limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and disbursements) incurred by Transferee or the Fee Owner as a result of the Transferor’s failure to refund (or 
cause to be refunded) any overpayment of Overage Rent due by Transferor or the Fee Owner to any Tenant for any time period prior to the Closing. 

20

  
  
  
  
(viii)          For a period of the lesser of (i) one (1) year following Closing, and (ii) until such time as all amounts required to be paid to Transferor by Transferee 
or  the  Fee  Owner  pursuant  to  this Section  7(F)  shall  have  been  paid  in  full,  to  the  extent  Transferee  or  the  Fee  Owner  collects  any  arrears  in  Base  Rents  and/or 
Overage Rent owed to the Transferor, Transferee shall furnish or cause the Fee Owner to furnish to Transferor a reasonably detailed monthly accounting of cash 
receipts from Tenants (accompanied by aged receivable reports) with a detailed accounting of amounts allocable to Transferor pursuant to this Agreement, which 
accounting  shall  be  delivered  to  Transferor  for  each  such  applicable  month,  within  twenty  (20)  days  after  the  end  thereof.  Transferor  and  Transferee  and  their 
representatives  shall  each  have  the  right  from  time  to  time,  for  a  period  of  one  (1)  year  following  the  Closing,  on  prior  notice  to  the  other  party,  during  ordinary 
business hours on business days, to review each other’s rental records and operating expense costs with respect to the Premises to ascertain the accuracy of any 
such accountings during Transferor’s and Transferee’s respective periods of ownership of the Purchased Interest. 

G.           As of the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date, Transferee shall cause the Fee Owner to determine any Nortel Losses (hereinafter defined) calculated as provided 
in this Section 8(G).  Upon such determination, Transferee shall send notice to Transferor setting forth the calculation of Nortel Losses together with backup for such calculation in 
reasonable detail, which shall be subject to the verification of Transferor.  Transferee may, from and after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, as its sole remedy on account of any 
Nortel Losses, cause the Company to offset any Nortel Losses actually incurred by the Fee Owner accruing during the one-year period after the Closing against its payment obligations 
under the JV Loan, as more particularly provided in the JV Loan Promissory Note. "Nortel Losses" shall mean, in the event of the rejection of the Nortel Lease in the pending bankruptcy 
proceeding, losses of net rental income actually incurred by Fee Owner, measured against any net rental income that would have been received absent rejection of the Nortel Lease, in 
respect of the space demised under the Nortel Lease, taking into account (i) any amounts recoverable from the security deposit under the Nortel Lease (i.e., there is no legal impediment 
to Fee Owner’s recovery of same) and (ii) any net effective rent accruing under any lease for any portion of the space demised under the Nortel Lease during the one-year period after 
the  Closing  (on  a  ratable  basis  over  the  term  of  such  lease  including  for  these  purposes  any  free  rent  period  under  such  lease  and  taking  into  account  any  leasing  and  tenant 
improvement costs). 

H.           If any adjustment or apportionment is miscalculated at the Closing, or the complete and final information necessary for any adjustment is unavailable at the Closing, 
the affected adjustment shall be calculated after the Closing, and 100% of the net amount thereof either shall be paid by Transferee (on behalf of the Fee Owner) to Transferor or paid by 
Transferor to the Fee Owner (after giving effect to the consummation of the Closing), as the case may be, within five (5) Business Days after determination thereof.  The provisions of 
this Article 7 shall survive the Closing Date for a period of one (1) year. 

8.           Closing Deliveries. 

A.           At the Closing, Transferor shall, and shall cause the Fee Owner, as applicable, to deliver to Transferee, executed and acknowledged, as applicable: 

(i)           an Assignment of Limited Liability Company Interest Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2(G)  (the “Assignment”) pursuant to which 
Transferor  sells,  assigns,  transfers,  conveys  and  delivers  the  Purchased  Interest  in  the  Company  to  Transferee,  together  with  a  certification  from  Transferor  that 
Transferor has caused all applicable transactions provided for in the Recitals (including without limitation, the purchase of the CIF Interest) to be consummated and 
that Transferor and the 1% Owner are the sole members of the Company; 

21

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(ii)           the Contribution Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2(B) and the closing items to be executed and delivered by Transferor set forth 

therein, including, without limitation, certificates of merger; 

(iii)           a certified copy of the JV Loan Promissory Note, which shall remain outstanding; 

(iv)           the Member Loan Promissory Note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2(D); 

(v)            the Transferor Pledge and Security Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2(F). 

(vi)           the Option Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2(E). 

(vii)          Executed  original  counterparts  of  all  Leases,  Brokerage  Agreements  and  Surviving  Contracts,  or  certified  copies  thereof  to  the  extent  executed 

original counterparts are not in a Transferor Party’s or property manager’s possession; 

(viii)         A certification of nonforeign status, in form required by Internal Revenue Code Section 1445 and the regulations issued thereunder; 

(ix)           The Tenant Estoppels (as hereinafter defined) required to be delivered under Article 10 hereof; 

(x)             Evidence  of  authority,  good  standing  (if  applicable)  and  due  authorization  of  each  Transferor  Party  to  enter  into  the  within  transaction  and  to 
perform all of its obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of all of the closing documents required by this Agreement, and 
setting  forth  such  additional  facts,  if  any,  as  may  be  needed  to  show  that  the  transaction  is  duly  authorized  and  is  in  conformity  with  each  Transferor  Party’s 
organizational  documents  and  applicable  laws  and  to  enable  the  Title  Insurer  to  omit  all  exceptions  regarding  each  Transferor  Party’s  standing,  authority  and 
authorization; 

(xi)           The Company LLC Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2(A); 

(xii)          To  the  extent  in  the  Fee  Owner’s,  its  property  manager’s  or  any  affiliate’s  possession  or  control  (a)  those  transferable  licenses  and  permits, 
authorizations and approvals pertaining to the Premises which are not posted at the Premises, (b) all transferable guarantees and warranties which Fee Owner has 
received in connection with any work or services performed or equipment installed in and improvements erected on the Premises and (c) copies of all Building Plans; 

22

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(xiii)         A title affidavit in the form annexed here to as Exhibit 2(H); 

(xiv)         To the extent required by applicable law, a Real Property Transfer Tax Return with respect to the New York City Real Property Transfer Tax (the 
“RPT Form”) and a New York State Real Estate Transfer Tax Return and Credit Line Mortgage Certificate with respect to the New York State Real Estate Transfer Tax 
(the “Form TP-584”); 

(xv)          To the extent available at Closing, documentation as reasonably required by the Transferee to calculate the Overage Rent due and owing after the 

Closing or if not available then Transferor will deliver same within a reasonable time following the Closing; 

(xvi)         A closing statement (the “Closing Statement”); 

(xvii)        A certified updated schedule of Rent arrearages (i.e., “Exhibit 16(A)(i)”) and a certified schedule of unreturned escrow and reserves held by the 

Lender under the Existing Loan (to the extent not confirmed by the Lender in connection with the Loan Assumption); 

(xviii)       Keys to locks at the Premises in the possession or control of the Fee Owner, its property manager or any Covered Affiliate; 

(xix)          Evidence that Fee Owner has sent notices of termination, at its sole cost, of the existing property management agreement and those other Existing 
Contracts and New Contracts designated in writing by Transferee no less than ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date (it being understood that the provisions of 
certain such contracts will necessitate more than ten (10) days advance notice for termination, and that such contracts will extend through the end of the termination 
period therein and therefore the termination of such contracts will not be effected until after the Closing Date and it being further understood that Transferee shall be 
liable  under  such  contracts  for  the  period  from  and  after  Closing  but  not for any termination fees which shall be payable by Transferor or the Fee Owner).  Such 
Existing Contracts and New Contracts shall be excluded from the definition of Surviving Contracts; 

(xx)           The Lender’s Consent and certified copies of the material Existing Loan Documents (to the extent not certified by the Lender in connection with the 

Loan Assumption); 

(xxi)          A certification updating Transferor’s representations and warranties contained in Section 16(A) as of the Closing Date; 

23

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(xxii)         A lease for a portion of the property located at 750 Third Avenue, New York, New York in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “8(A)(xxii)” (the “750 

Space Lease”), executed by 750 Third Owner LLC (“750 Owner”); 

(xxiii)        The  Approved  750  REA,  executed  by  750  Owner,  in  substantially  the  form  attached  hereto  as Exhibit “8(A)(xxiii)”,  subject  to  any  Lender  REA 

Changes; 

(xxiv)        Estoppels with respect to (A) that certain Joint Use Agreement, dated as of November 23, 1956 between 750 Third Avenue Corporation and Uris 
Lexington, Inc., (B) that certain Declaration, dated as of October 10, 1962 between 750 Third Avenue Corporation and Uris Lexington, Inc., (C) that certain Covenant 
and Declaration, dated as of November 23, 1956 between 750 Third Avenue Corporation and Uris Lexington, Inc., (D) that certain Loading Dock Services Agreement, 
dated as of July 28, 2004, between 485 Lexington Owner LLC and 750 Owner ((A), (B), (C), and (D) being the “Joint 750 Documents”), and (E) the Approved REA, 
each in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “8(A)(xxiv)” (collectively, the “REA Estoppels”) executed by 750 Owner; 

(xxv)         A notice letter to 750 Owner pursuant to the Joint 750 Documents substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “8(A)(xxv)”; 

(xxvi)        If required by the tenant under the Lease with Citibank, N.A., a Subordination, Recognition and Attornment Agreement in substantially the form 

attached hereto as Exhibit “8(A)(xxvi)”, subject to reasonable changes requested by such tenant, described on Exhibit “1(B)”, executed by 750 Owner; 

(xxvii)       An agreement reasonably satisfactory to Transferor and Transferee terminating that certain Tenancy-In-Common Agreement dated as of January 

22, 2007 by and between Subsidiary, EAT and TIC; 

(xxviii)      A certified updated schedule of all base rents, real estate taxes and operating expense escalations billed to Tenants during the month prior to the 
month in which the Closing Date occurs and all Security Deposits held by the Fee Owner as of the Closing Date, together with copies of bills sent to Tenants after the 
date hereof and prior to the Closing (provided that a failure to deliver all such copies shall not be deemed to be a default under this Agreement); 

(xxix)        The Indemnity Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 8(A)(xxix); and 

(xxx)         Such other instruments or documents which by the terms of this Agreement are to be delivered by Transferor at the Closing. 

24

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
B.           At the Closing, Transferee shall (or shall cause the Fee Owner to) deliver to Transferor, executed and acknowledged, as applicable: 

(i)             The balance of the Purchase Price due at Closing, the Option Payment (as such term is defined in the Option Agreement) and the full proceeds of 

the Member Loan, and all other amounts payable by Transferee to Transferor at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement; 

(ii)            The Assignment; 

(iii)           The Transferor Pledge and Security Agreement; 

(iv)           The Option Agreement; 

(v)            The Company LLC Agreement; 

(vi)           Evidence of authority, good standing (if applicable) and due authorization of Transferee to enter into the within transaction and to perform all of its 
obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of all of the closing documents required by this Agreement, and setting forth such 
additional  facts,  if  any,  as  may  be  needed  to  show  that  the  transaction  is  duly  authorized  and  is  in  conformity  with  Transferee’s  organizational  documents  and 
applicable laws; 

(vii)          The Closing Statement; 

(viii)         The 750 Space Lease; 

(ix)           the Approved 750 REA; 

(x)             if required by applicable law, the RPT Form and the TP-584; and 

(xi)            Such other instruments or documents which by the terms of this Agreement are to be delivered by Transferee at Closing. 

9.           Conditions Precedent. 

A.           Transferor’s obligations under this Agreement are subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent which may be waived in whole or in part by Transferor, 

provided such waiver is in writing and signed by Transferor on or before the Closing Date: 

(i)            Transferee shall have paid or tendered payment of (i) the portion of the Purchase Price due at Closing, (ii) the Option Payment and (iii) the proceeds 

of the Member Loan, pursuant to the terms hereof; 

25

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(ii)           Transferee shall have delivered to or for the benefit of Transferor, on or before the Closing Date, all of the documents and items required to be 
delivered by Transferee pursuant to Article 8 hereof which have been tendered thereto by Transferor and Transferee shall have performed in all material respects all of 
its obligations hereunder to be performed on or before the Closing Date; and 

(iii)           All of Transferee’s representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date made and 

true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as if then made; and 

(iv)           Lender Consent (or the portions thereof provided to be Transferor conditions to Closing under this Agreement) shall have been received and the 
Loan Assumption Documents shall expressly provide that SL Green (and any affiliate thereof) shall be released from any and all liability under the applicable Existing 
Loan Documents, including the Existing Guaranty, the Existing Hazardous Substances Indemnity Agreement and all other applicable guaranties and indemnities in 
connection with the Existing Loan, arising or accruing from and after the Loan Assumption. 

B.           Transferee’s  obligations  under  this  Agreement  are  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  following  conditions  precedent  which  may  be  waived  in  whole  or  in  part  by 

Transferee, provided such waiver is in writing and signed by Transferee on or before the Closing Date: 

(i)            Transferor shall have delivered to or for the benefit of Transferee, on or before the Closing Date, all of the documents and items required to be 
delivered by Transferor pursuant to Article 8 hereof and Transferor shall have performed in all material respects all of its obligations hereunder to be performed on or 
before the Closing Date; and 

(ii)           Subject  to  the  other  provisions  of  this  Agreement,  all  of  Transferor’s  representations  and  warranties  made  in  this  Agreement  shall  be  true  and 
correct as of the date made and true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as if then made, as the same may have been updated pursuant to Section 
8(A)(xxi),  other  than  those  representations  or  warranties  made  as  of  a  specific  date,  or  with  reference  to  previously  dated  materials,  in  which  event  such 
representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of the date thereof or as of the date of such materials, as applicable.  For purposes hereof, but subject to 
the  provisions  of Section  9(C)(ii)  below,  (a)  any  representation  or  warranty  set  forth  in Section 16(A)(i),  the  first  sentence  of Section 16(A)(ii),  Section  16(A)(vi) 
or  Section 16(A)(xxi) (solely to the extent of Environmental Notices relating to conditions existing as of the date of this Agreement) shall not be deemed to have been 
breached if the representation or warranty is not true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date by reason of changed facts or circumstances arising 
after  the  date  hereof  which  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  are  not  prohibited  to  have  occurred  and  did  not  arise  by  reason  of  a  breach  of  any  covenant  made  by 
Transferor under this Agreement or Agreement  and (b) no representation or warranty shall be deemed to have been breached  if the same is not true and correct in all 
material respects as of the Closing Date by reason of any act or omission of Transferor (x) permitted under this Agreement or (y) taken with the consent of Transferee; 
and 

(iii)           Lender Consent (or the portions thereof provided to be Transferee conditions to Closing under this Agreement) shall have been received. 

26

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
C.           (i)           Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  this  Agreement,  but  subject  to  the  provisions  of Section  9(C)(ii)  below,  (a)  Transferor  does  not 
represent or warrant that any Lease will be in force or effect at Closing, that any Tenant will have performed its obligations under its Lease or that any Tenant will not be the subject of 
bankruptcy proceedings and (b) the existence of any default by a Tenant, the failure by a Tenant to perform its obligations under its Lease, the termination of any Lease prior to Closing 
by reason of the Tenant’s default (if in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement) or the existence of bankruptcy proceedings pertaining to any Tenant shall not affect 
Transferee’s obligations hereunder in any manner or entitle Transferee to an abatement of or credit against the Purchase Price or give rise to any other claim on the part of Transferee. 

(ii)           Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9(C)(i) above, in the event that one or more Tenants occupying, in the aggregate, five percent (5%) or 
more of the Occupied Space (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the Nortel Lease), becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding and rejects its Lease in such 
proceeding  (such  Lease,  a “Rejected Lease”)  prior  to  the  Closing,  Transferee  may,  upon  twenty  (20)  days  prior  written  notice  to  Transferor  after  such  rejection, 
terminate this Agreement; provided, however, that Transferee’s termination notice shall become null and void in the event Transferor, within such twenty (20) day 
period, commits to cause SLGOP to enter into a lease at Closing for the space covered by such Rejected Lease for the remaining term and otherwise on substantially 
the same terms and conditions as the Rejected Lease. 

10.           Estoppel Certificates. 

A.           Transferor shall use and shall cause the Fee Owner to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and to deliver to Transferee, no later than five (5) days prior to the 
Closing, estoppel certificates (individually, an “Estoppel” and, collectively, the “Estoppels”) from Tenants who, in the aggregate, lease at least 75% of the Occupied Space and including, 
in any event, the Major Tenants.  Each Estoppel shall (x) either (i) be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 10 and made a part hereof, it being agreed that the inclusion of 
qualifications as to knowledge shall not cause the Estoppel to be non-compliant (except with respect to estoppel statements not already qualified by knowledge in said form contained 
in the Estoppels from the Major Tenants and Advanced Magazine Publishers, Inc.), (ii) be on such other form as may be provided by any Tenant, provided that it certifies the matters 
contained  in Exhibit 10; or (iii) in the event that any Lease provides for the form or content of an Estoppel that such Tenant shall be required to deliver, then such Tenant’s Estoppel 
may (and in the case of the tenant under the Lease with Citibank, N.A., shall) be in such form or contain only those matters as an Estoppel is required to address pursuant to the related 
Lease,  without  giving  effect  to  any  requirement  regarding “additional  information  reasonably  requested  by  the  lessor”  or  words  of  similar  import  and  (y)  be  dated  no  earlier  than 
September 1, 2009; provided that if the Closing Date does not occur on or before November 30, 2009, the Estoppels from the Major Tenants and Advance Magazine Publishers, Inc. 
shall be dated no earlier than November 15, 2009.  Each Estoppel executed and delivered by a Tenant satisfying the above requirements that confirms such matters that an Estoppel is 
required  to  address  pursuant  to  the  related  Lease  is  referred  to  herein  as  a “Conforming  Estoppel”.  Transferor  shall  deliver  to  Transferee  a  copy  of  all  Estoppels  it  receives  from 
Tenants, regardless of the content of such Estoppels.  In the event that Transferor is unable to obtain Conforming Estoppels from Tenants who, in the aggregate, lease at least 75% of 
the  Occupied  Space  (such  percentage,  the “Required  Percentage”),  including,  without  limitation,  the  Major  Tenants,  then  the  same  shall  constitute  a  failure  of  a  condition  to 
Transferee’s obligations hereunder and not a default by Transferor, Transferee shall not be entitled to specific performance of such obligation of Transferor to deliver such Conforming 
Estoppels  and  Transferee’s  sole  remedy  shall  be  to  waive  such  failure  or  terminate  this  Agreement  and  receive  a  refund  of  the  Deposit,  together  with  any  interest  earned 
thereon.  Claims of any Tenant set forth in any Estoppel shall not be deemed (alone or in combination with other matters), to cause such Estoppel not to be a Conforming Estoppel 
unless the facts underlying such claims in the aggregate with any claims set forth in any other Tenant Estoppels and any breaches of Transferor’s representations and warranties, equal 
or exceed the Floor (as hereinafter defined).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, an Estoppel shall be a Conforming Estoppel notwithstanding that such Estoppel 
may contain claims that are based on the (i) facts disclosed on Schedules or Exhibits to this Agreement, (ii) an assertion by any Tenant that there are amounts due from the Fee Owner 
to such Tenant allocable to periods prior to the Closing and which, under the terms of this Agreement, Transferor has agreed to pay or (iii) failure of the landlord to keep the Premises, 
the building systems or other improvements or equipment in good order and repair or to make required repairs or improvements thereto, unless such failure would constitute a default 
under such Tenant’s Lease (it being agreed that Transferor shall not be obligated to make any such repairs or improvements unless otherwise obligated to do so pursuant to Section 20
(A)(vi), and Transferee hereby expressly agrees that for all purposes of this Agreement the obligation to make any such repairs or improvements shall be conclusively deemed to have 
arisen or accrued after the Closing).  Notwithstanding the above, to the extent any delivered Estoppels contain claims or state facts which would cause any representation or warranty 
contained herein to be untrue, the aggregate adverse economic impact of the facts underlying such claims shall be counted in determining, pursuant to Section 16(C), whether or not 
there  are  breaches of Transferor representations  or warranties  in excess  of the Floor, provided Transferor  has not cured  the circumstances giving rise to such claims (collectively, 
“Estoppel Claims”). 

27

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
B.           Subject  to Article 39, upon not less than three (3) days’ advance written notice (unless the reason necessitating the extension only arises within the three (3) days 
immediately prior to the Closing Date, in which event as much in advance of the Closing as is practicable but in no event less than one (1) business day prior to the Closing Date), 
Transferor shall be entitled to one or more adjournments, not to exceed forty-five (45) days in the aggregate, of the Closing Date to obtain Tenant Estoppels. 

11.           No Successor.Transferee is not and is not to be deemed to be a successor of any of the Transferor Parties, it being understood that Transferee is acquiring only the Purchased 
Interest; and it is expressly understood and agreed that Transferee has not and does not hereby assume or agree to assume nor shall transferee be deemed to have assumed any liability 
whatsoever of any of the Transferor Parties,  nor does Transferee assume or agree to assume nor shall Transferee be deemed to have assumed any obligation of any of the Transferor 
Parties under any guaranty, contract, agreement, indenture or any other document to which any such Transferor Party is or may be bound or which in any manner affects the Premises 
or the Purchased Interest or any part thereof, except for those contracts and agreements specifically assumed pursuant to the terms hereof (including but not limited to the Existing Loan 
Documents). 

12.           Right of Inspection. 

A.          Transferee and its agents, employees and consultants, from time to time prior to the Closing and during regular business hours, upon at least two (2) business days’ 
prior notice (written or via electronic mail) to Transferor, may inspect the Premises, provided that (i) Transferee shall not communicate with any employees of the Fee Owner or the Fee 
Owner’s managers or contractors or with Tenants or occupants of the Premises without, in each instance, the prior consent (written or via electronic mail) of Transferor, which consent 
may be withheld in Transferor’s reasonable discretion, (ii) Transferee shall not perform any tests with respect to the Premises without the prior written consent of Transferor in each 
instance, which consent may be withheld in Transferor’s reasonable discretion, provided however, if such tests are invasive Transferor shall have the right to withhold its consent to 
such tests in its sole discretion (it being agreed that the public record inquiries required to prepare a Phase I Environmental Report shall not be deemed “invasive”), and (iii) Transferee 
shall have no additional rights or remedies under this Agreement as a result of such inspection(s) or any findings in connection therewith.  Any entry upon the Premises shall be 
performed in a manner which is not way disruptive to Tenants or the normal operation of the Premises (other than to a de minimis extent) and shall be subject to the rights of any 
Tenants or occupants of the Premises.  Transferee shall (i) exercise reasonable care at all times that Transferee shall be present upon the Premises, (ii) at Transferee’s expense, observe 
and comply with all applicable laws and any conditions imposed by any insurance policy then in effect with respect to the Premises and (iii) not engage in any activities which would 
violate the provisions of any permit or license pertaining to the Premises.  Transferor shall have the right to have a representative of Transferor accompany Transferee during any such 
communication or entry upon the Premises. 

28

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
B.           Transferee hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Transferor Parties  and their respective officers, shareholders, partners, members, directors, employees, 
attorneys  and  agents  harmless  from  and  against  any  and  all  liability,  loss,  cost,  judgment,  claim,  damage  or  expense  (including,  without  limitation,  reasonable  attorneys’  fees  and 
expenses),  resulting  from  or  arising  out  of  the  entry  upon  the  Premises  prior  to  the  Closing  by  Transferee  and  its  employees,  agents,  consultants,  contractors  and  advisors.  The 
foregoing indemnification shall survive the Closing or the termination of this Agreement. 

C.           As a condition precedent to (x) any third party entering the Premises on behalf of Transferee in connection with any inspection and (y) any physically invasive testing 
of the Premises by Transferee or any third party on behalf of Transferee (each, an “Insurable Inspection”), Transferee shall maintain or cause to be maintained, at Transferee’s sole cost 
and expense, a policy of comprehensive general public liability and property damage insurance by an insurer or syndicate of insurers reasonably acceptable to Transferor: (a) with a 
combined single limit of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) general liability and Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) excess umbrella liability, (b) insuring Transferee, the 
Transferor Parties, the Fee Owner’s property manager, their respective affiliates, lenders and any other person or entity related to the Transferor Parties or involved with the transaction 
contemplated by this Agreement (such additional persons or entities to be designated in writing by Transferor), as additional insureds, against any injuries or damages to persons or 
property that may result from or are related to (x) Transferee’s entry upon the Premises and (y) any inspection or other activity conducted thereon by representatives or agents of 
Transferee and (c) containing a provision to the effect that insurance provided by Transferee hereunder shall be primary and noncontributing with any other insurance available to the 
Transferor Parties.  Transferee shall deliver evidence of such insurance coverage to Transferor prior to the commencement of the Insurable Inspection and proof of continued coverage 
prior to any subsequent Insurable Inspection. 

29

  
  
  
  
  
D.           Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, neither Transferee nor any representative or agent of Transferee shall contact any Federal, state, 
county, municipal or other department or governmental agency regarding the Premises without Transferor’s prior written consent thereto; provided, however, that the foregoing shall 
not  prohibit  Transferee  from  accessing  publicly  accessible  governmental  records  and  databases  from  time  to  time.  In  addition,  if  Transferor’s  consent  is  obtained  by  Transferee, 
Transferor shall be entitled to receive at least five (5) business days prior written notice of the intended contact and shall be entitled to have a representative present when Transferee 
has any such contact with any governmental official or representative. 

E.           During the term of this Agreement, Transferor shall endeavor to, at Transferee’s cost, make available to Transferee for inspection and copying, or at Transferor’s 
option  deliver  to  Transferee,  such  documents,  materials  and  information  concerning  the  Premises  as  Fee  Owner  may  have  in  its  or  its  property  manager’s  possession  or  control, 
excluding (i) internal analyses of the value of the Premises, (ii) materials that are subject to attorney-client privilege or work-product doctrine and (iii) materials of a proprietary nature. 

13.           Title Insurance. 

A.           (i)           Transferee acknowledges receipt of the existing owner’s title insurance policy for the Premises.  At Closing, Transferee shall have the right at Transferee’s 
sole cost and expense to obtain a new title policy.  Transferor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Transferee in connection with obtaining such policy and a 
nonimputation endorsement; provided, however, that neither Transferor or any affiliate thereof shall be required to expend any monies (except pursuant to the following sentence) or 
assume any additional liability (other than the title affidavits, certifications and indemnities set forth in Section 8A(xiii)) in connection therewith.  Provided that Transferee obtains a new 
owner’s title insurance policy with a policy limit not to exceed $500,000,000, Transferor agrees at Closing to reimburse Transferee for one-half of any additional premium payable on 
account  of  the  non-imputation endorsement (provided, however, in the event Transferee obtains a new owner’s title insurance policy with a policy limit that exceeds $500,000,000, 
Transferee will pay for the excess cost for such non-imputation endorsement resulting from such excess title insurance, it being understood and agreed that the parties shall split the 
cost for such endorsement up to a policy limit of $500,000,000). 

30

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(ii)           Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 13(A)(ii) or elsewhere in this Agreement, Transferor shall have no obligation to remove any 
exception to title.  Transferee acknowledges that the Premises shall be subject to the Permitted Exceptions.  If exceptions to title appear on any update or continuation 
of a title commitment issued by the Title Insurer (each a “Continuation”) which are not Permitted Exceptions, Transferee shall notify Transferor thereof (any such 
specified item being herein called an “Objection”) within the earlier of ten (10) business days after Transferee receives such Continuation and the last business day 
prior to the Closing Date, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE.   Transferee shall be deemed to have waived any such item or items if it does not specify the same as an 
Objection within the aforementioned period.  Transferor shall be obligated to discharge the following title exceptions (each of which shall automatically be deemed to 
be an Objection (the “Required Objections”):  (a) any title exception that constitutes a mortgage encumbering the Premises granted by any Transferor Party (except 
for the Existing Mortgage), (b) any title exception that constitutes a consensual lien that Transferor voluntarily causes to be recorded against the Premises after the 
date of execution of this Agreement and (c) any title exception that constitutes a mechanic’s lien of record resulting from work that the Fee Owner (and not any 
Tenant)  has  performed  or  caused  to  be  performed  at  the  Premises,  provided  that  Transferor  shall  have  the  right  to  bond  and  remove  any  such  mechanic’s 
lien.  Transferor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to eliminate any Objections that are not Required Objections, provided that no Transferor Party shall be 
required to expend any sum of money to eliminate any such Objection. 

(iii)           Subject to clause (ii), if Transferor is unable, or elects not to attempt, to eliminate such Objections, or if Transferor elects to attempt to eliminate any 
such Objection but is unable to do so or thereafter decides not to eliminate the same, and accordingly, is unable to convey title to the Premises in accordance with the 
provisions of this Agreement, Transferor shall so notify Transferee and, within ten (10) business days after receipt of such notice from Transferor, Transferee shall 
elect either (i) to terminate this Agreement by notice given to Transferor (time being of the essence with respect to Transferee’s notice), in which event the provisions 
of Article 14 of this Agreement shall apply, or (ii) to accept title to the Premises subject to such exceptions, without any abatement of the Purchase Price. If Transferee 
shall not notify Transferor of such election within such ten (10) business day period, time being of the essence, Transferee shall be deemed to have elected clause (ii) 
above with the same force and effect as if Transferee had elected clause (ii) within such ten (10) business day period. 

B.           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 13, in the event that Title Insurer or any title company retained by Transferee shall raise an exception to title 
which is not a Permitted Exception, Transferor shall have no obligation to eliminate such exception and Transferee shall have no right to terminate the Agreement by reason of such 
exception (and such exception shall be deemed a Permitted Exception) if Title Insurer or another national title company, as applicable, shall, at no additional cost or premium (unless 
Transferor agrees to pay such additional cost or premium) insure title to the Premises without such exception. 

31

  
  
  
  
  
  
C.           Except as expressly provided in Section 13A, Transferee shall pay the costs of examination of title and any owner’s or mortgagee’s policy of title insurance to be 
issued insuring Transferee’s title to the Purchased Interest, as well as all other title charges, survey fees, recording charges and any and all other title and survey costs or expenses 
incident to the Closing or in connection therewith. 

D.           Notwithstanding  anything  in Article  13  hereof  to  the  contrary,  Transferee  may  at  any  time  accept  such  title  as  Transferor  can  convey,  without  reduction  of  the 
Purchase Price or any credit or allowance on account thereof or any claim against Transferor.  Subject to Section 16(C), the acceptance of the Purchased Interest by Transferee shall be 
deemed to be full performance of, and discharge of, every agreement and obligation on Transferor’s part to be performed under this Agreement, except for the documents delivered at 
Closing and such matters which are expressly stated in this Agreement to survive the Closing, to the limit of such survival. 

E.           In the event the Title Company is unwilling to issue a title insurance policy as required under this Agreement, Transferor may, at Transferee’s cost, replace the Title 
Company with any combination of Fidelity National Title Insurance Company, LandAmerica and Chicago Title Insurance Company that commits to issue such policy under the same 
conditions and circumstances as required under this Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the replacement of the Title Company cause the Closing Date to occur beyond any 
adjournments permitted under this Agreement. 

14.           Reserved. 

15.           Indemnities. 

A.           It is the intention of Transferor and Transferee that, notwithstanding the fact that Transferee is purchasing the Purchased Interest, Transferee shall not be obligated to 

pay or discharge any liabilities or other obligations which Transferee would not assume or be liable for if Transferee were purchasing the Premises instead of the Purchased Interest. 

32

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(i)           In  order  to  implement  the  foregoing,  Transferor  and  SLGOP  hereby  jointly  and  severally  indemnify  and  agree  to  hold  harmless  Transferee,  the 
Company, Mezz LLC and the Fee Owner from and against all liabilities, obligations, debts, claims, causes of action, judgments and damages which may be asserted 
against, imposed on or incurred by Transferee, the Company, Mezz LLC  or the Fee Owner after the Closing by reason of any of the following: (i) any obligations of 
the Transferor Parties for borrowed money which were incurred prior to the Closing, other than the Existing Loan and the JV Loan; (ii) any claims made by any party 
(other than the Fee Owner) to any Existing Contracts or New Contracts with respect to any period prior to the Closing; (iii) all obligations and payments due from 
Transferor or the Fee Owner to trade creditors with respect to any period prior to the Closing; (iv) any amounts due and payable by Transferor or the Fee Owner to the 
Fee Owner’s property manager arising prior to the Closing; (v) all obligations relating to the period prior to Closing with respect to existing litigation against the 
Transferor Parties, or any litigation instituted against the Transferor Parties on or after the Closing Date to the extent based on any matter occurring prior to the 
Closing Date; (vi) any income, excise or franchise taxes payable by the Transferor Parties in respect of any period prior to the Closing Date; (vii) any liability to Lender 
or any other indemnified party under the Existing Loan Documents relating to matters arising prior to the Closing Date; and (vii) any other liabilities, obligations, 
debts, claims, causes of action, judgments or damages which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Transferor Parties and which are based on any 
matter occurring prior to the Closing. 

(ii)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 15 (but subject to the provisions of Section 15(B)), the indemnity of SLGOP and 
Transferor set forth herein shall not apply to any of the following or to any liability, obligation, debt, claim, cause of action, judgment or damage based on any of the 
following: (a) any matter occurring, arising or accruing after the Closing Date except (with respect solely to Transferor and not SLGOP) to the extent Transferor is 
expressly obligated in respect thereof under other provisions of this Agreement; (b) any matter expressly assumed by Transferee, the Company, Mezz LLC or the Fee 
Owner  or  as  to  which  Transferor  is  expressly  relieved  of  any  obligations  or  responsibilities  under  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or  any  agreement  entered  into  in 
connection with the Closing; (c) any matter which is the subject of a representation and warranty of Transferor set forth in this Agreement or any instrument or 
document executed pursuant hereto, it being understood and agreed that the indemnity set forth in this Section 15 is not intended either to expand upon or increase 
Transferor’s liability under such warranties and representations or to affect or impair Transferee’s rights under other applicable provisions of this Agreement or any 
such document in the event of the breach of any such representation or warranty; (d) any matter or item in respect of which an apportionment has been made or 
provided for in this Agreement; (e) any matter relating to title to the Premises; and (f) any matter relating to the physical condition of the Premises or any personal 
property included therein, including, without limitation, the need for any required repairs or replacements or any condition at the Premises which violates applicable 
building, zoning, use, occupancy, fire, safety, health, environmental, disability or other laws, ordinances or codes.  Without limiting the generality of clause (f) above, 
but in amplification thereof (but without limiting any remedies that may be provided to Transferee under this Agreement in respect thereof) , if any Tenant or other 
party claims that the Fee Owner is in default because they failed to make any required repairs, replacements or improvements, or if any governmental authority or other 
party asserts that the Premises is in violation of any applicable laws, ordinances or codes, unless otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, SLGOP 
and  Transferor  shall  have  no  liability,  responsibility  or  obligation  to  make  any  such  repairs,  replacements  or  improvements,  or  to  comply  with  any  such  laws, 
ordinances or codes or to remedy any violation thereof, or to pay the cost thereof, even if the condition which gives rise to the need therefor occurred prior to the 
Closing, it being understood and agreed that except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement Transferee has agreed to acquire the Purchased 
Interest  on  the  basis  that  the  Premises  will  be  in “as  is”  condition and that Transferor shall not be obligated to make any repairs, replacements or improvements 
thereto or remedy any conditions therein which are in violation of any applicable laws, ordinances or codes. 

33

  
  
  
  
  
B.           Supplementing the liabilities and indemnities set forth in Sections 15(A) above and elsewhere under this Agreement: 

(i)           Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  any  provision  purporting  to  create  a  sole  and  exclusive 
remedy  for  the  benefit  of  Transferor):  Transferee  shall  indemnify,  defend  and  hold  Transferor,  its  direct  and  indirect  shareholders,  officers,  directors,  partners, 
principals, members, employees, agents, contractors and all successors or assigns of the foregoing (collectively, the “Covered Transferor Parties”) harmless from 
and  against  any  and  all  losses,  costs,  damages,  liens,  claims,  liabilities  or  expenses  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  reasonable  attorneys’  fees,  court  costs  and 
disbursements) incurred by any of the Covered Transferor Parties as the result of or in connection with any obligation under the Existing Loan (including, without 
limitation, the Existing Guaranty or any replacement or modification thereof) arising from and after the Closing Date, except as expressly provided in any agreements 
entered into at the Closing or arising on account of the wrongful acts of any Covered Transferor Party. 

(ii)           Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  any  provision  purporting  to  create  a  sole  and  exclusive 
remedy for the benefit of Transferee):  Transferor and SLGOP shall indemnify, defend and hold Transferee, its direct and indirect shareholders, officers, directors, 
partners,  principals,  members,  employees,  agents,  contractors  and  all  successors  or  assigns  of  the  foregoing  (collectively,  the “Covered  Transferee  Parties”) 
harmless from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, liens, claims, liabilities or expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs 
and disbursements) incurred by any of the Covered Transferee Parties as the result of or in connection with any liability to Lender or any other indemnified party 
under the Existing Loan (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 15(A)(ii) above) relating to matters arising prior to the Closing Date. 

(iii)           This Section 15(B) shall survive the Closing or termination of this Agreement. 

16.           Representations and Warranties. 

A.           Transferor hereby represents and warrants to Transferee as follows as of the date hereof: 

34

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(i)           The  Leases  together  with  all  amendments  thereto  and  guarantees  listed  on Exhibit  ”1(B)”  are  the  only  leases,  licenses,  tenancies,  possession 
agreements  and  occupancy  agreements  affecting  the  Premises  on  the  date  of  this  Agreement  in  which  any  Fee  Owner  holds  the  lessor’s,  licensor’s or grantor’s 
interest and there are no other leases, licenses, tenancies, possession agreements or occupancy agreements affecting the Premises (other than subleases, licenses, 
tenancies or other possession or occupancy agreements which may have been entered into by the Tenants, or their predecessors in interest, under such Leases); 
Exhibit  “1(B)” also  sets  forth  a  list  of  all  subleases,  licenses,  tenancies  or  other  possession  or  occupancy  agreements  which  may  have  been  entered  into  by  the 
Tenants, or their predecessors in interest, under such Leases as to which the Fee Owner has executed a consent or recognition agreement; Transferor has delivered 
copies of all such Leases to Transferee, which copies are true, complete and correct in all material respects; as of the date hereof, no Fee Owner has received any 
written notice of any default of any of its material obligations under such Leases which has not been cured; Fee Owner has not sent written notice to any Tenant 
claiming that such Tenant is in default, which default remains uncured, nor does Transferor or Fee Owner have knowledge of any monetary or material non-monetary 
default under any Lease by any Tenant or the landlord thereunder or the existence of any condition, which, following the mere passage of time or the giving of notice 
or both, could become a default by a Tenant under a Lease; no Tenant is in arrears in the payment of Base Rent for any period in excess of thirty (30) days, except as 
set forth on Exhibit “16(A)(i)”; 

(ii)           The  Union  Employees  listed  on Exhibit “16(A)(ii)”  are  all  of  the  Union  Employees  of  the  Fee  Owner  and  to  Transferor’s  best  knowledge,  the 
employees of the Fee Owner’s property manager and any affiliates who work at the Premises as of the date hereof and the Fee Owner has no other employees, and 
Exhibit “16(A)(ii)” correctly identifies the union with which each Union Employee is affiliated and the position of each Union Employee.  Transferor and its affiliates 
have  made  all  payments  relating  to  the  Union  Employees  required  prior  to  the  Closing  under  the  collective  bargaining  agreements,  union  agreements  and  other 
material agreements related to the Union Employees (it being acknowledged that the Multiemployer Pension Plan (hereinafter defined) is underfunded); 

(iii)           The Existing Contracts listed on Exhibit  “1(C)” are the only Existing Contracts; Transferor has delivered copies of all such Existing Contracts (other 
than Global Contracts) to Transferee, which copies are true, complete and correct in all material respects; as of the date hereof, to Transferor’s actual knowledge, 
Transferor has received no written notice of material default under an Existing Contract; 

(iv)           The Telecommunications Contracts listed on Exhibit “1(D)” are the only Telecommunications Contracts; Transferor has delivered copies of all such 
Telecommunications Contracts (other than Global Contracts) to Transferee, which copies are true, complete and correct in all material respects; as of the date hereof, 
to Transferor’s actual knowledge, Transferor has received no written notice of material default under a Telecommunications Contract; 

35

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(v)           Transferor is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445(f)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code; 

(vi)           Neither  Transferor  nor  any  Fee  Owner  nor  the  Fee  Owner’s  property  manager  has  received  written  notice  of  any  pending  or  threatened 

condemnation with respect to the Premises or any part thereof; 

(vii)          Other  than  as  set  forth  in Exhibit “16(A)(vii)”  attached  hereto,  and  except  for  claims  covered  by  insurance,  there  are  no  material  actions,  suits, 
proceedings  or  government  investigations  pending  against  any  Transferor  Party  or  the  Premises,  or  to  Transferor’s  knowledge  threatened  in  writing  against  any 
Transferor Party or the Premises, in any court of law or in equity or in any arbitration or other forum or before any governmental instrumentality; 

(viii)         The Brokerage Agreements listed on Exhibit “1(E)” are the only brokerage agreements entered into by the Fee Owner with respect to the leasing of 
portions  of  the  Premises  which  provide  for  the  possibility  of  additional  commissions  subsequent  to  the  date  hereof.  Transferor  has  delivered  copies  of  all  such 
Brokerage Agreements to Transferee, which copies are true, complete and correct in all material respects; 

(ix)           Each Transferor Party is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, 
and  has  the  requisite  power  and  authority  to  enter  into  and  perform  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement;  Each  Transferor  Party  has  taken  all  action  required  to 
execute, deliver and, subject to any consents or waivers required to be obtained prior to the Closing, perform this Agreement and to make all of the provisions of this 
Agreement the valid and enforceable obligations they purport to be and has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized person.  Transferor has 
delivered to Transferee true, correct and complete copies of the limited liability company operating agreements currently in effect of the Company, Mezz LLC and each 
Fee Owner; 

(x)           This Agreement is, and all documents which are to be delivered to Transferee by Transferor, SLGOP and/or the Fee Owner at the Closing are or at 
the  time  of  Closing  will  be,  duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  by  Transferor,  SLGOP  and  the  Fee  Owner,  as  applicable;  is  (and  with  respect  to  any  of  the 
documents to be delivered at Closing, at the time of Closing will be), the legal, valid and binding obligations of Transferor, SLGOP and the Fee Owner, as applicable, 
enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to general principles of equity and to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws 
presently  or  hereafter  in  effect  affecting  the  rights  of  creditors  or  debtors  generally;  and  do  not  conflict  with  any  provision  of  any  law  or  regulation  to  which 
Transferor, SLGOP or the Fee Owner is subject or agreement to which Transferor, SLGOP or the Fee Owner is a party or the Premises is subject, violate any provision 
of any judicial order to which Transferor, SLGOP or the Fee Owner is a party or to which Transferor, SLGOP, the Fee Owner, or the Premises is subject; or require 
Transferor, SLGOP or the Fee Owner to obtain any consent, authorization, approval or registration under any law, regulation or judicial order which is binding upon 
Transferor, SLGOP, the Fee Owner or the Premises; 

36

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(xi)           As of the Closing, Transferor and the 1% Owner will be the legal and beneficial owners of all of the issued and outstanding legal and beneficial 
ownership  interests  in  the  Company,  free  and  clear  of  any  and  all  liens  and  such  interests  have  been  duly  authorized,  validly  issued  and  are  fully  paid  and 
nonassessable. Transferor has not transferred, assigned, sold, hypothecated, pledged or encumbered all or any portion of its interest in the Company; 

(xii)           There  are  no  subscriptions,  warrants,  options,  conversion  rights,  or  other  agreements  of  any  kind  to  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  or  sell 
Transferor’s interest in the Company and there are no subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights, or other agreements of any kind to purchase or otherwise 
acquire  or  sell  any  other  interests  in  Mezz  LLC  or  the  Fee  Owner.  None  of  Transferor,  the  Company,  Mezz  LLC  or  any  Fee  Owner  has  granted  any  currently 
outstanding purchase option or rights of first refusal with respect to the sale of the Purchased Interest or any interest in Mezz LLC, the Fee Owner or the Premises, as 
applicable.  Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Transferee shall be the holder of the Purchased Interest free and clear of 
any restrictions on transfer and liens and encumbrances, except as provided in any of the agreements to be executed or delivered at Closing (including the JV Loan). 
No person or entity has any voting or management rights with respect to the Company except as set forth in and subject to the Company LLC Agreement; 

(xiii)          Neither  the  Company  nor  Mezz  LLC  has  any  subsidiaries  or  holds  any  direct  or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  interest  in  any  corporation, 

partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity or enterprise, other than as set forth on Exhibit “16(A)(xxix)(a)”; 

(xiv)         The  Fee  Owner  does  not,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  own  of  record  or  beneficially  any  shares  or  other  equity  interests  in  any  corporation, 
partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint venture, trust or other business entity. The Fee Owner have not, either 
directly or indirectly, owned of record any other real or personal property other than the Premises; 

(xv)           None of Transferor, the Company, Mezz LLC or any Fee Owner has (i) made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) admitted in 
writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, (iii) had an attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of any property interest which remains in effect, (iv) 
taken, failed to take or submitted to any action indicating a general inability to meet its financial obligations as they accrue or (v) made a filing of a partition of the 
Premises.  There  is  not  now  or  pending  any  case,  proceeding  or  other  action  seeking  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment,  liquidation,  dissolution  or 
recomposition of Transferor, the Company or any Fee Owner or any of their respective debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief 
of debtors, seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for any of them or for all or any substantial part of its property; 

37

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(xvi)          Other than as set forth on Exhibit “16(A)(xvi)”, no Transferor Party has any material liabilities other than liabilities relating to the Premises; 

(xvii)         Other than as set forth on Exhibit “16(A)(xvii)”, the Fee Owner has not commenced any tax assessment reduction proceedings with respect to the 

Premises; 

(xviii)        Exhibit “16(A)(xviii)”  sets forth all Security Deposits (including those in the form of Letters of Credit) presently held by or on behalf of the Fee 

Owner with respect to the Leases as of the date hereof; 

(xix)           Exhibit “16(A)(xix)” sets forth all base rents, real estate taxes and operating expense escalations billed to Tenants during July 2009; 

(xx)           None of Transferor, the Company, Mezz LLC or any Fee Owner is a person in violation of, and is not a person and/or entity with whom Transferee 
is restricted from doing business under, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. § 1701 et seq.; the Trading With the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 
§ 5; the USA Patriot Act of 2001; any executive orders promulgated thereunder, any implementing regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Department of 
Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) (including those persons and/or entities named on OFAC’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked 
Persons); or any other applicable law of the United States; 

(xxi)          Other  than  as  set  forth  on Exhibit  “16(A)(xxi)”  neither Transferor nor any Fee Owner nor to Transferor’s knowledge, the Fee Owner’s  property 
manager, has received written notice (each, an “Environmental Notice”) from any governmental entity of violation of any environmental law or regulation with respect 
to the Premises or any part thereof; 

(xxii)         Exhibit  “16(A)(xxii)”  attached  hereto  contains  a  true,  correct  and  complete  list  of  all  of  the  material  Existing  Loan  Documents.  Transferor  has 

delivered to Transferee true, correct and complete copies of the material Existing Loan Documents; 

38

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(xxiii)        All required payments of principal and interest due and payable as of the date hereof under  the Existing Loan Documents have been paid and there 

exists no Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Existing Loan Documents) under the Existing Loan Documents; 

(xxiv)       None of Transferor, the Company, Mezz LLC or the Fee Owner has made any transfer that would constitute a Sale (as such term is defined in the 

Existing Mortgage) pursuant to Section 9.04 of the Existing Mortgage; 

(xxv)        Attached hereto as Exhibit “16(A)(xxv)” is a true, correct and complete copy of the Servicer Statement for the Existing Loan as of the date set forth 

thereon; 

(xxvi)       Other  than  as  set  forth  on Exhibit  “16(A)(xxvi)” there exists no litigation related to exemption from real estate tax payments under the Industrial 

Commercial Incentive Program of the City of New York (which, as same may from time to time be amended, is herein referred to as the “ICIP”) for the Property; 

(xxvii)      Other than as set forth on Exhibit “16(A)(xxvii)” there are no outstanding Leasing Costs; 

(xxviii)     The Fee Owner has in full force and effect all material licenses and permits necessary for the operation of the Premises in the manner the same is 

currently operated; 

(xxix)        Attached hereto as Exhibit “16(A)(xxix)(a)” is a true, correct and complete copy of the current organizational ownership structure of the Premises 
and of all of the direct and indirect ownership interests therein (other than ownership interests in SL Green or SLGOP, and no representation is made regarding the 
interest in the Company owned by CIF).  Upon the consummation of the Closing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the ownership structure of the 
Premises and of all of the direct and indirect ownership interests therein shall be as set forth on Exhibit “16(A)(xxix)(b)” attached hereto; 

(xxx)         Each of the Company, Mezz LLC and each Fee Owner (and Transferor with respect to Company income) has paid or caused to be paid or will pay all 
federal, state, local, foreign, and other taxes relating to the period prior to the Closing, including, without limitation, income taxes, excise taxes, sales taxes, use taxes, 
value added taxes, gross receipts taxes, franchise taxes, capital stock taxes, employment and payroll related taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes, whether or not 
measured in whole or in part by net income, and all deficiencies, or other additions to tax, interest, fines and penalties owed by it and required to be paid by it through 
the  date  hereof.  Each  of  the  Company,  Mezz  LLC  and  each  Fee  Owner  has,  in  accordance  with  applicable  law,  filed  when  due  all  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign 
returns,  declarations,  reports,  claims  for  refund,  or  information  returns  or  statements  relating  to  such  taxes,  including  any  schedule  or  attachment  thereto,  and 
including any amendment thereto (“Tax Returns”) required to be filed by it through the Closing Date (except for extensions duly filed as to such obligations), and to 
Transferor's knowledge all such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects; 

39

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(xxxi)        To Transferor's knowledge, as of the date hereof, neither the Internal Revenue Service nor any other governmental authority is now asserting or has 

threatened in writing to assert against the Company, Mezz LLC or any Fee Owner any deficiency or claim for additional Taxes; and 

(xxxii)       As of the date hereof, (i) there is no pending audit of any Tax Return filed by the Company, Mezz LLC or any Fee Owner and no such party has 
been notified by any tax authority that any such audit is contemplated or pending, and (ii) no waiver or agreement by the Company, Mezz LLC or any Fee Owner is in 
force for the extension of time for the assessment or payment of any Taxes.  None of the Company, Mezz LLC or any Fee Owner has waived any statute of limitations 
in respect of Taxes. 

B.           Transferee represents and warrants to Transferor that, as of the date hereof: 

(i)           Transferee is a limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and on the 
Closing Date, will be in  good standing and qualified to do business under the laws of the State of New York; Transferee has taken all action required to execute, 
deliver and perform this Agreement and to make all of the provisions of this Agreement the valid and enforceable obligations they purport to be and has caused this 
Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized person; 

(ii)           This Agreement is, and all documents which are to be delivered to Transferor by Transferee at the Closing are or at the time of Closing will be, duly 
authorized, executed and delivered by Transferee; are, or (with respect to any of the documents to be delivered at Closing) at the time of Closing will be, legal, valid 
and  binding  obligations  of  Transferee  enforceable  in  accordance  with  their  terms,  subject  to  general  principles  of  equity  and  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency, 
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws presently or hereafter in effect affecting the rights of creditors or debtors generally; and do not conflict with any 
provision of any law or regulation to which Transferee is subject or agreement to which Transferee is a party, violate any provision of any judicial order to which 
Transferee is a party or to which Transferee is subject, or require Transferee to obtain any consent, authorization, approval or registration under any law, regulation or 
judicial order which is binding upon Transferee; 

(iii)           There are no judgments, orders or decrees of any kind against Transferee unpaid or unsatisfied of record and no legal action, suit or other legal or 
administrative  proceeding  pending  or  threatened  before  any  court  or  administrative  agency  which  has,  or  is  likely  to  have,  any  material  adverse  effect  on  (a)  the 
business or assets or the condition, financial or otherwise, of Transferee or (b) the ability of Transferee to perform its obligations under this Agreement; 

40

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(iv)           Transferee has not filed any petition seeking or acquiescing in any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution 
or similar relief under any law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, nor has any such petition been filed against Transferee; No general assignment of Transferee’s 
property has been made for the benefit of creditors, and no receiver, master, liquidator or trustee has been appointed for Transferee or any of its property; Transferee 
is not insolvent and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not render Transferee insolvent; Transferee has now and will have 
as of the Closing Date sufficient capital or net worth to meet its obligations under this Agreement; and Transferee certifies that any financial statements and any 
financial statements of Transferee and/or any affiliate of Transferee submitted to Transferor are true, correct and complete in all material respects; and 

(v)           Transferee  is  not  a  person  and/or  entity  with  whom  Transferor  is  restricted  from  doing  business  under  OFAC  (including  those  persons  and/or 

entities named on OFAC’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons); or any other applicable law of the United States. 

C.           The representations of Transferor set forth in this Agreement as updated and made as of the date of Closing (collectively, the “Surviving Transferor Representation
(s)”)  shall  survive  the  Closing  under  this  Agreement  for  a  period  of  two  hundred  seventy  (270)  days  after  the  Closing  Date  (the “Survival  Period”);  provided,  however,  that  the 
representations of Transferor set forth in this Agreement with respect to Leases shall not survive the Closing to the extent a Conforming Estoppel covering substantially the same 
matter is delivered.  Each Surviving Transferor Representation shall automatically be null and void and of no further force and effect after the Survival Period unless, prior to the end of 
the Survival Period, Transferee shall have asserted in writing a specific claim with respect to the particular Surviving Transferor Representation and commenced a legal proceeding 
within of one hundred eighty (180) days after the expiration of the Survival Period against Transferor alleging that Transferor is in breach of such Surviving Transferor Representation 
and that Transferee has suffered actual damages as a result thereof (a “Proceeding”).  In no event shall Transferee be entitled to assert any consequential, special or punitive damages, 
nor shall it be entitled to any award or payment based on such damages.  If Transferee timely commences a Proceeding, and a court of competent jurisdiction, pursuant to a final, non-
appealable order in connection with such Proceeding, determines that (1) the applicable Surviving Transferor Representation was breached as of the date of this Agreement and/or the 
Closing Date and (2) Transferee suffered actual damages (the “Damages”) by reason of such breach and (3) Transferee did not have knowledge of such breach prior to the Closing, 
then  Transferee  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  an  amount  equal  to  the  Damages,  but  in  no  event  in  an  amount  greater  than  the  Ceiling  (as  hereinafter  defined);  provided,  however, 
Transferee  shall  not  be  entitled  to  pursue  any  claim  against  Transferor  for  damage  to  Transferee  that  is,  together  with  all  other  claims  against  Transferor  regarding  breaches  of 
representations and/or Estoppel Claims, less than the Floor (as hereinafter defined).  If Transferee has claim(s) against a Transferor Party, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of 
the Floor, then Transferee shall be entitled to pursue the full amount of the actual loss suffered by Transferee in connection with such claim(s) against Transferor, but in no event shall 
Transferor’s liability for any and all claims exceed the Ceiling.  For purposes of this Section 16,  Transferee shall be deemed to have actual knowledge if Transferee and/or its affiliates 
and their respective officers, employees, agents, representatives or consultants had knowledge of the fact in issue prior to Closing or if such information is identified in the Schedules 
and Exhibits hereto. As used herein, “Floor” shall mean with respect to any claim or claims against Transferor for breach of any Surviving Transferor Representation, ONE HUNDRED 
FIFTY THOUSAND AND 00/100 Dollars ($150,000.00), provided that in determining whether such amount has been reached, Transferor and Transferee shall take into account, pursuant 
to Sections 10(A) and 16(D), the amount (but in no event in excess of $150,000.00), if any, attributable to any breaches of Transferor’s representations and warranties and/or Estoppel 
Claims, regardless of whether Transferee had knowledge prior to the Closing, but subject to indemnification of such breach pursuant to Section 15 hereof, and “Ceiling” shall mean 
SEVEN MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 Dollars ($7,500,000.00).  The provisions of this Section 16(C) shall constitute the sole and exclusive remedy after closing 
for breaches of Transferor’s representations.  Notwithstanding the above, the representations of Transferor set forth in Sections 16(A)(v), (vi), (ix), (x), (xii), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xx), 
(xxix), (xxx), (xxxi) and (xxxii) shall survive indefinitely and shall not be subject to the Ceiling. 

41

  
  
  
  
  
  
D.                            (i)           Until Closing, Transferor shall, and shall cause Fee Owner to endeavor to update any representation or warranty in this Agreement to correct any 
mistake and/or to reflect any matter which arises subsequent to the date of this Agreement.  If Transferee has actual knowledge of any matter which would constitute a material breach 
of Transferor’s representations and warranties, Transferee shall notify Transferor of such material breach within the earlier of ten (10) business days of learning of same and the Closing 
Date, failing which Transferee shall be deemed to waive any such material breach of Transferor’s representations and warranties.  Transferor shall have the right to contest Transferee’s 
determination as to a material breach of Transferor’s representations and warranties (including an alleged breach based on information contained in an Estoppel), and shall, upon one (1) 
day written notice to Transferee, have the right to attempt to cure such material breach without being obligated to complete such cure.  In addition, subject to the provisions of Article 
39, Transferor shall have until the date that is the later of the then scheduled Closing Date and forty-five (45) days from the date of Transferee’s notice to cure any such material breach 
of Transferor’s representations and warranties and, at Transferor’s sole option, upon not less that three (3) days’ advance written notice (unless the reason necessitating the extension 
only arises within the three (3) days immediately prior to the Closing Date, in which event as much in advance of the Closing as is practicable but in no event less than one (1) business 
day  prior  to  the  Closing  Date),  the  Closing  Date  shall  be  extended  to  such  forty-fifth  (45th)  day  (or  any  earlier  business  day)  after  Transferee’s  notice  to  permit  such  cure  by 
Transferor.  Transferee shall not be obligated to close the transactions contemplated hereunder prior to the cure or waiver by Transferee of any such material breach.  If the Transferor 
fails to cure any such material breach of Transferor’s representations and warranties within the time period set forth herein, then Transferee, as its sole and exclusive remedies shall have 
the option to (i) terminate this Agreement by written notice to Transferor, in which case Escrow Agent shall return the Deposit (together with all interest thereon, if any) to Transferee 
and  neither  party  to  this  Agreement  shall  thereafter  have  any  further  right  or  obligation  hereunder,  other  than  the  Surviving  Obligations  or  (ii)  waive  such  material  breach  and 
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without any credit against or reduction of the Purchase Price, in which case, subject to Section 16(C), Transferee shall be 
deemed to have forever and for all purposes waived such material breach and shall not be entitled to pursue any action for or collect any damages hereunder therefor. 

42

  
  
  
  
(ii)           For the purposes of Section 16(C)  and  this Section 16(D), “material” shall mean any state of facts, taken alone or together with all other material 
untruths or inaccuracies and all such covenants with which the Transferor Parties have not materially complied, the restoration of which to the condition represented or warranted by 
Transferor under this Agreement, or the cost of compliance with which, would cost Transferee in excess of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND 00/100 Dollars ($150,000.00); 
provided, that any one or more breaches of  any of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 16(A)(ix), (x) (which shall be subject to clause (A) below only), (xi), (xii), (xiii), 
(xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xxx), (xxxi) or (xxxii) shall not, individually or in the aggregate, be deemed to be material if either (A) Transferor causes the same to be cured at or prior to Closing, or (B) 
the aggregate cost of such cure or damages arising from any such uncured breach is less than TWELVE MILLION and 00/100 Dollars ($12,000,000.00) and SLGOP agrees to indemnify 
Transferee from and against any losses incurred on account of such breaches. 

E.           The terms “to Transferor’s actual knowledge,” “to the best of Transferor’s actual knowledge” and phrases of similar import shall mean the actual present knowledge 
(and not constructive knowledge) of Andrew S. Levine, Andrew Mathias and Isaac Zion, without independent inquiry or investigation (except for such investigation and inquiry as 
such parties reasonably deemed appropriate), and shall not mean that Transferor or such individual is charged with knowledge of the acts, omissions and/or knowledge of Transferor’s 
property manager (or any employee thereof) or of Transferor’s other agents or employees or of Transferor’s predecessors in title to the Premises. 

17.           Broker. 

A.           Transferor represents to Transferee that it has not dealt with any broker, finder or like agent in connection with this transaction other than (i) Cushman & Wakefield 
(“Transferor Broker”) and (ii) Howard Michaels and the Carlton Group (collectively, “Transferee Broker”). Transferor shall pay the amounts due Transferor Broker as set forth in a 
separate  agreement  by  and  between  Transferor  and  Transferor  Broker.  Transferor  hereby  indemnifies  and  holds  Transferee  harmless  from  and  against  any  and  all  claims  for  any 
commission,  fee  or  other  compensation  by  any  person  or  entity,  including  Transferor  Broker  (but  excluding  Transferee  Broker),  who  shall  claim  to  have  dealt  with  Transferor  in 
connection  with  the  sale  of  the  Purchased  Interest  and  for  any  and  all  costs  incurred  by  Transferee  in  connection  with  any  such  claims  including,  without  limitation,  reasonable 
attorneys’ fees and disbursements. 

B.           Transferee represents to Transferor that it has not dealt with any broker, finder or like agent in connection with this transaction other Transferor Broker and Transferee 
Broker.  Transferee shall pay the amounts due Transferee Broker as set forth in a separate agreement by and between Transferee and Transferee Broker. Transferee hereby indemnifies 
and holds Transferor harmless from and against any and all claims for any commission, fee or other compensation by any person or entity, including Transferee Broker (but excluding 
Transferor Broker), who shall claim to have dealt with Transferee in connection with the sale of the Purchased Interest and for any and all costs incurred by Transferor in connection 
with any such claims including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. 

43

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
C.           The provisions of this Article 17 shall survive the Closing or any early termination of this Agreement. 

18.           Condemnation and Destruction. 

A.           If, prior to the Closing Date, all or any “Significant Portion” (as hereinafter defined) of the Premises is taken, or rendered unusable for its current purpose or reasonably 
inaccessible by eminent domain (or is the subject of a pending or contemplated taking which has not been consummated), Transferor shall notify Transferee of such fact and Transferee 
shall have the option to terminate this Agreement upon notice to Transferor given not later than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of Transferor’s notice. For purposes of this 
Section 18(A) and Section 18(B) hereof, a “Significant Portion” shall mean a portion of the Premises (i) the reasonably estimated cost to restore (as determined by an engineer selected 
by Transferor which is reasonably satisfactory to Transferee), in the case of a casualty, or the value of the award, in the case of a condemnation, equals to or is greater than Twenty-
Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) or (ii) which would permit one or more tenants leasing in the aggregate not less than five percent (5%) of the Occupied Space to terminate its Lease.  If 
this Agreement is terminated as aforesaid, neither party shall have any further right or obligation hereunder except that Escrow Agent shall refund to Transferee the Deposit (together 
with interest thereon, if any).  If Transferee does not elect to terminate this Agreement (provided that Transferee’s failure to elect to terminate shall be deemed an election to close) or if 
the portion of the Premises which is taken or rendered unusable or reasonably inaccessible by eminent domain (or is the subject of a pending or contemplated taking which has not been 
consummated) is not a Significant Portion of the Premises, Transferee shall accept the Purchased Interest with no abatement of the Purchase Price, and at the Closing, Transferor shall 
assign and, if applicable, turn over to the Fee Owner, and the Fee Owner shall be entitled to receive and keep, all of Transferor’s interest in and to all awards for such taking by eminent 
domain, if any. 

B.           If, prior to the Closing Date, a Significant Portion of the Building is destroyed by fire or other casualty, Transferor shall notify Transferee in writing of such fact and 
Transferee shall have the option to terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days notice to Transferor given not later than fifteen (15) business days after receipt of Transferor’s notice, 
which notice from Transferor shall include a reasonable estimate from the engineer selected under Section 18(A) as to the estimated cost to restore the portion of the Building affected. 
If Transferee shall elect to terminate this Agreement as aforesaid (provided that Transferee’s failure to elect to terminate shall be deemed an election to close), this Agreement shall 
terminate and neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder, other than the Surviving Obligations, except that Escrow Agent shall refund to Transferee the Deposit 
(together with all interest thereon, if any). If Transferee does not elect to terminate this Agreement as provided above, or if the portion of the Premises so damaged or destroyed is not a 
Significant Portion of the Premises, Transferee shall accept the Purchased Interest, and the appurtenant indirect ownership interest in the Premises in its then “as is” condition with no 
abatement of the Purchase Price, and at the Closing Transferor shall assign and, if applicable, turn over to the Fee Owner, and the Fee Owner shall be entitled to receive and keep, all of 
Transferor’s interest in and to all casualty insurance proceeds payable in connection with such casualty (except that the proceeds of any business interruption or rental value insurance 
payable to Transferor shall be apportioned as of the Closing Date; and to the extent necessary to maintain the benefits of any coverage provided by any business interruption or rental 
value insurance from and after the Closing, Transferor shall, and shall cause Fee Owner to also assign to Transferee Transferor’s right and interest in and to such policies), if any, and 
Transferor shall pay to the Fee Owner at the Closing the amount of any deductible payable by Transferor, the Company or the Fee Owner in connection with casualty coverage.  This 
Article is an express agreement to the contrary of Section 5-1311 of the New York General Obligations Law. 

44

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
19.           Escrow. 

A.          The Deposit shall be held in escrow by Escrow Agent, upon the following terms and conditions: 

(i)             Escrow Agent shall deposit the Deposit in an interest-bearing account or invest the Deposit in a money market or monetary fund; 

(ii)            Escrow Agent shall deliver to Transferor the Deposit (together with all interest thereon, if any) at and upon the Closing; and 

(iii)           If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the terms hereof, or if the Closing does not take place under this Agreement by reason of the 
failure of either party to comply with such party’s obligations hereunder, Escrow Agent shall pay the Deposit (together with all interest thereon, if any) to Transferor 
and/or Transferee, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 

B.           It is agreed that: 

(i)            The duties of Escrow Agent are only as herein specifically provided, and, except for the provisions of Section 19(C) hereof, are purely ministerial in 

nature, and Escrow Agent shall incur no liability whatever except for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence; 

(ii)            Escrow Agent shall not be liable or responsible for the collection of the proceeds of any checks used to pay the Deposit; 

(iii)           In the performance of its duties hereunder, Escrow Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any document, instrument or signature believed by it in 

good faith to be genuine and signed by either of the other parties hereto or their successors; 

45

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(iv)          Escrow Agent may assume, so long as it is acting in good faith, that any person purporting to give any notice of instructions in accordance with the 

provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so; 

(v)            Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any modification, cancellation or rescission of this Agreement unless in writing and signed by Escrow Agent, 

Transferor and Transferee; 

(vi)           Except as otherwise provided in Section 19(C) hereof, Transferor and Transferee shall jointly and severally reimburse and indemnify Escrow Agent 
for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability, costs or expenses in connection herewith, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred without 
willful  misconduct  or  gross  negligence  on  the  part  of  Escrow  Agent  arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  its  acceptance  of,  or  the  performance  of  its  duties  and 
obligations under, this Agreement, as well as the costs and expenses of defending against any claim or liability arising out of or relating to this Agreement; 

(vii)          Each of Transferor and Transferee hereby releases Escrow Agent from any act done or omitted to be done by Escrow Agent in good faith in the 

performance of its duties hereunder; and 

(viii)         Escrow  Agent  may  resign  upon  ten  (10)  days  written  notice  to  Transferor  and  Transferee.  If  a  successor  Escrow  Agent  is  not  appointed  by 

Transferor and Transferee within such ten (10) day period, Escrow Agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to name a successor. 

C.           Escrow Agent is acting as a stakeholder only with respect to the Deposit.  Escrow Agent, except in the event of the Closing, shall not deliver the Deposit except on 
seven (7) days’ prior written notice to the parties and only if neither party shall object within such seven (7) day period.  If there is any dispute as to whether Escrow Agent is obligated 
to deliver all or any portion of the Deposit or as to whom the Deposit is to be delivered, Escrow Agent shall not be required to make any delivery, but in such event Escrow Agent may 
hold the same until receipt by Escrow Agent of an authorization in writing, signed by all of the parties having any interest in such dispute, directing the disposition of the Deposit 
(together  with  all  interest  thereon,  if  any),  or  in  the  absence  of  such  authorization  Escrow  Agent  may  hold  the  Deposit  (together  with  all  interest  thereon,  if  any),  until  the  final 
determination of the rights of the parties in an appropriate proceeding. If such written authorization is not given or proceedings for such determination are not begun within thirty (30) 
days after the date Escrow Agent shall have received written notice of such dispute, and thereafter diligently continued, Escrow Agent may, but is not required to, bring an appropriate 
action or proceeding for leave to deposit the Deposit (together with all interest thereon, if any), in court pending such determination.  Escrow Agent shall be reimbursed for all costs and 
expenses of such action or proceeding including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, by the party determined not to be entitled to the Deposit, or if the 
Deposit is split between the parties hereto, such costs of Escrow Agent shall be split, pro rata, between Transferor and Transferee, in inverse proportion to the amount of the Deposit 
received by each. Upon making delivery of the Deposit (together with interest thereon, if any), in the manner provided in this Agreement, Escrow Agent shall have no further obligation 
or liability hereunder. 

46

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
D.           Escrow Agent has executed this Agreement solely to confirm that Escrow Agent has received the Deposit (if the Deposit is made by check, subject to collection) and 

will hold the Deposit, in escrow, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. 

E.           Transferor understands and acknowledges that Escrow Agent also serves as Transferee’s counsel and that Escrow Agent shall have the right to represent Transferee 

in any dispute between Transferor and Transferee with respect to the Deposit, this Agreement or otherwise. 

20.           Covenants. 

A.           Transferor agrees that, prior to the Closing, it shall, and shall cause the Company, Mezz LLC and the Fee Owner, as applicable, to: 

(i)           Not enter into any new lease of space or other occupancy arrangement or any New Contract or brokerage agreement, or amend or modify the same or 
any Lease, Surviving Contracts or Brokerage Agreements or approve any assignment or sublease (to the extent the Fee Owner’s approval is required under a Lease), 
in each case, other than (a) with the prior written consent of Transferee, which consent Transferee shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay; or (b) New 
Contracts  which  expire  or  are  cancelable  prior  to  the  Closing  Date  or  are  cancelable  at  any  time  without  cause  on  not  more  than  thirty  (30)  days’ notice  without 
payment of any termination fees, or (c) renewals, extensions, expansions or consents under Leases which are expressly provided in any such Lease and which, under 
the terms of the applicable Lease, do not require the consent of the lessor thereunder or to which the consent or approval of the lessor shall not be unreasonably 
withheld  and  as  to  which  the  lessor  has  no  reasonable  basis  for  objecting  (and  Transferor  shall  consult  with  Transferee  regarding  such  renewals,  extensions, 
expansions  or  consents).  Transferee  acknowledges  receipt  of  the  Fee  Owner’s  standard  form  lease  and  Transferee  hereby  approves  same.  Notwithstanding  the 
foregoing provisions of this clause (i), Transferor may enter into Leases, renewals, extensions and modifications based on a term sheet or letter of intent approved in 
writing by Transferee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), provided that the same is on the approved standard form lease 
subject only to commercially reasonable changes to such form agreed between the Fee Owner and the applicable tenant in order to conform with the approved term 
sheet or letter of intent.  If Transferee fails to respond to a request from Transferor for consent to any action for which Transferee’s consent is required under this 
Section 20(A)(i) within five (5) business days after Transferee’s receipt of Transferor’s written request, which request shall include a summary of terms relating to 
such request, Transferor shall send a second notice to Transferee and if Transferee fails to respond to such request within three (3) business days, Transferee’s 
consent to such action shall be deemed granted. Transferor shall provide to Transferee a copy of any Lease, Brokerage Agreements and New Contract executed by 
Transferor, the Company or the Fee Owner after the date hereof; 

47

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(ii)           Subject to subsection (vi) of this Section 20(A), keep and perform in all material respects all of the obligations to be performed by it under the Leases 
(“Landlord’s Lease Obligations”); provided that none of the Transferor Parties may cause the termination of any Lease or the bringing of any proceeding by reason 
of a default without Transferee’s consent, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion except that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld solely in 
the event of a proposed termination by reason of a material monetary default under the Lease; and provided, further, that nothing herein shall prohibit Transferor from 
applying, or causing the Company or the Fee Owner to apply a Security Deposit under a Lease in accordance with the terms of such Lease if the Tenant has vacated 
the leased space (and Transferor shall give Transferee notice of such application prior thereto or simultaneously therewith); if Transferee shall fail to respond to a 
written request for consent under this Section 20(A)(ii) within five (5) business days after receipt thereof Transferor shall send a second notice to Transferee and if 
Transferee fails to respond to such request within three (3) business days, Transferee shall be deemed to have consented; 

(iii)           Not create, incur or suffer to exist any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge or other encumbrance in any way affecting any portion of the Premises 

other than a Permitted Encumbrance or the liens encumbering the Premises on the date of this Agreement, and not amend any of the Existing Loan Documents; 

(iv)           Maintain the current insurance coverages on the Premises and otherwise comply with the insurance requirements under the Existing Mortgage 

subject to any waiver by Lender; 

(v)           In a manner consistent with the Union Agreements, cause the replacement of any of the current Union Employees with other Union Employees so 
long as the wages and benefits (including, without limitation, any termination liability) for any replacement Union Employees are not greater in the aggregate than the 
wages and benefits for the replaced Union Employees; 

(vi)           Operate the Premises substantially in accordance with past practice; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, except for Landlord’s 
Lease  Obligations,  the  Fee  Owner  or  Transferor  may,  but  shall  not  be  obligated  to,  make  or  cause  to  be  made  any  capital  or  other  repairs,  replacements  or 
improvements to the Improvements, provided that Transferee’s consent shall be required for repairs, replacements or improvements to the Improvements in excess of 
$250,000 in the aggregate (except in the case of emergency repairs, repairs required under the terms of the Leases or repairs required by applicable laws, for which no 
consent shall be required, but Transferor shall endeavor, but shall not be obligated, to give notice to Transferee of any such repairs that are material).  To the extent (x) 
Transferor  or  the  Fee  Owner  is  required  to  make  any  repairs,  replacements  or  improvements  to  the  Improvements  (other  than  Landlord’s Lease Obligations) by a 
change in the law or (y) the Fee Owner or Transferor elects to make any repairs, replacements or improvements to the Improvements (other than Landlord’s Lease 
Obligations)  and  the  Transferee  approves  such  election  (which  approval  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld  or  delayed),  then  Transferee  shall,  at  the  Closing, 
reimburse or cause the Fee Owner to reimburse Transferor for all sums actually expended by the Fee Owner or Transferor between the date of this Agreement and the 
Closing Date on account of such repairs, replacements or improvements made to the Improvements; and to the extent the Fee Owner or Transferor elects to make any 
repairs, replacements or improvements to the Improvements which are not approved by Transferee, required by law as described above or are Leasing Costs for which 
the Fee Owner or Transferor is responsible pursuant to Section 20(B),  Transferee shall not be required to reimburse Transferor for any such sums expended by the 
Fee Owner or Transferor on account of such election; if Transferee shall fail to respond to a written request for consent under this Section 20(A)(vi) within ten (10) 
business days after receipt thereof, Transferor shall send a second notice to Transferee and if Transferee fails to respond to such request within three (3) business 
days, Transferee shall be deemed to have consented; 

48

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(vii)           Not  consent  to  any  work  or  alterations  by  Tenants  without  Transferee’s  consent  (which  consent  or  denial  shall  be  provided  within  ten  (10) 
business days after receipt by Transferee of written request therefor), provided Transferee shall be reasonable in granting such consent to the extent the landlord is 
required to be reasonable pursuant to the Lease; 

(viii)           Endeavor to deliver to Transferee, promptly upon receipt thereof by any of the Transferor Parties, copies of any notices received or given by any 
of the Transferor Parties, from or to any person alleging or relating to any violation of applicable law or any default under any agreement to which any Transferor 
Party is a party (including, without limitation, any Lease or the Existing Loan Documents).  Transferor shall promptly advise Transferee in writing of the receipt by any 
Transferor  Party  of  notice  of  the  institution  of  any  litigation  or  judicial,  quasi-judicial  or  administrative  inquiry  or  proceeding  with  respect  to  the  Premises,  the 
Company, Mezz LLC or the Fee Owner, including any legal proceedings or condemnation proceedings, any notice of a violation issued by any governmental authority 
with respect to the Premises; 

(ix)           Comply in all material respects with all of its obligations and covenants under each of the Existing Loan Documents.  No Transferor Party shall 
waive any material right it has or may have under any agreement, including, without limitation, any Lease or any Existing Loan Documents, to the extent such waiver 
would be binding on Mezz LLC, the Company or the Fee Owner from and after Closing Date; 

(x)           Not transfer or otherwise encumber or cause to be encumbered the Purchased Interest, any membership interest in Mezz LLC, or any membership 

interest in any Fee Owner, except as contemplated in the Recitals; 

(xi)           Not take any actions or make any decisions relating to the Premises in connection with the pending bankruptcy proceedings of the tenant under the 
Nortel Lease or any other tenant under a Lease that becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding after the date of this Agreement without Transferee’s prior written 
consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and which consent shall be deemed given if Transferee shall fail to respond within five (5) business days 
after request therefor).  Transferor shall, after consultation with Transferee, submit or file any claims in such bankruptcy proceeding relating to the Nortel Lease (or 
any other applicable Lease), to the extent any filing deadline shall occur prior to the Closing Date. 

49

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
B.           As  used  in  this  Agreement, “Leasing  Costs”  shall  mean  brokerage  commissions  in  connection  with  any  Lease  (including  commissions  and  overrides  payable  to 
affiliates of Transferor of one-full commission, computed at Transferor’s affiliates standard rates, if Transferor’s affiliate is the sole broker, and one-half of such a full commission if 
Transferor’s affiliate is a co-broker), out-of-pocket reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with any Lease and all costs and expenses required under a Lease to be 
paid by the landlord thereunder, to or for the benefit of the tenant thereunder, including, but not limited to, the costs and expenses, or reimbursements, to prepare the space thereunder 
for the initial occupancy of the tenant.  Transferor shall, subject to the further provisions of this Section 20(B), be responsible for all Leasing Costs payable in connection with (x) the 
initial term of the Leases entered into prior to the date hereof and (y) any renewals, amendments, modifications, terminations, extensions and expansions which have an effective date 
prior to the date hereof (“Transferor Leasing Costs”).  With respect to  Leasing Costs which are payable after the Closing for which Transferor is responsible pursuant to this Section 20
(B), to the extent not covered by any reserves held by the Lender at Closing for such purpose), fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate amount thereof in excess of such reserves shall be 
paid to the Fee Owner out of the Purchase Price at the Closing (such amount, the “Leasing Cost Credit”) in accordance with the provisions of Section 6(A)(ix), and the balance shall be 
deposited  at  closing  into  an  escrow  account  with  Escrow  Agent  pursuant  to  an  escrow  agreement  reasonably  acceptable  to  Transferor  and  Transferee.  Transferee  shall  assume 
Transferor’s  obligations  in  respect  of  Transferor  Leasing  Costs  payable  from  such  reserves,  and  such  additional  Transferor  Leasing  Costs  first  becoming  due  and  payable  in  an 
aggregate amount equal to the Leasing Cost Credit, and shall be responsible for payment of all Transferor Leasing Costs payable from such reserves and the Transferor Leasing Costs 
next due and payable until the Leasing Cost Credit has been exhausted.  Any balance of the Transferor Leasing Costs shall be payable from the proceeds in the escrow account as 
provided in such escrow agreement, if and when due and payable pursuant to the applicable Lease or Brokerage Agreement.  Any excess balance on deposit from time to time in such 
escrow account after the applicable Transferor Leasing Costs have been satisfied or waived (and Transferee agrees to cause the Fee Owner to request an estoppel from any applicable 
Tenant as requested by Transferor to confirm same) shall be remitted to Transferor.  Transferor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Transferee and the Fee Owner harmless from 
and against any and all liability, court costs, judgment, claim, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with any unpaid 
Transferor Leasing Costs, except to the extent assumed by Transferee pursuant to this Section 20(B) or delivered into escrow pursuant to this Section 20(B). Transferee shall pay or 
cause the Fee Owner to pay all Leasing Costs (“Transferee Leasing Costs”) payable in connection with: (i) the Leases entered into on or after the date hereof and prior to the Closing 
which are approved in writing by Transferee in accordance with this Agreement (or deemed approved by Transferee under this Agreement) and leases which are pending as of the 
Closing (and executed by Transferee after the Closing) and Leases entered into after Closing, (ii) all renewals, terminations, extensions and expansions entered into after the date hereof 
with the approval of Transferee (or deemed approval of Transferee under this Agreement) or, without Transferee’s approval, if the lessor’s consent to such action is not required or is 
not to be unreasonably withheld under the terms of the applicable Lease (collectively “New Leases”) and the applicable Leasing Costs are payable in accordance with the express terms 
of such existing Lease as to any renewals, exercised by a Tenant for a renewal period commencing after the date hereof and (iii) all renewals, amendments, modifications, extensions and 
expansions which have an effective date on or after the date hereof.  If on or prior to the Closing Date, a Transferor Party shall have paid any Transferee Leasing Costs, Transferee shall 
(or shall cause the Fee Owner to) reimburse Transferor therefor at the Closing or credit the same ratably against the Leasing Cost Credit and the escrow of Leasing Costs provided for 
above.  Transferee hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Transferor Parties harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, cost, judgment, claim, damage or expense 
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), arising from nonpayment of  Transferor Leasing Costs assumed by Transferee pursuant to this Section 20(B) or 
any Transferee Leasing Costs.  The provisions of this Section 20(B) shall survive the Closing. 

50

  
  
  
  
C.           Transferor Structure. 

Interest”), to assign the CIF Interest to Transferor so that Transferor shall, prior to Closing, own 100% of the membership interests in Company. 

(i)           Prior to Closing, Transferor shall cause CIF, which entity currently owns a 14.4% membership interest in Company (such interest, the “CIF 

(ii)           Prior  to  Closing,  Transferor  shall  (a)  transfer  a  1%  membership  interest  in  the  Company  to  the  1%  Owner,  (b)  contribute  all  of  the 
membership interests in TIC to Mezz LLC and (c) cause SLGOP to cause EAT Parent to contribute all of the membership interests in EAT to Mezz LLC, so that that the 
Company shall, at Closing, own directly or indirectly 100% of the Premises. 

21.           Transfer Taxes. 

A.           Transferor and Transferee shall join on the Closing Date in completing, executing, delivering and verifying the returns, affidavits and other documents required in 
connection with the taxes imposed under Article 31 of the Tax Law of the State of New York and Title II of Chapter 46 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York and any other 
tax payable by reason of delivery and/or recording of the documents to be delivered at the Closing (collectively, “Conveyance Taxes”).  The Conveyance Taxes, if any, and any and all 
interest and penalties thereon shall be paid by Transferor. 

B.           The provisions of this Article 21 shall survive the Closing. 

51

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
22.           Non-Liability.Transferee agrees that  it shall look solely to the Premises and proceeds thereof and to any assets of Transferor or to the members, managers, directors, officers, 
employees,  shareholders,  partners  or  agents  of  Transferor  or  any  other  person,  partnership,  corporation  or  trust,  as  principal  of  Transferor  or  otherwise,  and  whether  disclosed  or 
undisclosed, to enforce its rights hereunder, and that none of the members, managers, directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners or agents of Transferor or any other person, 
partnership, corporation or trust, as principal of Transferor or otherwise, and whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall have any personal obligation or liability hereunder, and Transferee 
shall not seek to assert any claim or enforce any of its rights hereunder against such party.  Transferor agrees that none of the members, managers, directors, officers, employees, 
shareholders, partners or agents of Transferee or any other person, partnership, corporation or trust, as principal of Transferee or otherwise, and whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall 
have any personal obligation or liability hereunder, and Transferor shall not seek to assert any claim or enforce any of its rights hereunder against such party.  The provisions of this 
Article 22 shall survive the Closing. 

23.           Inability to Perform; Default. 

A.           Transferor’s  Inability  to  Perform;  Transferor’s  Default.  If  Transferor  shall  be  unable  to  perform  its  obligation  to  convey  the  Purchased  Interest  to  Transferee  in 
accordance with the terms of this Agreement (other than by reason of Transferor’s Controllable Default (as hereinafter defined)), then Transferee, at its sole option and as its sole and 
exclusive remedy, may terminate this Agreement, in which event Escrow Agent shall refund to Transferee the Deposit (and all interest earned thereon, if any), and neither party shall 
thereafter have any further right or obligation hereunder, other than with respect to any Surviving Obligations (as hereinafter defined).  “Transferor’s Controllable Default” shall mean 
Transferor’s failure to perform its obligation to convey the Purchased Interest to Transferee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, provided: (1) the reasons for such failure do 
not include conditions beyond Transferor’s reasonable control, the action or inaction of any third party (including, without limitation, the failure of any Tenant to deliver an Estoppel, 
but excluding the failure of CIF to convey its interest in the Company to Transferor, which shall be deemed to constitute a Transferor’s Controllable Default) or the unmarketability of 
title (unless the same was willfully or intentionally caused by Transferor); and (2) Transferee is ready, willing and able to consummate the Closing under this Agreement and to deliver 
the Purchase Price due Transferor under this Agreement.  In the event of Transferor’s Controllable Default, then Transferee, at its sole option and as its sole and exclusive remedy may 
either (a) terminate this Agreement, in which event (x) Escrow Agent shall refund to Transferee the Deposit (and all interest thereon, if any), (y) make a claim against Transferor for 
Transferee’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, not to 
exceed $300,000.00 in the aggregate, and (z) neither party shall thereafter have any further right or obligation hereunder, other than the Surviving Obligations or (b) within ninety (90) 
days after any rights of Transferee arise due to a Transferor’s Controllable Default, bring an action in equity against Transferor for specific performance.  In no event may Transferee 
bring an action against Transferor for damages or seek any remedy (whether or not in an action at law or in equity) against Transferor that could require Transferor to pay any monies to 
Transferee whether characterized as damages or otherwise (except for an action to compel Escrow Agent to return the Deposit to Transferee if Transferee is, in fact, entitled to the return 
thereof in accordance with this Agreement or to compel Transferor to pay the costs set forth in clause (a)(y) of the previous sentence if Transferee is, in fact, entitled to reimbursement 
thereof).  The untruth or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of Transferor shall not be deemed Transferor’s Controllable Default, provided Transferor has complied with its 
obligations under Section 16(D) with respect thereto. 

52

  
  
  
  
  
  
B.           Transferee’s Inability to Perform; Transferee’s Default.  If Transferee shall default of its obligation to consummate the Closing under this Agreement, the parties hereto 
agree that Transferor’s sole remedy shall be to terminate this Agreement and retain the Deposit (together with all interest thereon, if any) as liquidated damages, it being expressly 
understood and agreed that in the event of Transferee’s default, Transferor’s damages would be impossible to ascertain and that the Deposit (together with all interest thereon, if any) 
constitutes a fair and reasonable amount of compensation in such event.  Upon such termination, neither party to this Agreement shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder 
except that: (a) Transferee shall return to Transferor all written material relating to the Premises or the transaction contemplated herein delivered by or on behalf of Transferor; (b) 
Escrow Agent shall deliver to Transferor and Transferor shall retain the Deposit (together with all interest thereon, if any) as liquidated damages, except with respect to any breaches of 
Surviving  Obligations  (as  hereinafter  defined);  and  (c)  any  provisions  of  this  Agreement  which  expressly  survive  the  termination  of  this  Agreement  (collectively,  the “Surviving 
Obligations”) shall survive and continue to bind Transferee and Transferor and the Fee Owner. 

24.           Condition of Premises.Transferee shall accept indirect ownership of the Premises at the Closing in its “as is” condition as of the date hereof, reasonable wear and tear excepted, 
and  subject  to  the  provisions  of Article  18  hereof  in  the  event  of  a  casualty  or  condemnation  and  subject  to  Transferor’s  compliance  with  the  covenants  contained  in Article  20 
hereof.  Transferor shall not be liable for any latent or patent defects in the Premises or bound in any manner whatsoever by any guarantees, promises, projections, operating expenses, 
set-ups or other information pertaining to the Premises made, furnished or claimed to have been made or furnished, whether orally or in writing, by Transferor or any other person or 
entity, or any partner, employee, agent, attorney or other person representing or purporting to represent Transferor, except to the extent expressly set forth herein or in any document or 
instrument expressly required in this Agreement to be delivered at Closing (collectively, the “Closing Documents”).  Transferee acknowledges that neither Transferor nor any of the 
employees, agents or attorneys of Transferor have made and do not make any oral or written representations or warranties whatsoever to Transferee, whether express or implied, except 
as expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any Closing Document, and, in particular, that no such representations and warranties have been made with respect to the physical, 
environmental condition or operation of the Premises, the presence, introduction or effect of Hazardous Materials at or affecting the Premises, the actual or projected revenue and 
expenses of the Premises, the zoning and other laws, regulations and rules or Relevant Environmental Laws applicable to the Premises or the compliance of the Premises therewith, the 
current or future real estate tax liability, assessment or valuation of the Premises, the availability of any financing for the alteration, rehabilitation or operation of the Premises from any 
source,  including,  without  limitation,  any  state,  city  or  Federal  government  or  any  institutional  lender,  the  current  or  future  use  of  the  Premises,  including,  without  limitation,  the 
Premises use for residential (including hotel, cooperative or condominium use) or commercial purposes, the present and future condition and operating state of any and all machinery or 
equipment on the Premises and the present or future structural and physical condition of any building or its suitability for rehabilitation or renovation, the ownership or state of title of 
any Personal Property comprising a portion of the Premises, the quantity, quality or condition of the Personal Property or Fixtures, the use or occupancy of the Premises or any part 
thereof, or any other matter or thing affecting or relating to the Premises or the transactions contemplated hereby, except in each such case as specifically set forth in this Agreement or 
in any Closing Document.  Transferee has not relied and is not relying upon any representations or warranties or upon any statements made in any informational materials with respect 
to the Premises provided by Transferor or any other person or entity, or any shareholder, employee, agent, attorney or other person representing or purporting to represent Transferor, 
other than the representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any Closing Document.  The parties hereto agree that the Personal Property included in this 
sale, which is or may be attached to or used in connection with the Premises, has no significant separate value except in conjunction with the Real Property.  No part of the Purchase 
Price is attributable to the Personal Property.  The provisions of this Article 24 shall survive the Closing. 

53

  
  
  
  
  
25.           Environmental Matters.Without limiting the generality of Article 24, Transferee acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to conduct its own investigation of the Premises 
with regard to Hazardous Materials and compliance of the Premises with Relevant Environmental Laws.  Transferee is aware (or has had sufficient opportunity to become aware) of the 
environmental, biological and pathogenic conditions of, affecting or related to the Premises and Transferee agrees to take the Premises subject to such conditions.  Transferee agrees to 
assume all costs and liabilities arising out of or in any way connected to the Premises, including, but not limited to those arising out of Hazardous Materials and Relevant Environmental 
Laws.  Transferee  hereby  releases  Transferor,  its  principals  and  affiliates,  and  their  respective  officers,  directors,  members,  managers,  partners,  agents,  employees,  successors  and 
assigns, from and against any and all claims, counterclaims and causes of action which Transferee may now or in the future have against any of the foregoing parties arising out of the 
existence  of  Hazardous  Materials  affecting  the  Premises;  provided  nothing  in  this Article 25 shall be deemed to be an indemnification of Transferor by Transferee.  Nothing in this 
Article 25 shall be deemed to limit the remedies of Transferee on account of any breach of the representation contained in Section 16(A)(xxi) of this Agreement.  The provisions of this 
Article 25 shall survive the Closing. 

26.           Tax Certiorari Proceedings; ICIP. 

A.           If any tax reduction proceedings in respect of the Real Property relating to any fiscal year ending prior to the fiscal year in which the Closing occurs are pending at the 
time of the Closing, Transferor reserves and shall have the right to continue to prosecute and/or settle the same on behalf of the Transferor Parties.  If any tax reduction proceedings in 
respect of the Real Property relating to the fiscal year in which the Closing occurs are pending at the time of the Closing, then Transferor reserves and shall have the right to continue to 
prosecute and/or settle the same on behalf of the Company or the Fee Owner, provided, however, that Transferor shall not settle any such proceeding without Transferee’s prior written 
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Transferee shall be entitled to that portion of any refund relating to the period from and after the Closing in 
accordance with Section 7(D).  Transferee shall reasonably cooperate with Transferor in connection with the prosecution of any such tax reduction proceedings.  Transferee shall have 
the sole right to prosecute any tax proceedings in respect of the Real Property on behalf of the Company, Mezz LLC or the Fee Owner relating to any fiscal year ending after the fiscal 
year in which the Closing occurs.  Transferor shall reasonably cooperate with Transferee in connection with the prosecution of any such tax proceedings. 

54

  
  
  
  
  
  
B.           Transferor  shall  have  the  right  to  continue  to  prosecute  on  behalf  of  the  Transferor  Parties  and,  without  Transferee’s consent, settle the ICIP Litigation listed on 
Exhibit “16(A)(xxvi)” prior to Closing; provided, however, that if the ICIP Litigation shall be severed such that it relates solely to the Premises, (i) Transferor shall not settle such ICIP 
Litigation which relates solely to the Premises with respect to the fiscal year in which Closing occurs or any subsequent fiscal year without Transferee’s prior written consent, which 
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and (ii) Transferee may assume control of such ICIP Litigation and, if Transferee does so assume control, Transferee shall not 
settle such ICIP Litigation which relates solely to the Premises with respect to any fiscal year prior to the year in which the Closing occurs without Transferee’s prior written consent, 
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Each of Transferee and Transferor shall reasonably cooperate with the other in connection with the prosecution of the 
ICIP Litigation and shall reasonably consult with the other with respect to the ICIP Litigation to the extent it relates to the Premises. 

C.           Any refunds or savings in the payment of taxes resulting from such tax reduction proceedings or the ICIP Litigation applicable to the period prior to the Closing shall 
belong to and be the property of Transferor, and any refunds or savings in the payment of taxes applicable to the period from and after the Closing shall belong to and be the property 
of Transferee; provided, however, that if any such refund creates an obligation to reimburse any Tenants for any Overage Rent paid or to be paid, that portion of such refund equal to 
the amount of such required reimbursement (after deduction of allocable expenses as may be provided in the Lease to such Tenant) shall be paid to Transferee and Transferee shall 
disburse the same to such Tenants.  All reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in obtaining such refunds or savings shall be apportioned between Transferor and 
Transferee in proportion to the gross amount of such refunds or savings payable to Transferor and Transferee, respectively (without regard to any amounts reimbursable to Tenants). 

D.          The provisions of this Article 26 shall survive the Closing. 

55

  
  
  
  
  
  
27.           Reserved. 

28.           Notices. All notices, demands or requests made pursuant to, under or by virtue of this Agreement (in each case, a “Notice”) must be in writing and sent to the party to which 
the Notice is being made by nationally recognized overnight courier or delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged in writing as follows: 

To Transferor: 

and: 

and: 

c/o SL Green Realty Corp. 
420 Lexington Avenue 
New York, New York  10170-1881 
Attention:  Andrew S. Levine, Esq. 

485 EAT Owner LLC 
c/o SL Green Realty Corp. 
420 Lexington Avenue 
New York, New York  10170-1881 
Attention:  Marc Holliday 

Green 485 TIC LLC 
c/o SL Green Realty Corp. 
420 Lexington Avenue 
New York, New York  10170-1881 
Attention:  Andrew S. Levine, Esq. 

with a copy to: 

To Transferee: 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP 
1285 Avenue of the Americas 
New York, New York  10019 
Attention:  Peter E. Fisch, Esq. 

Mazal 485 LLC 
423 West 55th Street, 12th Floor 
New York, NY  10019 
Attention:  Arie Kotler and Julius Schwarz 

56

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
with a copy to: 

Greenberg Traurig, LLP 
200 Park Avenue 
New York, New York  10166 
Attention: Robert J. Ivanhoe, Esq. 

Optibase Inc. 
c/o Deco Towers 
330 West 42nd Street, Suite 1700 
New York, New York  10036 
Attention:  Philip B. Trost, Esq. 

and: 

and: 

Optibase Inc. 
880 Maude Avenue 
Mountain View, CA  94043 
Attention:  Amir Philips and Joan Yeh 

To Escrow Agent: 

Greenberg Traurig, LLP 
200 Park Avenue 
New York, New York  10166 
Attention: Robert J. Ivanhoe, Esq. 

c/o SL Green Realty Corp. 
420 Lexington Avenue 
New York, New York  10170-1881 
Attention:  Andrew S. Levine, Esq. 

To SLGOP: 

with a copy to: 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP 
1285 Avenue of the Americas 
New York, New York  10019 
Attention:  Peter E. Fisch, Esq. 

All Notices (i) shall be deemed given upon the date of delivery if delivery is made before 5:00 PM (New York time) and, if delivered later, on the next business day after delivery of such 
Notice or the date of refusal to accept delivery of such Notice and (ii) may be given either by a party hereto or by such party’s attorney set forth above.  The address for Notices to any 
party may be changed by such party by a written Notice served in accordance with this Section. 

57

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
29.           Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains all of the terms agreed upon between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all agreements heretofore had or 
made between the parties hereto are merged in this Agreement which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement of said parties. 

30.           Amendments. This Agreement may not be changed, modified or terminated, nor may any provision hereunder be waived, except by an instrument executed by the parties 
hereto. 

31.           No Waiver No waiver by either party of any failure or refusal to comply with its obligations under this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent failure 
or refusal to so comply. 

32.           Successors and Assigns This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall bind the parties hereto and the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted 
assigns of the respective parties. 

33.           Partial Invalidity If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the 
remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be 
affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. 

34.           Section Headings; Incorporation of Exhibits The headings of the various Articles and Sections of this Agreement have been inserted only for convenience, and are not part of 
this  Agreement  and  shall  not  be  deemed  in  any  manner  to  modify,  explain  or  restrict  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement.  Unless  otherwise  provided  in  this  Agreement,  any 
reference in this Agreement to an Exhibit is understood to be a reference to the Exhibits annexed to this Agreement.  All Exhibits annexed to this Agreement shall be incorporated into 
this Agreement as if fully set forth herein. 

35.           Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted under and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without reference 
to  conflicts  of  laws  principles.  Each  of  the  parties  hereby  irrevocably  waives  all  right  to  trial  by  jury  in  any  action,  proceeding  or  counterclaim  arising  out  of  relating  to  this 
Agreement.  Any action brought hereunder shall be brought in a court of law located in the City, County and State of New York.  The prevailing party in any such litigation shall be 
entitled to recovery of all of its fees and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) incurred in such action. 

36.           Confidentiality. 

A.           Except as may be required by law (including, without limitation, any public statement with respect to the transaction contemplated hereunder by Optibase Ltd. which is 
required under applicable law) or in connection with any court or administrative proceeding and as expressly provided in Section 36(B) below, prior to the Closing hereunder, neither 
party  hereto  nor  their  respective  agents  or  designees  shall  issue  or  cause  the  publication  of  any  press  release  or  other  public  announcement,  or  cause,  permit  or  suffer  any  other 
disclosure  which  sets  forth  the  terms  of  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  (other  than  to  such  party’s  employees,  officers,  directors,  shareholders,  owners,  affiliates,  agents, 
attorneys, advisors, accountants, engineers, architects, lenders and other representatives of any advisors to Transferee who need to know the information for the purposes of assisting 
such party in making determinations with respect to the Transaction, who, in turn, shall be bound by this Article 36), without first obtaining the written consent of the other party 
hereto, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  Any release to the public of information with respect to this Sale-Purchase Agreement will be in the form 
approved by both Transferor and Transferee, and their respective counsel. 

58

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
B.           Transferee recognizes that SL Green Realty Corp., who indirectly owns interests in Transferor, is a public company.  Accordingly, Transferee acknowledges and agrees 
that  Transferor  or  SL  Green  Realty  Corp.  may  disclose  in  press  releases,  filings  with  governmental  authorities,  financial  statements  and/or  other  communications  such  information 
regarding the transactions contemplated hereby as may be necessary or advisable under securities laws, rules or regulations, GAAP or other accounting rules or procedures or SL Green 
Realty Corp.’s prior custom, practice or procedure.  Transferor acknowledges that any direct or indirect owner of interests in Transferee that is a public company shall be entitled to the 
same rights of disclosure. 

37.           No Recording or Notice of Pendency. The parties hereto agree that neither this Agreement nor any memorandum hereof shall be recorded.  Supplementing the other liabilities 
and indemnities of Transferee to Transferor under this Agreement, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any provision purporting 
to create a sole and exclusive remedy for the benefit of Transferor), Transferee agrees to indemnify and hold Transferor harmless from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, 
liens, claims, counterclaims, liabilities or expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and disbursements) incurred by Transferor arising from or by 
reason of the recording of this Agreement, any memorandum hereof, or any notice of pendency (unless Transferee prevails in a final unappealable order against Transferor in the action 
underlying such notice of pendency) or any other instrument against the Premises in any case, by Transferee.  The provisions of this Article 37 shall survive the Closing or any early 
termination of this Agreement. 

38.           Assignment. Transferee may not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement or transfer any direct or indirect ownership or other interest in Transferee so as to cause 
a change in control of Transferee without the prior written consent of Transferor in its sole discretion, and any such assignment made without Transferor’s consent shall be void ab 
initio.  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Transferee may, prior to submission of the Assumption Application (and after such submission with the consent of the 
Lender (to the extent required by Lender), provided such assignment will not cause a material delay in receipt of the Lender Consent), without Transferor’s consent but upon notice to 
Transferor, assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder to any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Gilmor International Inc., and/or 
Optibase Ltd., provided that Transferee and Transferee’s assignee are jointly and severally liable for the rights and obligations hereunder. 

39.           Adjournments. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, all rights of Transferor and Transferee under this Agreement to adjourn or extend the Closing 
Date may not cause the Closing to be extended in the aggregate, for more than forty-five (45) days.  

59

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
40.           Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such 
counterparts shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

41.           No Third Party Beneficiary. The provisions of this Agreement are not intended to benefit any third parties. 

42.           1031 Exchange. Transferee understands that Transferor may seek to structure the disposition of the Purchased Interest in such a way that will afford Transferor an opportunity 
to take advantage of the provisions of Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) Section 1031 governing tax free exchanges and reorganizations. Transferee shall reasonably cooperate with 
Transferor (at Transferor’s sole cost and expense) in such efforts.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Transferee, as directed by Transferor, shall make all payments on 
account of the Purchase Price, including the Deposit, to a Qualified Intermediary (as defined in the Code) and not to Transferor, directly or indirectly. Transferor reserves the right, in 
effectuating such like-kind exchange, to assign Transferor’s rights, but not its obligations, under this Agreement to the Qualified Intermediary and Transferee hereby consents to such 
assignment. Transferee agrees to execute such reasonable documents and otherwise to cooperate in such respects as may reasonably be requested by Transferor in order to enable 
Transferor to carry out a like-kind exchange as aforesaid.  A like kind exchange shall not diminish Transferee’s rights (or Transferor’s liabilities or obligations), nor increase its liabilities 
or obligations, in any manner.  Transferor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Transferee from and against all loss, liability, damages and disbursements, costs and expenses 
(including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) resulting from Transferor’s election to structure the disposition of its interests as a like-kind exchange. 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank] 

60

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written. 

TRANSFEROR: 

GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By:            SL Green Operating Partnership, LP, 
a Delaware limited partnership, 
its sole member 

By:            SL Green Realty Corp., 
a Maryland corporation, 
its general partner 

By:        /s/ Andrew S. Levine 

Name:  Andrew S. Levine 
Title:    Chief Legal Officer 

TRANSFEREE: 

MAZAL 485 LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: 

By: 

_______________________ 
Name: 
Title: 

_______________________ 
Name: 
Title: 

 [Signatures continue on following page] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written. 

TRANSFEROR: 

GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By:            SL Green Operating Partnership, LP, 
a Delaware limited partnership, 
its sole member 

By:            SL Green Realty Corp., 
a Maryland corporation, 
its general partner 

By:        _______________________ 
Name:  Andrew S. Levine 
Title:    Chief Legal Officer 

TRANSFEREE: 

MAZAL 485 LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: 

By: 

/s/ Tom Wyler                 /s/ Amir Philips 
Name: Tom Wyler               Amir Philips 
Title: Authorized Signer     Authorized Signer 

_______________________ 
Name: 
Title: 

 [Signatures continue on following page] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written. 

TRANSFEROR: 

GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By:            SL Green Operating Partnership, LP, 
a Delaware limited partnership, 
its sole member 

By:            SL Green Realty Corp., 
a Maryland corporation, 
its general partner 

By:        _______________________ 
Name:  Andrew S. Levine 
Title:    Chief Legal Officer 

TRANSFEREE: 

MAZAL 485 LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: 

By: 

/s/ Abekasis Abraham 
Name: Abekasis Abraham 
Title: Director 

/s/ Arie Kotler 
Name: Arie Kotler 
Title: Authorized Signer 

 [Signatures continue on following page] 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
The undersigned has executed this Agreement 
solely to confirm its acceptance of the duties of 
Escrow Agent as set forth in Article 19 hereof: 

Greenberg Traurig, LLP 

By:         /s/ Joseph Farrell 

  Name: 
  Title: 

The undersigned has executed this Agreement 
solely to confirm its acceptance of the 
obligations set forth in Article 15 hereof: 

SL GREEN OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., 
a Delaware limited partnership 

By:    SL Green Realty Corp., 
                             a Maryland corporation, 
                              its general partner 

By: _______________________          

                                      Name:           Andrew S. Levine 
                                      Title:             Chief Legal Officer 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The undersigned has executed this Agreement 
solely to confirm its acceptance of the duties of 
Escrow Agent as set forth in Article 19 hereof: 

Greenberg Traurig, LLP 

By: _______________________ 
       Name: 
       Title: 

The undersigned has executed this Agreement 
solely to confirm its acceptance of the 
obligations set forth in Article 15 hereof: 

SL GREEN OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., 
a Delaware limited partnership 

By:         SL Green Realty Corp., 

a Maryland corporation, 
its general partner 

By:          /s/ Andrew S. Levine 

  Name:         Andrew S. Levine 
  Title:           Chief Legal Officer 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT “2(C)” 

JV Loan Promissory Note 

  
 
  
  
  
  
$ 12,200,000.00 

PROMISSORY NOTE 

New York, New York
   ___________, 2009

 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, GREEN 485 JV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an office at c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, 
New York 10170 (“Maker”), promises to pay to SLG 485 FUNDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its successors and/or assigns, having an office at c/o SL Green Realty 
Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10170 (“Payee”), or order, at said office, or at such other place as may be designated, from time to time, in writing by Payee, the 
principal sum of TWELVE MILLION TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($12,200,000.00) in lawful money of the United States of America, with interest thereon from 
and including the date of this Note to, but not including, the date this Note is paid in full at the Applicable Rate (hereinafter defined) calculated in the manner hereinafter set forth, and 
payable as follows: 

 monthly payments, in arrears, of interest only on the Principal Balance (as hereinafter defined) outstanding from time to time, calculated at a per 
annum interest rate of four and 50/100 percent (4.5%) shall be due and payable on ________, 2009 and on the fifteenth (15th) day of every calendar month thereafter (each such date, an 
“Interest Payment Date”), provided, that any payment due on a day that is not a business day in the City of New York shall be paid on the immediately following business day; and 

 (i) 

sums due under this Note, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date (taking into account, for purposes of clarity, all amounts paid under clause (i)). 

 (ii) 

the entire Principal Balance, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the Principal Balance calculated at the Applicable Rate, and all other 

 1.         The following terms as used in this Note shall have the following meanings: 

 (a)        The term “Applicable Rate” shall mean an interest rate per annum equal to nine percent (9%), compounded annually. Interest at the Applicable Rate (i) 
shall be calculated for complete calendar months on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day calendar year containing twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each, and (ii) shall be 
calculated for partial calendar months on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a three hundred sixty five (365) day calendar year. 

to direct or cause the direction of the day to day management and policies of Maker, through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 

 (b)       The term “Change of Control” shall mean that the neither Gilmore International Inc. nor Optibase Ltd. is in possession, directly or indirectly, of the power 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 (c)       The term “Closing Date” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined). 

accordance with the provisions of this Note or the other Loan Documents. 

 (d)       The term “Debt” shall mean all principal, interest, additional interest and other sums of any nature whatsoever which may or shall become due to Payee in 

 (e)       The term “Default Rate” shall mean an interest rate per annum equal to eighteen percent (18%), compounded annually. Interest at the Default Rate (i) shall 

be calculated for complete calendar months on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day calendar year containing twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each, and (ii) shall be 
calculated for partial calendar months on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a three hundred sixty five (365) day calendar year. 

 (f)        The term “Loan” shall mean the loan in the principal sum of $12,200,000.00, by Payee to Maker which is evidenced by this Note. 

connection therewith, as the same may be modified or amended from time to time. 

 (g)       The term “Loan Documents” shall mean collectively this Note and all other documents and instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered in 

provisions of this Note. 

 (h)       The term “Maturity Date” shall mean the date that is four (4) years after the Closing Date, as the same may be accelerated pursuant to the express 

 (i)        The term “Nortel Losses” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Purchase Agreement. 

the Purchase Agreement. 

 (j)        The term “Property” shall mean that certain real property commonly known as 485 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York, as described in more detail in 

 (k)       The term “Principal Balance” shall mean the outstanding principal balance of this Note from time to time. 

and Mazal 485 LLC, each a Delaware limited liability company, as amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time. 

 (1)       The term “Purchase Agreement” shall mean that certain Sale-Purchase Agreement dated as of August ___, 2009, by and between Green 485 Holdings LLC 

without limitation, Green 485 Mezz LLC, Green 485 Owner LLC, 485 EAT Owner LLC and Green 485 TIC LLC, each a Delaware limited liability company. 

 (m)      The term “Subsidiaries” shall mean, collectively (and each individually, a “Subsidiary”), each and every direct or indirect subsidiary of Maker, including, 

2

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 2.        All capital proceeds received by Maker, including, without limitation, the net proceeds of the sale or refinancing of any assets of Maker or distributions received 

from any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Maker of capital proceeds (including, without limitation, net proceeds of the sale or refinancing of any assets of any Subsidiary, property 
insurance proceeds or condemnation awards) (collectively, “Capital Proceeds”), in an amount not to exceed the total amount of the Debt, shall be paid directly to Payee or remitted by 
Maker to Payee within two (2) business days after receipt by Maker for application against Maker’s obligations under this Note and the other Loan Documents. All Capital Proceeds 
shall be applied in the following order: first, to the payment of any monies owed to Payee under this Note or the other Loan Documents, other than interest or principal; second, to the 
payment of all accrued and unpaid interest under this Note; third, to the repayment of the Principal Balance; and fourth, any excess shall be paid to Maker. Notwithstanding anything to 
the contrary which may be set forth in this Paragraph 2, the full amount of the Debt shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date (as the same may be accelerated pursuant to 
the further provisions of this Note). 

 3.        This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, at any time. 

 4.        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note, in the event of any transfer (which shall not be deemed to include leasing, licenses and 

easements in the ordinary course of business) occurring after the Closing Date of (i) all or any portion of Maker’s or the Subsidiaries’ direct or indirect ownership interest in the 
Property (whether through a conveyance of any interest in the Property or the transfer of any interest in any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Maker, but excluding direct and indirect 
ownership interests in Maker), unless Maker directly or indirectly continues to own one hundred percent (100%) of the interests in the Property after giving effect to such transfer or (ii) 
any direct or indirect interest in Maker that results in a Change of Control, then the Maturity Date shall, without any further action by Payee, be accelerated and this Note shall 
immediately be due and payable in full. 

 5.        Maker agrees to observe and perform the following covenants set forth in this Paragraph 5 (“Covenants”). By acceptance of this Note, Payee agrees that the sole 

and exclusive remedy of Payee for a breach of any of the Covenants shall be to bring an action for injunctive relief; provided, that if injunctive relief shall not be available, Payee may 
maintain an action for actual damages (but not consequential or punitive damages) suffered on account of Maker’s breach of the Covenants. Maker agrees, for so long as this Note 
remains outstanding from and after the Closing Date, it shall, and shall cause the Subsidiaries, as applicable, to: 

 (a)       Not be subject to commencement of an involuntary case or other proceeding against Maker or any Subsidiary that seeks liquidation, reorganization or 

other relief with respect to it or its debts or other liabilities under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar legal requirements now or hereafter in effect or seeks the appointment of a 
trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of Maker, any Subsidiary or any of Maker or Subsidiaries’ property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall 
remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of ninety (90) days; or an order for relief against Maker or any Subsidiary shall be entered in any such case under the Federal Bankruptcy 
Code; 

3

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 (b)       Not commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization (other than the contemplated merger of Green 485 Owner LLC, 485 
EAT Owner LLC and Green 485 TIC LLC, resulting in Green 485 Owner LLC as the surviving entity) or other relief with respect to Maker, any Subsidiary or the debts or other liabilities of 
Maker or any Subsidiary under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar legal requirements or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar 
official for it or any of its property, or consent by Maker or any Subsidiary to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or 
other proceeding commenced against Maker or any Subsidiary, or the making by Maker or any Subsidiary of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by Maker or 
any Subsidiary, or the admission by Maker or any Subsidiary in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or any action by Maker or any Subsidiary to 
authorize or effect any of the foregoing; 

Subsidiary, and not transfer (nor permit any member of Maker to transfer) an interest in Maker that would result in a Change of Control; 

 (c)       Except entering into leases and easements in the ordinary course of business, not transfer all or any portion of the Property or any interest in any 

 (d)       Not (nor permit any member of Maker to) wind up, liquidate, dissolve, reorganize, merge, or consolidate with or into, or convey, sell, assign, transfer, 

lease, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Maker’s or any Subsidiary’s assets (other than the contemplated merger of Green 485 Owner LLC, 485 EAT Owner LLC and Green 
485 TIC LLC, resulting in Green 485 Owner LLC as the surviving entity); 

 (e)       Operate and lease the Property in accordance with reasonably prudent management standards and at market rates; and 

 (f)        Not solicit tenants of the Property to relocate to other properties owned by any affiliate of the managing member of Maker. 

 6.         In the event any required interest payment under this Note is not paid when due and such nonpayment continues for ten (10) days following written notice 

(“Default Notice”) by Payee to Maker (provided that Payee shall not be required to give notice of any such nonpayment more than once in any given calendar year) (any such 
continuing nonpayment, a “Payment Default”), interest shall accrue on the entire Principal Balance from and after the due date of such payment at the Default Rate until the date the 
unpaid interest and any default interest on account of such nonpayment is paid in full. Upon the occurrence of a Payment Default and until such Payment Default is cured and all 
default interest on account thereof has been paid in full, Maker shall cause all direct or indirect Subsidiaries of Maker to distribute all available cash flow directly to or as directed by 
Payee to be applied to satisfy the Debt. If such Payment Default continues for ninety (90) days following delivery of the Default Notice, if such notice is required, or if no such notice is 
required, for ninety (90) days after said Payment Default, the Maturity Date shall be accelerated and the Debt shall be declared immediately due and payable in full without further act 
and without the necessity of any further or prior notice by Payee to Maker. 

4

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 7.        If the Debt is not paid in full on the Maturity Date or upon such earlier acceleration as provided for in Paragraphs 4 and 6 (a “Maturity Default”), then Maker shall 

cause all direct or indirect Subsidiaries of Maker to distribute all available cash flow directly to or as directed by Payee to be applied to the Debt until the same is paid in full. 

 8.        Effective upon any Payment Default or Maturity Default, Maker hereby authorizes Payee to deliver notice to any Subsidiary and/or any Subsidiary’s lender 

instructing such party to remit any amounts payable to any Subsidiary or to Maker directly to or as directed by Payee, and each such party is hereby authorized by Maker to rely on any 
such notice, provided, that upon the cure of any such Payment Default or Maturity Default, Payee shall notify such parties instructing them to remit payments as they were prior to 
such instruction. 

 9.        If any Maturity Default shall continue for a period of ninety (90) days, then (i) interest shall accrue and be payable thereafter on all unpaid interest and Principal 
Balance under this Note at the rate of twenty-five percent (25%) per annum and (ii) Maker shall pay to Payee an additional fee in an amount equal to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000), 
which shall constitute additional interest under this Note. 

 10.      Notwithstanding the second sentence of Paragraph 16 of this Note, if a New York State and/or New York City taxing authority (each, a “Taxing Authority”) shall 

have commenced a transfer tax audit of the transaction contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (an “Audit”) and such Audit shall remain pending as of the Maturity Date, then Maker 
may, on written notice to Payee, elect to satisfy its obligation to pay the Debt in full by paying the Debt into an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) with an escrow agent 
reasonably acceptable to both Maker and Payee (“Escrow Agent”), and Escrow Agent shall be directed to release the proceeds of the Escrow Account, together with any interest 
earned thereon (the “Escrow Proceeds”) to Payee upon the completion or settlement of the Audit and presentation of reasonable evidence of dismissal of such Audit (or determination 
that no amounts are due and owing in respect thereof) and/or payment by Payee or its affiliate of any amounts assessed in connection therewith (provided, that the foregoing shall not 
be deemed to limit the rights of Payee or its affiliate to contest such Audit or to appeal the results thereof). In the event that Maker or any member of Maker (other than an affiliate of 
Payee) is subject to any liability on account of such Audit that is not otherwise reimbursed by Payee or its affiliate, then Escrow Agent shall be directed to reimburse Maker or such 
member, to the extent of its unreimbursed liabilities, from the Escrow Proceeds, and the balance of the Escrow Proceeds shall be paid to Payee in accordance with the previous sentence. 

 11.      Notwithstanding the second sentence of Paragraph 16 of this Note, from and after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, Maker may offset any unreimbursed 

Nortel Losses against its payment obligations under this Note as and when the same thereafter become due, including the payment of any interest and the payment of the Debt at 
Maturity. 

5

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 12.      Maker hereby waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note. If any payment under this Note is not 

made when due, Maker agrees to pay all costs of collection when incurred, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (which costs shall be added to the amount due under this Note and 
shall be receivable therewith). Maker agrees to perform and comply with each of the terms, covenants and provisions contained in this Note and the other Loan Documents on the part 
of Maker to be observed or performed. No extension of time for payment of this Note, or any installment hereof, and no alteration, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Note or 
the other Loan Documents made by agreement between Payee and any other person or party shall release, discharge, modify, change or affect the liability of Maker under this Note or 
the other Loan Documents. 

 13.      This Note is subject to the express condition that at no time shall Maker be obligated or required to pay interest on the Principal Balance at a rate which could 

subject Payee to either civil or criminal liability as a result of being in excess of the maximum rate which Maker is permitted by law to contract or agree to pay. If by the terms of this Note, 
Maker is at any time required or obligated to pay interest on the Principal Balance at a rate in excess of such maximum rate, the rate of interest under this Note shall be deemed to be 
immediately reduced to such maximum rate and interest payable hereunder shall be computed at such maximum rate and the portion of all prior interest payments in excess of such 
maximum rate shall be applied and shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of the Principal Balance. 

 14.      The terms of this Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York. 

 15.      This Note may only be modified, amended, changed or terminated by an agreement in writing signed by Payee and Maker. No waiver of any term, covenant or 

provision of this Note shall be effective unless given in writing by Payee and if so given by Payee shall only be effective in the specific instance in which given. 

 16.      Maker acknowledges that this Note and Maker’s obligations under this Note are and shall at all times continue to be absolute and unconditional in all respects and 

shall at all times be valid and enforceable irrespective of any other agreements or circumstances of any nature whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a defense to this Note and 
the obligations of Maker under this Note or the obligations of any other person or party relating to this Note or the obligations of Maker hereunder or otherwise with respect to the 
Loan. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 10 and 11 of this Note, Maker absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably waives any and all right to assert any defense, setoff, 
counterclaim or crossclaim of any nature whatsoever with respect to this Note or the obligations of Maker under this Note or the obligations of any other person or party relating to this 
Note or the obligations of Maker hereunder or otherwise with respect to the Loan in any action, case or proceeding brought by Payee to collect the Debt, or any portion thereof 
(provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall not be deemed a waiver of the right of Maker to assert any compulsory counterclaim in any such action, case or 
proceeding brought by Payee in any state court if such counterclaim is compelled under local law or rule of procedure, or in any such action, case or proceeding brought by Payee in a 
court of the United States, nor shall the foregoing provisions of this sentence be deemed a waiver of the right of Maker to assert any claim which would otherwise constitute a defense, 
setoff, counterclaim or crossclaim of any nature whatsoever against Payee in any separate action, case or proceeding brought by Maker against Payee). 

6

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 17.      No delay on the part of Payee in exercising any right or remedy under this Note or the other Loan Documents or failure to exercise the same shall operate as a 

waiver in whole or in part of any such right or remedy. No notice to or demand on Maker shall be deemed to be a waiver of the obligation of Maker or of the right of Payee to take further 
action without further notice or demand as provided in this Note and the other Loan Documents. 

 18.      Maker agrees to submit to personal jurisdiction in the State of New York in any action, case or proceeding arising out of this Note and, in furtherance of such 

agreement, Maker hereby agrees and consents that without limiting other methods of obtaining jurisdiction, personal jurisdiction over Maker in any such action, case or proceeding 
may be obtained within or without the jurisdiction of any court located in New York and that any process or notice of motion or other application to any such court in connection with 
any such action, case or proceeding may be served upon Maker by registered or certified mail to or by personal service at the last known address of Maker, whether such address be 
within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Maker also agrees that the venue of any litigation arising in connection with the Debt or in respect of any of the obligations of 
Maker under this Note shall, to the extent permitted by law, be in New York County. 

 19.      Maker shall and shall cause any Subsidiaries and affiliates to execute such further instruments and take such further actions as Payee shall reasonably require to 

carry out the intent and purposes of the remedies set forth in this Note. 

 20.      Maker represents that Maker has full power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Note and that the Debt constitutes a valid and binding obligation 

of Maker. 

 21.      MAKER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, AND PAYEE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE IRREVOCABLY AND 
UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, CASE, PROCEEDING, SUIT OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH, 
OUT OF OR OTHERWISE RELATING TO THE LOAN, THIS NOTE, OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. 

 22.      Whenever used, the singular number shall include the plural, the plural the singular, and the words “Payee” and “Maker” shall include their respective successors 

and assigns; provided, however, that Maker shall in no event or under any circumstance have the right without obtaining the prior written consent of Payee to assign or transfer its 
obligations under this Note or the other Loan Documents, in whole or in part, to any other person, party or entity. 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS IMMEDIATELY] 

8

  
  
  
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker has duly executed this Note the day and year first above written.  

GREEN 485 JV LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:
Name:
Title:

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
STATE OF NEW YORK                              ) 

: ss: 

COUNTY OF NEW YORK                          ) 

On the ___________ day of  _________________ in the year 2009 before me, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said state, personally appeared _____________________ 
personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to 
me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies) and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s) or the person upon behalf of which the 
individual(s) acted, executed the instrument. 

Notary Public

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
EXHIBIT “2(D)” 

Member Loan Promissory Note 

  
  
  
  
  
  
SECURED NOTE 

$ _________________1

New York, New York
 __________________, 2009

                           FOR VALUE RECEIVED, GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Maker”), having an office at c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington 
Avenue, New York, New York 10170, promises to pay to MAZAL 485 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and/or assigns, “Payee”), having an office 
at c/o Green Investments Group, LLC, 241 West 47th Street, Suite 11B, New York, New York 10036, or order, at said office, or at such other place as may be 
designated, from time to time, in writing by Payee, the principal sum of _______________________________ AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($ __________), in lawful money of the United 
States of America, with interest thereon from and including the date of this Note to, but not including, the date this Note is paid in full calculated in the manner hereinafter set forth, as 
follows: 

                                                         (i)            interest only on the Principal Balance (as hereinafter defined) calculated at the Applicable Rate (as hereinafter defined) shall, subject to 
Paragraph 2 below, be due and payable on ___________ 1, 2009 and on the first day of every calendar month thereafter (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”); and 

                                                         (ii)           the entire Principal Balance, together with all interest accrued and unpaid thereon calculated in the manner hereinafter set forth and all other 
sums due under this Note, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date (as hereinafter defined). 

                           1.         The following terms as used in this Note shall have the following meanings: 

                                          (a)       The term “Applicable Rate” shall mean an interest rate per annum equal to (x) ten and 75/100 percent (10.75%) during the period from and after the date 
hereof through and including December 31, 2013, and (y) five percent (5%) during the period from and after January 1, 2014. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the continuance of 
any “Payment Default” or “Maturity Default” under the JV Note, the Applicable Rate under this Note shall be five percent (5%) per annum. Interest at the Applicable Rate (i) shall be 
calculated for complete calendar months on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day calendar year containing twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each, and (ii) shall be calculated 
for partial calendar months on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a three hundred sixty five (365) day calendar year. 

                                          (b)       The term “Company” shall mean Green 485 JV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 

1  $20,000,000.00, adjusted by 49.5% of the Adjustment Amount (net prorations, including lender reserves, in excess of (or less than, as the case may be) $4,200,000, under the 

Agreement). 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
                                          (c)       The term “Debt” shall mean all principal, interest, additional interest and other sums of any nature whatsoever which may or shall become due to Payee in 
accordance with the provisions of this Note, the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents. 

                                          (d)       The term “Default Rate” shall mean an interest rate per annum equal to the aggregate of (i) three percent (3%) plus (ii) the Applicable Rate. Interest at the 
Default Rate (i) shall be calculated for complete calendar months on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day calendar year containing twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each, and 
(ii) shall be calculated for partial calendar months on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a three hundred sixty five (365) day calendar year. 

                                          (e)       The term “JV Note” shall mean that certain Promissory Note, dated as of __________, 2009, made by Green 485 JV LLC in favor of SLG 485 Funding LLC, 
as the same may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time. 

                                          (f)        The term “LLC Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Green 485 JV LLC dated as of the date 
hereof as the same may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time. 

                                          (g)       The term “Loan” shall mean the loan in the principal sum of $ _______________, by Payee to Maker which is evidenced by this Note and secured by, 
among other things, the Security Agreement. 

                                          (h)       The term “Loan Documents” shall mean collectively this Note, the Security Agreement, and all other documents and instruments now or hereafter 
executed and delivered in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time. 

                                          (i)        The term “Maturity Date” shall mean December 31, 2021. 

                                          (j)        The term “Principal Balance” shall mean the outstanding principal balance of this Note from time to time. 

                                          (k)       The term “Security Agreement” shall mean that certain Pledge and Security Agreement dated the date hereof given by Maker to Payee with respect to the 
Loan, as the same may be amended, restated, modified and supplemented from time to time. 

                           2.         All monies distributed by the Company to Maker pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement (“Distributions”), up to the amount of the Debt hereunder, shall be 
paid directly to Payee for application against Maker’s obligations under this Note and the other Loan Documents. If, on any Interest Payment Date, the amount of the Distributions then 
held by Payee under the Security Agreement is less than the interest which has accrued on the Principal Balance under this Note for the calendar month just ended (any such deficiency 
with respect to a calendar month, a “Deficiency”), the interest payable under this Note with respect to such calendar month shall be deferred in an amount equal to the Deficiency. 
Interest on this Note which is deferred in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (“Deferred Interest”) shall accrue interest at the per annum interest rate in effect under this 
Note from time to time, and such accrued interest shall compound annually (it being agreed that any interest which accrues on the Deferred Interest will for the purposes of this Note 
also constitute Deferred Interest, to the extent not paid currently). All Distributions held by Payee under the Security Agreement shall be applied in the following order, first, to the 
payment of any monies owed to Payee under this Note or the other Loan Documents, other than interest (including Deferred Interest) or principal, second, to the payment of interest 
then due and payable under this Note (other than Deferred Interest), third to Deferred Interest, and fourth, to the repayment of the Principal Balance. Notwithstanding anything to the 
contrary which may be set forth in this paragraph, the full amount of the Debt shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. 

2

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                          3.          The Principal Balance may not be prepaid, in whole or in part (except as otherwise specifically provided in Paragraph 2 or this paragraph). Notwithstanding 
anything set forth in this Note to the contrary, this Note shall be prepayable in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, in the event all or any portion of Maker’s interest in the 
Company is transferred in accordance with any written agreement by and between Maker and Payee, or any affiliate of Payee. 

                          4.          It is hereby expressly agreed that the entire Debt shall become immediately due and payable at the option of Payee on the happening of any Event of Default 
under the Security Agreement, and that all of the terms, covenants and provisions contained in the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents which are to be kept and 
performed by Maker are hereby made part of this Note to the same extent and with the same force and effect as if they were fully set forth herein. 

                          5.          If the Debt is declared immediately due and payable by Payee pursuant to the provisions of the Security Agreement, or if the Debt is not paid in full on the 
Maturity Date, Maker shall thereafter pay interest on the then entire outstanding Debt from the date of such declaration or the Maturity Date, as the case may be, through and including 
the date the Debt is paid in full at the Default Rate. In addition, if an Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Security Agreement) shall occur, the Principal Balance, the entire 
amount of the Deferred Interest and the remainder of the Debt shall, from and including the date upon which the Event of Default has occurred and for so long as such Event of Default 
continues and without further act or instrument and without the necessity of any further or prior notice by Payee to Maker, bear interest at the Default Rate irrespective of whether 
Payer shall have declared the Debt to be immediately due and payable as the result of the occurrence of such Event of Default. 

                          6.          Maker hereby waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note. If any payment under this Note is not 
made when due, Maker agrees to pay all costs of collection when incurred, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (which costs shall be added to the amount due under this Note and 
shall be receivable therewith). Maker agrees to perform and comply with each of the terms, covenants and provisions contained in this Note, the Security Agreement and the other Loan 
Documents on the part of Maker to be observed or performed. No release of any security for the payment of this Note or extension of time for payment of this Note, or any installment 
hereof, and no alteration, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Note, the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents made by agreement between Payee and any other 
person or party shall release, discharge, modify, change or affect the liability of Maker under this Note, the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents. 

3

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                          7.          This Note is subject to the express condition that at no time shall Maker be obligated or required to pay interest on the Principal Balance or the Deferred Interest at 
a rate which could subject Payee to either civil or criminal liability as a result of being in excess of the maximum rate which Maker is permitted by law to contract or agree to pay. If by the 
terms of this Note, Maker is at any time required or obligated to pay interest on the Principal Balance or the Deferred Interest at a rate in excess of such maximum rate, the rate of interest 
under this Note shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and interest payable hereunder shall be computed at such maximum rate and the portion of all prior 
interest payments in excess of such maximum rate shall be applied and shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of the Principal Balance or the Deferred Interest, as 
applicable. 

                          8.          This Note is secured by the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 

                          9.          The terms of this Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York. 

                          10.        This Note may only be modified, amended, changed or terminated by an agreement in writing signed by Payee and Maker. No waiver of any term, covenant or 
provision of this Note shall be effective unless given in writing by Payee and if so given by Payee shall only be effective in the specific instance in which given. 

                          11.        Maker acknowledges that this Note and Maker’s obligations under this Note are and shall at all times continue to be absolute and unconditional in all respects, 
subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph 17 hereof, and shall at all times be valid and enforceable irrespective of any other agreements or circumstances of any nature 
whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a defense to this Note and the obligations of Maker under this Note or the obligations of any other person or party relating to this Note or 
the obligations of Maker hereunder or otherwise with respect to the Loan. Maker absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably waives any and all right to assert any defense, setoff, 
counterclaim or crossclaim of any nature whatsoever with respect to this Note or the obligations of Maker under this Note or the obligations of any other person or party relating to this 
Note or the obligations of Maker hereunder or otherwise with respect to the Loan in any action, case or proceeding brought by Payee to collect the Debt, or any portion thereof, or to 
enforce, foreclose and realize upon the liens and security interests created by the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents, subject, however, to the provisions of paragraph 
17 hereof (provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this sentence shall not be deemed a waiver of the right of Maker to assert any compulsory counterclaim in any such 
action, case or proceeding brought by Payee in any state court if such counterclaim is compelled under local law or rule of procedure, or in any such action, case or proceeding brought 
by Payee in a court of the United States, nor shall the foregoing provisions of this sentence be deemed a waiver of the right of Maker to assert any claim which would otherwise 
constitute a defense, setoff, counterclaim or crossclaim of any nature whatsoever against Payee in any separate action, case or proceeding brought by Maker against Payee). Maker 
acknowledges that no oral or other agreements, understandings, representations or warranties exist with respect to this Note or with respect to the obligations of Maker under this Note, 
except those specifically set forth in this Note, and that this Note and the other Loan Documents sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of Payee and Maker with respect to 
the Loan. 

4

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                          12.        No delay on the part of Payee in exercising any right or remedy under this Note, the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents or failure to exercise the 
same shall operate as a waiver in whole or in part of any such right or remedy. No notice to or demand on Maker shall be deemed to be a waiver of the obligation of Maker or of the right 
of Payee to take further action without further notice or demand as provided in this Note, the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 

                          13.        Maker agrees to submit to personal jurisdiction in the State of New York in any action, case or proceeding arising out of this Note and, in furtherance of such 
agreement, Maker hereby agrees and consents that without limiting other methods of obtaining jurisdiction, personal jurisdiction over Maker in any such action, case or proceeding 
may be obtained within or without the jurisdiction of any court located in New York and that any process or notice of motion or other application to any such court in connection with 
any such action, case or proceeding may be served upon Maker by registered or certified mail to or by personal service at the last known address of Maker, whether such address be 
within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Maker also agrees that the venue of any litigation arising in connection with the Debt or in respect of any of the obligations of 
Maker under this Note shall, to the extent permitted by law, be in New York County. 

                          14.        Maker represents that Maker has full power, authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Note and that the Debt constitutes a valid and binding obligation 
of Maker. 

                          15.        MAKER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, AND PAYEE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE IRREVOCABLY AND 
UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, CASE, PROCEEDING, SUIT OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH, 
OUT OF OR OTHERWISE RELATING TO THE LOAN, THIS NOTE, THE SECURITY AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. 

                          16.        Whenever used, the singular number shall include the plural, the plural the singular, and the words “Payee” and “Maker” shall include their respective successors 
and assigns; provided, however, that Maker shall in no event or under any circumstance have the right without obtaining the prior written consent of Payee to assign or transfer its 
obligations under this Note, the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents, in whole or in part, to any other person, party or entity. 

5

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                          17.        By its acceptance of this Note and the Security Agreement, Payee agrees that it shall not enforce the liability and obligation of Maker to perform and observe the 
obligations contained in this Note or the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document by any action or proceeding against Maker or any Exculpated Party (as hereinafter defined), 
except that Payee may bring a foreclosure action, action for specific performance or other appropriate action or proceeding to enable Payee to enforce and realize upon the Security 
Agreement and any collateral given to Payee created by the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that any judgment in any such action or 
proceeding shall be enforceable against Maker only to the extent of Maker’s interest in the Company and in any other collateral given to Payee. Payee, by accepting this Note and the 
Security Agreement, agrees that it shall not sue for, seek or demand any deficiency or other money judgment against Maker, any direct or indirect member, manager, shareholder, 
partner, beneficiary or other owner of beneficial ownership interests in Maker, or any director, officer, agent, attorneys, employee or trustee of any of the foregoing (each, an 
“Exculpated Party” and, collectively, the “Exculpated Parties”) in any such action or proceeding, under or by reason of or under or in connection with this Note, the Security Agreement 
or the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this paragraph 17 shall not, however, (i) constitute a waiver, release or impairment of any obligation evidenced or secured by this Note, 
the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents; or (ii) impair the right of Payee to name Maker as a party defendant in any action or suit for judicial foreclosure and sale under the 
Security Agreement (subject, however, to the aforesaid limitation on Payee’s right to sue, seek or demand a deficiency or other money judgment against Maker or any other Exculpated 
Party). 

                          18.        This Note is registered as to both principal and interest with Maker and, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, transfer of this obligation may be effected 
only by surrender of this instrument and either (a) the reissuance by Maker of this instrument to the new holder or (b) the issuance by Maker of a new instrument to the new holder. 
Transfer of this instrument at any time by any means other than the method described in this paragraph shall be deemed void and ineffectual. 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS IMMEDIATELY] 

6

  
  
  
  
  
  
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker has duly executed this Note the day and year first above written. 

GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:
Name:
Title:

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
STATE OF NEW YORK                              ) 

: ss: 

COUNTY OF NEW YORK                          ) 

On the ____________ day of _____________________ in the year 2009 before me, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said state, personally 
appeared ______________________________ personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) 
subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies) and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, 
the individual(s) or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument. 

Notary Public

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
EXHIBIT “2(E)” 

Option Agreement 

  
  
  
  
  
  
DATE: 

_______________, 2009 

TO: 
ADDRESS: 

ATTN: 
FAX: 

FROM: 
ATTN: 
ADDRESS: 

FAX: 

Green 485 Holdings LLC 
c/o SL Green Realty Corp. 
420 Lexington Avenue 
New York, New York 10170 
Andrew S. Levine, Esq. 
(212) 356-4135 

Mazal 485 LLC 
Julius Schwartz 
241 West 47th Street 
Suite 11B 
New York, New York 10036 
[_____________________] 

The purpose of this letter agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into on the Trade Date specified below (the “Transaction”) between Mazal 485 
LLC (“Party A”) and Green 485 Holdings LLC (“Party B”). This letter agreement constitutes the sole and complete “Confirmation” (as defined below), as referred to in the “Master 
Agreement” (as defined below), with respect to the Transaction. 

 1. 

 This Confirmation evidences a complete and binding agreement between you and us as to the terms of the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates. In addition, in 

lieu of negotiating an ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule, you and we agree that the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency Cross-Border) (the “Master Agreement”) is 
incorporated by reference herein with such modifications and elections as are set forth herein. This Confirmation (the “Confirmation”), confirming this transaction (a “Transaction”) 
entered into between us shall supplement, form a part of, and be subject to the Master Agreement as if we had executed an agreement in such form effective as of the Trade Date of this 
Transaction. In the event of any inconsistency between the Master Agreement and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern. 

 The definitions and provisions contained in the 2002 ISDA Equity Derivatives Definitions (the “Equity Definitions”), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives 

Association, Inc., are incorporated into this Confirmation except as modified herein. In the event of any inconsistency between the Equity Definitions and this Confirmation, this 
Confirmation will govern. 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein, in the Master Agreement or in the Equity Definitions incorporated by reference into this Confirmation, shall have the ascribed 

meanings set forth in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Issuer, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Party A, Party B and [SLGOP 
Subsidiary] (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented form time to time, the “LLC Agreement”). 

 2. 

 The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows: 

I. 

 GENERAL TERMS: 

Party A: 

Party B: 

Trade Date: 

Effective Date: 

Option Style: 

Option Type: 

Seller: 

Buyer: 

Shares: 

Number of Options: 

Option Entitlement: 

Strike Price: 

Mazal 485 LLC 

Green 485 Holdings LLC 

_____________, 2009 

[Note: Insert date of initial closing of the acquisition of the initial 49.5%] 

_____________, 2009 

American 

Call 

Party B 

Party A 

49.5% membership interest in Green 485  JV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, held by Party B as of the Trade Date. 

One 

All of the Shares per Option. 

Subject to the Strike Price Cap, the fair market value (the “Fair Market Value”) of the Shares at the Settlement Date, minus the 
Premium. 

The Fair Market Value shall be determined by mutual agreement of Party A and Party B and shall be equal to the amount that 
would be received by the holder of the Shares, based on the fair market value of that certain parcel of real property known as and 
located at 485 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York (the “Property”), if the Property were sold to a third party in a bona fide 
arms-length transaction on customary terms and conditions, and all liabilities of the Issuer and its subsidiaries were satisfied 
from such sales proceeds and any balance were distributed to the members of the Issuer parties pursuant to the LLC Agreement. 

2

  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
If Party A and Party B (collectively, the “Parties”) are unable to agree upon the Fair Market Value within fifteen (15) days of the 
Option Notice (as defined herein), then such Fair Market Value shall be determined as follows: 

(a) The Parties shall, by mutual agreement, appoint a qualified appraiser (as defined below). If the Parties cannot agree on a single 
qualified appraiser, then each of the Parties shall have the right to select a qualified appraiser and shall give written notice to the 
other of the appraiser so selected. The first party to receive such a notice of selection shall have five (5) days after receipt thereof 
to give the other party written notice of its selection. If one Party gives a notice of selection and the other fails to timely provide 
its notice of selection within such five (5) day period (or if a single appraiser is selected), the one qualified appraiser so selected 
shall be the sole appraiser in making the determination required hereunder, which written determination shall be final and binding 
and shall be delivered to the Parties no more than thirty (30) days after the delivery of the first notice. 

(b) If the second notice of selection is properly given within the requisite time, the qualified appraisers so selected shall promptly 
make the determination required hereunder and deliver a written summary of such determination to the Parties within thirty (30) 
days after the delivery of the first notice of selection. If such two appraisers reach the same determination, their determination 
shall be final and binding. If the two appraisers reach determinations that are different but the lower determination is not less 
than ninety percent (90%) of the higher determination, an average of the two shall be final and binding. In all other events, the 
two appraisers shall promptly select a third qualified appraiser who shall promptly select the determination of one of the two 
appraisers which it believes is more accurate and deliver a written summary of such determination to the Parties no more than 
sixty (60) days after the delivery of the first notice of selection, and such determination shall be final and binding on both Parties. 

3

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Strike Price Cap: 

The Strike Price shall not exceed: 

As used herein, a “qualified appraiser” means a reputable, independent person who has no less than fifteen (15) years experience 
in appraising or valuing limited liability company interests similar to the Shares, and who has not been employed by or consulted 
to the Parties within the prior five (5) year period. 

(i) 

(ii) 

$21,580,020.00 (the “Initial Cap”), which equals 103.8% of the Current FMV (as defined below), if the Settlement Date 
occurs on or prior to July 31, 2013; or 

if the Settlement Date occurs on or after August 1, 2013, 101% of the Initial Cap (which equals $21,795,820.20) plus an 
additional 1% of the Initial Cap with respect to each one (1) year anniversary of August 1, 2013 occurring thereafter 
that has occurred on or prior to the Settlement Date. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Option is exercised on December 31, 2022, the Strike Price shall not exceed 115% of the 
Initial Cap. 

For the purposes of this Transaction, “Current FMV” means Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the Trade Date, based on the 
initial valuation of 100% membership interest in the Issuer of USD $42,000,000.00. 

Premium: 

Premium Payment Date: 

USD $275,000.00 

Trade Date 

Scheduled Trading Day: 

Notwithstanding the Equity Definitions,  a “Scheduled Trading Day” shall be any Local Business Day. 

Exchange: 

Related Exchange(s): 

Clearance System(s): 

II. 

 PROCEDURES FOR EXERCISE: 

Commencement Date: 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

March 1, 2013; provided, that in the event of a sale of the Property, Buyer may exercise the Option prior to March 1, 2013 if the 
consummation of the Option occurs not less than two (2) Local Business Days after the sale and conveyance of the Property and 
the payment in full of the JV Loan. 

4

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
Latest Exercise Time: 

6:00 pm (local time in New York, New York). 

Expiration Time: 

Expiration Date: 

Multiple Exercise: 

Automatic Exercise: 

6:00 pm (local time in New York, New York). 

December 31, 2020; provided that if the Option is not exercised by December 31, 2020, the Option may be exercised on December 
31, 2022. 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

III. 

 SETTLEMENT TERMS: 

Physical Settlement: 

Applicable. 

The Settlement Price shall be payable to Seller on the Settlement Date by wire transfer to the account of Seller set forth in clause 
5 of Section VI below. 

Settlement Currency: 

USD 

Settlement Method Election: 

Not Applicable 

Settlement Date: 

The Settlement Date shall be the date set forth as the date for the closing of the purchase of the Shares in the notice from Buyer 
of its exercise of the Option (the “Option Notice”). 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.2 of the Equity Definitions, the Option Notice shall be in writing, and shall 
set forth the Settlement Date for the closing of the purchase of the Shares, which Settlement Date shall occur no earlier than ten 
(10) calendar days and no later than ninety (90) calendar days after the delivery of the Option Notice. 

Seller shall not be required to consummate the closing of the purchase of the Shares hereunder unless the JV Loan (as defined in 
the Purchase Agreement) is paid in full (taking into account the offset of any Nortel Losses (as defined in the Purchase 
Agreement) and any applicable escrow of the payoff to the JV Loan as set forth in the JV Loan Documents) prior to or 
simultaneously with the Settlement Date. 

Buyer shall have the right to credit against the Strike Price payable hereunder all amounts (including principal and interest) 
outstanding under the Green 485 Holdings Loan on the Settlement Date. 

5

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Settlement Disruption Event: 

Method of Adjustment: 

Extraordinary Dividends: 

IV. 

 EXTRAORDINARY EVENTS: 

Extraordinary Events: 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

The following events shall constitute Extraordinary Events with the resulting consequences set forth next to each such 
Extraordinary Event: 

Merger Event: 

Tender Offer: 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Composition of Combined Consideration: 

Not Applicable 

Naturalization; Insolvency or Delisting: 

Not Applicable 

Additional Disruption Events: 

The following events shall constitute Additional Disruption Events with the resulting consequences set forth next to each such 
Additional Disruption Event: 

Change in Law: 

Failure to Deliver: 

Insolvency Filing: 

Hedging Disruption: 

Increased Cost of Hedging: 

Loss of Stock Borrow: 

Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Increased Cost of Stock Borrow: 

Not Applicable 

Determining Party: 

Party A 

6

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
V. 

 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES: 

Non-Reliance: 

Agreements and Acknowledgments Regarding 
Hedging Activities: 

Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Additional Acknowledgements: 

Applicable 

Additional Representations: 

In addition to the representations set forth in the Master Agreement, each party hereto represents and warrants to the other 
party hereto the following: 

(i) It understands that this Transaction has not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 as amended (the 
“Securities Act”) or the securities law of any other jurisdiction, and that neither party is obliged to register the Transaction or to 
assist the other party in complying with any exemption from registration under the Securities Act or state securities laws; 
provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Transaction is not otherwise exempt from the registration requirements 
of the Securities Act, each party represents with respect to this Transaction: 

(a) 

(b) 

it is entering into the Transaction for its own account as principal, and not with a view to, or for, resale, distribution or 
fractionalization thereof, in whole or in part; 

it acknowledges its understanding that the offer and sale of this Transaction is intended to be exempt from 
registration under the Securities Act, by virtue of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. In furtherance thereof, each party 
represents and warrants to the other party that (i) it has the financial ability to bear the economic risk of its 
investment, including a loss of its entire investment, (ii) it is either (x) an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501 
under the Securities Act, or (y) a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (iii) 
it has the knowledge and experience of investing in instruments similar to the Transaction and is capable of 
evaluating the risks and merits of the Transaction and has, or has had an opportunity to request, such information as 
it deemed necessary to make such evaluation; and 

7

  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(c) 

it understands that the Transaction has not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of 
certain states and, therefore, cannot be resold, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of unless an exemption for 
such resale, pledge, assignment or disposition is available and that neither party is obliged to register the Transaction 
or to assist the other party in complying with any exemption from registration under the Securities Act or state 
securities laws; 

(ii) Any information that it desires concerning this Transaction or any other matter relevant to its decision to enter into this 
Transaction is, or has been made, available to it; 

(iii) It is not an investment company required to be registered under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 
“Investment Company Act”) pursuant to the exemption available under Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act or a 
business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the U.S. Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. 

(iv) It is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in section 1a(12) of the Commodity Exchange Act as amended; 

8

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(v) It represents that (i) is not an employee benefit plan (an “ERISA Plan”) as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement 
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), subject to Title 1 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 
1986, as amended, (ii) it is not a person or entity acting on behalf of an ERISA Plan because less than 25% of all of its equity 
interests are held by “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101(f)(2), (iii) none of its assets are or 
will be deemed to be “plan assets” within the meaning of U.S. Department of Labor Regulation 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 or 
otherwise; (iv) it is not a defined contribution plan; (v) it is not a “governmental plan” within the meaning of ERISA Section 3
(32); and (vi) transactions by or with it are not subject to state statutes regulating investments of and fiduciary obligations with 
respect to governmental plans. 

9

  
  
  
  
  
VI.  

MISCELLANEOUS:

1. 

Incorporation of Terms of Master Agreement. (a) For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the Master Agreement is incorporated herein by reference, and the parties 
expressly specify that (i) Second Method and Loss shall apply unless otherwise specified herein; (ii) the Threshold Amount with respect to Party B shall be zero; and with 
respect to Party A shall not be applicable; (iii) paragraph 2(c) will not apply to Transactions; (iv) the replacement of the word “third” in the last line of Section 5(a)(i) with the 
word “second”; (v) Specified Entity shall mean none with respect to Party A, and shall mean all Affiliates with respect to Party B. 

(b) 

(c) 

“Termination Currency” means USD. 

“Credit Support Document”: With respect to Party A, none. With respect to Party B, means the following: the Credit Support Annex, dated as of the date hereof, 
between Party A and Party B. 

(d) 

Rights of Set-Off. The parties agree to amend Section 6 of the Master Agreement by adding a new Section 6(f), as follows: 

“(f) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or Termination Event occurs hereunder with respect to a party (“X”), the other party (“Y”) will have the right (but not 
be obliged) without prior notice to X or any other person to set off or apply any obligation of X owed to Y (or any Affiliate of Y) (whether or not matured or 
contingent and whether or not arising under this Agreement, and regardless of the currency, place of payment or booking office of the obligation) against any 
obligation of Y (or any Affiliate of Y) owed to X (or any Affiliate of X) (whether or not matured or contingent and whether or not arising under this Agreement, and 
regardless of the currency, place of payment or booking office of the obligation). Y will give prompt notice to the other party of any set-off effected under this Section 
6(f). 

Amounts (or the relevant portion of such amounts) subject to set-off may be converted by Y into the Termination Currency at the rate of exchange at which Y would 
be able, acting in a commercially reasonable manner and in good faith, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency. 

If any obligation is unascertained, Y may in good faith estimate that obligation and set off in respect of the estimate, subject to Y accounting to X when the obligation 
is ascertained. 

Nothing in this Section 6(f) shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest. This Section 6(f) shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of 
set-off, combination of accounts, lien or other right to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).” 

10

  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
2. 

Agreement to Deliver Documents. On the Trade Date, each party agrees to deliver the following documents, as applicable, unless already delivered to the other party pursuant 
to the terms of any other agreement between the parties: 

(i)               with respect to Seller, a duly executed and acknowledged Assignment of Membership Interest Agreement, between Buyer (or its designee) and Seller, 
substantially in the form of Annex I hereto, relating to the transfer of the Shares hereunder; 

(ii)              with respect to Seller, the Shares, in certificated form, duly issued and executed by the Issuer pursuant to the LLC Agreement, together with undated and 
blank endorsements; 

(iii)             with respect to Seller, certified copies of board resolutions or other similar documents approving the Transaction contemplated by this Confirmation, and 
evidence of the signing authority and specimen signature of each person executing this Confirmation and any Credit Support Document; 

(iv)            with respect to Seller, such other documents and instruments as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to further carry out the purposes of this 
Transaction as determined by Buyer; 

(v)             with respect to Buyer, a duly executed Secured Note in the original principal amount of USD $20,000,000.00, dated on or about the date hereof, by Party A 
(or its Affiliate) in favor of Party B; 

(vi)            the LLC Agreement, duly executed by each such party; 

(vii)           any other documentation reasonably requested by Party A; and 

(viii)          Tax forms, documents or certificates to be delivered are: 

  Party required to deliver document 
  Party A 

Form/Document/Certificate 

  An executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 for each of the 

  Date by which to be delivered 
  Upon or prior to the execution and delivery of the 

members or partners of Party A. 

Confirmation. 

  Party B 

  An executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 for each of the 

  Upon or prior to the execution and delivery of the 

members or partners of Party B. 

Confirmation. 

11

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
3. 

4.

5.

6.

7.

Fully-Paid Transaction. Notwithstanding the terms of Sections 5 and 6 of the Master Agreement, if at any time and so long as one of the parties to this Confirmation (“X”) 
shall have satisfied in full all its payment obligations under Section 2(a) of the Master Agreement and shall at the time have no future payment obligations, whether absolute or 
contingent, under such Section, then unless the other party (“Y”) is required pursuant to appropriate proceedings to return to X or otherwise returns to X upon demand of X 
any portion of any such payment, (a) the occurrence of an event described in Section 5(a) of the Master Agreement with respect to X or any Specified Entity of X shall not 
constitute an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default with respect to X as the Defaulting Party and (b) Y shall be entitled to designate an Early Termination Date 
pursuant to Section 6 of the Master Agreement only as a result of the occurrence of a Termination Event set forth in (i) either Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) of the Master Agreement 
with respect to Y as the Affected Party or (ii) Section 5(b)(iii) of the Master Agreement with respect to Y as the Burdened Party. 

Consent to Recording. Each party (i) consents to the recording of the telephone conversations of trading and marketing personnel of the parties in connection with the 
Agreement, this Transaction or any potential Transaction, (ii) agrees to obtain any necessary consent of, and give notice of such recording to, such personnel and (iii) agrees 
that such recordings may be submitted in evidence in any proceedings.

Accounts for Payments:

Account for Payment 
to Party A: 

Account for Payment
to Party B:

To be advised

To be advised

Expenses. All expenses related to the transfer of Shares to be delivered under this Transaction (such as any transfer taxes, recording fees, filing fees or stamp duty) shall be 
payable by Seller.

Confidentiality. Both parties agree that Section 36 of the Purchase Agreement shall apply to this Confirmation mutatis mutandis. The provisions of this paragraph on 
“Confidentiality” shall survive the termination of the Master Agreement, this Confirmation, or this Transaction.

12

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
8.

Agreements Regarding Bankruptcy Treatment. The parties agree that this Transaction is intended to provide Buyer with the rights set forth in Sections 555 and 560 of title 11 
of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”). The parties also intend for this Agreement to be, and agree that this Agreement is: (i) a “swap agreement” within the 
meaning of Section 101(53B) of the Bankruptcy Code, and specifically including, but not limited to, an “equity swap” and an “option” within the meaning of Section 101(53B)
(A)(IV) of the Bankruptcy Code, and (ii) a “securities contract” within the meaning of Section 741 of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, the parties agree that Buyer is a 
“financial participant” within the meaning of Section 101(22A) of the Bankruptcy Code as at the time Buyer enters into this Transaction. The parties also agree that the exercise 
of rights arising under or related to this Agreement are contractual rights arising under common law or by reason of normal business practice for purposes of Section 555 of the 
Bankruptcy Code.

9.

Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial:

(a)

(b)

This Confirmation shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without reference to choice of law doctrine).

EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN 
RESPECT OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS CONFIRMATION OR THIS TRANSACTION. Each party hereby 
confirms and acknowledges that (i) no representative, agent or attorney of the other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not 
seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (ii) it has been induced to enter into this Confirmation by, among other things, the mutual waivers, confirmations and 
acknowledgments in this paragraph.

10.

Notices. All notices and other communications pursuant or related to this Confirmation shall be in writing (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, any notices or other 
communications sent by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail, or in any other form from time to time approved by the parties) All notices to Party A shall be delivered to 
Mazal 485 LLC, 241 West 47th Street, Suite 11B, New York, NY 10036, Attn: _________________________, Facsimile No.: ________________; with a copy to: Greenberg 
Traurig, LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166, Attn: Joseph D. Farrell, Esq., Facsimile No.: (212) 805-9304. All notices to Party B shall be delivered to c/o SL Green Realty 
Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10170, Attn: Andrew S. Levine, Esq., Facsimile No.: (212) 356-4135; with a copy to: Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, LLP, 
1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10019, Attn: Peter E. Fisch, Esq., Facsimile No.: (212) 492-0424. Notices may be delivered by Party A or Party B by email to the 
email address, if any, specified above. Any such notice shall be deemed to be delivered upon transmission so long as verbal notice is also delivered telephonically. 

This Confirmation may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Party B hereby agrees to check this Confirmation and to confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of the Transaction by signing in the space provided below and 
returning to Party B a facsimile of the fully-executed Confirmation to [____________]. For inquiries regarding this Transaction, please contact [_______________] by telephone at 
[______________], and email the following email address(es): [________________]. Originals will be provided for your execution upon your request.

Please check this Confirmation carefully and immediately upon receipt, so that errors or discrepancies can be promptly identified and rectified.

We are very pleased to have concluded this Transaction with you.

14

  
  
  
 
 
  
Sincerely, 

MAZAL 485 LLC (Party A) 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

Confirmed as of the date first above written: 

GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC (Party B) 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

15

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ANNEX 1 
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF INTEREST 

 This ASSIGNMENT OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST, dated as of __________, 2009 (this “Assignment”), is entered into by and among GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, a 

Delaware limited liability company (“Assignor”) and MAZAL 485 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Assignee”). 

WITNESSETH: 

 WHEREAS, Green 485 JV LLC, (the “Company”) is a limited liability company duly formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to the (i) Certificate of Formation of 

the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 8, 2006 and (ii) the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as 
of __________, 2009 (“Operating Agreement”);  

 WHEREAS, Assignor is the owner and holder of a forty-nine and one half percent (49.5%) membership interest in the Company (the “Interest”); and 

 WHEREAS, Assignor has agreed to assign its Interest to Assignee. 

 NOW, THEREFORE, for value received, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned, in consideration of the premises, covenants and 

agreement contained herein, do hereby agree as follows: 

 1. 

  Assignment. Assignor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys to Assignee, effective as of the date hereof, all of the right, title and 
interest of Assignor in and to the Interest, including, without limitation, all right, title and interest of Assignor, if any, in and to the properties (real and personal) and capital of the 
Company and all distributions and allocations made or to be made in respect of the Interest. 

 2. 

  Assumption. Assignee hereby accepts the assignment of the Interest and expressly assumes the obligations of Assignor with respect to the Interest accruing from and 

after the date hereof. 

 3. 

  Books and Records. The members of the Company shall take all actions necessary to evidence the admission of Assignee as a member of the Company. 

 4. 

  Future Cooperation. Each of the parties hereto agrees to cooperate at all times from and after the date hereof with respect to all of the matters described herein, and to 

execute such further assignments, releases, assumptions, amendments of the Operating Agreement, notifications and other documents as may be reasonably requested for the purpose 
of giving effect to, or evidencing or giving notice of, the transaction contemplated by this Assignment. 

 5. 

  Binding Effect. This Assignment shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. 

16

  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 6. 

  Execution in Counterparts. This Assignment may be (a) executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all which shall constitute one and the 

same instrument and (b) by telecopy or other electronic signature (which shall be deemed an original for all purposes). 

 7. 

  Governing Law. This Assignment shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of New York, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws, 

without regard to principles of conflict of law. 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

17

  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment to be duly executed as of the day and year first-above written. 

ASSIGNOR: 

GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: 
Name: Andrew S. Levine 
Title:   Executive Vice President 

ASSIGNEE: 

MAZAL 485 LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company 

By: 
Name: 
Title: 

  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ISDA® 

International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 

CREDIT SUPPORT ANNEX 

to the Schedule to the 

ISDA MASTER AGREEMENT 

dated as of ___________, 2009 

Between 

and 

Mazal 485 LLC 
(“Party A”) 

Green 485 Holdings LLC 
(“Party B”) 

This Annex supplements, forms part of, and is subject to, the above-referenced Agreement, is part of its Schedule and is a Credit Support Document under this Agreement with respect 
to each party. 

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:– 

Paragraph 1. Interpretation 

  Definitions and Inconsistency. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein or elsewhere in this Agreement have the meanings specified pursuant to Paragraph 12, and all 

(a) 
references in this Annex to Paragraphs are to Paragraphs of this Annex. In the event of any inconsistency between this Annex and the other provisions of this Schedule, this Annex will 
prevail, and in the event of any inconsistency between Paragraph 13 and the other provisions of this Annex, Paragraph 13 will prevail. 

  Secured Party and Pledgor. All references in this Annex to the “Secured Party” will be to either party when acting in that capacity and all corresponding references to the 

(b) 
“Pledgor” will be to the other party when acting in that capacity; provided, however, that if Other Posted Support is held by a party to this Annex, all references herein to that party as 
the Secured Party with respect to that Other Posted Support will be to that party as the beneficiary thereof and will not subject that support or that party as the beneficiary thereof to 
provisions of law generally relating to security interests and secured parties. 

Paragraph 2. Security Interest. 

Each party, as the Pledgor, hereby pledges to the other party, as the Secured Party, as security for its Obligations, and grants to the Secured Party a first priority continuing security 
interest in, lien on and right of Set-off against all Posted Collateral Transferred to or received by the Secured Party hereunder. Upon the Transfer by the Secured Party to the Pledgor of 
Posted Collateral, the security interest and lien granted hereunder on that Posted Collateral will be released immediately and, to the extent possible, without any further action by either 
party. 

Copyright © 1994 by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Paragraph 13. Elections and Variables 

Security Interest for “Obligations”. The term “Obligations” as used in this Annex includes the following additional obligations: Not Applicable. 

Credit Support Obligations. 

(i) 

Delivery Amount, Return Amount and Credit Support Amount. 

(A) 

“Delivery Amount” shall not be applicable. 

(B) 

(C) 

“Return Amount” shall not be applicable. 

“Credit Support Amount” shall mean, for any Valuation Date, the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of the Shares on the Trade Date. 

(ii) 

Eligible Collateral. The following items will qualify as “Eligible Collateral” for the Party specified: 

(a) 

(b) 

Cash 

Party A 

Not Applicable 

Not Applicable 

Party B 

Not Applicable 

[X] 

Valuation 
Percentage 

     0% 

 100% 

49.5% membership interest in Green 485 JV LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company, held by Party B as of the Trade Date (the “Shares”). 

(iii) 

Other Eligible Support. None. 

(iv) 

Thresholds. 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

“Independent Amount” means with respect to Party B: as of any date of determination, the Fair Market Value of the Shares (as defined in the Confirmation to 
the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency Cross-Border), dated as of the date hereof (the “Confirmation”)). 

“Threshold” means with respect to Party A and Party B: Not Applicable. 

“Minimum Transfer Amount” means with respect to Party A and Party B: Not Applicable. 

“Rounding” means with respect to Party A and Party B: Not Applicable. 

11

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(c) 

Valuation and Timing. 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

“Valuation Agent” means Party A. 

“Valuation Date” means the Trade Date and the Exercise Date. 

“Valuation Time” means the close of business in the city of the Valuation Agent on the Local Business Day prior to the Valuation Date or date of calculation, as 
applicable; provided that the calculations of Value and Exposure will be made as of approximately the same time on the same date. 

(iv) 

“Notification Time” means 11:00 a.m., New York time, on a Local Business Day following the Valuation Date. 

(d) 

Conditions Precedent and Secured Party’s Rights and Remedies. 

The following Termination Event(s) will be a “Specified Condition” for the party specified (that party being the Affected Party if the Termination Event occurs with respect to 
that party): 

Party A 
Not Applicable 
Not Applicable 
Not Applicable 
Not Applicable 
Not Applicable 

Party B 
Yes 
Yes 
Yes 
Yes 
Yes 

Illegality 
Tax Event 
Tax Event Upon Merger 
Credit Event Upon Merger 
Extraordinary Event(s) (as specified in the Confirmation) 

(e) 

Substitution. 

Substitution shall only be permitted with the express written consent of Party A. 

(f) 

Dispute Resolution. 

The dispute resolution provision of Paragraph 5 shall not be applicable. 

(g) 

Holding and Using Posted Collateral. 

(i) 

Eligibility to Hold Posted Collateral; Custodians. 

Party A will be entitled to hold Posted Collateral pursuant to Paragraph 6(b). 

(ii) 

Use of Posted Collateral. The provisions of Paragraph 6(c)(i) will not apply; the provisions of Paragraph 6(c)(ii) will apply. 

(h) 

Distributions and Interest Amount. 

(i) 

Interest Rate. Not Applicable. 

12

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
(ii) 

Transfer of Interest Amount. Not Applicable. 

(iii) 

Alternative to Interest Amount. The provisions of Paragraph 6(d)(ii) will not apply. 

(i) 

(j) 

Additional Representation(s). Not Applicable. 

Other Eligible Support and Other Posted Support. 

(i) 

(ii) 

“Value” with respect to Other Eligible Support and Other Posted Support means: Not Applicable. 

“Transfer” with respect to Other Eligible Support and Other Posted Support means: Not Applicable. 

(k) 

Demands and Notices. 

All demands, specifications and notices under this Annex will be made to the following addresses: 

Party A: 

Address: 

Attention: 
Fax: 

Mazal 485 LLC 
241 West 47th Street, Suite 11B 
New York, NY 10036 
______________________
______________________

With a copy to: 

Party B: 

Address: 

Attention: 
Fax: 

Address: 

Attention: 
Fax: 

Greenberg Traurig, LLP 
200 Park Avenue 
New York, NY 10166 
Joseph D. Farrell, Esq. 
(212) 805-9304 

c/o SL Green Realty Corp. 
420 Lexington Avenue 
New York, NY 10170 
Andrew S. Levine, Esq. 
(212) 356-4135 

13

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
With a copy to: 

Address: 

Attention: 
Fax: 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, LLP 
1285 Avenue of the Americas 
New York, NY 10019 
Peter E. Fisch, Esq. 
(212) 492-0424 

(1) 

Addresses for Transfers.

Party A:

To Be Advised.

Party B:

To Be Advised.

(m) 

Other Provisions. 

(i) 

(ii) 

Party A and Party B agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the recital to this Annex, Paragraph 1(b) or Paragraph 2 or the definitions in Paragraph 12, 
(a) the term “Secured Party” as used in this Annex means only Party A, (b) the term “Pledgor” as used in this Annex means only Party B, (c) only Party B makes the 
pledge and grant in Paragraph 2, the acknowledgment in Paragraph 8 as amended by this Paragraph 13 and the representations in Paragraph 9 as amended by this 
Paragraph 13 and (d) only Party B will be required to make Transfers of Eligible Collateral hereunder. Party A and Party B further agree that, notwithstanding anything 
to the contrary in the recital to this Annex or Paragraph 7, this Annex will constitute a Credit Support Document only with respect to Party B, and the Events of 
Default in Paragraph 7 and Specified Conditions in Paragraph 13(d) will only apply to Party B. 

The definition of Shares, as this term is used in this Paragraph 13, shall mean the Shares (as defined in the Confirmation), including, without limitation, all dividends, 
distributions, instruments or other property or proceeds relating thereto. Additionally, Posted Collateral shall include (a) all rights of the Pledgor under the LLC 
Agreement (as defined in the Confirmation), together with all right, title and interest to all distributions and other proceeds to which Party A is entitled as holder of the 
Shares; and (b) to the extent not covered by the definition of Posted Collateral under this Annex as amended by this Paragraph 13(m)(iii), all proceeds of the 
foregoing. 

(iii) 

Conditions Precedent. No later than the Trade Date in respect of the Transaction, Party B shall have delivered to Party A all documentation necessary to validly 
Transfer the Shares in forms reasonably acceptable to Party A, which documentation shall include: 

(1) 

a duly executed and acknowledged Assignment Agreement (as defined in the Confirmation); 

14

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

the Shares, in certificated form, duly issued and executed by the Issuer (as defined in the Confirmation) pursuant to the LLC Agreement, together with 
undated and blank endorsements; 

a copy of the register of the Issuer, duly updated to record the Transfer of the Shares to Party A and the pledge of the Shares by Party B to Party A; and 

such other documents and instruments as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to further carry out the purposes of the Transaction as determined by 
Party A. 

(iv) 

The definition of (i) “Exposure” hereunder is amended to delete the definition thereof and replace it with the following: “Exposure shall be equal to the Independent 
Amount”; and (ii) the definition of “Value” is hereby amended by deleting clause (i)(B) and replacing it with the following: “Shares, the Fair Market Value of such 
Shares as defined in the Confirmation.” 

(v) 

Paragraph 8 of this Annex is hereby amended by adding the following provisions directly below clause (a)(iv) thereof: 

(v) 

The Secured Party may, in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, sell the Posted Collateral or any part thereof by private sale in such manner and under 
such circumstances as the Secured Party may deem necessary or advisable. Seller may purchase the Posted Collateral in lieu of effecting any private sale of 
the Posted Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in any such event, the Secured Party in its discretion (x) may, in accordance with 
applicable securities laws, proceed to make such private sale, (y) may approach and negotiate with a single possible purchaser to effect such sale, including, 
without limitation, the Issuer and (z) may restrict such sale to a purchaser who is an accredited investor under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, if 
required by the Issuer, a qualified purchaser under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and who will represent and agree that such purchaser 
is purchasing for its own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale of such Posted Collateral or any part thereof. In addition, the 
Secured Party in its reasonable discretion (subject only to applicable requirements of law), may require that any sale hereunder (including a sale at auction) 
be conducted subject to restrictions: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

as  to  the  financial  sophistication  and  ability of any Person permitted to bid or purchase at any such sale; 

as to the content of legends on the Shares sold in such sale, including restrictions on future transfer thereof; 

as to the representations required to be made by each Person bidding or purchasing at such sale relating to that Person’s access to financial 
information about the Pledgor and such Person’s intentions as to the holding of the Posted Collateral so sold for investment for its own account 
and not with a view to the distribution thereof; and 

15

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(4) 

as to such other matters as the Secured Party may, in its discretion, deem necessary or appropriate in order that such sale (notwithstanding any 
failure so to register) may be effected in compliance with relevant insolvency or bankruptcy laws and other laws affecting the enforcement of 
creditors’ rights and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and all applicable state securities laws. 

(vi) 

The Pledgor agrees to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law that following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or 
Termination Event with respect to the Pledgor, it will not at any time plead, claim or take the benefit of any appraisal, valuation, stay, extension, moratorium 
or redemption law now or hereafter in force in order to prevent or delay the enforcement of this Agreement, or the absolute sale of the whole or any part of 
the Posted Collateral or the possession thereof by any purchaser at any sale hereunder, and the Pledgor waives the benefit of all such laws to the extent it 
lawfully may do so. The Pledgor agrees that it will not interfere with any right, power and remedy of the Secured Party provided for in this Agreement or in 
the other Credit Support Documents to which the Pledgor is a party or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, or the exercise 
or beginning of the exercise by the Secured Party of any one or more of such rights, powers or remedies; 

(vii) 

The Pledgor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained herein will cause irreparable injury to the Secured Party, that the Secured Party 
shall have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, agrees that each and every covenant contained herein shall be 
specifically enforceable against the Pledgor, and the Pledgor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance 
of such covenants; 

16

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(viii) 

(ix) 

TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, FOLLOWING THE DELIVERY BY PARTY A OF A NOTICE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT OR A 
TERMINATION EVENT WITH RESPECT TO THE PLEDGOR, THE PLEDGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTES AND APPOINTS THE 
SECURED PARTY AS THE PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN-FACT OF THE PLEDGOR WITH RESPECT TO THE POSTED COLLATERAL, INCLUDING 
THE RIGHT TO VOTE SUCH POSTED COLLATERAL, WITH FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION TO DO SO. IN ADDITION TO THE RIGHT TO 
VOTE ANY SUCH POSTED COLLATERAL, SUBJECT TO THE LLC AGREEMENT OF THE ISSUER, THE APPOINTMENT OF THE SECURED PARTY 
AS PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN-FACT SHALL INCLUDE THE RIGHT TO EXERCISE ALL OTHER RIGHTS, POWERS, PRIVILEGES AND REMEDIES 
TO WHICH A HOLDER OF SUCH POSTED COLLATERAL WOULD BE ENTITLED (INCLUDING GIVING OR WITHHOLDING WRITTEN 
CONSENTS OF MEMBERS, CALLING SPECIAL MEETINGS OF MEMBERS AND VOTING AT SUCH MEETINGS), IN EACH CASE SUBJECT TO THE 
LLC AGREEMENT OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PROXY SHALL BE EFFECTIVE, AUTOMATICALLY AND WITHOUT THE NECESSITY OF ANY ACTION 
(INCLUDING ANY TRANSFER OF ANY SUCH POSTED COLLATERAL ON THE RECORD BOOKS OF THE ISSUER THEREOF) BY ANY PERSON 
(INCLUDING THE ISSUER OF SUCH POSTED COLLATERAL OR ANY OFFICER OR AGENT THEREOF), UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT 
OF DEFAULT OR A TERMINATION EVENT WITH RESPECT TO THE PLEDGOR; AND 

THE APPOINTMENT OF THE SECURED PARTY AS PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN-FACT IN THIS CLAUSE 8(A) IS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND 
SHALL BE IRREVOCABLE UNTIL THE DATE ON WHICH THIS TRANSACTION IS TERMINATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS TERMS. THE 
APPOINTMENT OF SECURED PARTY AS PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN-FACT SHALL INCLUDE THE RIGHT, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TAKE ANY 
ACTION AND TO EXECUTE ANY INSTRUMENT THAT THE SECURED PARTY MAY DEEM NECESSARY OR ADVISABLE TO ACCOMPLISH THE 
PURPOSES OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION TO PAY OR DISCHARGE TAXES OR LIENS LEVIED OR PLACED UPON OR 
THREATENED AGAINST THE POSTED COLLATERAL, THE LEGALITY OR VALIDITY THEREOF AND THE AMOUNTS NECESSARY TO DISCHARGE 
THE SAME TO BE DETERMINED BY THE SECURED PARTY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, ANY SUCH PAYMENTS MADE BY THE SECURED PARTY TO 
BECOME OBLIGATIONS OF THE PLEDGOR TO THE SECURED PARTY, DUE AND PAYABLE IMMEDIATELY WITHOUT DEMAND. 
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN, NEITHER THE SECURED PARTY NOR ANY OF ITS RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, 
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES SHALL HAVE ANY DUTY TO EXERCISE ANY RIGHT OR POWER GRANTED 
HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE OR TO PRESERVE THE SAME AND SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY FAILURE TO DO SO OR FOR ANY DELAY IN 
DOING SO, EXCEPT IN RESPECT OF DAMAGES ATTRIBUTABLE SOLELY TO THEIR OWN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT AS 
FINALLY DETERMINED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION; PROVIDED THAT, IN NO EVENT SHALL THEY BE LIABLE FOR ANY 
PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. 

17

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(vi) 

Paragraph 9 of this Annex is hereby amended by adding the following representations to the end of clause (iv) thereof: 

(v) 

(vi) 

(vii) 

The Pledgor has not performed and will not perform any acts that might prevent the Secured Party from enforcing any of the terms of this Agreement or that 
might limit the Secured Party in any such enforcement; 

all Posted Collateral constituting the Shares has been duly authorized, validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable; with respect to any Shares that are 
represented by certificates delivered to the Secured Party or attributed to a securities account, such Shares are Securities as defined in Article 8 of the UCC; 

none of the Posted Collateral has been issued or transferred in violation of the securities registration, securities disclosure or similar laws of any jurisdiction 
to which such issuance or transfer may be subject, and there are existing no options, warrants, calls or commitments or liens of any character whatsoever 
relating to the Posted Collateral which are the Shares (except for any options, warrants, calls or commitments or liens created by or contemplated in this 
Agreement) or which obligate the Issuer of the Shares included in the Posted Collateral to issue additional membership interests to the Pledgor; 

(viii) 

The representations and warranties set forth in this Paragraph 9 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and shall be deemed repeated on 
each Business Day on which Posted Collateral is removed, added or substituted pursuant to the terms hereof; and 

(vii) 

Paragraph 10 of this Annex is hereby amended by adding the following clause (d) at the end of clause (c) thereof: “The obligation of the Pledgor to pay expenses as 
set forth in this Paragraph 10 shall survive the termination of the Agreement and the discharge of the Pledgor’s obligations thereunder.” 

(viii) 

Paragraph 11 of this Annex is hereby amended by adding the following clauses at the end of such Paragraph: 

(g) 

The Pledgor will maintain, and will cause the Issuer to maintain, complete and accurate books and records with respect to the Posted Collateral. The Pledgor 
will not intervene with any rights that the Secured Party may have to inspect the books and records of the Issuer. 

18

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(h) 

(i) 

(j) 

(k) 

The Pledgor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to file, and if requested will deliver to the Secured Party, all financing statements (including, without 
limitation, a UCC financing statement in the name of the Pledgor in the UCC jurisdiction) and other documents and other instruments and take such other 
actions as may from time to time be requested by the Secured Party in order to maintain a first-priority perfected security interest in and control of, the 
Posted Collateral in any relevant jurisdiction. Any financing statement filed by the Secured Party may be filed in any filing office in any UCC jurisdiction and 
may (i) describe the Collateral by any description which reasonably approximates the description contained in this Annex and the Confirmation, and (ii) 
contain any other information required by Part 5 of Article 9 of the UCC for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or 
amendment, including whether the Pledgor is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to the Pledgor. The 
Pledgor also agrees to furnish any such information to the Secured Party promptly upon request. The Pledgor also ratifies its authorization for the Secured 
Party to have filed in any UCC jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof. The Pledgor shall pay all 
actual and reasonable out-of-pocket third party expenses incurred in connection with such liens and security interest within five (5) Business Days. 

Except as specifically provided in the Agreement, the Pledgor will not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, dispose or otherwise encumber any of its rights in or to 
the Posted Collateral, or any unpaid dividends, interest or other distributions or payments with respect to the Posted Collateral or grant a security interest or 
lien in the Posted Collateral without the prior consent of the Secured Party. 

The Pledgor will not create, incur, or suffer to exist any lien on the Posted Collateral except the security interest created by this Agreement and any lien 
created in favor of Party A in the usual course of business. The Pledgor will not authorize the filing of any financing statement or any other document or 
instrument naming the Pledgor as debtor covering all or any portion of the Posted Collateral other than in favor of the Secured Party. The Pledgor 
acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement without 
the prior written consent of the Secured Party. The Pledgor shall ensure that the Issuer remains duly incorporated and in good standing in the jurisdiction in 
which it is organized and each jurisdiction in which it conducts its business. 

The Pledgor shall (a) deliver to the Secured Party the originals of the Assignment Agreement relating to the Shares that constitute Posted Collateral, and (b) 
hold in trust for the Secured Party upon receipt and immediately thereafter deliver to the Secured Party any other securities and/or instruments constituting 
Posted Collateral. 

19

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(1) 

(m) 

(n) 

(o) 

(p) 

The Pledgor shall, and will permit the Secured Party to, from time to time cause the Issuer of any uncertificated securities or other types of Eligible Collateral 
that constitute Posted Collateral not represented by certificates to mark its books and records with the numbers and face amounts of all such uncertificated 
securities and all rollovers and replacements therefor to reflect the lien of the Secured Party granted pursuant to this Annex. The Pledgor will take any 
actions necessary to cause the Issuer of any such uncertificated securities to cause the Secured Party to have and retain control over such uncertificated 
securities. 

The Pledgor shall not (i) permit or suffer the Issuer to dissolve, merge, liquidate, retire any of the Shares or other instruments or securities evidencing 
ownership, reduce its capital, sell or encumber all or substantially all of its assets or merge or consolidate with any other entity, or (ii) vote any of the Shares 
in favor of any of the foregoing. 

The Pledgor shall, until the Secured Party delivers a notice of an Event of Default or a Termination Event with respect to the Pledgor, be entitled to exercise 
all voting rights and any other rights relating to any Shares constituting Posted Collateral with the prior written consent of the Secured Party. Upon delivery 
by the Secured Party of a notice of an Event of Default or a Termination Event with respect to the Pledgor, the Secured Party shall, at all times prior to the 
termination of this Annex but subject to all of the restrictions and limitations with respect to the Shares under the LLC Agreement of the Issuer, be entitled to 
exercise (or, if applicable, to direct the Pledgor with respect to its exercise of) all voting rights or other rights relating to Posted Collateral, including, without 
limitation, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges, or options pertaining to any Shares constituting Posted Collateral as if it were the absolute 
owner thereof. 

The Pledgor will not interfere with any right, power and remedy of the Secured Party provided for in this Annex or now or hereafter existing at law or in 
equity or by statute or otherwise, or the exercise or beginning of the exercise by the Secured Party of any one or more of such rights, powers or remedies. 

The Pledgor shall not (a) change its name as it appears in official filings in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) change the type of entity 
that it is, (c) change its organization or registration identification number, if any, issued by its jurisdiction of incorporation or other organization, or (d) 
change its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, in each case, unless the Secured Party shall have received at least ten (10) days prior written notice 
of such change and the Secured Party shall have acknowledged in writing that either (1) such change will not adversely affect the validity, perfection or 
priority of the Secured Party’s security interest in the Posted Collateral, or (2) any action requested by the Secured Party in connection therewith has been 
completed or taken (including any action to continue the perfection of any liens in favor of the Secured Party in any Posted Collateral). 

20

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
(q) 

(r) 

(s) 

This Agreement and Annex shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Pledgor for 
liquidation or reorganization, should the Pledgor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should a receiver or 
trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Pledgor’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any 
time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be 
restored or returned by any obligee of the Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such 
payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations 
shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 

The Pledgor acknowledges that the agreements made by it and the authorizations granted by it hereunder are irrevocable and that the authorizations granted 
in this Paragraph 13 hereof are powers coupled with an interest until payment in full of all amounts due under this Agreement and Annex. 

The Secured Party may execute any of its duties hereunder by or through agents or employees and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all 
matters pertaining to its duties hereunder. Neither the Secured Party, nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents or counsel shall be liable 
for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or in connection herewith, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful 
misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. 

MAZAL 485 LLC 

Name: 
Title: 
Date: 

GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC 

Name: 
Title: 
Date: 

21

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT “2(F)” 

Transferor Pledge and Security Agreement 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 This PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of the _______ day of ___________, 2009, between MAZAL 485 LLC, a Delaware limited 
liability company, its successors and/or assigns, having an office at 241 West 47th Street, Suite 11B, New York, New York 10036 (“Secured Party”) and GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, a 
Delaware limited liability company having an office at c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10170 (“Pledgor”). 

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 

 WHEREAS, Secured Party has agreed to make a loan in the principal sum of $______________ (the “Loan”) to Pledgor;  

Preliminary Statement 

 WHEREAS, Pledgor is a member of Green 485 JV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), under and pursuant to the LLC Agreement (as defined in 

Exhibit A attached hereto); 

 WHEREAS, Secured Party was willing to make the Loan to Pledgor only if Pledgor executes and delivers this Agreement and grants and assigns to Secured Party a 

security interest in the Collateral (as hereinafter defined) in the manner hereinafter set forth; 

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the making of the Loan and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby 

acknowledged, Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to and covenants and agrees with Secured Party as follows: 

 SECTION 1. Security Interest. As security for (i) the due and punctual payment of the Debt (as defined in Exhibit A attached hereto) and (ii) the due and punctual 

observance and performance by Pledgor of all of the terms, covenants and provisions of the Loan Documents (as defined in Exhibit A attached hereto) (collectively the “Obligations”), 
Pledgor hereby pledges, hypothecates, assigns, and delivers to Secured Party and grants to Secured Party a security interest in all of Pledgor’s right, title and interest now owned or 
hereafter acquired in and to the following described property (the “Collateral”): 

 (a) 

 (b) 

 100% of Pledgor’s membership interest in the Company (the “Interest”) and certificates, if any, representing the Interest; 

 all cash, securities, dividends, distributions, proceeds, and other property at any time from and after the date hereof and from time to time thereafter received, 

receivable or otherwise distributed to Pledgor in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Interest, and any fees, commissions or other compensation payable from and after the date 
hereof to Pledgor as a member of the Company (all of the foregoing, collectively, “Distributions”); 

 (c) 

 all contract rights, general intangibles, rights, claims, powers, privileges, benefits and remedies arising from or in any way related to ownership of the Interest, 
certificates, if any, representing the Interest and the other Collateral described above in paragraphs 1(a) and (b), including, without limitation, all rights to vote or consent, or to receive 
any notice, or to inspect or review any books, records or other information; 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 (d) 

 (e) 

 all additions to the Collateral described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), all substitutions therefor and all replacements thereof; and 

 all proceeds of any of the foregoing. 

 SECTION 2. Representations and Warranties of Pledgor. Pledgor hereby represents and warrants to Secured Party as follows: 

 (a) 

 Pledgor is duly organized and validly existing in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and is in good standing under the laws of the State 

of New York and has all requisite power and authority under the laws of such state and under its organizational and charter documents to enter into and perform its obligations under 
this Agreement. 

 (b) 

 Pledgor has taken all necessary legal and other action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and this Agreement constitutes 

the valid and binding obligation and agreement of Pledgor, enforceable against Pledgor in accordance with its terms. 

 (c) 

 Pledgor has not received any written notice of default under any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound which 
default would have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined on Exhibit A attached hereto), and to the extent Pledgor is in default under any order, judgment, award or decree of any court, 
arbitrator or other governmental authority binding upon it or by which any of its assets may be bound or affected, such default would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 (d) 

 Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the compliance by Pledgor with the terms and provisions hereof are events which of themselves, or 
with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute, on the part of Pledgor, a violation of or conflict with, or result in any breach of, or default under, the terms, 
conditions or provisions of, or require any consent, permit, approval, authorization, declaration or filing which has not been made or obtained under or pursuant to, any statute, law, 
judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation applicable to Pledgor, the organizational and charter documents of Pledgor, or any other material agreement or instrument to which Pledgor is 
a party or by which Pledgor, or its assets, are bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever (other than the security interest 
granted hereby) on any of the assets of Pledgor that would have a Material Adverse Effect, and no such condition or event of itself, or with the giving of notice or the passage of time, 
or both, will result in the acceleration of the due date of any obligation of Pledgor or by which any of its assets are bound which would have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 (e) 

 To Pledgor’s actual knowledge, there are no judgments presently outstanding and unsatisfied against Pledgor or any of its assets that would have a Material 

Adverse Effect, and neither Pledgor nor any of its assets are a party to or the subject of any actions or suits or proceedings in equity or by any governmental authorities that would 
have a Material Adverse Effect, and no such litigation or proceeding has been threatened against Pledgor or against any of its assets that would have a Material Adverse Effect, and no 
investigation in contemplation of such litigation or proceeding has begun or is pending that would have a Material Adverse Effect. 

2

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 (f) 

 Pledgor is the sole legal and equitable owner of the Interest, free and clear of all liens, security interests, charges and encumbrances of every kind and nature 

(other than as created hereunder); the Interest is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; Pledgor has legal title to the Interest and good right and lawful authority 
to grant a security interest in the same in the manner hereby done or contemplated; except as otherwise provided in the LLC Agreement, the Interest is not subject to any option or 
similar arrangement; and no consent or approval of any governmental body or regulatory authority, or of any securities exchange, is necessary to the validity of the rights created 
hereunder; and all action has been taken by Pledgor to create in favor of Secured Party, a valid security interest in the Interest. 

 (g) 

 Pledgor is the legal and equitable owner of the Collateral free and clear of all liens, security interests, charges, and encumbrances of every kind and nature 

(other than those created hereunder); the membership interest comprising the Collateral has been duly authorized, validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable; Pledgor has legal 
title to such Collateral and good and lawful authority to pledge, assign and deliver such Collateral in the manner hereby contemplated; and no consent or approval of any governmental 
body or regulatory authority, or of any securities exchange, is necessary to the validity of the rights created hereunder. 

 (h) 

 Pledgor shall not take any action, or fail to take any action, in contravention of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Loan Documents. 

 SECTION 3. Delivery of Collateral; Voting Rights; Distributions; Substitution of Collateral. 

 (a) 

 Any and all certificates, if any, representing the Collateral (including without limitation additional or substitute certificates or instruments representing 

Distributions or other Collateral that hereafter may be issued) shall be delivered to the Secured Party in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed 
instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, with signatures appropriately guaranteed, and accompanied by any required transfer tax stamps, all in form satisfactory to Secured Party. 
Upon the pledge of any Collateral hereunder, Pledgor shall forthwith take any action necessary to cause such Collateral to be registered in the name of Secured Party or its designee, 
and shall provide evidence of same to Secured Party within five (5) business days of written request. 

 (b) 

 So long as there shall not have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default, Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting rights and powers 

relating or pertaining to the Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents or otherwise in contravention of any of 
the terms, covenants or provisions of the Loan Documents. 

3

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 (c) 

 Until the Obligations are paid and performed in full, Pledgor shall not receive or be entitled to retain any Distributions, if any, paid on the Collateral. Pledgor 

hereby irrevocably directs the Company to deliver directly to the Secured Party any Distribution that is payable to Pledgor prior to the Obligations having been paid and performed in 
full. All Distributions received by Secured Party shall be held by Secured Party in an account under the sole dominion and control of Secured Party. Pledgor hereby pledges to Secured 
Party, as collateral for the obligations, all right, title and interest of Pledgor to any monies placed in such account, including any interest earned on such monies. The monies placed into 
such account, together with interest earned thereon, if any, shall be applied by Secured Party in accordance with the provisions of the Note. To the extent Pledgor receives any 
Distributions prior to the Obligations having been paid and performed in full, Pledgor shall receive same in trust for the benefit of Secured Party and shall immediately deliver same to 
Secured Party or its designated agent (accompanied by proper instruments of assignment or stock powers executed by Pledgor in accordance with Secured Party’s instructions) to be 
held subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement. 

 (d) 

 Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, at the option of Secured Party, (i) all rights of Pledgor to exercise the voting and 

consensual rights and powers which Pledgor is entitled to exercise pursuant to the foregoing subparagraph (b) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon and without any further 
action or notice become vested in Secured Party who shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise (or refrain from exercising) such voting and consensual rights and 
powers in its sole discretion, and (ii) without limiting the rights of Secured Party under Section 3(d), Secured Party shall continue to be entitled to receive and retain any and all 
Distributions until the Obligations are paid and performed in full. THIS ASSIGNMENT OF VOTING RIGHTS IS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND IS IRREVOCABLE BY 
DISSOLUTION OR OTHERWISE. The exercise of any of the rights and remedies of Secured Party under this paragraph shall not be or be deemed to be a disposition of Collateral under 
Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction (the “UCC”) or an acceptance or a retention or a proposal to accept or retain all or any part of the 
Collateral in satisfaction of all or any of the Obligations. Any and all Distributions received by Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be retained by Secured 
Party as part of the Collateral and applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement. 

 (e) 

 No substitution of Collateral shall be permitted without the prior written consent of Secured Party. 

 SECTION 4. Defaults. The Debt shall become immediately due and payable at the option of the Secured Party upon the occurrence of any of the following events (an 

“Event of Default”): 

 (a) 

 if (i) any portion of the Debt is not paid within five (5) business days after the same is due (taking into account any right of Pledgor under the Note to defer 

payment of Deferred Interest, as defined in the Note) or (ii) the Debt is not paid in full on the Maturity Date. 

 (b) 

 if any Federal tax lien is filed against Pledgor or the Collateral that would have a Material Adverse Effect, Pledgor is aware of such lien and the same is not 

discharged of record within thirty (30) days of Pledgor receiving notice of such lien from the lienor, Secured Party or any third party; 

4

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 (c) 

 if without the written consent of Secured Party, to be granted or withheld in Secured Party’s sole discretion, any part of the Collateral or any interest therein is 

in any manner further encumbered, sold, transferred or conveyed; 

 (d) 

 if any representation or warranty of Pledgor made in the Loan Documents or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other instrument furnished in 
connection with the making of the Loan or the execution of the Loan Documents shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made and would have a 
Material Adverse Effect; 

 (e) 

 (f) 

 if Pledgor shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; 

 if a court of competent jurisdiction enters a decree or order for relief with respect to Pledgor under Title 11 of the United States Code as now constituted or 

hereafter amended or under any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy law or other similar law, or if such court enters a decree or order appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, 
trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of Pledgor or of any substantial part of its property, or if such court decrees or orders the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of Pledgor; 

 (g) 

 if Pledgor files a petition or answer or consent seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code as now constituted or hereafter amended, or under any 
other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy law or other similar law, or if Pledgor consents to the institution of proceedings thereunder or to the filing of any such petition or to the 
appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of Pledgor, or of any substantial part of its property, or 
if Pledgor fails generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or if Pledgor takes any action in furtherance of any action described in this subparagraph; 

 (h) 

 except with respect to defaults arising under Section 4(a), if Pledgor shall be in default (i) under this Agreement with respect to any monetary obligation which 
continues for five (5) business days after notice from Secured Party or with respect to any non-monetary default which continues for thirty (30) days after notice from Secured Party or 
(ii) under the terms of any other agreement between Pledgor and Secured Party or any affiliate of Secured Party. 

 SECTION 5. Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Secured Party may, in addition to any other rights or 

remedies which Secured Party may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any rights or remedies provided under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents), 
immediately and without demand exercise with respect to the Collateral any and all rights and remedies granted to a secured party under the UCC. 

5

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 SECTION 6. Sale of Collateral. 

 (a) 

 Sale of the Collateral may be made at any public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future 

delivery, as Secured Party shall deem appropriate. Secured Party shall be authorized at any such sale, in its sole discretion, to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to persons 
who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral then being sold for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof, and 
upon consummation of any such sale Secured Party shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such 
purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of Pledgor, and Pledgor hereby waives, to the extent permitted by law, all right 
of redemption, stay or appraisal which Pledgor now have or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. To the extent that 
notice of sale shall be required to be given by law, Secured Party shall give Pledgor ten (10) days’ notice in the manner herein specified of Secured Party’s intention to make any such 
public or private sale or sale at any broker’s board or on any such securities exchange. Such notice, in case of public sale, shall state the time and place fixed for such sale, and, in the 
case of sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, 
will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. In case of private sale, such notice shall state the time after which the Collateral will be sold. Any such public sale shall be held at 
such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as Secured Party may fix in the notice of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or any portion thereof, 
may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as Secured Party may in its sole discretion determine. To the extent permitted by law, Secured Party may bid, which bid may 
be in whole or in part, in the form of cancellation of indebtedness, for and purchase for the account of Secured Party or its nominee the whole or any part of the Collateral. Secured Party 
shall not be obligated to make any sale of the Collateral if Secured Party shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of the Collateral may have been given. 
Secured Party may, without notice of publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for 
sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for 
future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by Secured Party until the sales price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but Secured Party shall not incur any liability 
in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in the case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. 
As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, Secured Party may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the 
Collateral, or any portion thereof, pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts of competent jurisdiction. Pledgor agrees, to the extent permitted by law, that any sale or other 
disposition of any of the Collateral in accordance with the foregoing procedures shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable under the UCC and otherwise proper. 

 (b) 

 In connection with any disposition of the Collateral, if Secured Party elects to obtain the advice of any one or more independent nationally known investment 
banking firms which are member firms of the New York Stock Exchange (or other nationally recognized exchange), with respect to the method or manner of sale or disposition of any of 
the Collateral, the best price reasonably obtainable therefor and any other details concerning such sale or disposition, Pledgor agrees, to the extent permitted by law, that any sale or 
other disposition of any of the Collateral in reliance on such advice shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable under the UCC and otherwise proper. 

6

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 (c) 

 Pledgor understands that compliance with federal or state securities laws may strictly limit the course of conduct of Secured Party if Secured Party were to 

attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Collateral and may also limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of the Collateral may dispose of the same. 
Pledgor agrees that in any sale of any of the Collateral, Secured Party is hereby authorized to comply with any such limitation or restriction in connection with such sale as it may be 
advised by counsel is necessary in order to avoid any violation of applicable law (including, without limitation, compliance with such procedures as may restrict the number of 
prospective bidders and purchasers or further restrict such prospective bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for their own account 
for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale of such Collateral), or in order to obtain any required approval of the sale or of the purchaser by any governmental 
regulatory authority or official, and Pledgor further agrees that such compliance shall not result in such sale being considered or deemed not to have been made in a commercially 
reasonable manner, nor shall Secured Party be liable or accountable to Pledgor for any discount allowed by reason of the fact that such Collateral is sold in compliance with any such 
limitation or restriction. 

 SECTION 7. Application of Monies. All monies (including, without limitation, Distributions) received or collected by Secured Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be 
held as Collateral by Secured Party and applied in accordance with the provisions of the Note and after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall be applied by Secured Party first, to 
the payment of all costs incurred in the collection of such monies (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses) and second, to the payment of the Obligations in such order 
and priority as Secured Party may in its sole discretion determine. The balance, if any, of such monies remaining after payment in full of such costs and the Obligations shall be remitted 
to Pledgor or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. 

 SECTION 8. Secured Party Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Pledgor hereby appoints Secured Party the attorney-in-fact of Pledgor for the purpose of carrying out the 

provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument which Secured Party may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, which 
appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Secured Party shall have the right and power to receive, endorse and collect all 
checks and other orders for the payment of money made payable to Pledgor representing any Distribution or any part thereof and to give full discharge for the same. 

 SECTION 9. No Waiver. No failure or delay on the part of Secured Party in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single 
or partial exercise of any such right or power preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder, nor shall Secured Party’s waiver of any 
right or remedy against Pledgor release or relieve Pledgor from its obligations hereunder. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by 
Pledgor therefrom shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Secured Party, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and 
for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on Pledgor in any case shall, of itself, entitle Pledgor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. 
If any notice is required by law to be given to Pledgor by Secured Party, ten (10) days’ notice given in the manner herein provided for and addressed to Pledgor at the address set forth 
herein shall be deemed for all purposes to be reasonable notice. 

7

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 SECTION 10. Duration of Secured Party’s Rights and Termination. Until the Obligations shall have been paid and performed in full, all rights, powers and remedies 

granted to Secured Party under this Agreement shall continue to exist and may be exercised by Secured Party at any time and from time to time irrespective of the fact that the 
Obligations or any part thereof may have become barred by any statute of limitations or that the liability of Pledgor or any other party therefor may have ceased. Upon payment and 
performance in full of the Obligations, Secured Party shall reassign and redeliver, without recourse or warranty and at the expense of Pledgor, or cause to be so reassigned and 
redelivered, to Pledgor or to such person or persons as Pledgor shall designate, against receipt, such of the Collateral, if any, as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied by 
Secured Party pursuant to the terms hereof and still be held by Secured Party hereunder, together with appropriate instruments of reassignment and release. 

 SECTION 11. No Further Transfer or Encumbrance of Collateral. Until the Obligations are paid and performed in full, Pledgor covenants and agrees with Secured Party 

that Pledgor shall not in any manner further encumber, sell, transfer or convey, or permit to be further encumbered, sold, transferred or conveyed in any manner, the Collateral and 
security interests created hereby. 

 SECTION 12. Limitation on Duties and Liabilities of Secured Party; Indemnification. 

 (a) 

 Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral in its possession, Secured Party (in its capacity as Secured Party) shall have no duty as 

to any Collateral or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. Secured Party (in its capacity as Secured Party) shall have no duty as to 
any Collateral, to ascertain or take action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not Secured Party has or 
is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. Secured 
Party shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to 
that which it accords other collateral of the same type in its possession. Secured Party (in its capacity as Secured Party) shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any 
of the Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of the act or omission of Secured Party (in its capacity as Secured Party) or any agent, bailee or custodian selected 
by Secured Party in good faith or for taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any Collateral or for the collection of any proceeds of any 
Collateral or for any invalidity, lack of value or uncollectability of any of the Collateral. 

 (b) 

 The pledge and assignment of the Collateral and grant of a security interest is for collateral purposes only, and Secured Party shall neither by virtue of this 

Security Agreement, by the receipt of Distributions, by exercise of voting rights or by the exercise of any of its rights or remedies hereunder be deemed to be a member of the Company 
or to have any liability for the debts, obligations or liabilities of Pledgor, the Company or any other member of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by 
accepting the pledge, assignment and security interests described herein, Secured Party does not thereby assume any debts, obligations, responsibilities, covenants, agreements or 
liabilities of Pledgor in connection with the Collateral or of Pledgor to the Company or to any third parties dealing with the Company. 

8

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 (c) 

 Pledgor upon demand shall pay to Secured Party the amount of any and all reasonable expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel 

and of any experts and agents, which Secured Party may incur in connection with (i) the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral, (ii) the exercise or 
enforcement of any of the rights of Secured Party hereunder, or (iii) the failure by Pledgor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof. 

 (d) 

 All advances, charges, costs, taxes, liens, assessments, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred or paid by Secured Party in exercising any 
right, power or remedy conferred in this Agreement, or in the enforcement thereof, shall become a part of the Obligation secured hereby and shall bear interest from the date incurred or 
paid by Secured Party at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the Default Rate (as defined in the Note) and (ii), the maximum rate which Secured Party may lawfully be entitled to 
receive. 

  SECTION 13. Security Interest Absolute. All rights of Secured Party and the security interests hereunder, and all obligations secured hereby, shall be absolute and 

unconditional, irrespective of any lack of validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents; any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or 
any of the Obligations or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any of the Loan Documents; any exchange, release or non-perfection of any other 
collateral for the Obligations, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any of the Loan Documents; or any other circumstance (other than payment and 
performance of the Obligations in full) that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of Pledgor or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents, or any 
third party grantor of collateral for the Obligations or any part thereof. 

  SECTION 14. Notice. Any notice, request, demand, statement, authorization, approval or consent made All notices of default, demands, requests for or grants of 
consents or approvals, which any of the parties to this Agreement may desire or be required to give hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by (a) personal delivery, (b) 
facsimile transmission or (c) a nationally recognized overnight courier service, fees prepaid, addressed as follows: 

If to the Pledgor, to: 

With a copy to: 

c/o SL Green Realty Corp. 
420 Lexington Avenue 
New York, New York 10170 
Attn: Andrew S. Levine, Esq. 
Facsimile No.: (212) 356-4135 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, LLP 
1285 Avenue of the Americas 
New York, New York 10019 
Attn: Peter E. Fisch, Esq. 
Facsimile No.: (212) 492-0424 

9

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
If to the Secured Party, to: 

With a copy to: 

241 West 47th Street 
Suite 11B 
New York, New York 10036 
Attn: ______________________________ 
Facsimile No.: ________________________________ 

Greenberg Traurig, LLP 
200 Park Avenue 
New York, New York 10166 
Attention: Joseph D. Farrell, Esq. 
Facsimile No.: ________________________________ 

Any Member may designate another addressee (and/or change its address) for notices hereunder by a notice given pursuant to this Section 14. A notice sent in compliance with the 
provisions of this Section 14 shall be deemed given on the date of receipt. 

 SECTION 15. Further Assurances. 

 (a) 

 Pledgor will, at Pledgor’s expense and in such manner and form as Secured Party may require, execute, deliver, file and record any financing statement, specific 

assignment or other customary paper and take any other action necessary or desirable, or that Secured Party may reasonably request, in order to create, preserve, perfect or validate any 
security interest, or to enable Secured Party to exercise and enforce its rights hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral, or better to assure and confirm unto Secured Party its 
rights, powers and remedies hereunder. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Pledgor hereby authorizes Secured Party to execute and file, in the name of Pledgor or otherwise, UCC 
financing statements (which may be carbon, photographic, photostatic or other reproductions of this Agreement or of a financing statement relating to this Agreement) which Secured 
Party in its sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to further perfect its rights under this Agreement. Pledgor hereby consents and agrees that the issuer of the Collateral or 
any registrar or transfer agent for any of the Collateral shall be entitled to accept the provisions hereof as conclusive evidence of the right of Secured Party to effect any transfer 
pursuant to the provisions hereof, notwithstanding any other notice or direction to the contrary heretofore or hereafter given by Pledgor or any other party to such issuer, registrar or 
transfer agent. 

 (b) 

 Pledgor agrees that Pledgor will not change (i) Pledgor’s name or (ii) the location of Pledgor’s chief executive office unless Pledgor shall have given Secured 

Party not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof. 

 (c) 

 Pledgor agrees to do such further reasonable acts and things, and to execute and deliver such additional conveyances, assignments, agreements and 

instruments, as Secured Party may at any time reasonably request in connection with the administration or enforcement of this Agreement (including, without limitation, to aid Secured 
Party in the sale of all or any part of the Collateral) or related to the Collateral or any part thereof or in order better to assure and confirm unto Secured Party its rights, powers and 
remedies hereunder. 

10

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 SECTION 16. Cumulative Rights and Remedies. All remedies afforded to Secured Party by reason of this Agreement are separate and cumulative remedies and it is 

agreed that no one of such remedies shall be deemed to be in exclusion of any other remedies available to Secured Party and shall not in any manner limit or prejudice any other legal or 
equitable remedies which Secured Party may have. The rights, powers and remedies given to Secured Party by this Agreement shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies 
given to Secured Party by virtue of any statue or rule of law and all such rights, powers and remedies are cumulative and not alternative, and may be exercised and enforced 
successively or concurrently. Any forbearance or failure or delay by Secured Party in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such right, 
power or remedy, and any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not preclude the further exercise thereof, and every right, power and remedy of Secured 
Party hereunder shall continue in full force and effect until such right, power or remedy is specifically waived by an instrument in writing executed by Secured Party. 

 SECTION 17. Parties Bound. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Pledgor and Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns. 

 SECTION 18. Severability. If any term, covenant or provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, this Agreement shall 

be construed without such term, covenant or provision. 

 SECTION 19. No Oral Change. This Agreement may only be modified, amended, changed, discharged or terminated by an agreement in writing signed by the parties 

hereto. 

 SECTION 20. Governing Law. This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. 

 SECTION 21. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement. 

 SECTION 22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart shall for all purposes be deemed to be an 

original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same agreement. 

 SECTION 23. Exculpation. The provisions of paragraph 17 of the Note are hereby incorporated by reference to the fullest extent as if the text of such paragraph were set 
forth in its entirety herein. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of paragraph 17 of the Note, as incorporated herein by this Section 23, on the one hand, 
and any other Section or provision of this Agreement, on the other, the provisions of paragraph 17 of the Note shall govern and control. 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS IMMEDIATELY] 

11

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Secured Party and Pledgor have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written. 

SECURED PARTY:

MAZAL 485 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By:  
Name:
Title:

PLEDGOR:

GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By:  
Name:
Title:

Green 485 JV LLC, the Company referred to in this Agreement, by its signature: 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

consents in all respect to the transactions effected by this Agreement, 

agrees to make all Distributions payable to Pledgor directly to Secured Party, pursuant to instructions to be provided by Secured Party, until Secured Party provides 
written notice to Green 485 JV LLC to the contrary, 

agrees to be bound by all of the terms, covenants and provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right of Secured Party to declare the Debt 
immediately due and payable in accordance with the provisions hereof. 

GREEN 485 JV LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:  GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, its managing member

By: 
Name: Andrew S. Levine
Title:   Executive Vice President

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

Debt: 

Loan Documents: 

The term “Debt” as used in this Agreement shall mean, collectively, all principal, interest and other sums of a nature whatsoever 
which may or shall become due and payable under the Loan Documents. 

The term “Loan Documents” as used in this Agreement shall mean, collectively, the following documents and instruments 
executed and delivered in connection with the Loan: 

EXHIBIT A 

(A) 

This Agreement. 

(B) 

(C) 

The Note. 

All other documents and instruments of any nature whatsoever executed and delivered in connection with the Loan or 
otherwise relating thereto. 

Material Adverse Effect: 

LLC Agreement: 

The term “Material Adverse Effect” as used in this Agreement shall mean a material adverse effect on Pledgor’s ability to perform 
its obligations under this Agreement. 

The term “LLC Agreement” as used in this Agreement shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company 
Agreement of Green 485 JV LLC, dated as of _____________, 2009, among Secured Party, Pledgor and [SLGOP Subsidiary], as 
the same may hereafter be amended, modified, restated or supplemented in accordance with its terms. 

5. 

Note: 

The term “Note” as used in this Agreement shall mean that certain Secured Note dated as of the date hereof in the principal sum 
of $______________ given by the Pledgor to the Secured Party, as the same may be hereafter amended, modified, restated or 
supplemented in accordance with its terms or by the mutual consent of Secured Party and Pledgor. 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT “2(G)” 

Assignment of Limited Liability Company Interest 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 This ASSIGNMENT OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST,dated as of ______________, 2009 (this “Assignment”), is entered into by and among GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, a 

Delaware limited liability company (“Assignor”) and MAZAL 485 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Assignee”). 

ASSIGNMENT OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST 

WITNESSETH: 

 WHEREAS, Green 485 JV LLC, (the “Company”) is a limited liability company duly formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to the (i) Certificate of Formation of 

the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 8, 2006 and (ii) the Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2006 (the 
“Operating Agreement”); 

 WHEREAS, Assignor is the owner and holder of a ninety-nine percent (99%) membership interest in the Company; and 

 WHEREAS, Assignor and Assignee have entered into that certain Sale-Purchase Agreement, dated as of August _____, 2009, pursuant to which Assignor has agreed to assign 

to Assignee a portion of its membership interest in the Company constituting a forty-nine percent (49.5%) membership interest therein (the “Interest”). 

 NOW, THEREFORE, for value received, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned, in consideration of the premises, covenants and 

agreement contained herein, do hereby agree as follows: 

 1. 

  Assignment. Assignor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys to Assignee, effective as of the date hereof, all of the right, title and 
interest of Assignor in and to the Interest, including, without limitation, all right, title and interest of Assignor, if any, in and to the properties (real and personal) and capital of the 
Company and all distributions and allocations made or to be made in respect of the Interest. 

 2. 

  Assumption. Assignee hereby accepts the assignment of the Interest and expressly assumes the obligations of Assignor with respect to the Interest accruing from and 

after the date hereof. 

 3. 

  Books and Records. The members of the Company shall take all actions necessary to evidence the admission of Assignee as a member of the Company. 

 4. 

  Future Cooperation. Each of the parties hereto agrees to cooperate at all times from and after the date hereof with respect to all of the matters described herein, and to 

execute such further assignments, releases, assumptions, amendments of the Operating Agreement, notifications and other documents as may be reasonably requested for the purpose 
of giving effect to, or evidencing or giving notice of, the transaction contemplated by this Assignment. 

  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 5. 

  Binding Effect. This Assignment shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. 

 6. 

  Execution in Counterparts. This Assignment may be (a) executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all which shall constitute one and the 

same instrument and (b) by telecopy or other electronic signature (which shall be deemed an original for all purposes). 

 7. 

  Governing Law. This Assignment shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of New York, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws, 

without regard to principles of conflict of law. 

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

2

  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment to be duly executed as of the day and year first-above written. 

ASSIGNOR:

GREEN 485 HOLDINGS LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company

By:  
Name: Andrew S. Levine
Title:   Executive Vice President

ASSIGNEE:

MAZAL 485 LLC, 
a Delaware limited liability company

By:  
Name:
Title:

  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
[An unofficial English translation of the original document in German] 

Public Notarisation 

Purchase Agreement 

Züblin Immobilien AG, with registered office in Zurich, Claridenstrasse 20, 8002 Zurich, as sole owner, 
represented today by 
- Bruno Schefer, born February 3, 1953, from Teufen AR, in Herrliberg, and 
- Jonathan van Gelder, born January 7, 1974, from Winterthur ZH, in Zurich 

hereby sells to 

Optibase RE 1 s.a.r.l., limited liability company, with registered office in Luxembourg, 54, avenue de la Liberté, L-1930 Luxembourg, 
represented today, pursuant to written power of attorney, by 
- Thomas Ziegler, born October 26 1964, citizen of Solothurn, domiciled in Grellingen 

the following: 

Exhibit 4.4 

- hereinafter referred to as the “Selling Party” - 

- hereinafter referred to as the “Acquiring Party” - 

- hereinafter referred to as the “subject property” - 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Land Registry District: Niederglatt 

Commune/city borough: Rümlang 

Land register folio 1688, property, cadastre no. 4778, 

Official surveying information<:> 
<4778><, Riedmatt>, Plan no. <40> 
<><5090> m2, divided as follows: 
<> 

Premises: 
- Industrial building, no. 09700424, Riedmattstrasse 9 
- Subsurface building, no. 09700424 
- Adjoining building